detached 99ae914

Gen: Re-run script

commit
99ae9148bc678df2424e1572d28c7e539d250bac
author
Jeroen Wijenbergh · · 2025-10-16 14:31 UTC
parent
730f526
signature
SSH UnverifiedSHA256:8N5EoON8reSTMm461SyWlzRhib6IymBjUHb1p62kwyw The key is unknown
662 files · +68476 -17191
Unified
UnifiedSplit
M v4/adw/adw-about-dialog.go +180 -11
@@ -175,6 +175,11 @@ func ShowAboutDialogFromAppdata(ParentVar *gtk.Widget, ResourcePathVar string, R
175175 // To add information about other modules, such as application dependencies or
176176 // data, use [method@AboutDialog.add_legal_section].
177177 //
178+// ## Other applications
179+//
180+// `AdwAboutDialog` can show links to your other apps at the end of the main
181+// page. To add them, use [method@AboutDialog.add_other_app].
182+//
178183 // ## Constructing
179184 //
180185 // To make constructing an `AdwAboutDialog` as convenient as possible, you can
@@ -401,6 +406,33 @@ func (x *AboutDialog) AddLink(TitleVar string, UrlVar string) {
401406
402407 }
403408
409+var xAboutDialogAddOtherApp func(uintptr, string, string, string)
410+
411+// Adds another application to @self.
412+//
413+// The application will be displayed at the bottom of the main page, in a
414+// separate section. Each added application will be presented as a row with
415+// @title and @summary, as well as an icon with the name @appid. Clicking the
416+// row will show @appid in the software center app.
417+//
418+// This can be used to link to your other applications if you have multiple.
419+//
420+// Example:
421+//
422+// ```c
423+// adw_about_dialog_add_other_app (ADW_ABOUT_DIALOG (about),
424+//
425+// "org.gnome.Boxes",
426+// _("Boxes"),
427+// _("Virtualization made simple"));
428+//
429+// ```
430+func (x *AboutDialog) AddOtherApp(AppidVar string, NameVar string, SummaryVar string) {
431+
432+ xAboutDialogAddOtherApp(x.GoPointer(), AppidVar, NameVar, SummaryVar)
433+
434+}
435+
404436 var xAboutDialogGetApplicationIcon func(uintptr) string
405437
406438 // Gets the name of the application icon for @self.
@@ -907,7 +939,8 @@ var xAboutDialogSetTranslatorCredits func(uintptr, string)
907939 // should be marked as translatable.
908940 //
909941 // The string may contain email addresses and URLs, see the introduction for
910-// more details.
942+// more details. When there is more than one translator, they must be
943+// separated by a newline in the same string.
911944 //
912945 // See also:
913946 //
@@ -985,34 +1018,165 @@ func (x *AboutDialog) ConnectActivateLink(cb *func(AboutDialog, string) bool) ui
9851018 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "activate-link", cbRefPtr)
9861019 }
9871020
988-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
1021+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
1022+//
1023+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
1024+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
1025+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
1026+// successful operation.
1027+//
1028+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
1029+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
1030+func (x *AboutDialog) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
1031+
1032+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
1033+
1034+}
1035+
1036+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
1037+//
1038+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
1039+func (x *AboutDialog) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
1040+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
1041+
1042+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
1043+
1044+ if cret == 0 {
1045+ return nil
1046+ }
1047+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
1048+ cls.Ptr = cret
1049+ return cls
1050+}
1051+
1052+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
9891053 func (x *AboutDialog) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
9901054
9911055 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
9921056 return cret
9931057 }
9941058
995-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
1059+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
1060+func (x *AboutDialog) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
1061+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
1062+
1063+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
1064+
1065+ if cret == 0 {
1066+ return nil
1067+ }
1068+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
1069+ cls.Ptr = cret
1070+ return cls
1071+}
1072+
1073+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
1074+//
1075+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
1076+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
1077+// child widget.
1078+func (x *AboutDialog) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
1079+
1080+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
1081+ return cret
1082+}
1083+
1084+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
1085+func (x *AboutDialog) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
1086+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
1087+
1088+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
1089+
1090+ if cret == 0 {
1091+ return nil
1092+ }
1093+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
1094+ cls.Ptr = cret
1095+ return cls
1096+}
1097+
1098+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
1099+func (x *AboutDialog) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
1100+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
1101+
1102+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
1103+
1104+ if cret == 0 {
1105+ return nil
1106+ }
1107+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
1108+ cls.Ptr = cret
1109+ return cls
1110+}
1111+
1112+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
1113+//
1114+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
1115+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
1116+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
1117+func (x *AboutDialog) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
1118+
1119+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
1120+ return cret
1121+}
1122+
1123+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
9961124 func (x *AboutDialog) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
9971125
9981126 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
9991127
10001128 }
10011129
1002-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
1130+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
10031131 func (x *AboutDialog) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
10041132
10051133 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
10061134
10071135 }
10081136
1009-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
1137+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
10101138 func (x *AboutDialog) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
10111139
10121140 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
10131141
10141142 }
10151143
1144+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
1145+//
1146+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
1147+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
1148+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
1149+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
1150+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
1151+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
1152+// object is the container widget.
1153+func (x *AboutDialog) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
1154+
1155+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
1156+
1157+}
1158+
1159+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
1160+//
1161+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
1162+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
1163+func (x *AboutDialog) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
1164+
1165+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
1166+
1167+}
1168+
1169+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
1170+//
1171+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
1172+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
1173+// states automatically.
1174+func (x *AboutDialog) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
1175+
1176+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
1177+
1178+}
1179+
10161180 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
10171181 //
10181182 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -1055,7 +1219,7 @@ func (x *AboutDialog) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gt
10551219 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
10561220 //
10571221 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
1058-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
1222+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
10591223 //
10601224 // ```c
10611225 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -1085,13 +1249,17 @@ func (x *AboutDialog) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.
10851249
10861250 }
10871251
1088-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
1089-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
1252+// Updates a list of accessible states.
10901253 //
1091-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
1092-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
1254+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
1255+// value types of accessible states.
1256+//
1257+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
1258+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
1259+// technologies.
10931260 //
10941261 // Example:
1262+//
10951263 // ```c
10961264 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
10971265 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -1121,7 +1289,7 @@ func (x *AboutDialog) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Accessibl
11211289 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
11221290 //
11231291 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
1124-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
1292+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
11251293 func (x *AboutDialog) GetBuildableId() string {
11261294
11271295 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
@@ -1148,6 +1316,7 @@ func init() {
11481316 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogAddCreditSection, lib, "adw_about_dialog_add_credit_section")
11491317 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogAddLegalSection, lib, "adw_about_dialog_add_legal_section")
11501318 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogAddLink, lib, "adw_about_dialog_add_link")
1319+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogAddOtherApp, lib, "adw_about_dialog_add_other_app")
11511320 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogGetApplicationIcon, lib, "adw_about_dialog_get_application_icon")
11521321 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogGetApplicationName, lib, "adw_about_dialog_get_application_name")
11531322 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogGetArtists, lib, "adw_about_dialog_get_artists")
M v4/adw/adw-about-window.go +147 -11
@@ -909,7 +909,8 @@ var xAboutWindowSetTranslatorCredits func(uintptr, string)
909909 // should be marked as translatable.
910910 //
911911 // The string may contain email addresses and URLs, see the introduction for
912-// more details.
912+// more details. When there is more than one translator, they must be
913+// separated by a newline in the same string.
913914 //
914915 // See also:
915916 //
@@ -987,34 +988,165 @@ func (x *AboutWindow) ConnectActivateLink(cb *func(AboutWindow, string) bool) ui
987988 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "activate-link", cbRefPtr)
988989 }
989990
990-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
991+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
992+//
993+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
994+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
995+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
996+// successful operation.
997+//
998+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
999+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
1000+func (x *AboutWindow) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
1001+
1002+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
1003+
1004+}
1005+
1006+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
1007+//
1008+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
1009+func (x *AboutWindow) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
1010+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
1011+
1012+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
1013+
1014+ if cret == 0 {
1015+ return nil
1016+ }
1017+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
1018+ cls.Ptr = cret
1019+ return cls
1020+}
1021+
1022+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
9911023 func (x *AboutWindow) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
9921024
9931025 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
9941026 return cret
9951027 }
9961028
997-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
1029+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
1030+func (x *AboutWindow) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
1031+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
1032+
1033+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
1034+
1035+ if cret == 0 {
1036+ return nil
1037+ }
1038+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
1039+ cls.Ptr = cret
1040+ return cls
1041+}
1042+
1043+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
1044+//
1045+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
1046+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
1047+// child widget.
1048+func (x *AboutWindow) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
1049+
1050+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
1051+ return cret
1052+}
1053+
1054+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
1055+func (x *AboutWindow) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
1056+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
1057+
1058+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
1059+
1060+ if cret == 0 {
1061+ return nil
1062+ }
1063+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
1064+ cls.Ptr = cret
1065+ return cls
1066+}
1067+
1068+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
1069+func (x *AboutWindow) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
1070+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
1071+
1072+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
1073+
1074+ if cret == 0 {
1075+ return nil
1076+ }
1077+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
1078+ cls.Ptr = cret
1079+ return cls
1080+}
1081+
1082+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
1083+//
1084+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
1085+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
1086+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
1087+func (x *AboutWindow) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
1088+
1089+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
1090+ return cret
1091+}
1092+
1093+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
9981094 func (x *AboutWindow) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
9991095
10001096 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
10011097
10021098 }
10031099
1004-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
1100+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
10051101 func (x *AboutWindow) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
10061102
10071103 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
10081104
10091105 }
10101106
1011-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
1107+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
10121108 func (x *AboutWindow) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
10131109
10141110 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
10151111
10161112 }
10171113
1114+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
1115+//
1116+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
1117+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
1118+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
1119+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
1120+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
1121+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
1122+// object is the container widget.
1123+func (x *AboutWindow) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
1124+
1125+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
1126+
1127+}
1128+
1129+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
1130+//
1131+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
1132+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
1133+func (x *AboutWindow) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
1134+
1135+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
1136+
1137+}
1138+
1139+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
1140+//
1141+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
1142+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
1143+// states automatically.
1144+func (x *AboutWindow) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
1145+
1146+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
1147+
1148+}
1149+
10181150 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
10191151 //
10201152 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -1057,7 +1189,7 @@ func (x *AboutWindow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gt
10571189 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
10581190 //
10591191 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
1060-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
1192+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
10611193 //
10621194 // ```c
10631195 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -1087,13 +1219,17 @@ func (x *AboutWindow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.
10871219
10881220 }
10891221
1090-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
1091-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
1222+// Updates a list of accessible states.
10921223 //
1093-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
1094-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
1224+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
1225+// value types of accessible states.
1226+//
1227+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
1228+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
1229+// technologies.
10951230 //
10961231 // Example:
1232+//
10971233 // ```c
10981234 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
10991235 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -1123,7 +1259,7 @@ func (x *AboutWindow) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Accessibl
11231259 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
11241260 //
11251261 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
1126-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
1262+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
11271263 func (x *AboutWindow) GetBuildableId() string {
11281264
11291265 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-action-row.go +145 -10
@@ -340,34 +340,165 @@ func (x *ActionRow) ConnectActivated(cb *func(ActionRow)) uint32 {
340340 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "activated", cbRefPtr)
341341 }
342342
343-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
343+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
344+//
345+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
346+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
347+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
348+// successful operation.
349+//
350+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
351+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
352+func (x *ActionRow) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
353+
354+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
355+
356+}
357+
358+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
359+//
360+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
361+func (x *ActionRow) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
362+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
363+
364+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
365+
366+ if cret == 0 {
367+ return nil
368+ }
369+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
370+ cls.Ptr = cret
371+ return cls
372+}
373+
374+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
344375 func (x *ActionRow) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
345376
346377 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
347378 return cret
348379 }
349380
350-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
381+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
382+func (x *ActionRow) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
383+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
384+
385+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
386+
387+ if cret == 0 {
388+ return nil
389+ }
390+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
391+ cls.Ptr = cret
392+ return cls
393+}
394+
395+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
396+//
397+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
398+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
399+// child widget.
400+func (x *ActionRow) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
401+
402+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
403+ return cret
404+}
405+
406+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
407+func (x *ActionRow) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
408+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
409+
410+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
411+
412+ if cret == 0 {
413+ return nil
414+ }
415+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
416+ cls.Ptr = cret
417+ return cls
418+}
419+
420+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
421+func (x *ActionRow) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
422+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
423+
424+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
425+
426+ if cret == 0 {
427+ return nil
428+ }
429+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
430+ cls.Ptr = cret
431+ return cls
432+}
433+
434+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
435+//
436+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
437+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
438+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
439+func (x *ActionRow) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
440+
441+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
442+ return cret
443+}
444+
445+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
351446 func (x *ActionRow) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
352447
353448 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
354449
355450 }
356451
357-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
452+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
358453 func (x *ActionRow) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
359454
360455 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
361456
362457 }
363458
364-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
459+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
365460 func (x *ActionRow) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
366461
367462 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
368463
369464 }
370465
466+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
467+//
468+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
469+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
470+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
471+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
472+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
473+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
474+// object is the container widget.
475+func (x *ActionRow) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
476+
477+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
478+
479+}
480+
481+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
482+//
483+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
484+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
485+func (x *ActionRow) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
486+
487+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
488+
489+}
490+
491+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
492+//
493+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
494+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
495+// states automatically.
496+func (x *ActionRow) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
497+
498+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
499+
500+}
501+
371502 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
372503 //
373504 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -410,7 +541,7 @@ func (x *ActionRow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.
410541 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
411542 //
412543 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
413-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
544+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
414545 //
415546 // ```c
416547 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -440,13 +571,17 @@ func (x *ActionRow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Ac
440571
441572 }
442573
443-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
444-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
574+// Updates a list of accessible states.
445575 //
446-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
447-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
576+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
577+// value types of accessible states.
578+//
579+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
580+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
581+// technologies.
448582 //
449583 // Example:
584+//
450585 // ```c
451586 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
452587 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -559,7 +694,7 @@ func (x *ActionRow) SetDetailedActionName(DetailedActionNameVar string) {
559694 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
560695 //
561696 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
562-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
697+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
563698 func (x *ActionRow) GetBuildableId() string {
564699
565700 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-alert-dialog.go +151 -13
@@ -561,10 +561,13 @@ var xAlertDialogSetDefaultResponse func(uintptr, string)
561561
562562 // Sets the ID of the default response of @self.
563563 //
564-// If set, pressing <kbd>Enter</kbd> will activate the corresponding button.
564+// The button corresponding to this response will be set as the default widget
565+// of @self.
565566 //
566-// If set to `NULL` or to a non-existent response ID, pressing <kbd>Enter</kbd>
567-// will do nothing.
567+// If not set, the default widget will not be set, and the last added response
568+// will be focused by default.
569+//
570+// See [property@Dialog:default-widget].
568571 func (x *AlertDialog) SetDefaultResponse(ResponseVar string) {
569572
570573 xAlertDialogSetDefaultResponse(x.GoPointer(), ResponseVar)
@@ -709,34 +712,165 @@ func (x *AlertDialog) ConnectResponse(cb *func(AlertDialog, string)) uint32 {
709712 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "response", cbRefPtr)
710713 }
711714
712-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
715+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
716+//
717+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
718+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
719+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
720+// successful operation.
721+//
722+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
723+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
724+func (x *AlertDialog) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
725+
726+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
727+
728+}
729+
730+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
731+//
732+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
733+func (x *AlertDialog) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
734+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
735+
736+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
737+
738+ if cret == 0 {
739+ return nil
740+ }
741+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
742+ cls.Ptr = cret
743+ return cls
744+}
745+
746+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
713747 func (x *AlertDialog) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
714748
715749 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
716750 return cret
717751 }
718752
719-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
753+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
754+func (x *AlertDialog) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
755+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
756+
757+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
758+
759+ if cret == 0 {
760+ return nil
761+ }
762+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
763+ cls.Ptr = cret
764+ return cls
765+}
766+
767+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
768+//
769+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
770+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
771+// child widget.
772+func (x *AlertDialog) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
773+
774+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
775+ return cret
776+}
777+
778+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
779+func (x *AlertDialog) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
780+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
781+
782+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
783+
784+ if cret == 0 {
785+ return nil
786+ }
787+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
788+ cls.Ptr = cret
789+ return cls
790+}
791+
792+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
793+func (x *AlertDialog) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
794+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
795+
796+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
797+
798+ if cret == 0 {
799+ return nil
800+ }
801+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
802+ cls.Ptr = cret
803+ return cls
804+}
805+
806+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
807+//
808+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
809+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
810+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
811+func (x *AlertDialog) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
812+
813+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
814+ return cret
815+}
816+
817+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
720818 func (x *AlertDialog) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
721819
722820 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
723821
724822 }
725823
726-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
824+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
727825 func (x *AlertDialog) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
728826
729827 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
730828
731829 }
732830
733-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
831+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
734832 func (x *AlertDialog) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
735833
736834 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
737835
738836 }
739837
838+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
839+//
840+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
841+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
842+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
843+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
844+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
845+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
846+// object is the container widget.
847+func (x *AlertDialog) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
848+
849+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
850+
851+}
852+
853+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
854+//
855+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
856+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
857+func (x *AlertDialog) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
858+
859+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
860+
861+}
862+
863+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
864+//
865+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
866+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
867+// states automatically.
868+func (x *AlertDialog) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
869+
870+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
871+
872+}
873+
740874 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
741875 //
742876 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -779,7 +913,7 @@ func (x *AlertDialog) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gt
779913 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
780914 //
781915 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
782-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
916+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
783917 //
784918 // ```c
785919 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -809,13 +943,17 @@ func (x *AlertDialog) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.
809943
810944 }
811945
812-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
813-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
946+// Updates a list of accessible states.
814947 //
815-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
816-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
948+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
949+// value types of accessible states.
950+//
951+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
952+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
953+// technologies.
817954 //
818955 // Example:
956+//
819957 // ```c
820958 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
821959 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -845,7 +983,7 @@ func (x *AlertDialog) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Accessibl
845983 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
846984 //
847985 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
848-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
986+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
849987 func (x *AlertDialog) GetBuildableId() string {
850988
851989 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-application-window.go +261 -67
@@ -105,6 +105,15 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) AddBreakpoint(BreakpointVar *Breakpoint) {
105105
106106 }
107107
108+var xApplicationWindowGetAdaptivePreview func(uintptr) bool
109+
110+// Gets whether adaptive preview for @self is currently open.
111+func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetAdaptivePreview() bool {
112+
113+ cret := xApplicationWindowGetAdaptivePreview(x.GoPointer())
114+ return cret
115+}
116+
108117 var xApplicationWindowGetContent func(uintptr) uintptr
109118
110119 // Gets the content widget of @self.
@@ -176,6 +185,23 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetVisibleDialog() *Dialog {
176185 return cls
177186 }
178187
188+var xApplicationWindowSetAdaptivePreview func(uintptr, bool)
189+
190+// Sets whether adaptive preview for @self is currently open.
191+//
192+// Adaptive preview is a debugging tool used for testing the window
193+// contents at specific screen sizes, simulating mobile environment.
194+//
195+// Adaptive preview can always be accessed from inspector. This function
196+// allows applications to open it manually.
197+//
198+// Most applications should not use this function.
199+func (x *ApplicationWindow) SetAdaptivePreview(AdaptivePreviewVar bool) {
200+
201+ xApplicationWindowSetAdaptivePreview(x.GoPointer(), AdaptivePreviewVar)
202+
203+}
204+
179205 var xApplicationWindowSetContent func(uintptr, uintptr)
180206
181207 // Sets the content widget of @self.
@@ -198,36 +224,36 @@ func (c *ApplicationWindow) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
198224 c.Ptr = ptr
199225 }
200226
201-// Emits the #GActionGroup::action-added signal on @action_group.
227+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-added] signal on @action_group.
202228 //
203-// This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations.
229+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
204230 func (x *ApplicationWindow) ActionAdded(ActionNameVar string) {
205231
206232 gio.XGActionGroupActionAdded(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
207233
208234 }
209235
210-// Emits the #GActionGroup::action-enabled-changed signal on @action_group.
236+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-enabled-changed] signal on @action_group.
211237 //
212-// This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations.
238+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
213239 func (x *ApplicationWindow) ActionEnabledChanged(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar bool) {
214240
215241 gio.XGActionGroupActionEnabledChanged(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, EnabledVar)
216242
217243 }
218244
219-// Emits the #GActionGroup::action-removed signal on @action_group.
245+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-removed] signal on @action_group.
220246 //
221-// This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations.
247+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
222248 func (x *ApplicationWindow) ActionRemoved(ActionNameVar string) {
223249
224250 gio.XGActionGroupActionRemoved(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
225251
226252 }
227253
228-// Emits the #GActionGroup::action-state-changed signal on @action_group.
254+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-state-changed] signal on @action_group.
229255 //
230-// This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations.
256+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
231257 func (x *ApplicationWindow) ActionStateChanged(ActionNameVar string, StateVar *glib.Variant) {
232258
233259 gio.XGActionGroupActionStateChanged(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, StateVar)
@@ -238,35 +264,35 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) ActionStateChanged(ActionNameVar string, StateVar *g
238264 //
239265 // If the action is expecting a parameter, then the correct type of
240266 // parameter must be given as @parameter. If the action is expecting no
241-// parameters then @parameter must be %NULL. See
242-// g_action_group_get_action_parameter_type().
267+// parameters then @parameter must be `NULL`. See
268+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_parameter_type].
243269 //
244-// If the #GActionGroup implementation supports asynchronous remote
270+// If the [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementation supports asynchronous remote
245271 // activation over D-Bus, this call may return before the relevant
246272 // D-Bus traffic has been sent, or any replies have been received. In
247273 // order to block on such asynchronous activation calls,
248-// g_dbus_connection_flush() should be called prior to the code, which
274+// [method@Gio.DBusConnection.flush] should be called prior to the code, which
249275 // depends on the result of the action activation. Without flushing
250276 // the D-Bus connection, there is no guarantee that the action would
251277 // have been activated.
252278 //
253279 // The following code which runs in a remote app instance, shows an
254-// example of a "quit" action being activated on the primary app
255-// instance over D-Bus. Here g_dbus_connection_flush() is called
256-// before `exit()`. Without g_dbus_connection_flush(), the "quit" action
280+// example of a ‘quit’ action being activated on the primary app
281+// instance over D-Bus. Here [method@Gio.DBusConnection.flush] is called
282+// before `exit()`. Without `g_dbus_connection_flush()`, the ‘quit’ action
257283 // may fail to be activated on the primary instance.
258284 //
259-// |[<!-- language="C" -->
260-// // call "quit" action on primary instance
285+// ```c
286+// // call ‘quit’ action on primary instance
261287 // g_action_group_activate_action (G_ACTION_GROUP (app), "quit", NULL);
262288 //
263289 // // make sure the action is activated now
264-// g_dbus_connection_flush (...);
290+// g_dbus_connection_flush (…);
265291 //
266-// g_debug ("application has been terminated. exiting.");
292+// g_debug ("Application has been terminated. Exiting.");
267293 //
268294 // exit (0);
269-// ]|
295+// ```
270296 func (x *ApplicationWindow) ActivateAction(ActionNameVar string, ParameterVar *glib.Variant) {
271297
272298 gio.XGActionGroupActivateAction(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, ParameterVar)
@@ -277,11 +303,11 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) ActivateAction(ActionNameVar string, ParameterVar *g
277303 // changed to @value.
278304 //
279305 // The action must be stateful and @value must be of the correct type.
280-// See g_action_group_get_action_state_type().
306+// See [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_type].
281307 //
282308 // This call merely requests a change. The action may refuse to change
283309 // its state or may change its state to something other than @value.
284-// See g_action_group_get_action_state_hint().
310+// See [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_hint].
285311 //
286312 // If the @value GVariant is floating, it is consumed.
287313 func (x *ApplicationWindow) ChangeActionState(ActionNameVar string, ValueVar *glib.Variant) {
@@ -303,12 +329,12 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetActionEnabled(ActionNameVar string) bool {
303329 // Queries the type of the parameter that must be given when activating
304330 // the named action within @action_group.
305331 //
306-// When activating the action using g_action_group_activate_action(),
307-// the #GVariant given to that function must be of the type returned
332+// When activating the action using [method@Gio.ActionGroup.activate_action],
333+// the [type@GLib.Variant] given to that function must be of the type returned
308334 // by this function.
309335 //
310-// In the case that this function returns %NULL, you must not give any
311-// #GVariant, but %NULL instead.
336+// In the case that this function returns `NULL`, you must not give any
337+// [type@GLib.Variant], but `NULL` instead.
312338 //
313339 // The parameter type of a particular action will never change but it is
314340 // possible for an action to be removed and for a new action to be added
@@ -321,12 +347,12 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetActionParameterType(ActionNameVar string) *glib.V
321347
322348 // Queries the current state of the named action within @action_group.
323349 //
324-// If the action is not stateful then %NULL will be returned. If the
350+// If the action is not stateful then `NULL` will be returned. If the
325351 // action is stateful then the type of the return value is the type
326-// given by g_action_group_get_action_state_type().
352+// given by [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_type].
327353 //
328-// The return value (if non-%NULL) should be freed with
329-// g_variant_unref() when it is no longer required.
354+// The return value (if non-`NULL`) should be freed with
355+// [method@GLib.Variant.unref] when it is no longer required.
330356 func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetActionState(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
331357
332358 cret := gio.XGActionGroupGetActionState(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
@@ -336,12 +362,12 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetActionState(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
336362 // Requests a hint about the valid range of values for the state of the
337363 // named action within @action_group.
338364 //
339-// If %NULL is returned it either means that the action is not stateful
365+// If `NULL` is returned it either means that the action is not stateful
340366 // or that there is no hint about the valid range of values for the
341367 // state of the action.
342368 //
343-// If a #GVariant array is returned then each item in the array is a
344-// possible value for the state. If a #GVariant pair (ie: two-tuple) is
369+// If a [type@GLib.Variant] array is returned then each item in the array is a
370+// possible value for the state. If a [type@GLib.Variant] pair (ie: two-tuple) is
345371 // returned then the tuple specifies the inclusive lower and upper bound
346372 // of valid values for the state.
347373 //
@@ -349,8 +375,8 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetActionState(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
349375 // have a state value outside of the hinted range and setting a value
350376 // within the range may fail.
351377 //
352-// The return value (if non-%NULL) should be freed with
353-// g_variant_unref() when it is no longer required.
378+// The return value (if non-`NULL`) should be freed with
379+// [method@GLib.Variant.unref] when it is no longer required.
354380 func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetActionStateHint(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
355381
356382 cret := gio.XGActionGroupGetActionStateHint(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
@@ -361,14 +387,14 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetActionStateHint(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Varia
361387 // @action_group.
362388 //
363389 // If the action is stateful then this function returns the
364-// #GVariantType of the state. All calls to
365-// g_action_group_change_action_state() must give a #GVariant of this
366-// type and g_action_group_get_action_state() will return a #GVariant
390+// [type@GLib.VariantType] of the state. All calls to
391+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.change_action_state] must give a [type@GLib.Variant] of this
392+// type and [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state] will return a [type@GLib.Variant]
367393 // of the same type.
368394 //
369-// If the action is not stateful then this function will return %NULL.
370-// In that case, g_action_group_get_action_state() will return %NULL
371-// and you must not call g_action_group_change_action_state().
395+// If the action is not stateful then this function will return `NULL`.
396+// In that case, [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state] will return `NULL`
397+// and you must not call [method@Gio.ActionGroup.change_action_state].
372398 //
373399 // The state type of a particular action will never change but it is
374400 // possible for an action to be removed and for a new action to be added
@@ -388,7 +414,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) HasAction(ActionNameVar string) bool {
388414
389415 // Lists the actions contained within @action_group.
390416 //
391-// The caller is responsible for freeing the list with g_strfreev() when
417+// The caller is responsible for freeing the list with [func@GLib.strfreev] when
392418 // it is no longer required.
393419 func (x *ApplicationWindow) ListActions() []string {
394420
@@ -399,18 +425,18 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) ListActions() []string {
399425 // Queries all aspects of the named action within an @action_group.
400426 //
401427 // This function acquires the information available from
402-// g_action_group_has_action(), g_action_group_get_action_enabled(),
403-// g_action_group_get_action_parameter_type(),
404-// g_action_group_get_action_state_type(),
405-// g_action_group_get_action_state_hint() and
406-// g_action_group_get_action_state() with a single function call.
428+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.has_action], [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_enabled],
429+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_parameter_type],
430+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_type],
431+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_hint] and
432+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state] with a single function call.
407433 //
408434 // This provides two main benefits.
409435 //
410436 // The first is the improvement in efficiency that comes with not having
411437 // to perform repeated lookups of the action in order to discover
412438 // different things about it. The second is that implementing
413-// #GActionGroup can now be done by only overriding this one virtual
439+// [type@Gio.ActionGroup] can now be done by only overriding this one virtual
414440 // function.
415441 //
416442 // The interface provides a default implementation of this function that
@@ -419,9 +445,9 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) ListActions() []string {
419445 // those functions that call this function. All implementations,
420446 // therefore, must override either this function or all of the others.
421447 //
422-// If the action exists, %TRUE is returned and any of the requested
423-// fields (as indicated by having a non-%NULL reference passed in) are
424-// filled. If the action doesn't exist, %FALSE is returned and the
448+// If the action exists, `TRUE` is returned and any of the requested
449+// fields (as indicated by having a non-`NULL` reference passed in) are
450+// filled. If the action doesn’t exist, `FALSE` is returned and the
425451 // fields may or may not have been modified.
426452 func (x *ApplicationWindow) QueryAction(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar bool, ParameterTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateHintVar **glib.Variant, StateVar **glib.Variant) bool {
427453
@@ -441,12 +467,12 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) AddAction(ActionVar gio.Action) {
441467
442468 }
443469
444-// A convenience function for creating multiple #GSimpleAction instances
445-// and adding them to a #GActionMap.
470+// A convenience function for creating multiple [class@Gio.SimpleAction]
471+// instances and adding them to a [iface@Gio.ActionMap].
446472 //
447-// Each action is constructed as per one #GActionEntry.
473+// Each action is constructed as per one [struct@Gio.ActionEntry].
448474 //
449-// |[<!-- language="C" -->
475+// ```c
450476 // static void
451477 // activate_quit (GSimpleAction *simple,
452478 //
@@ -483,7 +509,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) AddAction(ActionVar gio.Action) {
483509 // return G_ACTION_GROUP (group);
484510 // }
485511 //
486-// ]|
512+// ```
487513 func (x *ApplicationWindow) AddActionEntries(EntriesVar []gio.ActionEntry, NEntriesVar int, UserDataVar uintptr) {
488514
489515 gio.XGActionMapAddActionEntries(x.GoPointer(), EntriesVar, NEntriesVar, UserDataVar)
@@ -492,7 +518,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) AddActionEntries(EntriesVar []gio.ActionEntry, NEntr
492518
493519 // Looks up the action with the name @action_name in @action_map.
494520 //
495-// If no such action exists, returns %NULL.
521+// If no such action exists, returns `NULL`.
496522 func (x *ApplicationWindow) LookupAction(ActionNameVar string) *gio.ActionBase {
497523 var cls *gio.ActionBase
498524
@@ -516,34 +542,196 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) RemoveAction(ActionNameVar string) {
516542
517543 }
518544
519-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
545+// Remove actions from a [iface@Gio.ActionMap]. This is meant as the reverse of
546+// [method@Gio.ActionMap.add_action_entries].
547+//
548+// ```c
549+//
550+// static const GActionEntry entries[] = {
551+// { "quit", activate_quit },
552+// { "print-string", activate_print_string, "s" }
553+// };
554+//
555+// void
556+// add_actions (GActionMap *map)
557+//
558+// {
559+// g_action_map_add_action_entries (map, entries, G_N_ELEMENTS (entries), NULL);
560+// }
561+//
562+// void
563+// remove_actions (GActionMap *map)
564+//
565+// {
566+// g_action_map_remove_action_entries (map, entries, G_N_ELEMENTS (entries));
567+// }
568+//
569+// ```
570+func (x *ApplicationWindow) RemoveActionEntries(EntriesVar []gio.ActionEntry, NEntriesVar int) {
571+
572+ gio.XGActionMapRemoveActionEntries(x.GoPointer(), EntriesVar, NEntriesVar)
573+
574+}
575+
576+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
577+//
578+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
579+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
580+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
581+// successful operation.
582+//
583+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
584+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
585+func (x *ApplicationWindow) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
586+
587+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
588+
589+}
590+
591+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
592+//
593+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
594+func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
595+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
596+
597+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
598+
599+ if cret == 0 {
600+ return nil
601+ }
602+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
603+ cls.Ptr = cret
604+ return cls
605+}
606+
607+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
520608 func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
521609
522610 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
523611 return cret
524612 }
525613
526-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
614+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
615+func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
616+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
617+
618+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
619+
620+ if cret == 0 {
621+ return nil
622+ }
623+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
624+ cls.Ptr = cret
625+ return cls
626+}
627+
628+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
629+//
630+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
631+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
632+// child widget.
633+func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
634+
635+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
636+ return cret
637+}
638+
639+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
640+func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
641+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
642+
643+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
644+
645+ if cret == 0 {
646+ return nil
647+ }
648+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
649+ cls.Ptr = cret
650+ return cls
651+}
652+
653+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
654+func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
655+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
656+
657+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
658+
659+ if cret == 0 {
660+ return nil
661+ }
662+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
663+ cls.Ptr = cret
664+ return cls
665+}
666+
667+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
668+//
669+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
670+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
671+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
672+func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
673+
674+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
675+ return cret
676+}
677+
678+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
527679 func (x *ApplicationWindow) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
528680
529681 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
530682
531683 }
532684
533-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
685+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
534686 func (x *ApplicationWindow) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
535687
536688 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
537689
538690 }
539691
540-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
692+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
541693 func (x *ApplicationWindow) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
542694
543695 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
544696
545697 }
546698
699+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
700+//
701+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
702+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
703+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
704+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
705+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
706+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
707+// object is the container widget.
708+func (x *ApplicationWindow) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
709+
710+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
711+
712+}
713+
714+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
715+//
716+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
717+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
718+func (x *ApplicationWindow) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
719+
720+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
721+
722+}
723+
724+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
725+//
726+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
727+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
728+// states automatically.
729+func (x *ApplicationWindow) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
730+
731+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
732+
733+}
734+
547735 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
548736 //
549737 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -586,7 +774,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVa
586774 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
587775 //
588776 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
589-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
777+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
590778 //
591779 // ```c
592780 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -616,13 +804,17 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar
616804
617805 }
618806
619-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
620-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
807+// Updates a list of accessible states.
621808 //
622-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
623-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
809+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
810+// value types of accessible states.
811+//
812+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
813+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
814+// technologies.
624815 //
625816 // Example:
817+//
626818 // ```c
627819 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
628820 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -652,7 +844,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Acc
652844 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
653845 //
654846 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
655-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
847+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
656848 func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetBuildableId() string {
657849
658850 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
@@ -779,10 +971,12 @@ func init() {
779971 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewApplicationWindow, lib, "adw_application_window_new")
780972
781973 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationWindowAddBreakpoint, lib, "adw_application_window_add_breakpoint")
974+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationWindowGetAdaptivePreview, lib, "adw_application_window_get_adaptive_preview")
782975 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationWindowGetContent, lib, "adw_application_window_get_content")
783976 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationWindowGetCurrentBreakpoint, lib, "adw_application_window_get_current_breakpoint")
784977 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationWindowGetDialogs, lib, "adw_application_window_get_dialogs")
785978 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationWindowGetVisibleDialog, lib, "adw_application_window_get_visible_dialog")
979+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationWindowSetAdaptivePreview, lib, "adw_application_window_set_adaptive_preview")
786980 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationWindowSetContent, lib, "adw_application_window_set_content")
787981
788982 }
M v4/adw/adw-application.go +88 -57
@@ -121,36 +121,36 @@ func (c *Application) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
121121 c.Ptr = ptr
122122 }
123123
124-// Emits the #GActionGroup::action-added signal on @action_group.
124+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-added] signal on @action_group.
125125 //
126-// This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations.
126+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
127127 func (x *Application) ActionAdded(ActionNameVar string) {
128128
129129 gio.XGActionGroupActionAdded(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
130130
131131 }
132132
133-// Emits the #GActionGroup::action-enabled-changed signal on @action_group.
133+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-enabled-changed] signal on @action_group.
134134 //
135-// This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations.
135+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
136136 func (x *Application) ActionEnabledChanged(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar bool) {
137137
138138 gio.XGActionGroupActionEnabledChanged(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, EnabledVar)
139139
140140 }
141141
142-// Emits the #GActionGroup::action-removed signal on @action_group.
142+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-removed] signal on @action_group.
143143 //
144-// This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations.
144+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
145145 func (x *Application) ActionRemoved(ActionNameVar string) {
146146
147147 gio.XGActionGroupActionRemoved(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
148148
149149 }
150150
151-// Emits the #GActionGroup::action-state-changed signal on @action_group.
151+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-state-changed] signal on @action_group.
152152 //
153-// This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations.
153+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
154154 func (x *Application) ActionStateChanged(ActionNameVar string, StateVar *glib.Variant) {
155155
156156 gio.XGActionGroupActionStateChanged(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, StateVar)
@@ -161,35 +161,35 @@ func (x *Application) ActionStateChanged(ActionNameVar string, StateVar *glib.Va
161161 //
162162 // If the action is expecting a parameter, then the correct type of
163163 // parameter must be given as @parameter. If the action is expecting no
164-// parameters then @parameter must be %NULL. See
165-// g_action_group_get_action_parameter_type().
164+// parameters then @parameter must be `NULL`. See
165+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_parameter_type].
166166 //
167-// If the #GActionGroup implementation supports asynchronous remote
167+// If the [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementation supports asynchronous remote
168168 // activation over D-Bus, this call may return before the relevant
169169 // D-Bus traffic has been sent, or any replies have been received. In
170170 // order to block on such asynchronous activation calls,
171-// g_dbus_connection_flush() should be called prior to the code, which
171+// [method@Gio.DBusConnection.flush] should be called prior to the code, which
172172 // depends on the result of the action activation. Without flushing
173173 // the D-Bus connection, there is no guarantee that the action would
174174 // have been activated.
175175 //
176176 // The following code which runs in a remote app instance, shows an
177-// example of a "quit" action being activated on the primary app
178-// instance over D-Bus. Here g_dbus_connection_flush() is called
179-// before `exit()`. Without g_dbus_connection_flush(), the "quit" action
177+// example of a ‘quit’ action being activated on the primary app
178+// instance over D-Bus. Here [method@Gio.DBusConnection.flush] is called
179+// before `exit()`. Without `g_dbus_connection_flush()`, the ‘quit’ action
180180 // may fail to be activated on the primary instance.
181181 //
182-// |[<!-- language="C" -->
183-// // call "quit" action on primary instance
182+// ```c
183+// // call ‘quit’ action on primary instance
184184 // g_action_group_activate_action (G_ACTION_GROUP (app), "quit", NULL);
185185 //
186186 // // make sure the action is activated now
187-// g_dbus_connection_flush (...);
187+// g_dbus_connection_flush (…);
188188 //
189-// g_debug ("application has been terminated. exiting.");
189+// g_debug ("Application has been terminated. Exiting.");
190190 //
191191 // exit (0);
192-// ]|
192+// ```
193193 func (x *Application) ActivateAction(ActionNameVar string, ParameterVar *glib.Variant) {
194194
195195 gio.XGActionGroupActivateAction(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, ParameterVar)
@@ -200,11 +200,11 @@ func (x *Application) ActivateAction(ActionNameVar string, ParameterVar *glib.Va
200200 // changed to @value.
201201 //
202202 // The action must be stateful and @value must be of the correct type.
203-// See g_action_group_get_action_state_type().
203+// See [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_type].
204204 //
205205 // This call merely requests a change. The action may refuse to change
206206 // its state or may change its state to something other than @value.
207-// See g_action_group_get_action_state_hint().
207+// See [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_hint].
208208 //
209209 // If the @value GVariant is floating, it is consumed.
210210 func (x *Application) ChangeActionState(ActionNameVar string, ValueVar *glib.Variant) {
@@ -226,12 +226,12 @@ func (x *Application) GetActionEnabled(ActionNameVar string) bool {
226226 // Queries the type of the parameter that must be given when activating
227227 // the named action within @action_group.
228228 //
229-// When activating the action using g_action_group_activate_action(),
230-// the #GVariant given to that function must be of the type returned
229+// When activating the action using [method@Gio.ActionGroup.activate_action],
230+// the [type@GLib.Variant] given to that function must be of the type returned
231231 // by this function.
232232 //
233-// In the case that this function returns %NULL, you must not give any
234-// #GVariant, but %NULL instead.
233+// In the case that this function returns `NULL`, you must not give any
234+// [type@GLib.Variant], but `NULL` instead.
235235 //
236236 // The parameter type of a particular action will never change but it is
237237 // possible for an action to be removed and for a new action to be added
@@ -244,12 +244,12 @@ func (x *Application) GetActionParameterType(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant
244244
245245 // Queries the current state of the named action within @action_group.
246246 //
247-// If the action is not stateful then %NULL will be returned. If the
247+// If the action is not stateful then `NULL` will be returned. If the
248248 // action is stateful then the type of the return value is the type
249-// given by g_action_group_get_action_state_type().
249+// given by [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_type].
250250 //
251-// The return value (if non-%NULL) should be freed with
252-// g_variant_unref() when it is no longer required.
251+// The return value (if non-`NULL`) should be freed with
252+// [method@GLib.Variant.unref] when it is no longer required.
253253 func (x *Application) GetActionState(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
254254
255255 cret := gio.XGActionGroupGetActionState(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
@@ -259,12 +259,12 @@ func (x *Application) GetActionState(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
259259 // Requests a hint about the valid range of values for the state of the
260260 // named action within @action_group.
261261 //
262-// If %NULL is returned it either means that the action is not stateful
262+// If `NULL` is returned it either means that the action is not stateful
263263 // or that there is no hint about the valid range of values for the
264264 // state of the action.
265265 //
266-// If a #GVariant array is returned then each item in the array is a
267-// possible value for the state. If a #GVariant pair (ie: two-tuple) is
266+// If a [type@GLib.Variant] array is returned then each item in the array is a
267+// possible value for the state. If a [type@GLib.Variant] pair (ie: two-tuple) is
268268 // returned then the tuple specifies the inclusive lower and upper bound
269269 // of valid values for the state.
270270 //
@@ -272,8 +272,8 @@ func (x *Application) GetActionState(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
272272 // have a state value outside of the hinted range and setting a value
273273 // within the range may fail.
274274 //
275-// The return value (if non-%NULL) should be freed with
276-// g_variant_unref() when it is no longer required.
275+// The return value (if non-`NULL`) should be freed with
276+// [method@GLib.Variant.unref] when it is no longer required.
277277 func (x *Application) GetActionStateHint(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
278278
279279 cret := gio.XGActionGroupGetActionStateHint(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
@@ -284,14 +284,14 @@ func (x *Application) GetActionStateHint(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
284284 // @action_group.
285285 //
286286 // If the action is stateful then this function returns the
287-// #GVariantType of the state. All calls to
288-// g_action_group_change_action_state() must give a #GVariant of this
289-// type and g_action_group_get_action_state() will return a #GVariant
287+// [type@GLib.VariantType] of the state. All calls to
288+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.change_action_state] must give a [type@GLib.Variant] of this
289+// type and [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state] will return a [type@GLib.Variant]
290290 // of the same type.
291291 //
292-// If the action is not stateful then this function will return %NULL.
293-// In that case, g_action_group_get_action_state() will return %NULL
294-// and you must not call g_action_group_change_action_state().
292+// If the action is not stateful then this function will return `NULL`.
293+// In that case, [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state] will return `NULL`
294+// and you must not call [method@Gio.ActionGroup.change_action_state].
295295 //
296296 // The state type of a particular action will never change but it is
297297 // possible for an action to be removed and for a new action to be added
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ func (x *Application) HasAction(ActionNameVar string) bool {
311311
312312 // Lists the actions contained within @action_group.
313313 //
314-// The caller is responsible for freeing the list with g_strfreev() when
314+// The caller is responsible for freeing the list with [func@GLib.strfreev] when
315315 // it is no longer required.
316316 func (x *Application) ListActions() []string {
317317
@@ -322,18 +322,18 @@ func (x *Application) ListActions() []string {
322322 // Queries all aspects of the named action within an @action_group.
323323 //
324324 // This function acquires the information available from
325-// g_action_group_has_action(), g_action_group_get_action_enabled(),
326-// g_action_group_get_action_parameter_type(),
327-// g_action_group_get_action_state_type(),
328-// g_action_group_get_action_state_hint() and
329-// g_action_group_get_action_state() with a single function call.
325+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.has_action], [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_enabled],
326+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_parameter_type],
327+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_type],
328+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_hint] and
329+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state] with a single function call.
330330 //
331331 // This provides two main benefits.
332332 //
333333 // The first is the improvement in efficiency that comes with not having
334334 // to perform repeated lookups of the action in order to discover
335335 // different things about it. The second is that implementing
336-// #GActionGroup can now be done by only overriding this one virtual
336+// [type@Gio.ActionGroup] can now be done by only overriding this one virtual
337337 // function.
338338 //
339339 // The interface provides a default implementation of this function that
@@ -342,9 +342,9 @@ func (x *Application) ListActions() []string {
342342 // those functions that call this function. All implementations,
343343 // therefore, must override either this function or all of the others.
344344 //
345-// If the action exists, %TRUE is returned and any of the requested
346-// fields (as indicated by having a non-%NULL reference passed in) are
347-// filled. If the action doesn't exist, %FALSE is returned and the
345+// If the action exists, `TRUE` is returned and any of the requested
346+// fields (as indicated by having a non-`NULL` reference passed in) are
347+// filled. If the action doesn’t exist, `FALSE` is returned and the
348348 // fields may or may not have been modified.
349349 func (x *Application) QueryAction(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar bool, ParameterTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateHintVar **glib.Variant, StateVar **glib.Variant) bool {
350350
@@ -364,12 +364,12 @@ func (x *Application) AddAction(ActionVar gio.Action) {
364364
365365 }
366366
367-// A convenience function for creating multiple #GSimpleAction instances
368-// and adding them to a #GActionMap.
367+// A convenience function for creating multiple [class@Gio.SimpleAction]
368+// instances and adding them to a [iface@Gio.ActionMap].
369369 //
370-// Each action is constructed as per one #GActionEntry.
370+// Each action is constructed as per one [struct@Gio.ActionEntry].
371371 //
372-// |[<!-- language="C" -->
372+// ```c
373373 // static void
374374 // activate_quit (GSimpleAction *simple,
375375 //
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ func (x *Application) AddAction(ActionVar gio.Action) {
406406 // return G_ACTION_GROUP (group);
407407 // }
408408 //
409-// ]|
409+// ```
410410 func (x *Application) AddActionEntries(EntriesVar []gio.ActionEntry, NEntriesVar int, UserDataVar uintptr) {
411411
412412 gio.XGActionMapAddActionEntries(x.GoPointer(), EntriesVar, NEntriesVar, UserDataVar)
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ func (x *Application) AddActionEntries(EntriesVar []gio.ActionEntry, NEntriesVar
415415
416416 // Looks up the action with the name @action_name in @action_map.
417417 //
418-// If no such action exists, returns %NULL.
418+// If no such action exists, returns `NULL`.
419419 func (x *Application) LookupAction(ActionNameVar string) *gio.ActionBase {
420420 var cls *gio.ActionBase
421421
@@ -439,6 +439,37 @@ func (x *Application) RemoveAction(ActionNameVar string) {
439439
440440 }
441441
442+// Remove actions from a [iface@Gio.ActionMap]. This is meant as the reverse of
443+// [method@Gio.ActionMap.add_action_entries].
444+//
445+// ```c
446+//
447+// static const GActionEntry entries[] = {
448+// { "quit", activate_quit },
449+// { "print-string", activate_print_string, "s" }
450+// };
451+//
452+// void
453+// add_actions (GActionMap *map)
454+//
455+// {
456+// g_action_map_add_action_entries (map, entries, G_N_ELEMENTS (entries), NULL);
457+// }
458+//
459+// void
460+// remove_actions (GActionMap *map)
461+//
462+// {
463+// g_action_map_remove_action_entries (map, entries, G_N_ELEMENTS (entries));
464+// }
465+//
466+// ```
467+func (x *Application) RemoveActionEntries(EntriesVar []gio.ActionEntry, NEntriesVar int) {
468+
469+ gio.XGActionMapRemoveActionEntries(x.GoPointer(), EntriesVar, NEntriesVar)
470+
471+}
472+
442473 func init() {
443474 core.SetPackageName("ADW", "libadwaita-1")
444475 core.SetSharedLibrary("ADW", "libadwaita-1.so.0")
M v4/adw/adw-avatar.go +149 -10
@@ -48,6 +48,10 @@ func (x *AvatarClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
4848 // ## CSS nodes
4949 //
5050 // `AdwAvatar` has a single CSS node with name `avatar`.
51+//
52+// ## Accessibility
53+//
54+// `AdwAvatar` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_IMG` role.
5155 type Avatar struct {
5256 gtk.Widget
5357 }
@@ -217,34 +221,165 @@ func (c *Avatar) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
217221 c.Ptr = ptr
218222 }
219223
220-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
224+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
225+//
226+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
227+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
228+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
229+// successful operation.
230+//
231+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
232+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
233+func (x *Avatar) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
234+
235+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
236+
237+}
238+
239+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
240+//
241+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
242+func (x *Avatar) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
243+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
244+
245+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
246+
247+ if cret == 0 {
248+ return nil
249+ }
250+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
251+ cls.Ptr = cret
252+ return cls
253+}
254+
255+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
221256 func (x *Avatar) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
222257
223258 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
224259 return cret
225260 }
226261
227-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
262+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
263+func (x *Avatar) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
264+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
265+
266+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
267+
268+ if cret == 0 {
269+ return nil
270+ }
271+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
272+ cls.Ptr = cret
273+ return cls
274+}
275+
276+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
277+//
278+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
279+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
280+// child widget.
281+func (x *Avatar) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
282+
283+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
284+ return cret
285+}
286+
287+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
288+func (x *Avatar) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
289+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
290+
291+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
292+
293+ if cret == 0 {
294+ return nil
295+ }
296+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
297+ cls.Ptr = cret
298+ return cls
299+}
300+
301+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
302+func (x *Avatar) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
303+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
304+
305+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
306+
307+ if cret == 0 {
308+ return nil
309+ }
310+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
311+ cls.Ptr = cret
312+ return cls
313+}
314+
315+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
316+//
317+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
318+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
319+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
320+func (x *Avatar) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
321+
322+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
323+ return cret
324+}
325+
326+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
228327 func (x *Avatar) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
229328
230329 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
231330
232331 }
233332
234-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
333+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
235334 func (x *Avatar) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
236335
237336 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
238337
239338 }
240339
241-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
340+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
242341 func (x *Avatar) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
243342
244343 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
245344
246345 }
247346
347+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
348+//
349+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
350+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
351+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
352+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
353+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
354+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
355+// object is the container widget.
356+func (x *Avatar) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
357+
358+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
359+
360+}
361+
362+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
363+//
364+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
365+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
366+func (x *Avatar) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
367+
368+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
369+
370+}
371+
372+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
373+//
374+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
375+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
376+// states automatically.
377+func (x *Avatar) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
378+
379+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
380+
381+}
382+
248383 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
249384 //
250385 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -287,7 +422,7 @@ func (x *Avatar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.Acc
287422 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
288423 //
289424 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
290-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
425+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
291426 //
292427 // ```c
293428 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -317,13 +452,17 @@ func (x *Avatar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Acces
317452
318453 }
319454
320-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
321-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
455+// Updates a list of accessible states.
322456 //
323-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
324-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
457+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
458+// value types of accessible states.
459+//
460+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
461+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
462+// technologies.
325463 //
326464 // Example:
465+//
327466 // ```c
328467 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
329468 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -353,7 +492,7 @@ func (x *Avatar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleStat
353492 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
354493 //
355494 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
356-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
495+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
357496 func (x *Avatar) GetBuildableId() string {
358497
359498 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-banner.go +207 -11
@@ -23,6 +23,27 @@ func (x *BannerClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2323 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2424 }
2525
26+// Describes the available button styles for [class@Banner].
27+//
28+// New values may be added to this enumeration over time.
29+//
30+// See [property@Banner:button-style].
31+type BannerButtonStyle int
32+
33+var xBannerButtonStyleGLibType func() types.GType
34+
35+func BannerButtonStyleGLibType() types.GType {
36+ return xBannerButtonStyleGLibType()
37+}
38+
39+const (
40+
41+ // The default button style.
42+ BannerButtonDefaultValue BannerButtonStyle = 0
43+ // A button in the suggested action style.
44+ BannerButtonSuggestedValue BannerButtonStyle = 1
45+)
46+
2647 // A bar with contextual information.
2748 //
2849 // <picture>
@@ -42,7 +63,15 @@ func (x *BannerClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
4263 //
4364 // Banners can optionally have a button with text on it, set through
4465 // [property@Banner:button-label]. The button can be used with a `GAction`,
45-// or with the [signal@Banner::button-clicked] signal.
66+// or with the [signal@Banner::button-clicked] signal. The button can have
67+// different styles, a gray style and a suggested style.
68+//
69+// <picture>
70+//
71+// <source srcset="banner-suggested-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
72+// <img src="banner-suggested.png" alt="banner with suggested button style">
73+//
74+// </picture>
4675 //
4776 // ## CSS nodes
4877 //
@@ -89,6 +118,15 @@ func (x *Banner) GetButtonLabel() string {
89118 return cret
90119 }
91120
121+var xBannerGetButtonStyle func(uintptr) BannerButtonStyle
122+
123+// Gets the style class in use for the banner button.
124+func (x *Banner) GetButtonStyle() BannerButtonStyle {
125+
126+ cret := xBannerGetButtonStyle(x.GoPointer())
127+ return cret
128+}
129+
92130 var xBannerGetRevealed func(uintptr) bool
93131
94132 // Gets if a banner is revealed
@@ -130,6 +168,25 @@ func (x *Banner) SetButtonLabel(LabelVar string) {
130168
131169 }
132170
171+var xBannerSetButtonStyle func(uintptr, BannerButtonStyle)
172+
173+// Sets the style class to use for the banner button.
174+//
175+// When set to `ADW_BANNER_BUTTON_DEFAULT`, the button stays grey.
176+// When set to `ADW_BANNER_BUTTON_SUGGESTED`, the button follows the [`.suggested-action`](style-classes.html#suggested-action) style
177+//
178+// <picture>
179+//
180+// <source srcset="banner-suggested-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
181+// <img src="banner-suggested.png" alt="banner with suggested button style">
182+//
183+// </picture>
184+func (x *Banner) SetButtonStyle(StyleVar BannerButtonStyle) {
185+
186+ xBannerSetButtonStyle(x.GoPointer(), StyleVar)
187+
188+}
189+
133190 var xBannerSetRevealed func(uintptr, bool)
134191
135192 // Sets whether a banner should be revealed
@@ -194,34 +251,165 @@ func (x *Banner) ConnectButtonClicked(cb *func(Banner)) uint32 {
194251 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "button-clicked", cbRefPtr)
195252 }
196253
197-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
254+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
255+//
256+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
257+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
258+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
259+// successful operation.
260+//
261+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
262+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
263+func (x *Banner) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
264+
265+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
266+
267+}
268+
269+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
270+//
271+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
272+func (x *Banner) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
273+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
274+
275+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
276+
277+ if cret == 0 {
278+ return nil
279+ }
280+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
281+ cls.Ptr = cret
282+ return cls
283+}
284+
285+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
198286 func (x *Banner) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
199287
200288 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
201289 return cret
202290 }
203291
204-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
292+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
293+func (x *Banner) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
294+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
295+
296+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
297+
298+ if cret == 0 {
299+ return nil
300+ }
301+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
302+ cls.Ptr = cret
303+ return cls
304+}
305+
306+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
307+//
308+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
309+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
310+// child widget.
311+func (x *Banner) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
312+
313+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
314+ return cret
315+}
316+
317+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
318+func (x *Banner) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
319+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
320+
321+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
322+
323+ if cret == 0 {
324+ return nil
325+ }
326+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
327+ cls.Ptr = cret
328+ return cls
329+}
330+
331+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
332+func (x *Banner) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
333+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
334+
335+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
336+
337+ if cret == 0 {
338+ return nil
339+ }
340+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
341+ cls.Ptr = cret
342+ return cls
343+}
344+
345+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
346+//
347+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
348+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
349+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
350+func (x *Banner) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
351+
352+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
353+ return cret
354+}
355+
356+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
205357 func (x *Banner) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
206358
207359 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
208360
209361 }
210362
211-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
363+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
212364 func (x *Banner) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
213365
214366 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
215367
216368 }
217369
218-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
370+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
219371 func (x *Banner) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
220372
221373 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
222374
223375 }
224376
377+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
378+//
379+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
380+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
381+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
382+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
383+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
384+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
385+// object is the container widget.
386+func (x *Banner) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
387+
388+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
389+
390+}
391+
392+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
393+//
394+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
395+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
396+func (x *Banner) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
397+
398+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
399+
400+}
401+
402+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
403+//
404+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
405+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
406+// states automatically.
407+func (x *Banner) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
408+
409+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
410+
411+}
412+
225413 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
226414 //
227415 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -264,7 +452,7 @@ func (x *Banner) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.Acc
264452 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
265453 //
266454 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
267-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
455+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
268456 //
269457 // ```c
270458 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -294,13 +482,17 @@ func (x *Banner) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Acces
294482
295483 }
296484
297-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
298-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
485+// Updates a list of accessible states.
299486 //
300-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
301-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
487+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
488+// value types of accessible states.
489+//
490+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
491+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
492+// technologies.
302493 //
303494 // Example:
495+//
304496 // ```c
305497 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
306498 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -413,7 +605,7 @@ func (x *Banner) SetDetailedActionName(DetailedActionNameVar string) {
413605 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
414606 //
415607 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
416-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
608+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
417609 func (x *Banner) GetBuildableId() string {
418610
419611 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
@@ -428,15 +620,19 @@ func init() {
428620 panic(err)
429621 }
430622
623+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBannerButtonStyleGLibType, lib, "adw_banner_button_style_get_type")
624+
431625 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBannerGLibType, lib, "adw_banner_get_type")
432626
433627 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewBanner, lib, "adw_banner_new")
434628
435629 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBannerGetButtonLabel, lib, "adw_banner_get_button_label")
630+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBannerGetButtonStyle, lib, "adw_banner_get_button_style")
436631 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBannerGetRevealed, lib, "adw_banner_get_revealed")
437632 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBannerGetTitle, lib, "adw_banner_get_title")
438633 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBannerGetUseMarkup, lib, "adw_banner_get_use_markup")
439634 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBannerSetButtonLabel, lib, "adw_banner_set_button_label")
635+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBannerSetButtonStyle, lib, "adw_banner_set_button_style")
440636 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBannerSetRevealed, lib, "adw_banner_set_revealed")
441637 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBannerSetTitle, lib, "adw_banner_set_title")
442638 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBannerSetUseMarkup, lib, "adw_banner_set_use_markup")
M v4/adw/adw-bin.go +145 -10
@@ -106,34 +106,165 @@ func (c *Bin) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
106106 c.Ptr = ptr
107107 }
108108
109-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
109+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
110+//
111+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
112+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
113+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
114+// successful operation.
115+//
116+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
117+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
118+func (x *Bin) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
119+
120+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
121+
122+}
123+
124+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
125+//
126+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
127+func (x *Bin) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
128+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
129+
130+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
131+
132+ if cret == 0 {
133+ return nil
134+ }
135+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
136+ cls.Ptr = cret
137+ return cls
138+}
139+
140+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
110141 func (x *Bin) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
111142
112143 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
113144 return cret
114145 }
115146
116-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
147+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
148+func (x *Bin) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
149+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
150+
151+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
152+
153+ if cret == 0 {
154+ return nil
155+ }
156+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
157+ cls.Ptr = cret
158+ return cls
159+}
160+
161+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
162+//
163+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
164+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
165+// child widget.
166+func (x *Bin) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
167+
168+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
169+ return cret
170+}
171+
172+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
173+func (x *Bin) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
174+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
175+
176+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
177+
178+ if cret == 0 {
179+ return nil
180+ }
181+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
182+ cls.Ptr = cret
183+ return cls
184+}
185+
186+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
187+func (x *Bin) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
188+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
189+
190+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
191+
192+ if cret == 0 {
193+ return nil
194+ }
195+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
196+ cls.Ptr = cret
197+ return cls
198+}
199+
200+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
201+//
202+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
203+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
204+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
205+func (x *Bin) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
206+
207+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
208+ return cret
209+}
210+
211+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
117212 func (x *Bin) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
118213
119214 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
120215
121216 }
122217
123-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
218+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
124219 func (x *Bin) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
125220
126221 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
127222
128223 }
129224
130-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
225+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
131226 func (x *Bin) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
132227
133228 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
134229
135230 }
136231
232+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
233+//
234+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
235+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
236+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
237+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
238+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
239+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
240+// object is the container widget.
241+func (x *Bin) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
242+
243+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
244+
245+}
246+
247+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
248+//
249+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
250+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
251+func (x *Bin) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
252+
253+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
254+
255+}
256+
257+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
258+//
259+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
260+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
261+// states automatically.
262+func (x *Bin) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
263+
264+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
265+
266+}
267+
137268 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
138269 //
139270 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -176,7 +307,7 @@ func (x *Bin) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.Access
176307 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
177308 //
178309 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
179-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
310+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
180311 //
181312 // ```c
182313 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -206,13 +337,17 @@ func (x *Bin) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Accessib
206337
207338 }
208339
209-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
210-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
340+// Updates a list of accessible states.
211341 //
212-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
213-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
342+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
343+// value types of accessible states.
344+//
345+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
346+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
347+// technologies.
214348 //
215349 // Example:
350+//
216351 // ```c
217352 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
218353 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -242,7 +377,7 @@ func (x *Bin) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleState,
242377 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
243378 //
244379 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
245-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
380+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
246381 func (x *Bin) GetBuildableId() string {
247382
248383 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-bottom-sheet.go +176 -10
@@ -43,6 +43,9 @@ func (x *BottomSheetClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
4343 // [property@BottomSheet:align] determines where along the bottom edge they are
4444 // placed.
4545 //
46+// Bottom bar can be hidden using the [property@BottomSheet:reveal-bottom-bar]
47+// property.
48+//
4649 // `AdwBottomSheet` can be useful for applications such as music players, that
4750 // want to have a persistent bottom bar that expands into a bottom sheet when
4851 // clicked. It's meant for cases where a bottom sheet is tightly integrated into
@@ -228,6 +231,15 @@ func (x *BottomSheet) GetOpen() bool {
228231 return cret
229232 }
230233
234+var xBottomSheetGetRevealBottomBar func(uintptr) bool
235+
236+// Gets whether the bottom bar is revealed.
237+func (x *BottomSheet) GetRevealBottomBar() bool {
238+
239+ cret := xBottomSheetGetRevealBottomBar(x.GoPointer())
240+ return cret
241+}
242+
231243 var xBottomSheetGetSheet func(uintptr) uintptr
232244
233245 // Gets the bottom sheet widget for @self.
@@ -285,6 +297,9 @@ var xBottomSheetSetBottomBar func(uintptr, uintptr)
285297 //
286298 // Shown when [property@BottomSheet:open] is `FALSE`. When open, morphs into
287299 // the [property@BottomSheet:sheet].
300+//
301+// Bottom bar can be temporarily hidden using the
302+// [property@BottomSheet:reveal-bottom-bar] property.
288303 func (x *BottomSheet) SetBottomBar(BottomBarVar *gtk.Widget) {
289304
290305 xBottomSheetSetBottomBar(x.GoPointer(), BottomBarVar.GoPointer())
@@ -366,6 +381,20 @@ func (x *BottomSheet) SetOpen(OpenVar bool) {
366381
367382 }
368383
384+var xBottomSheetSetRevealBottomBar func(uintptr, bool)
385+
386+// Sets whether to reveal the bottom bar.
387+//
388+// The transition will be animated.
389+//
390+// See [property@BottomSheet:bottom-bar] and
391+// [property@BottomSheet:bottom-bar-height].
392+func (x *BottomSheet) SetRevealBottomBar(RevealVar bool) {
393+
394+ xBottomSheetSetRevealBottomBar(x.GoPointer(), RevealVar)
395+
396+}
397+
369398 var xBottomSheetSetSheet func(uintptr, uintptr)
370399
371400 // Sets the bottom sheet widget for @self.
@@ -474,34 +503,165 @@ func (x *BottomSheet) GetSwipeArea(NavigationDirectionVar NavigationDirection, I
474503
475504 }
476505
477-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
506+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
507+//
508+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
509+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
510+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
511+// successful operation.
512+//
513+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
514+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
515+func (x *BottomSheet) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
516+
517+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
518+
519+}
520+
521+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
522+//
523+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
524+func (x *BottomSheet) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
525+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
526+
527+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
528+
529+ if cret == 0 {
530+ return nil
531+ }
532+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
533+ cls.Ptr = cret
534+ return cls
535+}
536+
537+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
478538 func (x *BottomSheet) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
479539
480540 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
481541 return cret
482542 }
483543
484-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
544+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
545+func (x *BottomSheet) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
546+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
547+
548+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
549+
550+ if cret == 0 {
551+ return nil
552+ }
553+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
554+ cls.Ptr = cret
555+ return cls
556+}
557+
558+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
559+//
560+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
561+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
562+// child widget.
563+func (x *BottomSheet) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
564+
565+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
566+ return cret
567+}
568+
569+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
570+func (x *BottomSheet) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
571+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
572+
573+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
574+
575+ if cret == 0 {
576+ return nil
577+ }
578+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
579+ cls.Ptr = cret
580+ return cls
581+}
582+
583+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
584+func (x *BottomSheet) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
585+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
586+
587+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
588+
589+ if cret == 0 {
590+ return nil
591+ }
592+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
593+ cls.Ptr = cret
594+ return cls
595+}
596+
597+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
598+//
599+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
600+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
601+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
602+func (x *BottomSheet) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
603+
604+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
605+ return cret
606+}
607+
608+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
485609 func (x *BottomSheet) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
486610
487611 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
488612
489613 }
490614
491-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
615+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
492616 func (x *BottomSheet) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
493617
494618 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
495619
496620 }
497621
498-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
622+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
499623 func (x *BottomSheet) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
500624
501625 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
502626
503627 }
504628
629+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
630+//
631+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
632+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
633+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
634+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
635+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
636+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
637+// object is the container widget.
638+func (x *BottomSheet) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
639+
640+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
641+
642+}
643+
644+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
645+//
646+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
647+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
648+func (x *BottomSheet) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
649+
650+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
651+
652+}
653+
654+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
655+//
656+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
657+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
658+// states automatically.
659+func (x *BottomSheet) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
660+
661+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
662+
663+}
664+
505665 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
506666 //
507667 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -544,7 +704,7 @@ func (x *BottomSheet) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gt
544704 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
545705 //
546706 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
547-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
707+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
548708 //
549709 // ```c
550710 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -574,13 +734,17 @@ func (x *BottomSheet) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.
574734
575735 }
576736
577-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
578-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
737+// Updates a list of accessible states.
579738 //
580-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
581-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
739+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
740+// value types of accessible states.
741+//
742+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
743+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
744+// technologies.
582745 //
583746 // Example:
747+//
584748 // ```c
585749 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
586750 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -610,7 +774,7 @@ func (x *BottomSheet) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Accessibl
610774 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
611775 //
612776 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
613-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
777+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
614778 func (x *BottomSheet) GetBuildableId() string {
615779
616780 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
@@ -638,6 +802,7 @@ func init() {
638802 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetGetFullWidth, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_get_full_width")
639803 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetGetModal, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_get_modal")
640804 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetGetOpen, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_get_open")
805+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetGetRevealBottomBar, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_get_reveal_bottom_bar")
641806 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetGetSheet, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_get_sheet")
642807 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetGetSheetHeight, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_get_sheet_height")
643808 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetGetShowDragHandle, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_get_show_drag_handle")
@@ -649,6 +814,7 @@ func init() {
649814 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetSetFullWidth, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_set_full_width")
650815 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetSetModal, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_set_modal")
651816 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetSetOpen, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_set_open")
817+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetSetRevealBottomBar, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_set_reveal_bottom_bar")
652818 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetSetSheet, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_set_sheet")
653819 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetSetShowDragHandle, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_set_show_drag_handle")
654820
M v4/adw/adw-breakpoint-bin.go +145 -10
@@ -246,34 +246,165 @@ func (c *BreakpointBin) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
246246 c.Ptr = ptr
247247 }
248248
249-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
249+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
250+//
251+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
252+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
253+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
254+// successful operation.
255+//
256+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
257+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
258+func (x *BreakpointBin) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
259+
260+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
261+
262+}
263+
264+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
265+//
266+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
267+func (x *BreakpointBin) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
268+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
269+
270+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
271+
272+ if cret == 0 {
273+ return nil
274+ }
275+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
276+ cls.Ptr = cret
277+ return cls
278+}
279+
280+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
250281 func (x *BreakpointBin) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
251282
252283 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
253284 return cret
254285 }
255286
256-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
287+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
288+func (x *BreakpointBin) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
289+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
290+
291+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
292+
293+ if cret == 0 {
294+ return nil
295+ }
296+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
297+ cls.Ptr = cret
298+ return cls
299+}
300+
301+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
302+//
303+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
304+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
305+// child widget.
306+func (x *BreakpointBin) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
307+
308+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
309+ return cret
310+}
311+
312+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
313+func (x *BreakpointBin) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
314+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
315+
316+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
317+
318+ if cret == 0 {
319+ return nil
320+ }
321+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
322+ cls.Ptr = cret
323+ return cls
324+}
325+
326+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
327+func (x *BreakpointBin) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
328+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
329+
330+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
331+
332+ if cret == 0 {
333+ return nil
334+ }
335+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
336+ cls.Ptr = cret
337+ return cls
338+}
339+
340+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
341+//
342+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
343+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
344+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
345+func (x *BreakpointBin) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
346+
347+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
348+ return cret
349+}
350+
351+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
257352 func (x *BreakpointBin) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
258353
259354 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
260355
261356 }
262357
263-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
358+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
264359 func (x *BreakpointBin) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
265360
266361 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
267362
268363 }
269364
270-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
365+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
271366 func (x *BreakpointBin) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
272367
273368 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
274369
275370 }
276371
372+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
373+//
374+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
375+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
376+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
377+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
378+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
379+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
380+// object is the container widget.
381+func (x *BreakpointBin) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
382+
383+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
384+
385+}
386+
387+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
388+//
389+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
390+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
391+func (x *BreakpointBin) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
392+
393+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
394+
395+}
396+
397+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
398+//
399+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
400+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
401+// states automatically.
402+func (x *BreakpointBin) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
403+
404+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
405+
406+}
407+
277408 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
278409 //
279410 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -316,7 +447,7 @@ func (x *BreakpointBin) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []
316447 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
317448 //
318449 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
319-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
450+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
320451 //
321452 // ```c
322453 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -346,13 +477,17 @@ func (x *BreakpointBin) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gt
346477
347478 }
348479
349-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
350-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
480+// Updates a list of accessible states.
351481 //
352-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
353-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
482+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
483+// value types of accessible states.
484+//
485+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
486+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
487+// technologies.
354488 //
355489 // Example:
490+//
356491 // ```c
357492 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
358493 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -382,7 +517,7 @@ func (x *BreakpointBin) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Accessi
382517 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
383518 //
384519 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
385-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
520+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
386521 func (x *BreakpointBin) GetBuildableId() string {
387522
388523 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-breakpoint.go +1 -1
@@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ func (x *Breakpoint) ConnectUnapply(cb *func(Breakpoint)) uint32 {
478478 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
479479 //
480480 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
481-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
481+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
482482 func (x *Breakpoint) GetBuildableId() string {
483483
484484 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-button-content.go +145 -10
@@ -201,34 +201,165 @@ func (c *ButtonContent) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
201201 c.Ptr = ptr
202202 }
203203
204-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
204+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
205+//
206+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
207+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
208+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
209+// successful operation.
210+//
211+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
212+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
213+func (x *ButtonContent) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
214+
215+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
216+
217+}
218+
219+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
220+//
221+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
222+func (x *ButtonContent) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
223+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
224+
225+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
226+
227+ if cret == 0 {
228+ return nil
229+ }
230+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
231+ cls.Ptr = cret
232+ return cls
233+}
234+
235+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
205236 func (x *ButtonContent) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
206237
207238 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
208239 return cret
209240 }
210241
211-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
242+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
243+func (x *ButtonContent) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
244+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
245+
246+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
247+
248+ if cret == 0 {
249+ return nil
250+ }
251+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
252+ cls.Ptr = cret
253+ return cls
254+}
255+
256+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
257+//
258+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
259+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
260+// child widget.
261+func (x *ButtonContent) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
262+
263+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
264+ return cret
265+}
266+
267+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
268+func (x *ButtonContent) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
269+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
270+
271+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
272+
273+ if cret == 0 {
274+ return nil
275+ }
276+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
277+ cls.Ptr = cret
278+ return cls
279+}
280+
281+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
282+func (x *ButtonContent) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
283+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
284+
285+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
286+
287+ if cret == 0 {
288+ return nil
289+ }
290+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
291+ cls.Ptr = cret
292+ return cls
293+}
294+
295+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
296+//
297+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
298+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
299+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
300+func (x *ButtonContent) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
301+
302+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
303+ return cret
304+}
305+
306+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
212307 func (x *ButtonContent) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
213308
214309 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
215310
216311 }
217312
218-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
313+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
219314 func (x *ButtonContent) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
220315
221316 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
222317
223318 }
224319
225-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
320+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
226321 func (x *ButtonContent) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
227322
228323 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
229324
230325 }
231326
327+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
328+//
329+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
330+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
331+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
332+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
333+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
334+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
335+// object is the container widget.
336+func (x *ButtonContent) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
337+
338+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
339+
340+}
341+
342+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
343+//
344+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
345+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
346+func (x *ButtonContent) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
347+
348+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
349+
350+}
351+
352+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
353+//
354+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
355+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
356+// states automatically.
357+func (x *ButtonContent) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
358+
359+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
360+
361+}
362+
232363 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
233364 //
234365 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -271,7 +402,7 @@ func (x *ButtonContent) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []
271402 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
272403 //
273404 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
274-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
405+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
275406 //
276407 // ```c
277408 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -301,13 +432,17 @@ func (x *ButtonContent) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gt
301432
302433 }
303434
304-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
305-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
435+// Updates a list of accessible states.
306436 //
307-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
308-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
437+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
438+// value types of accessible states.
439+//
440+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
441+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
442+// technologies.
309443 //
310444 // Example:
445+//
311446 // ```c
312447 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
313448 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -337,7 +472,7 @@ func (x *ButtonContent) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Accessi
337472 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
338473 //
339474 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
340-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
475+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
341476 func (x *ButtonContent) GetBuildableId() string {
342477
343478 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-button-row.go +145 -10
@@ -173,34 +173,165 @@ func (x *ButtonRow) ConnectActivated(cb *func(ButtonRow)) uint32 {
173173 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "activated", cbRefPtr)
174174 }
175175
176-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
176+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
177+//
178+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
179+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
180+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
181+// successful operation.
182+//
183+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
184+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
185+func (x *ButtonRow) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
186+
187+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
188+
189+}
190+
191+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
192+//
193+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
194+func (x *ButtonRow) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
195+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
196+
197+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
198+
199+ if cret == 0 {
200+ return nil
201+ }
202+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
203+ cls.Ptr = cret
204+ return cls
205+}
206+
207+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
177208 func (x *ButtonRow) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
178209
179210 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
180211 return cret
181212 }
182213
183-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
214+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
215+func (x *ButtonRow) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
216+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
217+
218+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
219+
220+ if cret == 0 {
221+ return nil
222+ }
223+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
224+ cls.Ptr = cret
225+ return cls
226+}
227+
228+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
229+//
230+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
231+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
232+// child widget.
233+func (x *ButtonRow) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
234+
235+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
236+ return cret
237+}
238+
239+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
240+func (x *ButtonRow) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
241+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
242+
243+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
244+
245+ if cret == 0 {
246+ return nil
247+ }
248+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
249+ cls.Ptr = cret
250+ return cls
251+}
252+
253+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
254+func (x *ButtonRow) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
255+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
256+
257+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
258+
259+ if cret == 0 {
260+ return nil
261+ }
262+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
263+ cls.Ptr = cret
264+ return cls
265+}
266+
267+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
268+//
269+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
270+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
271+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
272+func (x *ButtonRow) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
273+
274+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
275+ return cret
276+}
277+
278+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
184279 func (x *ButtonRow) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
185280
186281 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
187282
188283 }
189284
190-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
285+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
191286 func (x *ButtonRow) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
192287
193288 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
194289
195290 }
196291
197-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
292+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
198293 func (x *ButtonRow) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
199294
200295 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
201296
202297 }
203298
299+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
300+//
301+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
302+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
303+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
304+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
305+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
306+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
307+// object is the container widget.
308+func (x *ButtonRow) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
309+
310+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
311+
312+}
313+
314+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
315+//
316+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
317+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
318+func (x *ButtonRow) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
319+
320+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
321+
322+}
323+
324+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
325+//
326+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
327+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
328+// states automatically.
329+func (x *ButtonRow) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
330+
331+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
332+
333+}
334+
204335 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
205336 //
206337 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -243,7 +374,7 @@ func (x *ButtonRow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.
243374 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
244375 //
245376 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
246-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
377+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
247378 //
248379 // ```c
249380 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -273,13 +404,17 @@ func (x *ButtonRow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Ac
273404
274405 }
275406
276-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
277-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
407+// Updates a list of accessible states.
278408 //
279-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
280-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
409+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
410+// value types of accessible states.
411+//
412+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
413+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
414+// technologies.
281415 //
282416 // Example:
417+//
283418 // ```c
284419 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
285420 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -392,7 +527,7 @@ func (x *ButtonRow) SetDetailedActionName(DetailedActionNameVar string) {
392527 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
393528 //
394529 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
395-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
530+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
396531 func (x *ButtonRow) GetBuildableId() string {
397532
398533 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-carousel-indicator-dots.go +145 -10
@@ -112,34 +112,165 @@ func (c *CarouselIndicatorDots) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
112112 c.Ptr = ptr
113113 }
114114
115-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
115+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
116+//
117+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
118+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
119+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
120+// successful operation.
121+//
122+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
123+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
124+func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
125+
126+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
127+
128+}
129+
130+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
131+//
132+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
133+func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
134+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
135+
136+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
137+
138+ if cret == 0 {
139+ return nil
140+ }
141+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
142+ cls.Ptr = cret
143+ return cls
144+}
145+
146+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
116147 func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
117148
118149 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
119150 return cret
120151 }
121152
122-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
153+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
154+func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
155+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
156+
157+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
158+
159+ if cret == 0 {
160+ return nil
161+ }
162+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
163+ cls.Ptr = cret
164+ return cls
165+}
166+
167+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
168+//
169+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
170+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
171+// child widget.
172+func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
173+
174+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
175+ return cret
176+}
177+
178+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
179+func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
180+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
181+
182+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
183+
184+ if cret == 0 {
185+ return nil
186+ }
187+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
188+ cls.Ptr = cret
189+ return cls
190+}
191+
192+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
193+func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
194+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
195+
196+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
197+
198+ if cret == 0 {
199+ return nil
200+ }
201+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
202+ cls.Ptr = cret
203+ return cls
204+}
205+
206+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
207+//
208+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
209+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
210+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
211+func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
212+
213+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
214+ return cret
215+}
216+
217+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
123218 func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
124219
125220 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
126221
127222 }
128223
129-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
224+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
130225 func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
131226
132227 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
133228
134229 }
135230
136-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
231+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
137232 func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
138233
139234 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
140235
141236 }
142237
238+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
239+//
240+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
241+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
242+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
243+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
244+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
245+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
246+// object is the container widget.
247+func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
248+
249+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
250+
251+}
252+
253+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
254+//
255+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
256+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
257+func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
258+
259+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
260+
261+}
262+
263+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
264+//
265+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
266+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
267+// states automatically.
268+func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
269+
270+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
271+
272+}
273+
143274 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
144275 //
145276 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -182,7 +313,7 @@ func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, Properti
182313 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
183314 //
184315 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
185-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
316+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
186317 //
187318 // ```c
188319 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -212,13 +343,17 @@ func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, Relations
212343
213344 }
214345
215-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
216-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
346+// Updates a list of accessible states.
217347 //
218-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
219-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
348+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
349+// value types of accessible states.
350+//
351+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
352+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
353+// technologies.
220354 //
221355 // Example:
356+//
222357 // ```c
223358 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
224359 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -248,7 +383,7 @@ func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk
248383 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
249384 //
250385 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
251-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
386+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
252387 func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) GetBuildableId() string {
253388
254389 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-carousel-indicator-lines.go +146 -11
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ func (x *CarouselIndicatorLinesClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2626 //
2727 // <picture>
2828 //
29-// <source srcset="carousel-indicator-dots-lines.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
29+// <source srcset="carousel-indicator-lines-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
3030 // <img src="carousel-indicator-lines.png" alt="carousel-indicator-lines">
3131 //
3232 // </picture>
@@ -111,34 +111,165 @@ func (c *CarouselIndicatorLines) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
111111 c.Ptr = ptr
112112 }
113113
114-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
114+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
115+//
116+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
117+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
118+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
119+// successful operation.
120+//
121+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
122+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
123+func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
124+
125+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
126+
127+}
128+
129+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
130+//
131+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
132+func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
133+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
134+
135+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
136+
137+ if cret == 0 {
138+ return nil
139+ }
140+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
141+ cls.Ptr = cret
142+ return cls
143+}
144+
145+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
115146 func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
116147
117148 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
118149 return cret
119150 }
120151
121-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
152+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
153+func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
154+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
155+
156+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
157+
158+ if cret == 0 {
159+ return nil
160+ }
161+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
162+ cls.Ptr = cret
163+ return cls
164+}
165+
166+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
167+//
168+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
169+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
170+// child widget.
171+func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
172+
173+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
174+ return cret
175+}
176+
177+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
178+func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
179+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
180+
181+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
182+
183+ if cret == 0 {
184+ return nil
185+ }
186+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
187+ cls.Ptr = cret
188+ return cls
189+}
190+
191+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
192+func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
193+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
194+
195+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
196+
197+ if cret == 0 {
198+ return nil
199+ }
200+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
201+ cls.Ptr = cret
202+ return cls
203+}
204+
205+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
206+//
207+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
208+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
209+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
210+func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
211+
212+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
213+ return cret
214+}
215+
216+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
122217 func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
123218
124219 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
125220
126221 }
127222
128-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
223+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
129224 func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
130225
131226 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
132227
133228 }
134229
135-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
230+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
136231 func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
137232
138233 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
139234
140235 }
141236
237+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
238+//
239+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
240+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
241+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
242+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
243+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
244+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
245+// object is the container widget.
246+func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
247+
248+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
249+
250+}
251+
252+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
253+//
254+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
255+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
256+func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
257+
258+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
259+
260+}
261+
262+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
263+//
264+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
265+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
266+// states automatically.
267+func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
268+
269+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
270+
271+}
272+
142273 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
143274 //
144275 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -181,7 +312,7 @@ func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, Propert
181312 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
182313 //
183314 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
184-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
315+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
185316 //
186317 // ```c
187318 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -211,13 +342,17 @@ func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, Relation
211342
212343 }
213344
214-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
215-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
345+// Updates a list of accessible states.
216346 //
217-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
218-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
347+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
348+// value types of accessible states.
349+//
350+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
351+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
352+// technologies.
219353 //
220354 // Example:
355+//
221356 // ```c
222357 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
223358 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -247,7 +382,7 @@ func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gt
247382 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
248383 //
249384 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
250-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
385+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
251386 func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) GetBuildableId() string {
252387
253388 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-carousel.go +145 -10
@@ -404,34 +404,165 @@ func (x *Carousel) GetSwipeArea(NavigationDirectionVar NavigationDirection, IsDr
404404
405405 }
406406
407-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
407+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
408+//
409+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
410+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
411+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
412+// successful operation.
413+//
414+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
415+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
416+func (x *Carousel) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
417+
418+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
419+
420+}
421+
422+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
423+//
424+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
425+func (x *Carousel) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
426+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
427+
428+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
429+
430+ if cret == 0 {
431+ return nil
432+ }
433+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
434+ cls.Ptr = cret
435+ return cls
436+}
437+
438+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
408439 func (x *Carousel) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
409440
410441 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
411442 return cret
412443 }
413444
414-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
445+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
446+func (x *Carousel) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
447+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
448+
449+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
450+
451+ if cret == 0 {
452+ return nil
453+ }
454+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
455+ cls.Ptr = cret
456+ return cls
457+}
458+
459+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
460+//
461+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
462+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
463+// child widget.
464+func (x *Carousel) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
465+
466+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
467+ return cret
468+}
469+
470+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
471+func (x *Carousel) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
472+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
473+
474+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
475+
476+ if cret == 0 {
477+ return nil
478+ }
479+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
480+ cls.Ptr = cret
481+ return cls
482+}
483+
484+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
485+func (x *Carousel) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
486+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
487+
488+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
489+
490+ if cret == 0 {
491+ return nil
492+ }
493+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
494+ cls.Ptr = cret
495+ return cls
496+}
497+
498+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
499+//
500+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
501+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
502+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
503+func (x *Carousel) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
504+
505+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
506+ return cret
507+}
508+
509+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
415510 func (x *Carousel) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
416511
417512 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
418513
419514 }
420515
421-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
516+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
422517 func (x *Carousel) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
423518
424519 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
425520
426521 }
427522
428-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
523+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
429524 func (x *Carousel) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
430525
431526 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
432527
433528 }
434529
530+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
531+//
532+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
533+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
534+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
535+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
536+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
537+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
538+// object is the container widget.
539+func (x *Carousel) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
540+
541+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
542+
543+}
544+
545+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
546+//
547+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
548+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
549+func (x *Carousel) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
550+
551+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
552+
553+}
554+
555+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
556+//
557+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
558+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
559+// states automatically.
560+func (x *Carousel) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
561+
562+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
563+
564+}
565+
435566 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
436567 //
437568 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -474,7 +605,7 @@ func (x *Carousel) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.A
474605 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
475606 //
476607 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
477-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
608+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
478609 //
479610 // ```c
480611 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -504,13 +635,17 @@ func (x *Carousel) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Acc
504635
505636 }
506637
507-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
508-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
638+// Updates a list of accessible states.
509639 //
510-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
511-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
640+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
641+// value types of accessible states.
642+//
643+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
644+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
645+// technologies.
512646 //
513647 // Example:
648+//
514649 // ```c
515650 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
516651 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -540,7 +675,7 @@ func (x *Carousel) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleSt
540675 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
541676 //
542677 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
543-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
678+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
544679 func (x *Carousel) GetBuildableId() string {
545680
546681 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-clamp-scrollable.go +145 -10
@@ -172,34 +172,165 @@ func (c *ClampScrollable) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
172172 c.Ptr = ptr
173173 }
174174
175-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
175+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
176+//
177+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
178+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
179+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
180+// successful operation.
181+//
182+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
183+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
184+func (x *ClampScrollable) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
185+
186+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
187+
188+}
189+
190+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
191+//
192+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
193+func (x *ClampScrollable) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
194+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
195+
196+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
197+
198+ if cret == 0 {
199+ return nil
200+ }
201+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
202+ cls.Ptr = cret
203+ return cls
204+}
205+
206+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
176207 func (x *ClampScrollable) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
177208
178209 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
179210 return cret
180211 }
181212
182-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
213+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
214+func (x *ClampScrollable) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
215+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
216+
217+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
218+
219+ if cret == 0 {
220+ return nil
221+ }
222+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
223+ cls.Ptr = cret
224+ return cls
225+}
226+
227+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
228+//
229+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
230+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
231+// child widget.
232+func (x *ClampScrollable) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
233+
234+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
235+ return cret
236+}
237+
238+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
239+func (x *ClampScrollable) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
240+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
241+
242+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
243+
244+ if cret == 0 {
245+ return nil
246+ }
247+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
248+ cls.Ptr = cret
249+ return cls
250+}
251+
252+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
253+func (x *ClampScrollable) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
254+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
255+
256+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
257+
258+ if cret == 0 {
259+ return nil
260+ }
261+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
262+ cls.Ptr = cret
263+ return cls
264+}
265+
266+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
267+//
268+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
269+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
270+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
271+func (x *ClampScrollable) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
272+
273+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
274+ return cret
275+}
276+
277+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
183278 func (x *ClampScrollable) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
184279
185280 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
186281
187282 }
188283
189-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
284+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
190285 func (x *ClampScrollable) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
191286
192287 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
193288
194289 }
195290
196-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
291+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
197292 func (x *ClampScrollable) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
198293
199294 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
200295
201296 }
202297
298+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
299+//
300+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
301+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
302+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
303+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
304+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
305+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
306+// object is the container widget.
307+func (x *ClampScrollable) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
308+
309+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
310+
311+}
312+
313+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
314+//
315+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
316+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
317+func (x *ClampScrollable) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
318+
319+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
320+
321+}
322+
323+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
324+//
325+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
326+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
327+// states automatically.
328+func (x *ClampScrollable) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
329+
330+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
331+
332+}
333+
203334 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
204335 //
205336 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -242,7 +373,7 @@ func (x *ClampScrollable) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar
242373 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
243374 //
244375 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
245-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
376+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
246377 //
247378 // ```c
248379 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -272,13 +403,17 @@ func (x *ClampScrollable) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []
272403
273404 }
274405
275-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
276-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
406+// Updates a list of accessible states.
277407 //
278-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
279-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
408+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
409+// value types of accessible states.
410+//
411+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
412+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
413+// technologies.
280414 //
281415 // Example:
416+//
282417 // ```c
283418 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
284419 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -308,7 +443,7 @@ func (x *ClampScrollable) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Acces
308443 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
309444 //
310445 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
311-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
446+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
312447 func (x *ClampScrollable) GetBuildableId() string {
313448
314449 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-clamp.go +145 -10
@@ -194,34 +194,165 @@ func (c *Clamp) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
194194 c.Ptr = ptr
195195 }
196196
197-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
197+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
198+//
199+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
200+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
201+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
202+// successful operation.
203+//
204+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
205+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
206+func (x *Clamp) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
207+
208+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
209+
210+}
211+
212+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
213+//
214+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
215+func (x *Clamp) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
216+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
217+
218+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
219+
220+ if cret == 0 {
221+ return nil
222+ }
223+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
224+ cls.Ptr = cret
225+ return cls
226+}
227+
228+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
198229 func (x *Clamp) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
199230
200231 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
201232 return cret
202233 }
203234
204-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
235+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
236+func (x *Clamp) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
237+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
238+
239+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
240+
241+ if cret == 0 {
242+ return nil
243+ }
244+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
245+ cls.Ptr = cret
246+ return cls
247+}
248+
249+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
250+//
251+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
252+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
253+// child widget.
254+func (x *Clamp) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
255+
256+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
257+ return cret
258+}
259+
260+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
261+func (x *Clamp) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
262+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
263+
264+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
265+
266+ if cret == 0 {
267+ return nil
268+ }
269+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
270+ cls.Ptr = cret
271+ return cls
272+}
273+
274+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
275+func (x *Clamp) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
276+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
277+
278+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
279+
280+ if cret == 0 {
281+ return nil
282+ }
283+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
284+ cls.Ptr = cret
285+ return cls
286+}
287+
288+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
289+//
290+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
291+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
292+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
293+func (x *Clamp) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
294+
295+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
296+ return cret
297+}
298+
299+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
205300 func (x *Clamp) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
206301
207302 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
208303
209304 }
210305
211-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
306+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
212307 func (x *Clamp) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
213308
214309 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
215310
216311 }
217312
218-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
313+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
219314 func (x *Clamp) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
220315
221316 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
222317
223318 }
224319
320+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
321+//
322+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
323+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
324+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
325+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
326+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
327+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
328+// object is the container widget.
329+func (x *Clamp) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
330+
331+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
332+
333+}
334+
335+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
336+//
337+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
338+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
339+func (x *Clamp) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
340+
341+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
342+
343+}
344+
345+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
346+//
347+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
348+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
349+// states automatically.
350+func (x *Clamp) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
351+
352+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
353+
354+}
355+
225356 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
226357 //
227358 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -264,7 +395,7 @@ func (x *Clamp) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.Acce
264395 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
265396 //
266397 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
267-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
398+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
268399 //
269400 // ```c
270401 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -294,13 +425,17 @@ func (x *Clamp) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Access
294425
295426 }
296427
297-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
298-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
428+// Updates a list of accessible states.
299429 //
300-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
301-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
430+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
431+// value types of accessible states.
432+//
433+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
434+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
435+// technologies.
302436 //
303437 // Example:
438+//
304439 // ```c
305440 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
306441 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -330,7 +465,7 @@ func (x *Clamp) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleState
330465 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
331466 //
332467 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
333-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
468+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
334469 func (x *Clamp) GetBuildableId() string {
335470
336471 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-combo-row.go +145 -10
@@ -369,34 +369,165 @@ func (c *ComboRow) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
369369 c.Ptr = ptr
370370 }
371371
372-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
372+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
373+//
374+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
375+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
376+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
377+// successful operation.
378+//
379+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
380+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
381+func (x *ComboRow) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
382+
383+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
384+
385+}
386+
387+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
388+//
389+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
390+func (x *ComboRow) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
391+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
392+
393+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
394+
395+ if cret == 0 {
396+ return nil
397+ }
398+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
399+ cls.Ptr = cret
400+ return cls
401+}
402+
403+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
373404 func (x *ComboRow) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
374405
375406 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
376407 return cret
377408 }
378409
379-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
410+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
411+func (x *ComboRow) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
412+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
413+
414+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
415+
416+ if cret == 0 {
417+ return nil
418+ }
419+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
420+ cls.Ptr = cret
421+ return cls
422+}
423+
424+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
425+//
426+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
427+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
428+// child widget.
429+func (x *ComboRow) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
430+
431+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
432+ return cret
433+}
434+
435+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
436+func (x *ComboRow) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
437+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
438+
439+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
440+
441+ if cret == 0 {
442+ return nil
443+ }
444+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
445+ cls.Ptr = cret
446+ return cls
447+}
448+
449+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
450+func (x *ComboRow) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
451+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
452+
453+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
454+
455+ if cret == 0 {
456+ return nil
457+ }
458+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
459+ cls.Ptr = cret
460+ return cls
461+}
462+
463+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
464+//
465+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
466+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
467+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
468+func (x *ComboRow) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
469+
470+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
471+ return cret
472+}
473+
474+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
380475 func (x *ComboRow) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
381476
382477 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
383478
384479 }
385480
386-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
481+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
387482 func (x *ComboRow) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
388483
389484 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
390485
391486 }
392487
393-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
488+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
394489 func (x *ComboRow) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
395490
396491 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
397492
398493 }
399494
495+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
496+//
497+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
498+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
499+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
500+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
501+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
502+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
503+// object is the container widget.
504+func (x *ComboRow) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
505+
506+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
507+
508+}
509+
510+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
511+//
512+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
513+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
514+func (x *ComboRow) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
515+
516+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
517+
518+}
519+
520+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
521+//
522+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
523+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
524+// states automatically.
525+func (x *ComboRow) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
526+
527+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
528+
529+}
530+
400531 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
401532 //
402533 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -439,7 +570,7 @@ func (x *ComboRow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.A
439570 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
440571 //
441572 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
442-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
573+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
443574 //
444575 // ```c
445576 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -469,13 +600,17 @@ func (x *ComboRow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Acc
469600
470601 }
471602
472-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
473-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
603+// Updates a list of accessible states.
474604 //
475-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
476-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
605+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
606+// value types of accessible states.
607+//
608+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
609+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
610+// technologies.
477611 //
478612 // Example:
613+//
479614 // ```c
480615 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
481616 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -588,7 +723,7 @@ func (x *ComboRow) SetDetailedActionName(DetailedActionNameVar string) {
588723 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
589724 //
590725 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
591-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
726+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
592727 func (x *ComboRow) GetBuildableId() string {
593728
594729 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-dialog.go +145 -10
@@ -536,34 +536,165 @@ func (x *Dialog) ConnectClosed(cb *func(Dialog)) uint32 {
536536 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "closed", cbRefPtr)
537537 }
538538
539-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
539+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
540+//
541+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
542+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
543+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
544+// successful operation.
545+//
546+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
547+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
548+func (x *Dialog) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
549+
550+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
551+
552+}
553+
554+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
555+//
556+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
557+func (x *Dialog) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
558+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
559+
560+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
561+
562+ if cret == 0 {
563+ return nil
564+ }
565+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
566+ cls.Ptr = cret
567+ return cls
568+}
569+
570+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
540571 func (x *Dialog) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
541572
542573 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
543574 return cret
544575 }
545576
546-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
577+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
578+func (x *Dialog) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
579+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
580+
581+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
582+
583+ if cret == 0 {
584+ return nil
585+ }
586+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
587+ cls.Ptr = cret
588+ return cls
589+}
590+
591+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
592+//
593+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
594+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
595+// child widget.
596+func (x *Dialog) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
597+
598+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
599+ return cret
600+}
601+
602+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
603+func (x *Dialog) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
604+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
605+
606+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
607+
608+ if cret == 0 {
609+ return nil
610+ }
611+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
612+ cls.Ptr = cret
613+ return cls
614+}
615+
616+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
617+func (x *Dialog) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
618+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
619+
620+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
621+
622+ if cret == 0 {
623+ return nil
624+ }
625+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
626+ cls.Ptr = cret
627+ return cls
628+}
629+
630+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
631+//
632+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
633+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
634+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
635+func (x *Dialog) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
636+
637+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
638+ return cret
639+}
640+
641+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
547642 func (x *Dialog) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
548643
549644 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
550645
551646 }
552647
553-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
648+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
554649 func (x *Dialog) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
555650
556651 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
557652
558653 }
559654
560-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
655+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
561656 func (x *Dialog) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
562657
563658 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
564659
565660 }
566661
662+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
663+//
664+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
665+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
666+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
667+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
668+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
669+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
670+// object is the container widget.
671+func (x *Dialog) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
672+
673+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
674+
675+}
676+
677+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
678+//
679+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
680+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
681+func (x *Dialog) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
682+
683+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
684+
685+}
686+
687+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
688+//
689+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
690+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
691+// states automatically.
692+func (x *Dialog) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
693+
694+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
695+
696+}
697+
567698 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
568699 //
569700 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -606,7 +737,7 @@ func (x *Dialog) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.Acc
606737 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
607738 //
608739 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
609-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
740+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
610741 //
611742 // ```c
612743 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -636,13 +767,17 @@ func (x *Dialog) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Acces
636767
637768 }
638769
639-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
640-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
770+// Updates a list of accessible states.
641771 //
642-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
643-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
772+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
773+// value types of accessible states.
774+//
775+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
776+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
777+// technologies.
644778 //
645779 // Example:
780+//
646781 // ```c
647782 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
648783 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -672,7 +807,7 @@ func (x *Dialog) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleStat
672807 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
673808 //
674809 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
675-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
810+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
676811 func (x *Dialog) GetBuildableId() string {
677812
678813 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-easing.go +17 -0
@@ -98,6 +98,23 @@ const (
9898 // with bounce on both ends, combining `ADW_EASE_IN_BOUNCE` and
9999 // `ADW_EASE_OUT_BOUNCE`.
100100 EaseInOutBounceValue Easing = 30
101+ // Cubic bezier tweening, with control points in (0.25, 0.1) and (0.25, 1.0).
102+ //
103+ // Increases in velocity towards the middle of the animation, slowing back down
104+ // at the end.
105+ EaseValue Easing = 31
106+ // Cubic bezier tweening, with control points in (0.42, 0.0) and (1.0, 1.0).
107+ //
108+ // Starts off slowly, with the speed of the animation increasing until complete.
109+ EaseInValue Easing = 32
110+ // Cubic bezier tweening, with control points in (0.0, 0.0) and (0.58, 1.0).
111+ //
112+ // Starts quickly, slowing down the animation until complete.
113+ EaseOutValue Easing = 33
114+ // Cubic bezier tweening, with control points in (0.42, 0.0) and (0.58, 1.0).
115+ //
116+ // Starts off slowly, speeds up in the middle, and then slows down again.
117+ EaseInOutValue Easing = 34
101118 )
102119
103120 var xEasingEase func(Easing, float64) float64
M v4/adw/adw-entry-row.go +187 -10
@@ -338,34 +338,165 @@ func (x *EntryRow) ConnectEntryActivated(cb *func(EntryRow)) uint32 {
338338 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "entry-activated", cbRefPtr)
339339 }
340340
341-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
341+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
342+//
343+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
344+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
345+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
346+// successful operation.
347+//
348+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
349+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
350+func (x *EntryRow) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
351+
352+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
353+
354+}
355+
356+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
357+//
358+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
359+func (x *EntryRow) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
360+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
361+
362+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
363+
364+ if cret == 0 {
365+ return nil
366+ }
367+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
368+ cls.Ptr = cret
369+ return cls
370+}
371+
372+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
342373 func (x *EntryRow) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
343374
344375 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
345376 return cret
346377 }
347378
348-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
379+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
380+func (x *EntryRow) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
381+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
382+
383+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
384+
385+ if cret == 0 {
386+ return nil
387+ }
388+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
389+ cls.Ptr = cret
390+ return cls
391+}
392+
393+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
394+//
395+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
396+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
397+// child widget.
398+func (x *EntryRow) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
399+
400+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
401+ return cret
402+}
403+
404+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
405+func (x *EntryRow) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
406+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
407+
408+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
409+
410+ if cret == 0 {
411+ return nil
412+ }
413+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
414+ cls.Ptr = cret
415+ return cls
416+}
417+
418+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
419+func (x *EntryRow) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
420+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
421+
422+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
423+
424+ if cret == 0 {
425+ return nil
426+ }
427+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
428+ cls.Ptr = cret
429+ return cls
430+}
431+
432+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
433+//
434+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
435+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
436+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
437+func (x *EntryRow) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
438+
439+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
440+ return cret
441+}
442+
443+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
349444 func (x *EntryRow) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
350445
351446 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
352447
353448 }
354449
355-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
450+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
356451 func (x *EntryRow) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
357452
358453 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
359454
360455 }
361456
362-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
457+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
363458 func (x *EntryRow) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
364459
365460 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
366461
367462 }
368463
464+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
465+//
466+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
467+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
468+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
469+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
470+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
471+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
472+// object is the container widget.
473+func (x *EntryRow) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
474+
475+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
476+
477+}
478+
479+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
480+//
481+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
482+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
483+func (x *EntryRow) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
484+
485+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
486+
487+}
488+
489+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
490+//
491+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
492+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
493+// states automatically.
494+func (x *EntryRow) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
495+
496+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
497+
498+}
499+
369500 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
370501 //
371502 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -408,7 +539,7 @@ func (x *EntryRow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.A
408539 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
409540 //
410541 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
411-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
542+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
412543 //
413544 // ```c
414545 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -438,13 +569,17 @@ func (x *EntryRow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Acc
438569
439570 }
440571
441-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
442-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
572+// Updates a list of accessible states.
443573 //
444-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
445-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
574+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
575+// value types of accessible states.
576+//
577+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
578+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
579+// technologies.
446580 //
447581 // Example:
582+//
448583 // ```c
449584 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
450585 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -557,13 +692,55 @@ func (x *EntryRow) SetDetailedActionName(DetailedActionNameVar string) {
557692 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
558693 //
559694 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
560-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
695+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
561696 func (x *EntryRow) GetBuildableId() string {
562697
563698 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
564699 return cret
565700 }
566701
702+// Retrieves the accessible platform state from the editable delegate.
703+//
704+// This is an helper function to retrieve the accessible state for
705+// `GtkEditable` interface implementations using a delegate pattern.
706+//
707+// You should call this function in your editable widget implementation
708+// of the [vfunc@Gtk.Accessible.get_platform_state] virtual function, for
709+// instance:
710+//
711+// ```c
712+// static void
713+// accessible_interface_init (GtkAccessibleInterface *iface)
714+//
715+// {
716+// iface->get_platform_state = your_editable_get_accessible_platform_state;
717+// }
718+//
719+// static gboolean
720+// your_editable_get_accessible_platform_state (GtkAccessible *accessible,
721+//
722+// GtkAccessiblePlatformState state)
723+//
724+// {
725+// return gtk_editable_delegate_get_accessible_platform_state (GTK_EDITABLE (accessible), state);
726+// }
727+//
728+// ```
729+//
730+// Note that the widget which is the delegate *must* be a direct child of
731+// this widget, otherwise your implementation of [vfunc@Gtk.Accessible.get_platform_state]
732+// might not even be called, as the platform change will originate from
733+// the parent of the delegate, and, as a result, will not work properly.
734+//
735+// So, if you can't ensure the direct child condition, you should give the
736+// delegate the %GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_TEXT_BOX role, or you can
737+// change your tree to allow this function to work.
738+func (x *EntryRow) DelegateGetAccessiblePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
739+
740+ cret := gtk.XGtkEditableDelegateGetAccessiblePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
741+ return cret
742+}
743+
567744 // Deletes the currently selected text of the editable.
568745 //
569746 // This call doesn’t do anything if there is no selected text.
M v4/adw/adw-expander-row.go +145 -10
@@ -292,34 +292,165 @@ func (c *ExpanderRow) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
292292 c.Ptr = ptr
293293 }
294294
295-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
295+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
296+//
297+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
298+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
299+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
300+// successful operation.
301+//
302+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
303+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
304+func (x *ExpanderRow) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
305+
306+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
307+
308+}
309+
310+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
311+//
312+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
313+func (x *ExpanderRow) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
314+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
315+
316+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
317+
318+ if cret == 0 {
319+ return nil
320+ }
321+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
322+ cls.Ptr = cret
323+ return cls
324+}
325+
326+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
296327 func (x *ExpanderRow) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
297328
298329 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
299330 return cret
300331 }
301332
302-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
333+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
334+func (x *ExpanderRow) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
335+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
336+
337+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
338+
339+ if cret == 0 {
340+ return nil
341+ }
342+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
343+ cls.Ptr = cret
344+ return cls
345+}
346+
347+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
348+//
349+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
350+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
351+// child widget.
352+func (x *ExpanderRow) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
353+
354+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
355+ return cret
356+}
357+
358+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
359+func (x *ExpanderRow) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
360+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
361+
362+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
363+
364+ if cret == 0 {
365+ return nil
366+ }
367+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
368+ cls.Ptr = cret
369+ return cls
370+}
371+
372+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
373+func (x *ExpanderRow) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
374+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
375+
376+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
377+
378+ if cret == 0 {
379+ return nil
380+ }
381+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
382+ cls.Ptr = cret
383+ return cls
384+}
385+
386+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
387+//
388+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
389+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
390+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
391+func (x *ExpanderRow) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
392+
393+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
394+ return cret
395+}
396+
397+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
303398 func (x *ExpanderRow) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
304399
305400 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
306401
307402 }
308403
309-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
404+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
310405 func (x *ExpanderRow) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
311406
312407 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
313408
314409 }
315410
316-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
411+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
317412 func (x *ExpanderRow) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
318413
319414 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
320415
321416 }
322417
418+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
419+//
420+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
421+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
422+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
423+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
424+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
425+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
426+// object is the container widget.
427+func (x *ExpanderRow) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
428+
429+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
430+
431+}
432+
433+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
434+//
435+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
436+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
437+func (x *ExpanderRow) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
438+
439+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
440+
441+}
442+
443+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
444+//
445+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
446+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
447+// states automatically.
448+func (x *ExpanderRow) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
449+
450+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
451+
452+}
453+
323454 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
324455 //
325456 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -362,7 +493,7 @@ func (x *ExpanderRow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gt
362493 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
363494 //
364495 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
365-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
496+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
366497 //
367498 // ```c
368499 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -392,13 +523,17 @@ func (x *ExpanderRow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.
392523
393524 }
394525
395-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
396-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
526+// Updates a list of accessible states.
397527 //
398-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
399-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
528+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
529+// value types of accessible states.
530+//
531+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
532+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
533+// technologies.
400534 //
401535 // Example:
536+//
402537 // ```c
403538 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
404539 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -511,7 +646,7 @@ func (x *ExpanderRow) SetDetailedActionName(DetailedActionNameVar string) {
511646 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
512647 //
513648 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
514-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
649+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
515650 func (x *ExpanderRow) GetBuildableId() string {
516651
517652 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-flap.go +145 -10
@@ -567,34 +567,165 @@ func (x *Flap) GetSwipeArea(NavigationDirectionVar NavigationDirection, IsDragVa
567567
568568 }
569569
570-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
570+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
571+//
572+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
573+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
574+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
575+// successful operation.
576+//
577+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
578+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
579+func (x *Flap) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
580+
581+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
582+
583+}
584+
585+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
586+//
587+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
588+func (x *Flap) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
589+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
590+
591+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
592+
593+ if cret == 0 {
594+ return nil
595+ }
596+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
597+ cls.Ptr = cret
598+ return cls
599+}
600+
601+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
571602 func (x *Flap) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
572603
573604 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
574605 return cret
575606 }
576607
577-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
608+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
609+func (x *Flap) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
610+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
611+
612+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
613+
614+ if cret == 0 {
615+ return nil
616+ }
617+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
618+ cls.Ptr = cret
619+ return cls
620+}
621+
622+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
623+//
624+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
625+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
626+// child widget.
627+func (x *Flap) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
628+
629+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
630+ return cret
631+}
632+
633+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
634+func (x *Flap) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
635+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
636+
637+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
638+
639+ if cret == 0 {
640+ return nil
641+ }
642+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
643+ cls.Ptr = cret
644+ return cls
645+}
646+
647+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
648+func (x *Flap) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
649+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
650+
651+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
652+
653+ if cret == 0 {
654+ return nil
655+ }
656+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
657+ cls.Ptr = cret
658+ return cls
659+}
660+
661+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
662+//
663+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
664+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
665+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
666+func (x *Flap) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
667+
668+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
669+ return cret
670+}
671+
672+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
578673 func (x *Flap) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
579674
580675 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
581676
582677 }
583678
584-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
679+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
585680 func (x *Flap) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
586681
587682 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
588683
589684 }
590685
591-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
686+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
592687 func (x *Flap) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
593688
594689 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
595690
596691 }
597692
693+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
694+//
695+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
696+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
697+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
698+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
699+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
700+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
701+// object is the container widget.
702+func (x *Flap) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
703+
704+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
705+
706+}
707+
708+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
709+//
710+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
711+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
712+func (x *Flap) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
713+
714+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
715+
716+}
717+
718+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
719+//
720+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
721+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
722+// states automatically.
723+func (x *Flap) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
724+
725+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
726+
727+}
728+
598729 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
599730 //
600731 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -637,7 +768,7 @@ func (x *Flap) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.Acces
637768 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
638769 //
639770 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
640-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
771+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
641772 //
642773 // ```c
643774 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -667,13 +798,17 @@ func (x *Flap) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Accessi
667798
668799 }
669800
670-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
671-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
801+// Updates a list of accessible states.
672802 //
673-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
674-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
803+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
804+// value types of accessible states.
805+//
806+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
807+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
808+// technologies.
675809 //
676810 // Example:
811+//
677812 // ```c
678813 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
679814 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -703,7 +838,7 @@ func (x *Flap) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleState,
703838 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
704839 //
705840 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
706-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
841+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
707842 func (x *Flap) GetBuildableId() string {
708843
709844 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-header-bar.go +145 -10
@@ -388,34 +388,165 @@ func (c *HeaderBar) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
388388 c.Ptr = ptr
389389 }
390390
391-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
391+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
392+//
393+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
394+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
395+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
396+// successful operation.
397+//
398+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
399+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
400+func (x *HeaderBar) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
401+
402+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
403+
404+}
405+
406+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
407+//
408+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
409+func (x *HeaderBar) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
410+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
411+
412+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
413+
414+ if cret == 0 {
415+ return nil
416+ }
417+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
418+ cls.Ptr = cret
419+ return cls
420+}
421+
422+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
392423 func (x *HeaderBar) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
393424
394425 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
395426 return cret
396427 }
397428
398-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
429+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
430+func (x *HeaderBar) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
431+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
432+
433+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
434+
435+ if cret == 0 {
436+ return nil
437+ }
438+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
439+ cls.Ptr = cret
440+ return cls
441+}
442+
443+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
444+//
445+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
446+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
447+// child widget.
448+func (x *HeaderBar) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
449+
450+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
451+ return cret
452+}
453+
454+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
455+func (x *HeaderBar) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
456+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
457+
458+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
459+
460+ if cret == 0 {
461+ return nil
462+ }
463+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
464+ cls.Ptr = cret
465+ return cls
466+}
467+
468+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
469+func (x *HeaderBar) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
470+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
471+
472+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
473+
474+ if cret == 0 {
475+ return nil
476+ }
477+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
478+ cls.Ptr = cret
479+ return cls
480+}
481+
482+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
483+//
484+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
485+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
486+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
487+func (x *HeaderBar) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
488+
489+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
490+ return cret
491+}
492+
493+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
399494 func (x *HeaderBar) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
400495
401496 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
402497
403498 }
404499
405-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
500+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
406501 func (x *HeaderBar) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
407502
408503 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
409504
410505 }
411506
412-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
507+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
413508 func (x *HeaderBar) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
414509
415510 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
416511
417512 }
418513
514+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
515+//
516+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
517+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
518+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
519+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
520+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
521+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
522+// object is the container widget.
523+func (x *HeaderBar) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
524+
525+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
526+
527+}
528+
529+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
530+//
531+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
532+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
533+func (x *HeaderBar) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
534+
535+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
536+
537+}
538+
539+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
540+//
541+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
542+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
543+// states automatically.
544+func (x *HeaderBar) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
545+
546+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
547+
548+}
549+
419550 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
420551 //
421552 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -458,7 +589,7 @@ func (x *HeaderBar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.
458589 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
459590 //
460591 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
461-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
592+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
462593 //
463594 // ```c
464595 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -488,13 +619,17 @@ func (x *HeaderBar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Ac
488619
489620 }
490621
491-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
492-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
622+// Updates a list of accessible states.
493623 //
494-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
495-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
624+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
625+// value types of accessible states.
626+//
627+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
628+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
629+// technologies.
496630 //
497631 // Example:
632+//
498633 // ```c
499634 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
500635 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -524,7 +659,7 @@ func (x *HeaderBar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleS
524659 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
525660 //
526661 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
527-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
662+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
528663 func (x *HeaderBar) GetBuildableId() string {
529664
530665 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
A v4/adw/adw-inline-view-switcher.go +548 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,548 @@
1+// Package adw was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package adw
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
12+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gtk"
13+)
14+
15+type InlineViewSwitcherClass struct {
16+ _ structs.HostLayout
17+
18+ ParentClass gtk.WidgetClass
19+}
20+
21+func (x *InlineViewSwitcherClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
22+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
23+}
24+
25+// Describes what [class@InlineViewSwitcher] toggles display.
26+//
27+// <picture>
28+//
29+// <source srcset="inline-view-switcher-display-modes-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
30+// <img src="inline-view-switcher-display-modes.png" alt="inline-view-switcher-display-modes">
31+//
32+// </picture>
33+type InlineViewSwitcherDisplayMode int
34+
35+var xInlineViewSwitcherDisplayModeGLibType func() types.GType
36+
37+func InlineViewSwitcherDisplayModeGLibType() types.GType {
38+ return xInlineViewSwitcherDisplayModeGLibType()
39+}
40+
41+const (
42+
43+ // Toggles only display labels.
44+ InlineViewSwitcherLabelsValue InlineViewSwitcherDisplayMode = 0
45+ // Toggles only display icons.
46+ InlineViewSwitcherIconsValue InlineViewSwitcherDisplayMode = 1
47+ // Toggles display both icons and labels.
48+ InlineViewSwitcherBothValue InlineViewSwitcherDisplayMode = 2
49+)
50+
51+// A view switcher that uses a toggle group.
52+//
53+// <picture>
54+//
55+// <source srcset="inline-view-switcher-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
56+// <img src="inline-view-switcher.png" alt="inline-view-switcher">
57+//
58+// </picture>
59+//
60+// A view switcher showing pages of an [class@ViewStack] within an
61+// [class@ToggleGroup], similar to [class@ViewSwitcher].
62+//
63+// The toggles can display either an icon, a label or both. Use the
64+// [property@InlineViewSwitcher:display-mode] to control this.
65+//
66+// <picture>
67+//
68+// <source srcset="inline-view-switcher-display-modes-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
69+// <img src="inline-view-switcher-display-modes.png" alt="inline-view-switcher-display-modes">
70+//
71+// </picture>
72+//
73+// ## CSS nodes
74+//
75+// `AdwInlineViewSwitcher` has a single CSS node with the name
76+// `inline-view-switcher`.
77+//
78+// ## Style classes
79+//
80+// Like `AdwToggleGroup`, it can accept the [`.flat`](style-classes.html#flat_1)
81+// and [`.round`](style-classes.html#round) style classes.
82+//
83+// <picture>
84+//
85+// <source srcset="inline-view-switcher-style-classes-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
86+// <img src="inline-view-switcher-style-classes.png" alt="inline-view-switcher-style-classes">
87+//
88+// </picture>
89+//
90+// ## Accessibility
91+//
92+// The internal toggle group uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_TAB_LIST` role. Its
93+// toggles use the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_TAB` role.
94+type InlineViewSwitcher struct {
95+ gtk.Widget
96+}
97+
98+var xInlineViewSwitcherGLibType func() types.GType
99+
100+func InlineViewSwitcherGLibType() types.GType {
101+ return xInlineViewSwitcherGLibType()
102+}
103+
104+func InlineViewSwitcherNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *InlineViewSwitcher {
105+ cls := &InlineViewSwitcher{}
106+ cls.Ptr = ptr
107+ return cls
108+}
109+
110+var xNewInlineViewSwitcher func() uintptr
111+
112+// Creates a new `AdwInlineViewSwitcher`.
113+func NewInlineViewSwitcher() *InlineViewSwitcher {
114+ var cls *InlineViewSwitcher
115+
116+ cret := xNewInlineViewSwitcher()
117+
118+ if cret == 0 {
119+ return nil
120+ }
121+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
122+ cls = &InlineViewSwitcher{}
123+ cls.Ptr = cret
124+ return cls
125+}
126+
127+var xInlineViewSwitcherGetCanShrink func(uintptr) bool
128+
129+// Gets whether the toggles can be smaller than the natural size of their
130+// contents.
131+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) GetCanShrink() bool {
132+
133+ cret := xInlineViewSwitcherGetCanShrink(x.GoPointer())
134+ return cret
135+}
136+
137+var xInlineViewSwitcherGetDisplayMode func(uintptr) InlineViewSwitcherDisplayMode
138+
139+// Gets the display mode of @self.
140+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) GetDisplayMode() InlineViewSwitcherDisplayMode {
141+
142+ cret := xInlineViewSwitcherGetDisplayMode(x.GoPointer())
143+ return cret
144+}
145+
146+var xInlineViewSwitcherGetHomogeneous func(uintptr) bool
147+
148+// Gets whether all toggles within @self take the same size.
149+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) GetHomogeneous() bool {
150+
151+ cret := xInlineViewSwitcherGetHomogeneous(x.GoPointer())
152+ return cret
153+}
154+
155+var xInlineViewSwitcherGetStack func(uintptr) uintptr
156+
157+// Gets the stack @self controls.
158+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) GetStack() *ViewStack {
159+ var cls *ViewStack
160+
161+ cret := xInlineViewSwitcherGetStack(x.GoPointer())
162+
163+ if cret == 0 {
164+ return nil
165+ }
166+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
167+ cls = &ViewStack{}
168+ cls.Ptr = cret
169+ return cls
170+}
171+
172+var xInlineViewSwitcherSetCanShrink func(uintptr, bool)
173+
174+// Sets whether the toggles can be smaller than the natural size of their
175+// contents.
176+//
177+// If @can_shrink is `TRUE`, the toggle labels will ellipsize.
178+//
179+// See [property@ToggleGroup:can-shrink].
180+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) SetCanShrink(CanShrinkVar bool) {
181+
182+ xInlineViewSwitcherSetCanShrink(x.GoPointer(), CanShrinkVar)
183+
184+}
185+
186+var xInlineViewSwitcherSetDisplayMode func(uintptr, InlineViewSwitcherDisplayMode)
187+
188+// Sets the display mode of @self.
189+//
190+// Determines what the toggles display: a label, an icon or both.
191+//
192+// <picture>
193+//
194+// <source srcset="inline-view-switcher-display-modes-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
195+// <img src="inline-view-switcher-display-modes.png" alt="inline-view-switcher-display-modes">
196+//
197+// </picture>
198+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) SetDisplayMode(ModeVar InlineViewSwitcherDisplayMode) {
199+
200+ xInlineViewSwitcherSetDisplayMode(x.GoPointer(), ModeVar)
201+
202+}
203+
204+var xInlineViewSwitcherSetHomogeneous func(uintptr, bool)
205+
206+// Sets whether all toggles within @self take the same size.
207+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) SetHomogeneous(HomogeneousVar bool) {
208+
209+ xInlineViewSwitcherSetHomogeneous(x.GoPointer(), HomogeneousVar)
210+
211+}
212+
213+var xInlineViewSwitcherSetStack func(uintptr, uintptr)
214+
215+// Sets the stack to control.
216+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) SetStack(StackVar *ViewStack) {
217+
218+ xInlineViewSwitcherSetStack(x.GoPointer(), StackVar.GoPointer())
219+
220+}
221+
222+func (c *InlineViewSwitcher) GoPointer() uintptr {
223+ if c == nil {
224+ return 0
225+ }
226+ return c.Ptr
227+}
228+
229+func (c *InlineViewSwitcher) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
230+ c.Ptr = ptr
231+}
232+
233+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
234+//
235+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
236+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
237+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
238+// successful operation.
239+//
240+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
241+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
242+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
243+
244+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
245+
246+}
247+
248+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
249+//
250+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
251+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
252+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
253+
254+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
255+
256+ if cret == 0 {
257+ return nil
258+ }
259+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
260+ cls.Ptr = cret
261+ return cls
262+}
263+
264+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
265+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
266+
267+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
268+ return cret
269+}
270+
271+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
272+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
273+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
274+
275+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
276+
277+ if cret == 0 {
278+ return nil
279+ }
280+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
281+ cls.Ptr = cret
282+ return cls
283+}
284+
285+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
286+//
287+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
288+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
289+// child widget.
290+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
291+
292+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
293+ return cret
294+}
295+
296+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
297+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
298+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
299+
300+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
301+
302+ if cret == 0 {
303+ return nil
304+ }
305+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
306+ cls.Ptr = cret
307+ return cls
308+}
309+
310+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
311+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
312+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
313+
314+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
315+
316+ if cret == 0 {
317+ return nil
318+ }
319+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
320+ cls.Ptr = cret
321+ return cls
322+}
323+
324+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
325+//
326+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
327+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
328+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
329+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
330+
331+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
332+ return cret
333+}
334+
335+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
336+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
337+
338+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
339+
340+}
341+
342+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
343+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
344+
345+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
346+
347+}
348+
349+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
350+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
351+
352+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
353+
354+}
355+
356+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
357+//
358+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
359+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
360+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
361+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
362+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
363+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
364+// object is the container widget.
365+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
366+
367+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
368+
369+}
370+
371+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
372+//
373+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
374+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
375+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
376+
377+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
378+
379+}
380+
381+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
382+//
383+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
384+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
385+// states automatically.
386+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
387+
388+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
389+
390+}
391+
392+// Updates a list of accessible properties.
393+//
394+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
395+// value types of accessible properties.
396+//
397+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
398+// an accessible property change must be communicated to assistive
399+// technologies.
400+//
401+// Example:
402+// ```c
403+// value = gtk_adjustment_get_value (adjustment);
404+// gtk_accessible_update_property (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (spin_button),
405+//
406+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PROPERTY_VALUE_NOW, value,
407+// -1);
408+//
409+// ```
410+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varArgs ...interface{}) {
411+
412+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateProperty(x.GoPointer(), FirstPropertyVar, varArgs...)
413+
414+}
415+
416+// Updates an array of accessible properties.
417+//
418+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
419+// property change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
420+//
421+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
422+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.AccessibleProperty, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
423+
424+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar)
425+
426+}
427+
428+// Updates a list of accessible relations.
429+//
430+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
431+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
432+//
433+// If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
434+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
435+//
436+// ```c
437+// gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
438+//
439+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_CONTROLS,
440+// ref1, NULL,
441+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_LABELLED_BY,
442+// ref1, ref2, ref3, NULL,
443+// -1);
444+//
445+// ```
446+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varArgs ...interface{}) {
447+
448+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelation(x.GoPointer(), FirstRelationVar, varArgs...)
449+
450+}
451+
452+// Updates an array of accessible relations.
453+//
454+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
455+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
456+//
457+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
458+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.AccessibleRelation, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
459+
460+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar)
461+
462+}
463+
464+// Updates a list of accessible states.
465+//
466+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
467+// value types of accessible states.
468+//
469+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
470+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
471+// technologies.
472+//
473+// Example:
474+//
475+// ```c
476+// value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
477+// gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
478+//
479+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_CHECKED, value,
480+// -1);
481+//
482+// ```
483+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface{}) {
484+
485+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateState(x.GoPointer(), FirstStateVar, varArgs...)
486+
487+}
488+
489+// Updates an array of accessible states.
490+//
491+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
492+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
493+//
494+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
495+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleState, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
496+
497+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar)
498+
499+}
500+
501+// Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
502+//
503+// `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
504+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
505+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) GetBuildableId() string {
506+
507+ cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
508+ return cret
509+}
510+
511+// Retrieves the orientation of the @orientable.
512+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) GetOrientation() gtk.Orientation {
513+
514+ cret := gtk.XGtkOrientableGetOrientation(x.GoPointer())
515+ return cret
516+}
517+
518+// Sets the orientation of the @orientable.
519+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) SetOrientation(OrientationVar gtk.Orientation) {
520+
521+ gtk.XGtkOrientableSetOrientation(x.GoPointer(), OrientationVar)
522+
523+}
524+
525+func init() {
526+ core.SetPackageName("ADW", "libadwaita-1")
527+ core.SetSharedLibrary("ADW", "libadwaita-1.so.0")
528+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("ADW"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
529+ if err != nil {
530+ panic(err)
531+ }
532+
533+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xInlineViewSwitcherDisplayModeGLibType, lib, "adw_inline_view_switcher_display_mode_get_type")
534+
535+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xInlineViewSwitcherGLibType, lib, "adw_inline_view_switcher_get_type")
536+
537+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewInlineViewSwitcher, lib, "adw_inline_view_switcher_new")
538+
539+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xInlineViewSwitcherGetCanShrink, lib, "adw_inline_view_switcher_get_can_shrink")
540+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xInlineViewSwitcherGetDisplayMode, lib, "adw_inline_view_switcher_get_display_mode")
541+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xInlineViewSwitcherGetHomogeneous, lib, "adw_inline_view_switcher_get_homogeneous")
542+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xInlineViewSwitcherGetStack, lib, "adw_inline_view_switcher_get_stack")
543+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xInlineViewSwitcherSetCanShrink, lib, "adw_inline_view_switcher_set_can_shrink")
544+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xInlineViewSwitcherSetDisplayMode, lib, "adw_inline_view_switcher_set_display_mode")
545+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xInlineViewSwitcherSetHomogeneous, lib, "adw_inline_view_switcher_set_homogeneous")
546+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xInlineViewSwitcherSetStack, lib, "adw_inline_view_switcher_set_stack")
547+
548+}
M v4/adw/adw-layout-slot.go +145 -10
@@ -81,34 +81,165 @@ func (c *LayoutSlot) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
8181 c.Ptr = ptr
8282 }
8383
84-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
84+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
85+//
86+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
87+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
88+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
89+// successful operation.
90+//
91+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
92+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
93+func (x *LayoutSlot) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
94+
95+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
96+
97+}
98+
99+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
100+//
101+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
102+func (x *LayoutSlot) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
103+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
104+
105+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
106+
107+ if cret == 0 {
108+ return nil
109+ }
110+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
111+ cls.Ptr = cret
112+ return cls
113+}
114+
115+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
85116 func (x *LayoutSlot) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
86117
87118 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
88119 return cret
89120 }
90121
91-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
122+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
123+func (x *LayoutSlot) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
124+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
125+
126+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
127+
128+ if cret == 0 {
129+ return nil
130+ }
131+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
132+ cls.Ptr = cret
133+ return cls
134+}
135+
136+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
137+//
138+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
139+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
140+// child widget.
141+func (x *LayoutSlot) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
142+
143+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
144+ return cret
145+}
146+
147+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
148+func (x *LayoutSlot) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
149+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
150+
151+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
152+
153+ if cret == 0 {
154+ return nil
155+ }
156+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
157+ cls.Ptr = cret
158+ return cls
159+}
160+
161+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
162+func (x *LayoutSlot) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
163+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
164+
165+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
166+
167+ if cret == 0 {
168+ return nil
169+ }
170+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
171+ cls.Ptr = cret
172+ return cls
173+}
174+
175+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
176+//
177+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
178+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
179+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
180+func (x *LayoutSlot) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
181+
182+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
183+ return cret
184+}
185+
186+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
92187 func (x *LayoutSlot) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
93188
94189 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
95190
96191 }
97192
98-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
193+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
99194 func (x *LayoutSlot) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
100195
101196 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
102197
103198 }
104199
105-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
200+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
106201 func (x *LayoutSlot) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
107202
108203 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
109204
110205 }
111206
207+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
208+//
209+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
210+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
211+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
212+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
213+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
214+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
215+// object is the container widget.
216+func (x *LayoutSlot) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
217+
218+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
219+
220+}
221+
222+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
223+//
224+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
225+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
226+func (x *LayoutSlot) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
227+
228+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
229+
230+}
231+
232+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
233+//
234+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
235+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
236+// states automatically.
237+func (x *LayoutSlot) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
238+
239+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
240+
241+}
242+
112243 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
113244 //
114245 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -151,7 +282,7 @@ func (x *LayoutSlot) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk
151282 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
152283 //
153284 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
154-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
285+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
155286 //
156287 // ```c
157288 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -181,13 +312,17 @@ func (x *LayoutSlot) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.A
181312
182313 }
183314
184-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
185-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
315+// Updates a list of accessible states.
186316 //
187-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
188-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
317+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
318+// value types of accessible states.
319+//
320+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
321+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
322+// technologies.
189323 //
190324 // Example:
325+//
191326 // ```c
192327 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
193328 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -217,7 +352,7 @@ func (x *LayoutSlot) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Accessible
217352 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
218353 //
219354 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
220-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
355+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
221356 func (x *LayoutSlot) GetBuildableId() string {
222357
223358 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-layout.go +1 -1
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ func (c *Layout) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
104104 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
105105 //
106106 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
107-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
107+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
108108 func (x *Layout) GetBuildableId() string {
109109
110110 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-leaflet.go +145 -10
@@ -620,34 +620,165 @@ func (x *Leaflet) GetSwipeArea(NavigationDirectionVar NavigationDirection, IsDra
620620
621621 }
622622
623-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
623+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
624+//
625+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
626+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
627+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
628+// successful operation.
629+//
630+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
631+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
632+func (x *Leaflet) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
633+
634+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
635+
636+}
637+
638+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
639+//
640+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
641+func (x *Leaflet) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
642+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
643+
644+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
645+
646+ if cret == 0 {
647+ return nil
648+ }
649+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
650+ cls.Ptr = cret
651+ return cls
652+}
653+
654+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
624655 func (x *Leaflet) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
625656
626657 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
627658 return cret
628659 }
629660
630-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
661+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
662+func (x *Leaflet) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
663+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
664+
665+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
666+
667+ if cret == 0 {
668+ return nil
669+ }
670+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
671+ cls.Ptr = cret
672+ return cls
673+}
674+
675+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
676+//
677+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
678+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
679+// child widget.
680+func (x *Leaflet) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
681+
682+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
683+ return cret
684+}
685+
686+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
687+func (x *Leaflet) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
688+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
689+
690+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
691+
692+ if cret == 0 {
693+ return nil
694+ }
695+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
696+ cls.Ptr = cret
697+ return cls
698+}
699+
700+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
701+func (x *Leaflet) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
702+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
703+
704+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
705+
706+ if cret == 0 {
707+ return nil
708+ }
709+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
710+ cls.Ptr = cret
711+ return cls
712+}
713+
714+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
715+//
716+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
717+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
718+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
719+func (x *Leaflet) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
720+
721+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
722+ return cret
723+}
724+
725+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
631726 func (x *Leaflet) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
632727
633728 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
634729
635730 }
636731
637-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
732+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
638733 func (x *Leaflet) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
639734
640735 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
641736
642737 }
643738
644-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
739+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
645740 func (x *Leaflet) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
646741
647742 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
648743
649744 }
650745
746+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
747+//
748+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
749+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
750+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
751+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
752+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
753+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
754+// object is the container widget.
755+func (x *Leaflet) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
756+
757+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
758+
759+}
760+
761+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
762+//
763+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
764+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
765+func (x *Leaflet) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
766+
767+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
768+
769+}
770+
771+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
772+//
773+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
774+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
775+// states automatically.
776+func (x *Leaflet) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
777+
778+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
779+
780+}
781+
651782 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
652783 //
653784 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -690,7 +821,7 @@ func (x *Leaflet) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.Ac
690821 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
691822 //
692823 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
693-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
824+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
694825 //
695826 // ```c
696827 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -720,13 +851,17 @@ func (x *Leaflet) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Acce
720851
721852 }
722853
723-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
724-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
854+// Updates a list of accessible states.
725855 //
726-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
727-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
856+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
857+// value types of accessible states.
858+//
859+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
860+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
861+// technologies.
728862 //
729863 // Example:
864+//
730865 // ```c
731866 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
732867 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -756,7 +891,7 @@ func (x *Leaflet) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleSta
756891 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
757892 //
758893 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
759-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
894+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
760895 func (x *Leaflet) GetBuildableId() string {
761896
762897 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-message-dialog.go +151 -13
@@ -536,10 +536,13 @@ var xMessageDialogSetDefaultResponse func(uintptr, string)
536536
537537 // Sets the ID of the default response of @self.
538538 //
539-// If set, pressing <kbd>Enter</kbd> will activate the corresponding button.
539+// The button corresponding to this response will be set as the default widget
540+// of @self.
540541 //
541-// If set to `NULL` or to a non-existent response ID, pressing <kbd>Enter</kbd>
542-// will do nothing.
542+// If not set, the default widget will not be set, and the last added response
543+// will be focused by default.
544+//
545+// See [property@Gtk.Window:default-widget].
543546 func (x *MessageDialog) SetDefaultResponse(ResponseVar string) {
544547
545548 xMessageDialogSetDefaultResponse(x.GoPointer(), ResponseVar)
@@ -672,34 +675,165 @@ func (x *MessageDialog) ConnectResponse(cb *func(MessageDialog, string)) uint32
672675 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "response", cbRefPtr)
673676 }
674677
675-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
678+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
679+//
680+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
681+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
682+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
683+// successful operation.
684+//
685+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
686+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
687+func (x *MessageDialog) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
688+
689+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
690+
691+}
692+
693+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
694+//
695+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
696+func (x *MessageDialog) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
697+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
698+
699+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
700+
701+ if cret == 0 {
702+ return nil
703+ }
704+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
705+ cls.Ptr = cret
706+ return cls
707+}
708+
709+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
676710 func (x *MessageDialog) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
677711
678712 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
679713 return cret
680714 }
681715
682-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
716+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
717+func (x *MessageDialog) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
718+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
719+
720+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
721+
722+ if cret == 0 {
723+ return nil
724+ }
725+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
726+ cls.Ptr = cret
727+ return cls
728+}
729+
730+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
731+//
732+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
733+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
734+// child widget.
735+func (x *MessageDialog) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
736+
737+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
738+ return cret
739+}
740+
741+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
742+func (x *MessageDialog) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
743+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
744+
745+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
746+
747+ if cret == 0 {
748+ return nil
749+ }
750+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
751+ cls.Ptr = cret
752+ return cls
753+}
754+
755+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
756+func (x *MessageDialog) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
757+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
758+
759+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
760+
761+ if cret == 0 {
762+ return nil
763+ }
764+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
765+ cls.Ptr = cret
766+ return cls
767+}
768+
769+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
770+//
771+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
772+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
773+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
774+func (x *MessageDialog) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
775+
776+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
777+ return cret
778+}
779+
780+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
683781 func (x *MessageDialog) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
684782
685783 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
686784
687785 }
688786
689-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
787+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
690788 func (x *MessageDialog) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
691789
692790 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
693791
694792 }
695793
696-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
794+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
697795 func (x *MessageDialog) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
698796
699797 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
700798
701799 }
702800
801+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
802+//
803+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
804+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
805+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
806+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
807+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
808+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
809+// object is the container widget.
810+func (x *MessageDialog) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
811+
812+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
813+
814+}
815+
816+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
817+//
818+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
819+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
820+func (x *MessageDialog) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
821+
822+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
823+
824+}
825+
826+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
827+//
828+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
829+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
830+// states automatically.
831+func (x *MessageDialog) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
832+
833+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
834+
835+}
836+
703837 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
704838 //
705839 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -742,7 +876,7 @@ func (x *MessageDialog) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []
742876 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
743877 //
744878 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
745-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
879+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
746880 //
747881 // ```c
748882 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -772,13 +906,17 @@ func (x *MessageDialog) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gt
772906
773907 }
774908
775-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
776-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
909+// Updates a list of accessible states.
777910 //
778-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
779-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
911+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
912+// value types of accessible states.
913+//
914+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
915+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
916+// technologies.
780917 //
781918 // Example:
919+//
782920 // ```c
783921 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
784922 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -808,7 +946,7 @@ func (x *MessageDialog) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Accessi
808946 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
809947 //
810948 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
811-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
949+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
812950 func (x *MessageDialog) GetBuildableId() string {
813951
814952 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-multi-layout-view.go +145 -10
@@ -259,34 +259,165 @@ func (c *MultiLayoutView) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
259259 c.Ptr = ptr
260260 }
261261
262-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
262+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
263+//
264+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
265+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
266+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
267+// successful operation.
268+//
269+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
270+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
271+func (x *MultiLayoutView) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
272+
273+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
274+
275+}
276+
277+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
278+//
279+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
280+func (x *MultiLayoutView) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
281+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
282+
283+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
284+
285+ if cret == 0 {
286+ return nil
287+ }
288+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
289+ cls.Ptr = cret
290+ return cls
291+}
292+
293+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
263294 func (x *MultiLayoutView) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
264295
265296 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
266297 return cret
267298 }
268299
269-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
300+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
301+func (x *MultiLayoutView) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
302+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
303+
304+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
305+
306+ if cret == 0 {
307+ return nil
308+ }
309+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
310+ cls.Ptr = cret
311+ return cls
312+}
313+
314+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
315+//
316+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
317+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
318+// child widget.
319+func (x *MultiLayoutView) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
320+
321+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
322+ return cret
323+}
324+
325+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
326+func (x *MultiLayoutView) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
327+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
328+
329+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
330+
331+ if cret == 0 {
332+ return nil
333+ }
334+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
335+ cls.Ptr = cret
336+ return cls
337+}
338+
339+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
340+func (x *MultiLayoutView) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
341+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
342+
343+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
344+
345+ if cret == 0 {
346+ return nil
347+ }
348+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
349+ cls.Ptr = cret
350+ return cls
351+}
352+
353+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
354+//
355+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
356+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
357+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
358+func (x *MultiLayoutView) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
359+
360+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
361+ return cret
362+}
363+
364+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
270365 func (x *MultiLayoutView) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
271366
272367 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
273368
274369 }
275370
276-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
371+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
277372 func (x *MultiLayoutView) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
278373
279374 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
280375
281376 }
282377
283-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
378+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
284379 func (x *MultiLayoutView) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
285380
286381 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
287382
288383 }
289384
385+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
386+//
387+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
388+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
389+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
390+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
391+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
392+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
393+// object is the container widget.
394+func (x *MultiLayoutView) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
395+
396+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
397+
398+}
399+
400+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
401+//
402+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
403+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
404+func (x *MultiLayoutView) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
405+
406+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
407+
408+}
409+
410+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
411+//
412+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
413+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
414+// states automatically.
415+func (x *MultiLayoutView) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
416+
417+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
418+
419+}
420+
290421 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
291422 //
292423 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -329,7 +460,7 @@ func (x *MultiLayoutView) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar
329460 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
330461 //
331462 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
332-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
463+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
333464 //
334465 // ```c
335466 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -359,13 +490,17 @@ func (x *MultiLayoutView) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []
359490
360491 }
361492
362-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
363-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
493+// Updates a list of accessible states.
364494 //
365-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
366-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
495+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
496+// value types of accessible states.
497+//
498+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
499+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
500+// technologies.
367501 //
368502 // Example:
503+//
369504 // ```c
370505 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
371506 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -395,7 +530,7 @@ func (x *MultiLayoutView) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Acces
395530 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
396531 //
397532 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
398-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
533+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
399534 func (x *MultiLayoutView) GetBuildableId() string {
400535
401536 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-navigation-split-view.go +171 -10
@@ -269,6 +269,15 @@ func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetSidebar() *NavigationPage {
269269 return cls
270270 }
271271
272+var xNavigationSplitViewGetSidebarPosition func(uintptr) gtk.PackType
273+
274+// Gets the sidebar position for @self.
275+func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetSidebarPosition() gtk.PackType {
276+
277+ cret := xNavigationSplitViewGetSidebarPosition(x.GoPointer())
278+ return cret
279+}
280+
272281 var xNavigationSplitViewGetSidebarWidthFraction func(uintptr) float64
273282
274283 // Gets the preferred sidebar width fraction for @self.
@@ -365,6 +374,21 @@ func (x *NavigationSplitView) SetSidebar(SidebarVar *NavigationPage) {
365374
366375 }
367376
377+var xNavigationSplitViewSetSidebarPosition func(uintptr, gtk.PackType)
378+
379+// Sets the sidebar position for @self.
380+//
381+// If set to `GTK_PACK_START`, the sidebar is displayed before the content,
382+// and the sidebar will be the root page when collapsed.
383+//
384+// If set to `GTK_PACK_END`, the sidebar is displayed after the content,
385+// and the content will be the root page.
386+func (x *NavigationSplitView) SetSidebarPosition(PositionVar gtk.PackType) {
387+
388+ xNavigationSplitViewSetSidebarPosition(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar)
389+
390+}
391+
368392 var xNavigationSplitViewSetSidebarWidthFraction func(uintptr, float64)
369393
370394 // Sets the preferred sidebar width as a fraction of the total width of @self.
@@ -404,34 +428,165 @@ func (c *NavigationSplitView) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
404428 c.Ptr = ptr
405429 }
406430
407-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
431+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
432+//
433+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
434+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
435+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
436+// successful operation.
437+//
438+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
439+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
440+func (x *NavigationSplitView) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
441+
442+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
443+
444+}
445+
446+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
447+//
448+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
449+func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
450+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
451+
452+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
453+
454+ if cret == 0 {
455+ return nil
456+ }
457+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
458+ cls.Ptr = cret
459+ return cls
460+}
461+
462+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
408463 func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
409464
410465 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
411466 return cret
412467 }
413468
414-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
469+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
470+func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
471+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
472+
473+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
474+
475+ if cret == 0 {
476+ return nil
477+ }
478+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
479+ cls.Ptr = cret
480+ return cls
481+}
482+
483+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
484+//
485+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
486+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
487+// child widget.
488+func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
489+
490+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
491+ return cret
492+}
493+
494+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
495+func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
496+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
497+
498+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
499+
500+ if cret == 0 {
501+ return nil
502+ }
503+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
504+ cls.Ptr = cret
505+ return cls
506+}
507+
508+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
509+func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
510+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
511+
512+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
513+
514+ if cret == 0 {
515+ return nil
516+ }
517+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
518+ cls.Ptr = cret
519+ return cls
520+}
521+
522+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
523+//
524+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
525+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
526+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
527+func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
528+
529+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
530+ return cret
531+}
532+
533+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
415534 func (x *NavigationSplitView) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
416535
417536 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
418537
419538 }
420539
421-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
540+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
422541 func (x *NavigationSplitView) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
423542
424543 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
425544
426545 }
427546
428-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
547+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
429548 func (x *NavigationSplitView) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
430549
431550 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
432551
433552 }
434553
554+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
555+//
556+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
557+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
558+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
559+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
560+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
561+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
562+// object is the container widget.
563+func (x *NavigationSplitView) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
564+
565+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
566+
567+}
568+
569+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
570+//
571+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
572+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
573+func (x *NavigationSplitView) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
574+
575+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
576+
577+}
578+
579+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
580+//
581+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
582+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
583+// states automatically.
584+func (x *NavigationSplitView) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
585+
586+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
587+
588+}
589+
435590 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
436591 //
437592 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -474,7 +629,7 @@ func (x *NavigationSplitView) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, Properties
474629 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
475630 //
476631 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
477-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
632+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
478633 //
479634 // ```c
480635 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -504,13 +659,17 @@ func (x *NavigationSplitView) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVa
504659
505660 }
506661
507-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
508-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
662+// Updates a list of accessible states.
509663 //
510-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
511-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
664+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
665+// value types of accessible states.
666+//
667+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
668+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
669+// technologies.
512670 //
513671 // Example:
672+//
514673 // ```c
515674 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
516675 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -540,7 +699,7 @@ func (x *NavigationSplitView) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.A
540699 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
541700 //
542701 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
543-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
702+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
544703 func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetBuildableId() string {
545704
546705 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
@@ -565,6 +724,7 @@ func init() {
565724 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewGetMinSidebarWidth, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_get_min_sidebar_width")
566725 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewGetShowContent, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_get_show_content")
567726 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewGetSidebar, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_get_sidebar")
727+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewGetSidebarPosition, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_get_sidebar_position")
568728 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewGetSidebarWidthFraction, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_get_sidebar_width_fraction")
569729 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewGetSidebarWidthUnit, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_get_sidebar_width_unit")
570730 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewSetCollapsed, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_set_collapsed")
@@ -573,6 +733,7 @@ func init() {
573733 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewSetMinSidebarWidth, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_set_min_sidebar_width")
574734 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewSetShowContent, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_set_show_content")
575735 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewSetSidebar, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_set_sidebar")
736+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewSetSidebarPosition, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_set_sidebar_position")
576737 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewSetSidebarWidthFraction, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_set_sidebar_width_fraction")
577738 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewSetSidebarWidthUnit, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_set_sidebar_width_unit")
578739
M v4/adw/adw-navigation-view.go +351 -20
@@ -421,34 +421,165 @@ func (x *NavigationPage) ConnectShown(cb *func(NavigationPage)) uint32 {
421421 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "shown", cbRefPtr)
422422 }
423423
424-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
424+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
425+//
426+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
427+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
428+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
429+// successful operation.
430+//
431+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
432+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
433+func (x *NavigationPage) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
434+
435+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
436+
437+}
438+
439+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
440+//
441+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
442+func (x *NavigationPage) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
443+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
444+
445+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
446+
447+ if cret == 0 {
448+ return nil
449+ }
450+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
451+ cls.Ptr = cret
452+ return cls
453+}
454+
455+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
425456 func (x *NavigationPage) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
426457
427458 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
428459 return cret
429460 }
430461
431-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
462+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
463+func (x *NavigationPage) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
464+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
465+
466+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
467+
468+ if cret == 0 {
469+ return nil
470+ }
471+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
472+ cls.Ptr = cret
473+ return cls
474+}
475+
476+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
477+//
478+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
479+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
480+// child widget.
481+func (x *NavigationPage) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
482+
483+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
484+ return cret
485+}
486+
487+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
488+func (x *NavigationPage) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
489+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
490+
491+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
492+
493+ if cret == 0 {
494+ return nil
495+ }
496+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
497+ cls.Ptr = cret
498+ return cls
499+}
500+
501+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
502+func (x *NavigationPage) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
503+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
504+
505+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
506+
507+ if cret == 0 {
508+ return nil
509+ }
510+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
511+ cls.Ptr = cret
512+ return cls
513+}
514+
515+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
516+//
517+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
518+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
519+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
520+func (x *NavigationPage) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
521+
522+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
523+ return cret
524+}
525+
526+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
432527 func (x *NavigationPage) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
433528
434529 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
435530
436531 }
437532
438-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
533+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
439534 func (x *NavigationPage) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
440535
441536 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
442537
443538 }
444539
445-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
540+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
446541 func (x *NavigationPage) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
447542
448543 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
449544
450545 }
451546
547+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
548+//
549+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
550+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
551+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
552+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
553+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
554+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
555+// object is the container widget.
556+func (x *NavigationPage) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
557+
558+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
559+
560+}
561+
562+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
563+//
564+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
565+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
566+func (x *NavigationPage) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
567+
568+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
569+
570+}
571+
572+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
573+//
574+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
575+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
576+// states automatically.
577+func (x *NavigationPage) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
578+
579+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
580+
581+}
582+
452583 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
453584 //
454585 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -491,7 +622,7 @@ func (x *NavigationPage) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar [
491622 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
492623 //
493624 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
494-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
625+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
495626 //
496627 // ```c
497628 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -521,13 +652,17 @@ func (x *NavigationPage) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []g
521652
522653 }
523654
524-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
525-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
655+// Updates a list of accessible states.
526656 //
527-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
528-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
657+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
658+// value types of accessible states.
659+//
660+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
661+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
662+// technologies.
529663 //
530664 // Example:
665+//
531666 // ```c
532667 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
533668 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -557,7 +692,7 @@ func (x *NavigationPage) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Access
557692 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
558693 //
559694 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
560-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
695+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
561696 func (x *NavigationPage) GetBuildableId() string {
562697
563698 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
@@ -805,6 +940,15 @@ func (x *NavigationView) GetAnimateTransitions() bool {
805940 return cret
806941 }
807942
943+var xNavigationViewGetHhomogeneous func(uintptr) bool
944+
945+// Gets whether @self is horizontally homogeneous.
946+func (x *NavigationView) GetHhomogeneous() bool {
947+
948+ cret := xNavigationViewGetHhomogeneous(x.GoPointer())
949+ return cret
950+}
951+
808952 var xNavigationViewGetNavigationStack func(uintptr) uintptr
809953
810954 // Returns a [iface@Gio.ListModel] that contains the pages in navigation stack.
@@ -856,6 +1000,15 @@ func (x *NavigationView) GetPreviousPage(PageVar *NavigationPage) *NavigationPag
8561000 return cls
8571001 }
8581002
1003+var xNavigationViewGetVhomogeneous func(uintptr) bool
1004+
1005+// Gets whether @self is vertically homogeneous.
1006+func (x *NavigationView) GetVhomogeneous() bool {
1007+
1008+ cret := xNavigationViewGetVhomogeneous(x.GoPointer())
1009+ return cret
1010+}
1011+
8591012 var xNavigationViewGetVisiblePage func(uintptr) uintptr
8601013
8611014 // Gets the currently visible page in @self.
@@ -873,6 +1026,15 @@ func (x *NavigationView) GetVisiblePage() *NavigationPage {
8731026 return cls
8741027 }
8751028
1029+var xNavigationViewGetVisiblePageTag func(uintptr) string
1030+
1031+// Gets the tag of the currently visible page in @self.
1032+func (x *NavigationView) GetVisiblePageTag() string {
1033+
1034+ cret := xNavigationViewGetVisiblePageTag(x.GoPointer())
1035+ return cret
1036+}
1037+
8761038 var xNavigationViewPop func(uintptr) bool
8771039
8781040 // Pops the visible page from the navigation stack.
@@ -1032,6 +1194,20 @@ func (x *NavigationView) SetAnimateTransitions(AnimateTransitionsVar bool) {
10321194
10331195 }
10341196
1197+var xNavigationViewSetHhomogeneous func(uintptr, bool)
1198+
1199+// Sets @self to be horizontally homogeneous or not.
1200+//
1201+// If the view is horizontally homogeneous, it allocates the same width for
1202+// all pages.
1203+//
1204+// If it's not, the view may change width when a different page becomes visible.
1205+func (x *NavigationView) SetHhomogeneous(HhomogeneousVar bool) {
1206+
1207+ xNavigationViewSetHhomogeneous(x.GoPointer(), HhomogeneousVar)
1208+
1209+}
1210+
10351211 var xNavigationViewSetPopOnEscape func(uintptr, bool)
10361212
10371213 // Sets whether pressing Escape pops the current page on @self.
@@ -1044,6 +1220,21 @@ func (x *NavigationView) SetPopOnEscape(PopOnEscapeVar bool) {
10441220
10451221 }
10461222
1223+var xNavigationViewSetVhomogeneous func(uintptr, bool)
1224+
1225+// Sets @self to be vertically homogeneous or not.
1226+//
1227+// If the view is vertically homogeneous, it allocates the same height for
1228+// all pages.
1229+//
1230+// If it's not, the view may change height when a different page becomes
1231+// visible.
1232+func (x *NavigationView) SetVhomogeneous(VhomogeneousVar bool) {
1233+
1234+ xNavigationViewSetVhomogeneous(x.GoPointer(), VhomogeneousVar)
1235+
1236+}
1237+
10471238 func (c *NavigationView) GoPointer() uintptr {
10481239 if c == nil {
10491240 return 0
@@ -1204,34 +1395,165 @@ func (x *NavigationView) GetSwipeArea(NavigationDirectionVar NavigationDirection
12041395
12051396 }
12061397
1207-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
1398+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
1399+//
1400+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
1401+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
1402+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
1403+// successful operation.
1404+//
1405+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
1406+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
1407+func (x *NavigationView) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
1408+
1409+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
1410+
1411+}
1412+
1413+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
1414+//
1415+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
1416+func (x *NavigationView) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
1417+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
1418+
1419+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
1420+
1421+ if cret == 0 {
1422+ return nil
1423+ }
1424+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
1425+ cls.Ptr = cret
1426+ return cls
1427+}
1428+
1429+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
12081430 func (x *NavigationView) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
12091431
12101432 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
12111433 return cret
12121434 }
12131435
1214-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
1436+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
1437+func (x *NavigationView) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
1438+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
1439+
1440+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
1441+
1442+ if cret == 0 {
1443+ return nil
1444+ }
1445+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
1446+ cls.Ptr = cret
1447+ return cls
1448+}
1449+
1450+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
1451+//
1452+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
1453+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
1454+// child widget.
1455+func (x *NavigationView) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
1456+
1457+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
1458+ return cret
1459+}
1460+
1461+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
1462+func (x *NavigationView) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
1463+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
1464+
1465+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
1466+
1467+ if cret == 0 {
1468+ return nil
1469+ }
1470+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
1471+ cls.Ptr = cret
1472+ return cls
1473+}
1474+
1475+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
1476+func (x *NavigationView) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
1477+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
1478+
1479+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
1480+
1481+ if cret == 0 {
1482+ return nil
1483+ }
1484+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
1485+ cls.Ptr = cret
1486+ return cls
1487+}
1488+
1489+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
1490+//
1491+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
1492+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
1493+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
1494+func (x *NavigationView) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
1495+
1496+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
1497+ return cret
1498+}
1499+
1500+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
12151501 func (x *NavigationView) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
12161502
12171503 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
12181504
12191505 }
12201506
1221-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
1507+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
12221508 func (x *NavigationView) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
12231509
12241510 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
12251511
12261512 }
12271513
1228-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
1514+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
12291515 func (x *NavigationView) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
12301516
12311517 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
12321518
12331519 }
12341520
1521+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
1522+//
1523+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
1524+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
1525+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
1526+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
1527+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
1528+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
1529+// object is the container widget.
1530+func (x *NavigationView) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
1531+
1532+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
1533+
1534+}
1535+
1536+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
1537+//
1538+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
1539+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
1540+func (x *NavigationView) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
1541+
1542+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
1543+
1544+}
1545+
1546+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
1547+//
1548+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
1549+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
1550+// states automatically.
1551+func (x *NavigationView) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
1552+
1553+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
1554+
1555+}
1556+
12351557 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
12361558 //
12371559 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -1274,7 +1596,7 @@ func (x *NavigationView) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar [
12741596 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
12751597 //
12761598 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
1277-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
1599+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
12781600 //
12791601 // ```c
12801602 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -1304,13 +1626,17 @@ func (x *NavigationView) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []g
13041626
13051627 }
13061628
1307-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
1308-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
1629+// Updates a list of accessible states.
13091630 //
1310-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
1311-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
1631+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
1632+// value types of accessible states.
1633+//
1634+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
1635+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
1636+// technologies.
13121637 //
13131638 // Example:
1639+//
13141640 // ```c
13151641 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
13161642 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -1340,7 +1666,7 @@ func (x *NavigationView) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Access
13401666 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
13411667 //
13421668 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
1343-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
1669+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
13441670 func (x *NavigationView) GetBuildableId() string {
13451671
13461672 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
@@ -1376,10 +1702,13 @@ func init() {
13761702 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewAdd, lib, "adw_navigation_view_add")
13771703 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewFindPage, lib, "adw_navigation_view_find_page")
13781704 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewGetAnimateTransitions, lib, "adw_navigation_view_get_animate_transitions")
1705+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewGetHhomogeneous, lib, "adw_navigation_view_get_hhomogeneous")
13791706 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewGetNavigationStack, lib, "adw_navigation_view_get_navigation_stack")
13801707 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewGetPopOnEscape, lib, "adw_navigation_view_get_pop_on_escape")
13811708 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewGetPreviousPage, lib, "adw_navigation_view_get_previous_page")
1709+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewGetVhomogeneous, lib, "adw_navigation_view_get_vhomogeneous")
13821710 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewGetVisiblePage, lib, "adw_navigation_view_get_visible_page")
1711+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewGetVisiblePageTag, lib, "adw_navigation_view_get_visible_page_tag")
13831712 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewPop, lib, "adw_navigation_view_pop")
13841713 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewPopToPage, lib, "adw_navigation_view_pop_to_page")
13851714 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewPopToTag, lib, "adw_navigation_view_pop_to_tag")
@@ -1389,6 +1718,8 @@ func init() {
13891718 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewReplace, lib, "adw_navigation_view_replace")
13901719 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewReplaceWithTags, lib, "adw_navigation_view_replace_with_tags")
13911720 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewSetAnimateTransitions, lib, "adw_navigation_view_set_animate_transitions")
1721+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewSetHhomogeneous, lib, "adw_navigation_view_set_hhomogeneous")
13921722 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewSetPopOnEscape, lib, "adw_navigation_view_set_pop_on_escape")
1723+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewSetVhomogeneous, lib, "adw_navigation_view_set_vhomogeneous")
13931724
13941725 }
M v4/adw/adw-overlay-split-view.go +145 -10
@@ -522,34 +522,165 @@ func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetSwipeArea(NavigationDirectionVar NavigationDirecti
522522
523523 }
524524
525-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
525+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
526+//
527+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
528+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
529+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
530+// successful operation.
531+//
532+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
533+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
534+func (x *OverlaySplitView) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
535+
536+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
537+
538+}
539+
540+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
541+//
542+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
543+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
544+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
545+
546+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
547+
548+ if cret == 0 {
549+ return nil
550+ }
551+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
552+ cls.Ptr = cret
553+ return cls
554+}
555+
556+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
526557 func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
527558
528559 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
529560 return cret
530561 }
531562
532-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
563+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
564+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
565+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
566+
567+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
568+
569+ if cret == 0 {
570+ return nil
571+ }
572+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
573+ cls.Ptr = cret
574+ return cls
575+}
576+
577+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
578+//
579+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
580+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
581+// child widget.
582+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
583+
584+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
585+ return cret
586+}
587+
588+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
589+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
590+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
591+
592+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
593+
594+ if cret == 0 {
595+ return nil
596+ }
597+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
598+ cls.Ptr = cret
599+ return cls
600+}
601+
602+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
603+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
604+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
605+
606+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
607+
608+ if cret == 0 {
609+ return nil
610+ }
611+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
612+ cls.Ptr = cret
613+ return cls
614+}
615+
616+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
617+//
618+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
619+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
620+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
621+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
622+
623+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
624+ return cret
625+}
626+
627+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
533628 func (x *OverlaySplitView) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
534629
535630 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
536631
537632 }
538633
539-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
634+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
540635 func (x *OverlaySplitView) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
541636
542637 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
543638
544639 }
545640
546-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
641+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
547642 func (x *OverlaySplitView) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
548643
549644 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
550645
551646 }
552647
648+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
649+//
650+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
651+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
652+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
653+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
654+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
655+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
656+// object is the container widget.
657+func (x *OverlaySplitView) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
658+
659+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
660+
661+}
662+
663+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
664+//
665+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
666+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
667+func (x *OverlaySplitView) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
668+
669+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
670+
671+}
672+
673+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
674+//
675+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
676+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
677+// states automatically.
678+func (x *OverlaySplitView) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
679+
680+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
681+
682+}
683+
553684 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
554685 //
555686 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -592,7 +723,7 @@ func (x *OverlaySplitView) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar
592723 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
593724 //
594725 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
595-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
726+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
596727 //
597728 // ```c
598729 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -622,13 +753,17 @@ func (x *OverlaySplitView) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar [
622753
623754 }
624755
625-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
626-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
756+// Updates a list of accessible states.
627757 //
628-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
629-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
758+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
759+// value types of accessible states.
760+//
761+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
762+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
763+// technologies.
630764 //
631765 // Example:
766+//
632767 // ```c
633768 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
634769 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -658,7 +793,7 @@ func (x *OverlaySplitView) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Acce
658793 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
659794 //
660795 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
661-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
796+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
662797 func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetBuildableId() string {
663798
664799 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-password-entry-row.go +187 -10
@@ -88,34 +88,165 @@ func (c *PasswordEntryRow) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
8888 c.Ptr = ptr
8989 }
9090
91-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
91+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
92+//
93+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
94+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
95+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
96+// successful operation.
97+//
98+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
99+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
100+func (x *PasswordEntryRow) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
101+
102+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
103+
104+}
105+
106+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
107+//
108+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
109+func (x *PasswordEntryRow) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
110+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
111+
112+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
113+
114+ if cret == 0 {
115+ return nil
116+ }
117+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
118+ cls.Ptr = cret
119+ return cls
120+}
121+
122+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
92123 func (x *PasswordEntryRow) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
93124
94125 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
95126 return cret
96127 }
97128
98-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
129+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
130+func (x *PasswordEntryRow) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
131+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
132+
133+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
134+
135+ if cret == 0 {
136+ return nil
137+ }
138+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
139+ cls.Ptr = cret
140+ return cls
141+}
142+
143+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
144+//
145+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
146+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
147+// child widget.
148+func (x *PasswordEntryRow) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
149+
150+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
151+ return cret
152+}
153+
154+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
155+func (x *PasswordEntryRow) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
156+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
157+
158+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
159+
160+ if cret == 0 {
161+ return nil
162+ }
163+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
164+ cls.Ptr = cret
165+ return cls
166+}
167+
168+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
169+func (x *PasswordEntryRow) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
170+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
171+
172+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
173+
174+ if cret == 0 {
175+ return nil
176+ }
177+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
178+ cls.Ptr = cret
179+ return cls
180+}
181+
182+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
183+//
184+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
185+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
186+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
187+func (x *PasswordEntryRow) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
188+
189+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
190+ return cret
191+}
192+
193+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
99194 func (x *PasswordEntryRow) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
100195
101196 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
102197
103198 }
104199
105-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
200+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
106201 func (x *PasswordEntryRow) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
107202
108203 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
109204
110205 }
111206
112-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
207+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
113208 func (x *PasswordEntryRow) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
114209
115210 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
116211
117212 }
118213
214+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
215+//
216+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
217+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
218+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
219+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
220+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
221+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
222+// object is the container widget.
223+func (x *PasswordEntryRow) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
224+
225+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
226+
227+}
228+
229+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
230+//
231+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
232+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
233+func (x *PasswordEntryRow) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
234+
235+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
236+
237+}
238+
239+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
240+//
241+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
242+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
243+// states automatically.
244+func (x *PasswordEntryRow) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
245+
246+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
247+
248+}
249+
119250 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
120251 //
121252 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -158,7 +289,7 @@ func (x *PasswordEntryRow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar
158289 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
159290 //
160291 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
161-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
292+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
162293 //
163294 // ```c
164295 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -188,13 +319,17 @@ func (x *PasswordEntryRow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar [
188319
189320 }
190321
191-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
192-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
322+// Updates a list of accessible states.
193323 //
194-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
195-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
324+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
325+// value types of accessible states.
326+//
327+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
328+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
329+// technologies.
196330 //
197331 // Example:
332+//
198333 // ```c
199334 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
200335 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -307,13 +442,55 @@ func (x *PasswordEntryRow) SetDetailedActionName(DetailedActionNameVar string) {
307442 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
308443 //
309444 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
310-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
445+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
311446 func (x *PasswordEntryRow) GetBuildableId() string {
312447
313448 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
314449 return cret
315450 }
316451
452+// Retrieves the accessible platform state from the editable delegate.
453+//
454+// This is an helper function to retrieve the accessible state for
455+// `GtkEditable` interface implementations using a delegate pattern.
456+//
457+// You should call this function in your editable widget implementation
458+// of the [vfunc@Gtk.Accessible.get_platform_state] virtual function, for
459+// instance:
460+//
461+// ```c
462+// static void
463+// accessible_interface_init (GtkAccessibleInterface *iface)
464+//
465+// {
466+// iface->get_platform_state = your_editable_get_accessible_platform_state;
467+// }
468+//
469+// static gboolean
470+// your_editable_get_accessible_platform_state (GtkAccessible *accessible,
471+//
472+// GtkAccessiblePlatformState state)
473+//
474+// {
475+// return gtk_editable_delegate_get_accessible_platform_state (GTK_EDITABLE (accessible), state);
476+// }
477+//
478+// ```
479+//
480+// Note that the widget which is the delegate *must* be a direct child of
481+// this widget, otherwise your implementation of [vfunc@Gtk.Accessible.get_platform_state]
482+// might not even be called, as the platform change will originate from
483+// the parent of the delegate, and, as a result, will not work properly.
484+//
485+// So, if you can't ensure the direct child condition, you should give the
486+// delegate the %GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_TEXT_BOX role, or you can
487+// change your tree to allow this function to work.
488+func (x *PasswordEntryRow) DelegateGetAccessiblePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
489+
490+ cret := gtk.XGtkEditableDelegateGetAccessiblePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
491+ return cret
492+}
493+
317494 // Deletes the currently selected text of the editable.
318495 //
319496 // This call doesn’t do anything if there is no selected text.
M v4/adw/adw-preferences-dialog.go +145 -10
@@ -203,34 +203,165 @@ func (c *PreferencesDialog) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
203203 c.Ptr = ptr
204204 }
205205
206-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
206+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
207+//
208+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
209+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
210+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
211+// successful operation.
212+//
213+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
214+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
215+func (x *PreferencesDialog) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
216+
217+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
218+
219+}
220+
221+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
222+//
223+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
224+func (x *PreferencesDialog) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
225+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
226+
227+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
228+
229+ if cret == 0 {
230+ return nil
231+ }
232+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
233+ cls.Ptr = cret
234+ return cls
235+}
236+
237+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
207238 func (x *PreferencesDialog) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
208239
209240 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
210241 return cret
211242 }
212243
213-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
244+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
245+func (x *PreferencesDialog) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
246+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
247+
248+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
249+
250+ if cret == 0 {
251+ return nil
252+ }
253+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
254+ cls.Ptr = cret
255+ return cls
256+}
257+
258+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
259+//
260+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
261+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
262+// child widget.
263+func (x *PreferencesDialog) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
264+
265+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
266+ return cret
267+}
268+
269+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
270+func (x *PreferencesDialog) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
271+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
272+
273+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
274+
275+ if cret == 0 {
276+ return nil
277+ }
278+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
279+ cls.Ptr = cret
280+ return cls
281+}
282+
283+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
284+func (x *PreferencesDialog) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
285+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
286+
287+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
288+
289+ if cret == 0 {
290+ return nil
291+ }
292+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
293+ cls.Ptr = cret
294+ return cls
295+}
296+
297+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
298+//
299+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
300+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
301+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
302+func (x *PreferencesDialog) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
303+
304+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
305+ return cret
306+}
307+
308+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
214309 func (x *PreferencesDialog) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
215310
216311 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
217312
218313 }
219314
220-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
315+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
221316 func (x *PreferencesDialog) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
222317
223318 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
224319
225320 }
226321
227-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
322+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
228323 func (x *PreferencesDialog) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
229324
230325 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
231326
232327 }
233328
329+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
330+//
331+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
332+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
333+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
334+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
335+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
336+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
337+// object is the container widget.
338+func (x *PreferencesDialog) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
339+
340+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
341+
342+}
343+
344+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
345+//
346+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
347+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
348+func (x *PreferencesDialog) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
349+
350+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
351+
352+}
353+
354+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
355+//
356+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
357+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
358+// states automatically.
359+func (x *PreferencesDialog) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
360+
361+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
362+
363+}
364+
234365 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
235366 //
236367 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -273,7 +404,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesDialog) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVa
273404 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
274405 //
275406 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
276-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
407+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
277408 //
278409 // ```c
279410 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -303,13 +434,17 @@ func (x *PreferencesDialog) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar
303434
304435 }
305436
306-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
307-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
437+// Updates a list of accessible states.
308438 //
309-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
310-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
439+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
440+// value types of accessible states.
441+//
442+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
443+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
444+// technologies.
311445 //
312446 // Example:
447+//
313448 // ```c
314449 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
315450 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -339,7 +474,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesDialog) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Acc
339474 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
340475 //
341476 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
342-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
477+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
343478 func (x *PreferencesDialog) GetBuildableId() string {
344479
345480 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-preferences-group.go +145 -10
@@ -212,34 +212,165 @@ func (c *PreferencesGroup) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
212212 c.Ptr = ptr
213213 }
214214
215-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
215+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
216+//
217+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
218+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
219+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
220+// successful operation.
221+//
222+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
223+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
224+func (x *PreferencesGroup) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
225+
226+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
227+
228+}
229+
230+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
231+//
232+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
233+func (x *PreferencesGroup) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
234+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
235+
236+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
237+
238+ if cret == 0 {
239+ return nil
240+ }
241+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
242+ cls.Ptr = cret
243+ return cls
244+}
245+
246+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
216247 func (x *PreferencesGroup) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
217248
218249 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
219250 return cret
220251 }
221252
222-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
253+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
254+func (x *PreferencesGroup) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
255+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
256+
257+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
258+
259+ if cret == 0 {
260+ return nil
261+ }
262+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
263+ cls.Ptr = cret
264+ return cls
265+}
266+
267+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
268+//
269+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
270+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
271+// child widget.
272+func (x *PreferencesGroup) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
273+
274+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
275+ return cret
276+}
277+
278+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
279+func (x *PreferencesGroup) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
280+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
281+
282+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
283+
284+ if cret == 0 {
285+ return nil
286+ }
287+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
288+ cls.Ptr = cret
289+ return cls
290+}
291+
292+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
293+func (x *PreferencesGroup) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
294+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
295+
296+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
297+
298+ if cret == 0 {
299+ return nil
300+ }
301+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
302+ cls.Ptr = cret
303+ return cls
304+}
305+
306+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
307+//
308+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
309+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
310+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
311+func (x *PreferencesGroup) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
312+
313+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
314+ return cret
315+}
316+
317+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
223318 func (x *PreferencesGroup) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
224319
225320 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
226321
227322 }
228323
229-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
324+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
230325 func (x *PreferencesGroup) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
231326
232327 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
233328
234329 }
235330
236-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
331+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
237332 func (x *PreferencesGroup) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
238333
239334 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
240335
241336 }
242337
338+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
339+//
340+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
341+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
342+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
343+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
344+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
345+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
346+// object is the container widget.
347+func (x *PreferencesGroup) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
348+
349+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
350+
351+}
352+
353+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
354+//
355+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
356+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
357+func (x *PreferencesGroup) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
358+
359+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
360+
361+}
362+
363+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
364+//
365+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
366+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
367+// states automatically.
368+func (x *PreferencesGroup) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
369+
370+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
371+
372+}
373+
243374 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
244375 //
245376 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -282,7 +413,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesGroup) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar
282413 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
283414 //
284415 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
285-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
416+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
286417 //
287418 // ```c
288419 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -312,13 +443,17 @@ func (x *PreferencesGroup) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar [
312443
313444 }
314445
315-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
316-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
446+// Updates a list of accessible states.
317447 //
318-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
319-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
448+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
449+// value types of accessible states.
450+//
451+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
452+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
453+// technologies.
320454 //
321455 // Example:
456+//
322457 // ```c
323458 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
324459 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -348,7 +483,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesGroup) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Acce
348483 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
349484 //
350485 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
351-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
486+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
352487 func (x *PreferencesGroup) GetBuildableId() string {
353488
354489 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-preferences-page.go +173 -10
@@ -85,6 +85,23 @@ func (x *PreferencesPage) Add(GroupVar *PreferencesGroup) {
8585
8686 }
8787
88+var xPreferencesPageGetBanner func(uintptr) uintptr
89+
90+// Gets the banner displayed at the top of the page.
91+func (x *PreferencesPage) GetBanner() *Banner {
92+ var cls *Banner
93+
94+ cret := xPreferencesPageGetBanner(x.GoPointer())
95+
96+ if cret == 0 {
97+ return nil
98+ }
99+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
100+ cls = &Banner{}
101+ cls.Ptr = cret
102+ return cls
103+}
104+
88105 var xPreferencesPageGetDescription func(uintptr) string
89106
90107 // Gets the description of @self.
@@ -157,6 +174,15 @@ func (x *PreferencesPage) ScrollToTop() {
157174
158175 }
159176
177+var xPreferencesPageSetBanner func(uintptr, uintptr)
178+
179+// Sets the banner displayed at the top of the page.
180+func (x *PreferencesPage) SetBanner(BannerVar *Banner) {
181+
182+ xPreferencesPageSetBanner(x.GoPointer(), BannerVar.GoPointer())
183+
184+}
185+
160186 var xPreferencesPageSetDescription func(uintptr, string)
161187
162188 // Sets the description of @self.
@@ -224,34 +250,165 @@ func (c *PreferencesPage) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
224250 c.Ptr = ptr
225251 }
226252
227-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
253+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
254+//
255+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
256+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
257+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
258+// successful operation.
259+//
260+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
261+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
262+func (x *PreferencesPage) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
263+
264+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
265+
266+}
267+
268+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
269+//
270+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
271+func (x *PreferencesPage) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
272+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
273+
274+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
275+
276+ if cret == 0 {
277+ return nil
278+ }
279+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
280+ cls.Ptr = cret
281+ return cls
282+}
283+
284+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
228285 func (x *PreferencesPage) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
229286
230287 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
231288 return cret
232289 }
233290
234-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
291+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
292+func (x *PreferencesPage) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
293+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
294+
295+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
296+
297+ if cret == 0 {
298+ return nil
299+ }
300+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
301+ cls.Ptr = cret
302+ return cls
303+}
304+
305+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
306+//
307+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
308+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
309+// child widget.
310+func (x *PreferencesPage) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
311+
312+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
313+ return cret
314+}
315+
316+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
317+func (x *PreferencesPage) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
318+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
319+
320+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
321+
322+ if cret == 0 {
323+ return nil
324+ }
325+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
326+ cls.Ptr = cret
327+ return cls
328+}
329+
330+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
331+func (x *PreferencesPage) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
332+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
333+
334+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
335+
336+ if cret == 0 {
337+ return nil
338+ }
339+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
340+ cls.Ptr = cret
341+ return cls
342+}
343+
344+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
345+//
346+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
347+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
348+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
349+func (x *PreferencesPage) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
350+
351+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
352+ return cret
353+}
354+
355+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
235356 func (x *PreferencesPage) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
236357
237358 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
238359
239360 }
240361
241-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
362+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
242363 func (x *PreferencesPage) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
243364
244365 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
245366
246367 }
247368
248-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
369+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
249370 func (x *PreferencesPage) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
250371
251372 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
252373
253374 }
254375
376+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
377+//
378+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
379+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
380+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
381+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
382+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
383+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
384+// object is the container widget.
385+func (x *PreferencesPage) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
386+
387+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
388+
389+}
390+
391+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
392+//
393+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
394+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
395+func (x *PreferencesPage) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
396+
397+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
398+
399+}
400+
401+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
402+//
403+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
404+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
405+// states automatically.
406+func (x *PreferencesPage) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
407+
408+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
409+
410+}
411+
255412 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
256413 //
257414 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -294,7 +451,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesPage) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar
294451 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
295452 //
296453 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
297-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
454+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
298455 //
299456 // ```c
300457 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -324,13 +481,17 @@ func (x *PreferencesPage) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []
324481
325482 }
326483
327-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
328-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
484+// Updates a list of accessible states.
329485 //
330-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
331-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
486+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
487+// value types of accessible states.
488+//
489+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
490+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
491+// technologies.
332492 //
333493 // Example:
494+//
334495 // ```c
335496 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
336497 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -360,7 +521,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesPage) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Acces
360521 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
361522 //
362523 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
363-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
524+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
364525 func (x *PreferencesPage) GetBuildableId() string {
365526
366527 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
@@ -380,6 +541,7 @@ func init() {
380541 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewPreferencesPage, lib, "adw_preferences_page_new")
381542
382543 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageAdd, lib, "adw_preferences_page_add")
544+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageGetBanner, lib, "adw_preferences_page_get_banner")
383545 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageGetDescription, lib, "adw_preferences_page_get_description")
384546 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageGetDescriptionCentered, lib, "adw_preferences_page_get_description_centered")
385547 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageGetIconName, lib, "adw_preferences_page_get_icon_name")
@@ -388,6 +550,7 @@ func init() {
388550 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageGetUseUnderline, lib, "adw_preferences_page_get_use_underline")
389551 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageRemove, lib, "adw_preferences_page_remove")
390552 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageScrollToTop, lib, "adw_preferences_page_scroll_to_top")
553+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageSetBanner, lib, "adw_preferences_page_set_banner")
391554 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageSetDescription, lib, "adw_preferences_page_set_description")
392555 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageSetDescriptionCentered, lib, "adw_preferences_page_set_description_centered")
393556 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageSetIconName, lib, "adw_preferences_page_set_icon_name")
M v4/adw/adw-preferences-row.go +145 -10
@@ -159,34 +159,165 @@ func (c *PreferencesRow) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
159159 c.Ptr = ptr
160160 }
161161
162-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
162+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
163+//
164+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
165+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
166+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
167+// successful operation.
168+//
169+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
170+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
171+func (x *PreferencesRow) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
172+
173+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
174+
175+}
176+
177+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
178+//
179+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
180+func (x *PreferencesRow) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
181+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
182+
183+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
184+
185+ if cret == 0 {
186+ return nil
187+ }
188+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
189+ cls.Ptr = cret
190+ return cls
191+}
192+
193+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
163194 func (x *PreferencesRow) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
164195
165196 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
166197 return cret
167198 }
168199
169-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
200+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
201+func (x *PreferencesRow) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
202+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
203+
204+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
205+
206+ if cret == 0 {
207+ return nil
208+ }
209+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
210+ cls.Ptr = cret
211+ return cls
212+}
213+
214+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
215+//
216+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
217+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
218+// child widget.
219+func (x *PreferencesRow) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
220+
221+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
222+ return cret
223+}
224+
225+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
226+func (x *PreferencesRow) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
227+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
228+
229+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
230+
231+ if cret == 0 {
232+ return nil
233+ }
234+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
235+ cls.Ptr = cret
236+ return cls
237+}
238+
239+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
240+func (x *PreferencesRow) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
241+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
242+
243+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
244+
245+ if cret == 0 {
246+ return nil
247+ }
248+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
249+ cls.Ptr = cret
250+ return cls
251+}
252+
253+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
254+//
255+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
256+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
257+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
258+func (x *PreferencesRow) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
259+
260+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
261+ return cret
262+}
263+
264+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
170265 func (x *PreferencesRow) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
171266
172267 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
173268
174269 }
175270
176-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
271+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
177272 func (x *PreferencesRow) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
178273
179274 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
180275
181276 }
182277
183-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
278+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
184279 func (x *PreferencesRow) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
185280
186281 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
187282
188283 }
189284
285+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
286+//
287+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
288+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
289+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
290+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
291+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
292+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
293+// object is the container widget.
294+func (x *PreferencesRow) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
295+
296+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
297+
298+}
299+
300+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
301+//
302+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
303+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
304+func (x *PreferencesRow) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
305+
306+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
307+
308+}
309+
310+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
311+//
312+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
313+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
314+// states automatically.
315+func (x *PreferencesRow) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
316+
317+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
318+
319+}
320+
190321 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
191322 //
192323 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -229,7 +360,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesRow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar [
229360 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
230361 //
231362 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
232-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
363+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
233364 //
234365 // ```c
235366 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -259,13 +390,17 @@ func (x *PreferencesRow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []g
259390
260391 }
261392
262-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
263-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
393+// Updates a list of accessible states.
264394 //
265-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
266-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
395+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
396+// value types of accessible states.
397+//
398+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
399+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
400+// technologies.
267401 //
268402 // Example:
403+//
269404 // ```c
270405 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
271406 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -378,7 +513,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesRow) SetDetailedActionName(DetailedActionNameVar string) {
378513 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
379514 //
380515 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
381-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
516+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
382517 func (x *PreferencesRow) GetBuildableId() string {
383518
384519 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-preferences-window.go +145 -10
@@ -253,34 +253,165 @@ func (c *PreferencesWindow) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
253253 c.Ptr = ptr
254254 }
255255
256-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
256+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
257+//
258+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
259+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
260+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
261+// successful operation.
262+//
263+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
264+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
265+func (x *PreferencesWindow) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
266+
267+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
268+
269+}
270+
271+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
272+//
273+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
274+func (x *PreferencesWindow) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
275+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
276+
277+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
278+
279+ if cret == 0 {
280+ return nil
281+ }
282+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
283+ cls.Ptr = cret
284+ return cls
285+}
286+
287+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
257288 func (x *PreferencesWindow) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
258289
259290 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
260291 return cret
261292 }
262293
263-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
294+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
295+func (x *PreferencesWindow) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
296+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
297+
298+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
299+
300+ if cret == 0 {
301+ return nil
302+ }
303+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
304+ cls.Ptr = cret
305+ return cls
306+}
307+
308+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
309+//
310+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
311+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
312+// child widget.
313+func (x *PreferencesWindow) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
314+
315+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
316+ return cret
317+}
318+
319+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
320+func (x *PreferencesWindow) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
321+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
322+
323+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
324+
325+ if cret == 0 {
326+ return nil
327+ }
328+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
329+ cls.Ptr = cret
330+ return cls
331+}
332+
333+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
334+func (x *PreferencesWindow) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
335+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
336+
337+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
338+
339+ if cret == 0 {
340+ return nil
341+ }
342+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
343+ cls.Ptr = cret
344+ return cls
345+}
346+
347+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
348+//
349+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
350+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
351+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
352+func (x *PreferencesWindow) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
353+
354+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
355+ return cret
356+}
357+
358+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
264359 func (x *PreferencesWindow) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
265360
266361 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
267362
268363 }
269364
270-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
365+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
271366 func (x *PreferencesWindow) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
272367
273368 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
274369
275370 }
276371
277-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
372+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
278373 func (x *PreferencesWindow) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
279374
280375 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
281376
282377 }
283378
379+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
380+//
381+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
382+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
383+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
384+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
385+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
386+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
387+// object is the container widget.
388+func (x *PreferencesWindow) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
389+
390+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
391+
392+}
393+
394+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
395+//
396+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
397+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
398+func (x *PreferencesWindow) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
399+
400+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
401+
402+}
403+
404+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
405+//
406+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
407+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
408+// states automatically.
409+func (x *PreferencesWindow) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
410+
411+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
412+
413+}
414+
284415 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
285416 //
286417 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -323,7 +454,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesWindow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVa
323454 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
324455 //
325456 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
326-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
457+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
327458 //
328459 // ```c
329460 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -353,13 +484,17 @@ func (x *PreferencesWindow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar
353484
354485 }
355486
356-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
357-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
487+// Updates a list of accessible states.
358488 //
359-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
360-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
489+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
490+// value types of accessible states.
491+//
492+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
493+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
494+// technologies.
361495 //
362496 // Example:
497+//
363498 // ```c
364499 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
365500 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -389,7 +524,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesWindow) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Acc
389524 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
390525 //
391526 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
392-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
527+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
393528 func (x *PreferencesWindow) GetBuildableId() string {
394529
395530 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-spin-row.go +187 -10
@@ -392,34 +392,165 @@ func (x *SpinRow) ConnectWrapped(cb *func(SpinRow)) uint32 {
392392 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "wrapped", cbRefPtr)
393393 }
394394
395-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
395+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
396+//
397+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
398+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
399+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
400+// successful operation.
401+//
402+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
403+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
404+func (x *SpinRow) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
405+
406+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
407+
408+}
409+
410+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
411+//
412+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
413+func (x *SpinRow) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
414+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
415+
416+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
417+
418+ if cret == 0 {
419+ return nil
420+ }
421+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
422+ cls.Ptr = cret
423+ return cls
424+}
425+
426+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
396427 func (x *SpinRow) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
397428
398429 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
399430 return cret
400431 }
401432
402-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
433+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
434+func (x *SpinRow) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
435+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
436+
437+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
438+
439+ if cret == 0 {
440+ return nil
441+ }
442+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
443+ cls.Ptr = cret
444+ return cls
445+}
446+
447+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
448+//
449+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
450+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
451+// child widget.
452+func (x *SpinRow) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
453+
454+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
455+ return cret
456+}
457+
458+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
459+func (x *SpinRow) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
460+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
461+
462+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
463+
464+ if cret == 0 {
465+ return nil
466+ }
467+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
468+ cls.Ptr = cret
469+ return cls
470+}
471+
472+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
473+func (x *SpinRow) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
474+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
475+
476+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
477+
478+ if cret == 0 {
479+ return nil
480+ }
481+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
482+ cls.Ptr = cret
483+ return cls
484+}
485+
486+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
487+//
488+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
489+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
490+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
491+func (x *SpinRow) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
492+
493+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
494+ return cret
495+}
496+
497+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
403498 func (x *SpinRow) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
404499
405500 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
406501
407502 }
408503
409-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
504+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
410505 func (x *SpinRow) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
411506
412507 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
413508
414509 }
415510
416-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
511+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
417512 func (x *SpinRow) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
418513
419514 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
420515
421516 }
422517
518+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
519+//
520+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
521+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
522+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
523+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
524+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
525+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
526+// object is the container widget.
527+func (x *SpinRow) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
528+
529+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
530+
531+}
532+
533+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
534+//
535+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
536+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
537+func (x *SpinRow) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
538+
539+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
540+
541+}
542+
543+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
544+//
545+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
546+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
547+// states automatically.
548+func (x *SpinRow) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
549+
550+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
551+
552+}
553+
423554 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
424555 //
425556 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -462,7 +593,7 @@ func (x *SpinRow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.Ac
462593 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
463594 //
464595 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
465-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
596+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
466597 //
467598 // ```c
468599 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -492,13 +623,17 @@ func (x *SpinRow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Acce
492623
493624 }
494625
495-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
496-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
626+// Updates a list of accessible states.
497627 //
498-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
499-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
628+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
629+// value types of accessible states.
630+//
631+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
632+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
633+// technologies.
500634 //
501635 // Example:
636+//
502637 // ```c
503638 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
504639 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -611,13 +746,55 @@ func (x *SpinRow) SetDetailedActionName(DetailedActionNameVar string) {
611746 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
612747 //
613748 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
614-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
749+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
615750 func (x *SpinRow) GetBuildableId() string {
616751
617752 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
618753 return cret
619754 }
620755
756+// Retrieves the accessible platform state from the editable delegate.
757+//
758+// This is an helper function to retrieve the accessible state for
759+// `GtkEditable` interface implementations using a delegate pattern.
760+//
761+// You should call this function in your editable widget implementation
762+// of the [vfunc@Gtk.Accessible.get_platform_state] virtual function, for
763+// instance:
764+//
765+// ```c
766+// static void
767+// accessible_interface_init (GtkAccessibleInterface *iface)
768+//
769+// {
770+// iface->get_platform_state = your_editable_get_accessible_platform_state;
771+// }
772+//
773+// static gboolean
774+// your_editable_get_accessible_platform_state (GtkAccessible *accessible,
775+//
776+// GtkAccessiblePlatformState state)
777+//
778+// {
779+// return gtk_editable_delegate_get_accessible_platform_state (GTK_EDITABLE (accessible), state);
780+// }
781+//
782+// ```
783+//
784+// Note that the widget which is the delegate *must* be a direct child of
785+// this widget, otherwise your implementation of [vfunc@Gtk.Accessible.get_platform_state]
786+// might not even be called, as the platform change will originate from
787+// the parent of the delegate, and, as a result, will not work properly.
788+//
789+// So, if you can't ensure the direct child condition, you should give the
790+// delegate the %GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_TEXT_BOX role, or you can
791+// change your tree to allow this function to work.
792+func (x *SpinRow) DelegateGetAccessiblePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
793+
794+ cret := gtk.XGtkEditableDelegateGetAccessiblePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
795+ return cret
796+}
797+
621798 // Deletes the currently selected text of the editable.
622799 //
623800 // This call doesn’t do anything if there is no selected text.
M v4/adw/adw-spinner.go +149 -10
@@ -58,6 +58,10 @@ func (x *SpinnerClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
5858 //
5959 // `AdwSpinner` has a single node with the name `image` and the style class
6060 // `.spinner`.
61+//
62+// ## Accessibility
63+//
64+// `AdwSpinner` uses the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRole.progress-bar] role.
6165 type Spinner struct {
6266 gtk.Widget
6367 }
@@ -102,34 +106,165 @@ func (c *Spinner) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
102106 c.Ptr = ptr
103107 }
104108
105-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
109+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
110+//
111+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
112+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
113+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
114+// successful operation.
115+//
116+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
117+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
118+func (x *Spinner) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
119+
120+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
121+
122+}
123+
124+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
125+//
126+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
127+func (x *Spinner) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
128+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
129+
130+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
131+
132+ if cret == 0 {
133+ return nil
134+ }
135+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
136+ cls.Ptr = cret
137+ return cls
138+}
139+
140+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
106141 func (x *Spinner) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
107142
108143 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
109144 return cret
110145 }
111146
112-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
147+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
148+func (x *Spinner) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
149+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
150+
151+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
152+
153+ if cret == 0 {
154+ return nil
155+ }
156+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
157+ cls.Ptr = cret
158+ return cls
159+}
160+
161+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
162+//
163+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
164+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
165+// child widget.
166+func (x *Spinner) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
167+
168+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
169+ return cret
170+}
171+
172+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
173+func (x *Spinner) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
174+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
175+
176+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
177+
178+ if cret == 0 {
179+ return nil
180+ }
181+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
182+ cls.Ptr = cret
183+ return cls
184+}
185+
186+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
187+func (x *Spinner) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
188+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
189+
190+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
191+
192+ if cret == 0 {
193+ return nil
194+ }
195+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
196+ cls.Ptr = cret
197+ return cls
198+}
199+
200+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
201+//
202+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
203+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
204+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
205+func (x *Spinner) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
206+
207+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
208+ return cret
209+}
210+
211+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
113212 func (x *Spinner) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
114213
115214 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
116215
117216 }
118217
119-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
218+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
120219 func (x *Spinner) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
121220
122221 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
123222
124223 }
125224
126-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
225+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
127226 func (x *Spinner) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
128227
129228 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
130229
131230 }
132231
232+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
233+//
234+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
235+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
236+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
237+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
238+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
239+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
240+// object is the container widget.
241+func (x *Spinner) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
242+
243+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
244+
245+}
246+
247+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
248+//
249+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
250+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
251+func (x *Spinner) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
252+
253+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
254+
255+}
256+
257+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
258+//
259+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
260+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
261+// states automatically.
262+func (x *Spinner) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
263+
264+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
265+
266+}
267+
133268 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
134269 //
135270 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -172,7 +307,7 @@ func (x *Spinner) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.Ac
172307 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
173308 //
174309 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
175-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
310+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
176311 //
177312 // ```c
178313 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -202,13 +337,17 @@ func (x *Spinner) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Acce
202337
203338 }
204339
205-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
206-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
340+// Updates a list of accessible states.
207341 //
208-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
209-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
342+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
343+// value types of accessible states.
344+//
345+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
346+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
347+// technologies.
210348 //
211349 // Example:
350+//
212351 // ```c
213352 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
214353 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -238,7 +377,7 @@ func (x *Spinner) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleSta
238377 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
239378 //
240379 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
241-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
380+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
242381 func (x *Spinner) GetBuildableId() string {
243382
244383 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-split-button.go +145 -10
@@ -405,34 +405,165 @@ func (x *SplitButton) ConnectClicked(cb *func(SplitButton)) uint32 {
405405 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "clicked", cbRefPtr)
406406 }
407407
408-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
408+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
409+//
410+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
411+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
412+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
413+// successful operation.
414+//
415+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
416+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
417+func (x *SplitButton) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
418+
419+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
420+
421+}
422+
423+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
424+//
425+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
426+func (x *SplitButton) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
427+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
428+
429+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
430+
431+ if cret == 0 {
432+ return nil
433+ }
434+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
435+ cls.Ptr = cret
436+ return cls
437+}
438+
439+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
409440 func (x *SplitButton) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
410441
411442 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
412443 return cret
413444 }
414445
415-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
446+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
447+func (x *SplitButton) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
448+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
449+
450+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
451+
452+ if cret == 0 {
453+ return nil
454+ }
455+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
456+ cls.Ptr = cret
457+ return cls
458+}
459+
460+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
461+//
462+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
463+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
464+// child widget.
465+func (x *SplitButton) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
466+
467+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
468+ return cret
469+}
470+
471+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
472+func (x *SplitButton) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
473+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
474+
475+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
476+
477+ if cret == 0 {
478+ return nil
479+ }
480+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
481+ cls.Ptr = cret
482+ return cls
483+}
484+
485+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
486+func (x *SplitButton) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
487+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
488+
489+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
490+
491+ if cret == 0 {
492+ return nil
493+ }
494+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
495+ cls.Ptr = cret
496+ return cls
497+}
498+
499+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
500+//
501+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
502+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
503+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
504+func (x *SplitButton) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
505+
506+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
507+ return cret
508+}
509+
510+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
416511 func (x *SplitButton) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
417512
418513 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
419514
420515 }
421516
422-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
517+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
423518 func (x *SplitButton) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
424519
425520 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
426521
427522 }
428523
429-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
524+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
430525 func (x *SplitButton) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
431526
432527 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
433528
434529 }
435530
531+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
532+//
533+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
534+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
535+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
536+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
537+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
538+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
539+// object is the container widget.
540+func (x *SplitButton) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
541+
542+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
543+
544+}
545+
546+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
547+//
548+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
549+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
550+func (x *SplitButton) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
551+
552+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
553+
554+}
555+
556+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
557+//
558+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
559+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
560+// states automatically.
561+func (x *SplitButton) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
562+
563+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
564+
565+}
566+
436567 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
437568 //
438569 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -475,7 +606,7 @@ func (x *SplitButton) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gt
475606 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
476607 //
477608 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
478-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
609+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
479610 //
480611 // ```c
481612 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -505,13 +636,17 @@ func (x *SplitButton) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.
505636
506637 }
507638
508-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
509-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
639+// Updates a list of accessible states.
510640 //
511-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
512-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
641+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
642+// value types of accessible states.
643+//
644+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
645+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
646+// technologies.
513647 //
514648 // Example:
649+//
515650 // ```c
516651 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
517652 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -624,7 +759,7 @@ func (x *SplitButton) SetDetailedActionName(DetailedActionNameVar string) {
624759 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
625760 //
626761 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
627-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
762+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
628763 func (x *SplitButton) GetBuildableId() string {
629764
630765 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-squeezer.go +145 -10
@@ -389,34 +389,165 @@ func (c *Squeezer) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
389389 c.Ptr = ptr
390390 }
391391
392-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
392+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
393+//
394+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
395+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
396+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
397+// successful operation.
398+//
399+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
400+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
401+func (x *Squeezer) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
402+
403+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
404+
405+}
406+
407+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
408+//
409+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
410+func (x *Squeezer) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
411+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
412+
413+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
414+
415+ if cret == 0 {
416+ return nil
417+ }
418+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
419+ cls.Ptr = cret
420+ return cls
421+}
422+
423+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
393424 func (x *Squeezer) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
394425
395426 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
396427 return cret
397428 }
398429
399-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
430+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
431+func (x *Squeezer) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
432+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
433+
434+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
435+
436+ if cret == 0 {
437+ return nil
438+ }
439+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
440+ cls.Ptr = cret
441+ return cls
442+}
443+
444+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
445+//
446+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
447+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
448+// child widget.
449+func (x *Squeezer) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
450+
451+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
452+ return cret
453+}
454+
455+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
456+func (x *Squeezer) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
457+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
458+
459+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
460+
461+ if cret == 0 {
462+ return nil
463+ }
464+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
465+ cls.Ptr = cret
466+ return cls
467+}
468+
469+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
470+func (x *Squeezer) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
471+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
472+
473+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
474+
475+ if cret == 0 {
476+ return nil
477+ }
478+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
479+ cls.Ptr = cret
480+ return cls
481+}
482+
483+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
484+//
485+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
486+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
487+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
488+func (x *Squeezer) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
489+
490+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
491+ return cret
492+}
493+
494+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
400495 func (x *Squeezer) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
401496
402497 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
403498
404499 }
405500
406-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
501+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
407502 func (x *Squeezer) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
408503
409504 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
410505
411506 }
412507
413-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
508+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
414509 func (x *Squeezer) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
415510
416511 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
417512
418513 }
419514
515+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
516+//
517+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
518+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
519+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
520+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
521+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
522+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
523+// object is the container widget.
524+func (x *Squeezer) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
525+
526+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
527+
528+}
529+
530+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
531+//
532+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
533+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
534+func (x *Squeezer) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
535+
536+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
537+
538+}
539+
540+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
541+//
542+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
543+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
544+// states automatically.
545+func (x *Squeezer) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
546+
547+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
548+
549+}
550+
420551 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
421552 //
422553 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -459,7 +590,7 @@ func (x *Squeezer) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.A
459590 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
460591 //
461592 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
462-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
593+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
463594 //
464595 // ```c
465596 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -489,13 +620,17 @@ func (x *Squeezer) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Acc
489620
490621 }
491622
492-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
493-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
623+// Updates a list of accessible states.
494624 //
495-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
496-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
625+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
626+// value types of accessible states.
627+//
628+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
629+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
630+// technologies.
497631 //
498632 // Example:
633+//
499634 // ```c
500635 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
501636 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -525,7 +660,7 @@ func (x *Squeezer) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleSt
525660 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
526661 //
527662 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
528-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
663+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
529664 func (x *Squeezer) GetBuildableId() string {
530665
531666 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-status-page.go +145 -10
@@ -214,34 +214,165 @@ func (c *StatusPage) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
214214 c.Ptr = ptr
215215 }
216216
217-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
217+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
218+//
219+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
220+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
221+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
222+// successful operation.
223+//
224+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
225+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
226+func (x *StatusPage) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
227+
228+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
229+
230+}
231+
232+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
233+//
234+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
235+func (x *StatusPage) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
236+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
237+
238+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
239+
240+ if cret == 0 {
241+ return nil
242+ }
243+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
244+ cls.Ptr = cret
245+ return cls
246+}
247+
248+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
218249 func (x *StatusPage) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
219250
220251 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
221252 return cret
222253 }
223254
224-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
255+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
256+func (x *StatusPage) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
257+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
258+
259+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
260+
261+ if cret == 0 {
262+ return nil
263+ }
264+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
265+ cls.Ptr = cret
266+ return cls
267+}
268+
269+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
270+//
271+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
272+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
273+// child widget.
274+func (x *StatusPage) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
275+
276+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
277+ return cret
278+}
279+
280+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
281+func (x *StatusPage) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
282+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
283+
284+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
285+
286+ if cret == 0 {
287+ return nil
288+ }
289+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
290+ cls.Ptr = cret
291+ return cls
292+}
293+
294+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
295+func (x *StatusPage) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
296+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
297+
298+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
299+
300+ if cret == 0 {
301+ return nil
302+ }
303+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
304+ cls.Ptr = cret
305+ return cls
306+}
307+
308+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
309+//
310+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
311+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
312+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
313+func (x *StatusPage) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
314+
315+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
316+ return cret
317+}
318+
319+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
225320 func (x *StatusPage) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
226321
227322 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
228323
229324 }
230325
231-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
326+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
232327 func (x *StatusPage) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
233328
234329 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
235330
236331 }
237332
238-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
333+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
239334 func (x *StatusPage) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
240335
241336 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
242337
243338 }
244339
340+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
341+//
342+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
343+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
344+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
345+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
346+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
347+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
348+// object is the container widget.
349+func (x *StatusPage) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
350+
351+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
352+
353+}
354+
355+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
356+//
357+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
358+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
359+func (x *StatusPage) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
360+
361+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
362+
363+}
364+
365+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
366+//
367+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
368+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
369+// states automatically.
370+func (x *StatusPage) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
371+
372+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
373+
374+}
375+
245376 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
246377 //
247378 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -284,7 +415,7 @@ func (x *StatusPage) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk
284415 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
285416 //
286417 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
287-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
418+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
288419 //
289420 // ```c
290421 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -314,13 +445,17 @@ func (x *StatusPage) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.A
314445
315446 }
316447
317-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
318-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
448+// Updates a list of accessible states.
319449 //
320-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
321-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
450+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
451+// value types of accessible states.
452+//
453+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
454+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
455+// technologies.
322456 //
323457 // Example:
458+//
324459 // ```c
325460 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
326461 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -350,7 +485,7 @@ func (x *StatusPage) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Accessible
350485 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
351486 //
352487 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
353-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
488+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
354489 func (x *StatusPage) GetBuildableId() string {
355490
356491 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-style-manager.go +30 -0
@@ -141,6 +141,20 @@ func (x *StyleManager) GetDisplay() *gdk.Display {
141141 return cls
142142 }
143143
144+var xStyleManagerGetDocumentFontName func(uintptr) string
145+
146+// Gets the system document font.
147+//
148+// The font is in the same format as [property@Gtk.Settings:gtk-font-name],
149+// e.g. "Adwaita Sans 11".
150+//
151+// Use [func@Pango.FontDescription.from_string] to parse it.
152+func (x *StyleManager) GetDocumentFontName() string {
153+
154+ cret := xStyleManagerGetDocumentFontName(x.GoPointer())
155+ return cret
156+}
157+
144158 var xStyleManagerGetHighContrast func(uintptr) bool
145159
146160 // Gets whether the application is using high contrast appearance.
@@ -152,6 +166,20 @@ func (x *StyleManager) GetHighContrast() bool {
152166 return cret
153167 }
154168
169+var xStyleManagerGetMonospaceFontName func(uintptr) string
170+
171+// Gets the system monospace font.
172+//
173+// The font is in the same format as [property@Gtk.Settings:gtk-font-name],
174+// e.g. "Adwaita Mono 11".
175+//
176+// Use [func@Pango.FontDescription.from_string] to parse it.
177+func (x *StyleManager) GetMonospaceFontName() string {
178+
179+ cret := xStyleManagerGetMonospaceFontName(x.GoPointer())
180+ return cret
181+}
182+
155183 var xStyleManagerGetSystemSupportsAccentColors func(uintptr) bool
156184
157185 // Gets whether the system supports accent colors.
@@ -291,7 +319,9 @@ func init() {
291319 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xStyleManagerGetColorScheme, lib, "adw_style_manager_get_color_scheme")
292320 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xStyleManagerGetDark, lib, "adw_style_manager_get_dark")
293321 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xStyleManagerGetDisplay, lib, "adw_style_manager_get_display")
322+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xStyleManagerGetDocumentFontName, lib, "adw_style_manager_get_document_font_name")
294323 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xStyleManagerGetHighContrast, lib, "adw_style_manager_get_high_contrast")
324+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xStyleManagerGetMonospaceFontName, lib, "adw_style_manager_get_monospace_font_name")
295325 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xStyleManagerGetSystemSupportsAccentColors, lib, "adw_style_manager_get_system_supports_accent_colors")
296326 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xStyleManagerGetSystemSupportsColorSchemes, lib, "adw_style_manager_get_system_supports_color_schemes")
297327 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xStyleManagerSetColorScheme, lib, "adw_style_manager_set_color_scheme")
M v4/adw/adw-switch-row.go +145 -10
@@ -119,34 +119,165 @@ func (c *SwitchRow) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
119119 c.Ptr = ptr
120120 }
121121
122-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
122+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
123+//
124+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
125+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
126+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
127+// successful operation.
128+//
129+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
130+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
131+func (x *SwitchRow) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
132+
133+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
134+
135+}
136+
137+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
138+//
139+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
140+func (x *SwitchRow) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
141+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
142+
143+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
144+
145+ if cret == 0 {
146+ return nil
147+ }
148+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
149+ cls.Ptr = cret
150+ return cls
151+}
152+
153+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
123154 func (x *SwitchRow) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
124155
125156 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
126157 return cret
127158 }
128159
129-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
160+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
161+func (x *SwitchRow) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
162+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
163+
164+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
165+
166+ if cret == 0 {
167+ return nil
168+ }
169+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
170+ cls.Ptr = cret
171+ return cls
172+}
173+
174+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
175+//
176+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
177+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
178+// child widget.
179+func (x *SwitchRow) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
180+
181+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
182+ return cret
183+}
184+
185+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
186+func (x *SwitchRow) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
187+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
188+
189+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
190+
191+ if cret == 0 {
192+ return nil
193+ }
194+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
195+ cls.Ptr = cret
196+ return cls
197+}
198+
199+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
200+func (x *SwitchRow) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
201+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
202+
203+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
204+
205+ if cret == 0 {
206+ return nil
207+ }
208+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
209+ cls.Ptr = cret
210+ return cls
211+}
212+
213+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
214+//
215+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
216+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
217+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
218+func (x *SwitchRow) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
219+
220+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
221+ return cret
222+}
223+
224+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
130225 func (x *SwitchRow) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
131226
132227 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
133228
134229 }
135230
136-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
231+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
137232 func (x *SwitchRow) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
138233
139234 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
140235
141236 }
142237
143-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
238+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
144239 func (x *SwitchRow) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
145240
146241 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
147242
148243 }
149244
245+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
246+//
247+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
248+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
249+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
250+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
251+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
252+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
253+// object is the container widget.
254+func (x *SwitchRow) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
255+
256+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
257+
258+}
259+
260+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
261+//
262+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
263+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
264+func (x *SwitchRow) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
265+
266+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
267+
268+}
269+
270+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
271+//
272+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
273+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
274+// states automatically.
275+func (x *SwitchRow) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
276+
277+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
278+
279+}
280+
150281 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
151282 //
152283 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -189,7 +320,7 @@ func (x *SwitchRow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.
189320 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
190321 //
191322 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
192-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
323+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
193324 //
194325 // ```c
195326 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -219,13 +350,17 @@ func (x *SwitchRow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Ac
219350
220351 }
221352
222-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
223-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
353+// Updates a list of accessible states.
224354 //
225-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
226-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
355+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
356+// value types of accessible states.
357+//
358+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
359+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
360+// technologies.
227361 //
228362 // Example:
363+//
229364 // ```c
230365 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
231366 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -338,7 +473,7 @@ func (x *SwitchRow) SetDetailedActionName(DetailedActionNameVar string) {
338473 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
339474 //
340475 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
341-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
476+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
342477 func (x *SwitchRow) GetBuildableId() string {
343478
344479 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-tab-bar.go +145 -10
@@ -370,34 +370,165 @@ func (x *TabBar) ConnectExtraDragValue(cb *func(TabBar, uintptr, uintptr) gdk.Dr
370370 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "extra-drag-value", cbRefPtr)
371371 }
372372
373-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
373+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
374+//
375+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
376+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
377+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
378+// successful operation.
379+//
380+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
381+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
382+func (x *TabBar) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
383+
384+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
385+
386+}
387+
388+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
389+//
390+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
391+func (x *TabBar) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
392+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
393+
394+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
395+
396+ if cret == 0 {
397+ return nil
398+ }
399+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
400+ cls.Ptr = cret
401+ return cls
402+}
403+
404+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
374405 func (x *TabBar) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
375406
376407 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
377408 return cret
378409 }
379410
380-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
411+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
412+func (x *TabBar) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
413+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
414+
415+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
416+
417+ if cret == 0 {
418+ return nil
419+ }
420+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
421+ cls.Ptr = cret
422+ return cls
423+}
424+
425+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
426+//
427+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
428+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
429+// child widget.
430+func (x *TabBar) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
431+
432+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
433+ return cret
434+}
435+
436+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
437+func (x *TabBar) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
438+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
439+
440+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
441+
442+ if cret == 0 {
443+ return nil
444+ }
445+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
446+ cls.Ptr = cret
447+ return cls
448+}
449+
450+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
451+func (x *TabBar) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
452+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
453+
454+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
455+
456+ if cret == 0 {
457+ return nil
458+ }
459+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
460+ cls.Ptr = cret
461+ return cls
462+}
463+
464+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
465+//
466+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
467+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
468+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
469+func (x *TabBar) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
470+
471+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
472+ return cret
473+}
474+
475+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
381476 func (x *TabBar) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
382477
383478 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
384479
385480 }
386481
387-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
482+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
388483 func (x *TabBar) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
389484
390485 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
391486
392487 }
393488
394-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
489+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
395490 func (x *TabBar) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
396491
397492 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
398493
399494 }
400495
496+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
497+//
498+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
499+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
500+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
501+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
502+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
503+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
504+// object is the container widget.
505+func (x *TabBar) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
506+
507+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
508+
509+}
510+
511+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
512+//
513+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
514+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
515+func (x *TabBar) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
516+
517+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
518+
519+}
520+
521+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
522+//
523+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
524+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
525+// states automatically.
526+func (x *TabBar) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
527+
528+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
529+
530+}
531+
401532 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
402533 //
403534 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -440,7 +571,7 @@ func (x *TabBar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.Acc
440571 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
441572 //
442573 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
443-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
574+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
444575 //
445576 // ```c
446577 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -470,13 +601,17 @@ func (x *TabBar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Acces
470601
471602 }
472603
473-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
474-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
604+// Updates a list of accessible states.
475605 //
476-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
477-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
606+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
607+// value types of accessible states.
608+//
609+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
610+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
611+// technologies.
478612 //
479613 // Example:
614+//
480615 // ```c
481616 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
482617 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -506,7 +641,7 @@ func (x *TabBar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleStat
506641 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
507642 //
508643 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
509-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
644+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
510645 func (x *TabBar) GetBuildableId() string {
511646
512647 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-tab-button.go +145 -10
@@ -168,34 +168,165 @@ func (x *TabButton) ConnectClicked(cb *func(TabButton)) uint32 {
168168 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "clicked", cbRefPtr)
169169 }
170170
171-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
171+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
172+//
173+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
174+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
175+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
176+// successful operation.
177+//
178+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
179+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
180+func (x *TabButton) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
181+
182+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
183+
184+}
185+
186+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
187+//
188+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
189+func (x *TabButton) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
190+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
191+
192+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
193+
194+ if cret == 0 {
195+ return nil
196+ }
197+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
198+ cls.Ptr = cret
199+ return cls
200+}
201+
202+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
172203 func (x *TabButton) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
173204
174205 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
175206 return cret
176207 }
177208
178-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
209+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
210+func (x *TabButton) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
211+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
212+
213+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
214+
215+ if cret == 0 {
216+ return nil
217+ }
218+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
219+ cls.Ptr = cret
220+ return cls
221+}
222+
223+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
224+//
225+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
226+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
227+// child widget.
228+func (x *TabButton) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
229+
230+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
231+ return cret
232+}
233+
234+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
235+func (x *TabButton) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
236+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
237+
238+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
239+
240+ if cret == 0 {
241+ return nil
242+ }
243+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
244+ cls.Ptr = cret
245+ return cls
246+}
247+
248+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
249+func (x *TabButton) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
250+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
251+
252+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
253+
254+ if cret == 0 {
255+ return nil
256+ }
257+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
258+ cls.Ptr = cret
259+ return cls
260+}
261+
262+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
263+//
264+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
265+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
266+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
267+func (x *TabButton) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
268+
269+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
270+ return cret
271+}
272+
273+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
179274 func (x *TabButton) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
180275
181276 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
182277
183278 }
184279
185-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
280+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
186281 func (x *TabButton) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
187282
188283 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
189284
190285 }
191286
192-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
287+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
193288 func (x *TabButton) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
194289
195290 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
196291
197292 }
198293
294+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
295+//
296+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
297+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
298+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
299+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
300+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
301+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
302+// object is the container widget.
303+func (x *TabButton) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
304+
305+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
306+
307+}
308+
309+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
310+//
311+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
312+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
313+func (x *TabButton) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
314+
315+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
316+
317+}
318+
319+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
320+//
321+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
322+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
323+// states automatically.
324+func (x *TabButton) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
325+
326+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
327+
328+}
329+
199330 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
200331 //
201332 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -238,7 +369,7 @@ func (x *TabButton) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.
238369 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
239370 //
240371 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
241-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
372+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
242373 //
243374 // ```c
244375 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -268,13 +399,17 @@ func (x *TabButton) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Ac
268399
269400 }
270401
271-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
272-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
402+// Updates a list of accessible states.
273403 //
274-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
275-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
404+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
405+// value types of accessible states.
406+//
407+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
408+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
409+// technologies.
276410 //
277411 // Example:
412+//
278413 // ```c
279414 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
280415 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -387,7 +522,7 @@ func (x *TabButton) SetDetailedActionName(DetailedActionNameVar string) {
387522 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
388523 //
389524 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
390-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
525+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
391526 func (x *TabButton) GetBuildableId() string {
392527
393528 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-tab-overview.go +145 -10
@@ -475,34 +475,165 @@ func (x *TabOverview) ConnectExtraDragValue(cb *func(TabOverview, uintptr, uintp
475475 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "extra-drag-value", cbRefPtr)
476476 }
477477
478-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
478+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
479+//
480+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
481+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
482+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
483+// successful operation.
484+//
485+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
486+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
487+func (x *TabOverview) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
488+
489+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
490+
491+}
492+
493+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
494+//
495+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
496+func (x *TabOverview) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
497+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
498+
499+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
500+
501+ if cret == 0 {
502+ return nil
503+ }
504+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
505+ cls.Ptr = cret
506+ return cls
507+}
508+
509+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
479510 func (x *TabOverview) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
480511
481512 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
482513 return cret
483514 }
484515
485-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
516+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
517+func (x *TabOverview) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
518+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
519+
520+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
521+
522+ if cret == 0 {
523+ return nil
524+ }
525+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
526+ cls.Ptr = cret
527+ return cls
528+}
529+
530+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
531+//
532+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
533+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
534+// child widget.
535+func (x *TabOverview) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
536+
537+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
538+ return cret
539+}
540+
541+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
542+func (x *TabOverview) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
543+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
544+
545+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
546+
547+ if cret == 0 {
548+ return nil
549+ }
550+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
551+ cls.Ptr = cret
552+ return cls
553+}
554+
555+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
556+func (x *TabOverview) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
557+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
558+
559+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
560+
561+ if cret == 0 {
562+ return nil
563+ }
564+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
565+ cls.Ptr = cret
566+ return cls
567+}
568+
569+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
570+//
571+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
572+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
573+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
574+func (x *TabOverview) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
575+
576+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
577+ return cret
578+}
579+
580+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
486581 func (x *TabOverview) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
487582
488583 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
489584
490585 }
491586
492-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
587+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
493588 func (x *TabOverview) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
494589
495590 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
496591
497592 }
498593
499-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
594+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
500595 func (x *TabOverview) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
501596
502597 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
503598
504599 }
505600
601+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
602+//
603+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
604+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
605+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
606+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
607+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
608+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
609+// object is the container widget.
610+func (x *TabOverview) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
611+
612+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
613+
614+}
615+
616+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
617+//
618+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
619+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
620+func (x *TabOverview) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
621+
622+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
623+
624+}
625+
626+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
627+//
628+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
629+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
630+// states automatically.
631+func (x *TabOverview) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
632+
633+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
634+
635+}
636+
506637 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
507638 //
508639 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -545,7 +676,7 @@ func (x *TabOverview) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gt
545676 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
546677 //
547678 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
548-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
679+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
549680 //
550681 // ```c
551682 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -575,13 +706,17 @@ func (x *TabOverview) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.
575706
576707 }
577708
578-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
579-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
709+// Updates a list of accessible states.
580710 //
581-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
582-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
711+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
712+// value types of accessible states.
713+//
714+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
715+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
716+// technologies.
583717 //
584718 // Example:
719+//
585720 // ```c
586721 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
587722 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -611,7 +746,7 @@ func (x *TabOverview) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Accessibl
611746 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
612747 //
613748 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
614-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
749+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
615750 func (x *TabOverview) GetBuildableId() string {
616751
617752 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-tab-view.go +289 -19
@@ -508,34 +508,165 @@ func (c *TabPage) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
508508 c.Ptr = ptr
509509 }
510510
511-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
511+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
512+//
513+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
514+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
515+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
516+// successful operation.
517+//
518+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
519+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
520+func (x *TabPage) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
521+
522+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
523+
524+}
525+
526+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
527+//
528+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
529+func (x *TabPage) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
530+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
531+
532+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
533+
534+ if cret == 0 {
535+ return nil
536+ }
537+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
538+ cls.Ptr = cret
539+ return cls
540+}
541+
542+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
512543 func (x *TabPage) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
513544
514545 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
515546 return cret
516547 }
517548
518-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
549+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
550+func (x *TabPage) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
551+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
552+
553+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
554+
555+ if cret == 0 {
556+ return nil
557+ }
558+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
559+ cls.Ptr = cret
560+ return cls
561+}
562+
563+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
564+//
565+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
566+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
567+// child widget.
568+func (x *TabPage) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
569+
570+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
571+ return cret
572+}
573+
574+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
575+func (x *TabPage) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
576+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
577+
578+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
579+
580+ if cret == 0 {
581+ return nil
582+ }
583+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
584+ cls.Ptr = cret
585+ return cls
586+}
587+
588+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
589+func (x *TabPage) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
590+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
591+
592+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
593+
594+ if cret == 0 {
595+ return nil
596+ }
597+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
598+ cls.Ptr = cret
599+ return cls
600+}
601+
602+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
603+//
604+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
605+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
606+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
607+func (x *TabPage) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
608+
609+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
610+ return cret
611+}
612+
613+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
519614 func (x *TabPage) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
520615
521616 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
522617
523618 }
524619
525-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
620+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
526621 func (x *TabPage) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
527622
528623 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
529624
530625 }
531626
532-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
627+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
533628 func (x *TabPage) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
534629
535630 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
536631
537632 }
538633
634+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
635+//
636+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
637+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
638+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
639+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
640+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
641+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
642+// object is the container widget.
643+func (x *TabPage) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
644+
645+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
646+
647+}
648+
649+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
650+//
651+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
652+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
653+func (x *TabPage) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
654+
655+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
656+
657+}
658+
659+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
660+//
661+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
662+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
663+// states automatically.
664+func (x *TabPage) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
665+
666+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
667+
668+}
669+
539670 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
540671 //
541672 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -578,7 +709,7 @@ func (x *TabPage) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.Ac
578709 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
579710 //
580711 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
581-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
712+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
582713 //
583714 // ```c
584715 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -608,13 +739,17 @@ func (x *TabPage) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Acce
608739
609740 }
610741
611-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
612-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
742+// Updates a list of accessible states.
613743 //
614-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
615-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
744+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
745+// value types of accessible states.
746+//
747+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
748+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
749+// technologies.
616750 //
617751 // Example:
752+//
618753 // ```c
619754 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
620755 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -1498,34 +1633,165 @@ func (x *TabView) ConnectSetupMenu(cb *func(TabView, uintptr)) uint32 {
14981633 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "setup-menu", cbRefPtr)
14991634 }
15001635
1501-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
1636+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
1637+//
1638+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
1639+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
1640+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
1641+// successful operation.
1642+//
1643+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
1644+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
1645+func (x *TabView) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
1646+
1647+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
1648+
1649+}
1650+
1651+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
1652+//
1653+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
1654+func (x *TabView) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
1655+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
1656+
1657+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
1658+
1659+ if cret == 0 {
1660+ return nil
1661+ }
1662+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
1663+ cls.Ptr = cret
1664+ return cls
1665+}
1666+
1667+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
15021668 func (x *TabView) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
15031669
15041670 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
15051671 return cret
15061672 }
15071673
1508-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
1674+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
1675+func (x *TabView) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
1676+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
1677+
1678+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
1679+
1680+ if cret == 0 {
1681+ return nil
1682+ }
1683+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
1684+ cls.Ptr = cret
1685+ return cls
1686+}
1687+
1688+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
1689+//
1690+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
1691+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
1692+// child widget.
1693+func (x *TabView) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
1694+
1695+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
1696+ return cret
1697+}
1698+
1699+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
1700+func (x *TabView) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
1701+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
1702+
1703+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
1704+
1705+ if cret == 0 {
1706+ return nil
1707+ }
1708+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
1709+ cls.Ptr = cret
1710+ return cls
1711+}
1712+
1713+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
1714+func (x *TabView) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
1715+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
1716+
1717+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
1718+
1719+ if cret == 0 {
1720+ return nil
1721+ }
1722+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
1723+ cls.Ptr = cret
1724+ return cls
1725+}
1726+
1727+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
1728+//
1729+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
1730+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
1731+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
1732+func (x *TabView) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
1733+
1734+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
1735+ return cret
1736+}
1737+
1738+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
15091739 func (x *TabView) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
15101740
15111741 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
15121742
15131743 }
15141744
1515-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
1745+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
15161746 func (x *TabView) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
15171747
15181748 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
15191749
15201750 }
15211751
1522-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
1752+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
15231753 func (x *TabView) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
15241754
15251755 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
15261756
15271757 }
15281758
1759+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
1760+//
1761+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
1762+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
1763+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
1764+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
1765+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
1766+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
1767+// object is the container widget.
1768+func (x *TabView) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
1769+
1770+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
1771+
1772+}
1773+
1774+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
1775+//
1776+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
1777+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
1778+func (x *TabView) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
1779+
1780+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
1781+
1782+}
1783+
1784+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
1785+//
1786+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
1787+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
1788+// states automatically.
1789+func (x *TabView) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
1790+
1791+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
1792+
1793+}
1794+
15291795 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
15301796 //
15311797 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -1568,7 +1834,7 @@ func (x *TabView) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.Ac
15681834 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
15691835 //
15701836 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
1571-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
1837+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
15721838 //
15731839 // ```c
15741840 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -1598,13 +1864,17 @@ func (x *TabView) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Acce
15981864
15991865 }
16001866
1601-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
1602-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
1867+// Updates a list of accessible states.
16031868 //
1604-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
1605-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
1869+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
1870+// value types of accessible states.
1871+//
1872+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
1873+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
1874+// technologies.
16061875 //
16071876 // Example:
1877+//
16081878 // ```c
16091879 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
16101880 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -1634,7 +1904,7 @@ func (x *TabView) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleSta
16341904 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
16351905 //
16361906 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
1637-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
1907+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
16381908 func (x *TabView) GetBuildableId() string {
16391909
16401910 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-toast-overlay.go +161 -11
@@ -35,6 +35,9 @@ func (x *ToastOverlayClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3535 // main child, on top of which it can display a [class@Toast], overlaid.
3636 // Toasts can be shown with [method@ToastOverlay.add_toast].
3737 //
38+// Use [method@ToastOverlay.dismiss_all] to dismiss all toasts at once, or
39+// [method@Toast.dismiss] to dismiss a single toast.
40+//
3841 // See [class@Toast] for details.
3942 //
4043 // ## CSS nodes
@@ -64,7 +67,7 @@ func (x *ToastOverlayClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
6467 //
6568 // ## Accessibility
6669 //
67-// `AdwToastOverlay` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_TAB_GROUP` role.
70+// `AdwToastOverlay` uses the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRole.GROUP] role.
6871 type ToastOverlay struct {
6972 gtk.Widget
7073 }
@@ -116,6 +119,17 @@ func (x *ToastOverlay) AddToast(ToastVar *Toast) {
116119
117120 }
118121
122+var xToastOverlayDismissAll func(uintptr)
123+
124+// Dismisses all displayed toasts.
125+//
126+// Use [method@Toast.dismiss] to dismiss a single toast.
127+func (x *ToastOverlay) DismissAll() {
128+
129+ xToastOverlayDismissAll(x.GoPointer())
130+
131+}
132+
119133 var xToastOverlayGetChild func(uintptr) uintptr
120134
121135 // Gets the child widget of @self.
@@ -153,34 +167,165 @@ func (c *ToastOverlay) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
153167 c.Ptr = ptr
154168 }
155169
156-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
170+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
171+//
172+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
173+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
174+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
175+// successful operation.
176+//
177+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
178+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
179+func (x *ToastOverlay) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
180+
181+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
182+
183+}
184+
185+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
186+//
187+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
188+func (x *ToastOverlay) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
189+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
190+
191+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
192+
193+ if cret == 0 {
194+ return nil
195+ }
196+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
197+ cls.Ptr = cret
198+ return cls
199+}
200+
201+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
157202 func (x *ToastOverlay) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
158203
159204 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
160205 return cret
161206 }
162207
163-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
208+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
209+func (x *ToastOverlay) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
210+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
211+
212+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
213+
214+ if cret == 0 {
215+ return nil
216+ }
217+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
218+ cls.Ptr = cret
219+ return cls
220+}
221+
222+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
223+//
224+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
225+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
226+// child widget.
227+func (x *ToastOverlay) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
228+
229+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
230+ return cret
231+}
232+
233+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
234+func (x *ToastOverlay) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
235+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
236+
237+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
238+
239+ if cret == 0 {
240+ return nil
241+ }
242+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
243+ cls.Ptr = cret
244+ return cls
245+}
246+
247+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
248+func (x *ToastOverlay) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
249+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
250+
251+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
252+
253+ if cret == 0 {
254+ return nil
255+ }
256+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
257+ cls.Ptr = cret
258+ return cls
259+}
260+
261+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
262+//
263+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
264+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
265+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
266+func (x *ToastOverlay) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
267+
268+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
269+ return cret
270+}
271+
272+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
164273 func (x *ToastOverlay) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
165274
166275 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
167276
168277 }
169278
170-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
279+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
171280 func (x *ToastOverlay) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
172281
173282 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
174283
175284 }
176285
177-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
286+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
178287 func (x *ToastOverlay) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
179288
180289 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
181290
182291 }
183292
293+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
294+//
295+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
296+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
297+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
298+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
299+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
300+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
301+// object is the container widget.
302+func (x *ToastOverlay) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
303+
304+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
305+
306+}
307+
308+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
309+//
310+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
311+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
312+func (x *ToastOverlay) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
313+
314+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
315+
316+}
317+
318+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
319+//
320+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
321+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
322+// states automatically.
323+func (x *ToastOverlay) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
324+
325+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
326+
327+}
328+
184329 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
185330 //
186331 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -223,7 +368,7 @@ func (x *ToastOverlay) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []g
223368 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
224369 //
225370 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
226-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
371+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
227372 //
228373 // ```c
229374 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -253,13 +398,17 @@ func (x *ToastOverlay) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk
253398
254399 }
255400
256-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
257-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
401+// Updates a list of accessible states.
258402 //
259-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
260-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
403+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
404+// value types of accessible states.
405+//
406+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
407+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
408+// technologies.
261409 //
262410 // Example:
411+//
263412 // ```c
264413 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
265414 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -289,7 +438,7 @@ func (x *ToastOverlay) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Accessib
289438 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
290439 //
291440 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
292-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
441+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
293442 func (x *ToastOverlay) GetBuildableId() string {
294443
295444 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
@@ -309,6 +458,7 @@ func init() {
309458 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewToastOverlay, lib, "adw_toast_overlay_new")
310459
311460 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToastOverlayAddToast, lib, "adw_toast_overlay_add_toast")
461+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToastOverlayDismissAll, lib, "adw_toast_overlay_dismiss_all")
312462 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToastOverlayGetChild, lib, "adw_toast_overlay_get_child")
313463 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToastOverlaySetChild, lib, "adw_toast_overlay_set_child")
314464
A v4/adw/adw-toggle-group.go +917 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,917 @@
1+// Package adw was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package adw
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
12+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gtk"
13+)
14+
15+type ToggleClass struct {
16+ _ structs.HostLayout
17+
18+ ParentClass gobject.ObjectClass
19+}
20+
21+func (x *ToggleClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
22+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
23+}
24+
25+type ToggleGroupClass struct {
26+ _ structs.HostLayout
27+
28+ ParentClass gtk.WidgetClass
29+}
30+
31+func (x *ToggleGroupClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
32+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
33+}
34+
35+// A toggle within [class@ToggleGroup].
36+//
37+// `AdwToggle` can optionally have a name, set with [property@Toggle:name].
38+// If the name is set, [property@ToggleGroup:active-name] can be used to access
39+// toggles instead of index.
40+type Toggle struct {
41+ gobject.Object
42+}
43+
44+var xToggleGLibType func() types.GType
45+
46+func ToggleGLibType() types.GType {
47+ return xToggleGLibType()
48+}
49+
50+func ToggleNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *Toggle {
51+ cls := &Toggle{}
52+ cls.Ptr = ptr
53+ return cls
54+}
55+
56+var xNewToggle func() uintptr
57+
58+// Creates a new `AdwToggle`.
59+func NewToggle() *Toggle {
60+ var cls *Toggle
61+
62+ cret := xNewToggle()
63+
64+ if cret == 0 {
65+ return nil
66+ }
67+ cls = &Toggle{}
68+ cls.Ptr = cret
69+ return cls
70+}
71+
72+var xToggleGetChild func(uintptr) uintptr
73+
74+// Gets the child widget of @self.
75+func (x *Toggle) GetChild() *gtk.Widget {
76+ var cls *gtk.Widget
77+
78+ cret := xToggleGetChild(x.GoPointer())
79+
80+ if cret == 0 {
81+ return nil
82+ }
83+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
84+ cls = &gtk.Widget{}
85+ cls.Ptr = cret
86+ return cls
87+}
88+
89+var xToggleGetEnabled func(uintptr) bool
90+
91+// Gets whether @self is enabled.
92+func (x *Toggle) GetEnabled() bool {
93+
94+ cret := xToggleGetEnabled(x.GoPointer())
95+ return cret
96+}
97+
98+var xToggleGetIconName func(uintptr) string
99+
100+// Gets the icon name of @self.
101+func (x *Toggle) GetIconName() string {
102+
103+ cret := xToggleGetIconName(x.GoPointer())
104+ return cret
105+}
106+
107+var xToggleGetIndex func(uintptr) uint
108+
109+// Gets the index of @self within its toggle group.
110+func (x *Toggle) GetIndex() uint {
111+
112+ cret := xToggleGetIndex(x.GoPointer())
113+ return cret
114+}
115+
116+var xToggleGetLabel func(uintptr) string
117+
118+// Gets the label of @self.
119+func (x *Toggle) GetLabel() string {
120+
121+ cret := xToggleGetLabel(x.GoPointer())
122+ return cret
123+}
124+
125+var xToggleGetName func(uintptr) string
126+
127+// Gets the name of @self.
128+func (x *Toggle) GetName() string {
129+
130+ cret := xToggleGetName(x.GoPointer())
131+ return cret
132+}
133+
134+var xToggleGetTooltip func(uintptr) string
135+
136+// Gets the tooltip of @self.
137+func (x *Toggle) GetTooltip() string {
138+
139+ cret := xToggleGetTooltip(x.GoPointer())
140+ return cret
141+}
142+
143+var xToggleGetUseUnderline func(uintptr) bool
144+
145+// Gets whether @self uses underlines.
146+func (x *Toggle) GetUseUnderline() bool {
147+
148+ cret := xToggleGetUseUnderline(x.GoPointer())
149+ return cret
150+}
151+
152+var xToggleSetChild func(uintptr, uintptr)
153+
154+// Sets the child of @self to @child.
155+//
156+// When the child is set, icon and label are not displayed.
157+//
158+// It's recommended to still set the label, as it can still be used by the
159+// screen reader.
160+func (x *Toggle) SetChild(ChildVar *gtk.Widget) {
161+
162+ xToggleSetChild(x.GoPointer(), ChildVar.GoPointer())
163+
164+}
165+
166+var xToggleSetEnabled func(uintptr, bool)
167+
168+// Sets whether @self is enabled.
169+func (x *Toggle) SetEnabled(EnabledVar bool) {
170+
171+ xToggleSetEnabled(x.GoPointer(), EnabledVar)
172+
173+}
174+
175+var xToggleSetIconName func(uintptr, string)
176+
177+// Sets the icon name of @self to @icon_name.
178+//
179+// The icon will be displayed alone or next to the label, unless
180+// [property@Toggle:child] is set.
181+func (x *Toggle) SetIconName(IconNameVar string) {
182+
183+ xToggleSetIconName(x.GoPointer(), IconNameVar)
184+
185+}
186+
187+var xToggleSetLabel func(uintptr, string)
188+
189+// Sets the label of @self to @label.
190+//
191+// The label will be displayed alone or next to the icon, unless
192+// [property@Toggle:child] is set, but will still be read out by the screen
193+// reader.
194+func (x *Toggle) SetLabel(LabelVar string) {
195+
196+ xToggleSetLabel(x.GoPointer(), LabelVar)
197+
198+}
199+
200+var xToggleSetName func(uintptr, string)
201+
202+// Sets the name of @self to @name.
203+//
204+// Allows accessing @self by its name instead of index.
205+//
206+// See [property@ToggleGroup:active-name].
207+func (x *Toggle) SetName(NameVar string) {
208+
209+ xToggleSetName(x.GoPointer(), NameVar)
210+
211+}
212+
213+var xToggleSetTooltip func(uintptr, string)
214+
215+// Sets the tooltip of @self to @tooltip.
216+//
217+// @tooltip can be marked up with the Pango text markup language.
218+func (x *Toggle) SetTooltip(TooltipVar string) {
219+
220+ xToggleSetTooltip(x.GoPointer(), TooltipVar)
221+
222+}
223+
224+var xToggleSetUseUnderline func(uintptr, bool)
225+
226+// Sets whether an embedded underline in the label indicates a mnemonic.
227+//
228+// See [property@Toggle:label].
229+func (x *Toggle) SetUseUnderline(UseUnderlineVar bool) {
230+
231+ xToggleSetUseUnderline(x.GoPointer(), UseUnderlineVar)
232+
233+}
234+
235+func (c *Toggle) GoPointer() uintptr {
236+ if c == nil {
237+ return 0
238+ }
239+ return c.Ptr
240+}
241+
242+func (c *Toggle) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
243+ c.Ptr = ptr
244+}
245+
246+// A group of exclusive toggles.
247+//
248+// <picture>
249+//
250+// <source srcset="toggle-group-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
251+// <img src="toggle-group.png" alt="toggle-group">
252+//
253+// </picture>
254+//
255+// `AdwToggleGroup` presents a set of exclusive toggles, represented as
256+// [class@Toggle] objects. Each toggle can display an icon, a label, an icon
257+// and a label, or a custom child.
258+//
259+// Toggles are indexed by their position, with the first toggle being equivalent
260+// to 0, and so on. Use the [property@ToggleGroup:active] to get that position.
261+//
262+// Toggles can also have optional names, set via the [property@Toggle:name]
263+// property. The name of the active toggle can be accessed via the
264+// [property@ToggleGroup:active-name] property.
265+//
266+// `AdwToggle` objects can be retrieved via their index or name, using
267+// [method@ToggleGroup.get_toggle] or [method@ToggleGroup.get_toggle_by_name]
268+// respectively. `AdwToggleGroup` also provides a [iface@Gtk.SelectionModel] of
269+// its toggles via the [property@ToggleGroup:toggles] property.
270+//
271+// `AdwToggleGroup` is orientable, and the toggles can be displayed horizontally
272+// or vertically. This is mostly useful for icon-only toggles.
273+//
274+// Use the [property@ToggleGroup:homogeneous] property to make the toggles take
275+// the same size, and the [property@ToggleGroup:can-shrink] to control whether
276+// the toggles can ellipsize.
277+//
278+// Example of an `AdwToggleGroup` UI definition:
279+//
280+// ```xml
281+//
282+// <object class="AdwToggleGroup">
283+// <property name="active-name">picture</property>
284+// <child>
285+// <object class="AdwToggle">
286+// <property name="icon-name">camera-photo-symbolic</property>
287+// <property name="tooltip" translatable="yes">Picture Mode</property>
288+// <property name="name">picture</property>
289+// </object>
290+// </child>
291+// <child>
292+// <object class="AdwToggle">
293+// <property name="icon-name">camera-video-symbolic</property>
294+// <property name="tooltip" translatable="yes">Recording Mode</property>
295+// <property name="name">recording</property>
296+// </object>
297+// </child>
298+// </object>
299+//
300+// ```
301+//
302+// See also: [class@InlineViewSwitcher].
303+//
304+// ## CSS nodes
305+//
306+// `AdwToggleGroup` has a main CSS node with the name `toggle-group`.
307+//
308+// Its toggles have CSS nodes with the name `toggle`, and its separators have nodes
309+// with the name `separator`.
310+//
311+// Toggle nodes will have a different style classes depending on their content:
312+// `.text-button` for labels, `.image-button` for icons, `.image-text-button`
313+// for both or no style class for custom children.
314+//
315+// The hidden separators use the `.hidden` style class.
316+//
317+// ## Style classes
318+//
319+// `AdwToggleGroup` can use the [`.flat`](style-classes.html#flat_1) style class
320+// to remove its background and make it look like a group of buttons.
321+//
322+// <picture>
323+//
324+// <source srcset="toggle-group-flat-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
325+// <img src="toggle-group-flat.png" alt="toggle-group-flat">
326+//
327+// </picture>
328+//
329+// It can also use the [`.round`](style-classes.html#round) style class to make
330+// its toggles and the group itself rounded.
331+//
332+// <picture>
333+//
334+// <source srcset="toggle-group-round-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
335+// <img src="toggle-group-round.png" alt="toggle-group-round">
336+//
337+// </picture>
338+//
339+// They can also be combined with each other.
340+//
341+// <picture>
342+//
343+// <source srcset="toggle-group-flat-round-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
344+// <img src="toggle-group-flat-round.png" alt="toggle-group-flat-round">
345+//
346+// </picture>
347+//
348+// ## Accessibility
349+//
350+// `AdwToggleGroup` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_RADIO_GROUP` role. Its toggles
351+// use the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_RADIO` role.
352+type ToggleGroup struct {
353+ gtk.Widget
354+}
355+
356+var xToggleGroupGLibType func() types.GType
357+
358+func ToggleGroupGLibType() types.GType {
359+ return xToggleGroupGLibType()
360+}
361+
362+func ToggleGroupNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *ToggleGroup {
363+ cls := &ToggleGroup{}
364+ cls.Ptr = ptr
365+ return cls
366+}
367+
368+var xNewToggleGroup func() uintptr
369+
370+// Creates a new `AdwToggleGroup`.
371+func NewToggleGroup() *ToggleGroup {
372+ var cls *ToggleGroup
373+
374+ cret := xNewToggleGroup()
375+
376+ if cret == 0 {
377+ return nil
378+ }
379+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
380+ cls = &ToggleGroup{}
381+ cls.Ptr = cret
382+ return cls
383+}
384+
385+var xToggleGroupAdd func(uintptr, uintptr)
386+
387+// Adds a toggle to @self.
388+func (x *ToggleGroup) Add(ToggleVar *Toggle) {
389+
390+ xToggleGroupAdd(x.GoPointer(), ToggleVar.GoPointer())
391+
392+}
393+
394+var xToggleGroupGetActive func(uintptr) uint
395+
396+// Gets the index of the active toggle in @self.
397+//
398+// Returns `GTK_INVALID_LIST_POSITION` if no toggle is active.
399+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetActive() uint {
400+
401+ cret := xToggleGroupGetActive(x.GoPointer())
402+ return cret
403+}
404+
405+var xToggleGroupGetActiveName func(uintptr) string
406+
407+// Gets the name of the active toggle in @self.
408+//
409+// Can be `NULL` if the currently active toggle doesn't have a name.
410+//
411+// See [property@Toggle:name].
412+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetActiveName() string {
413+
414+ cret := xToggleGroupGetActiveName(x.GoPointer())
415+ return cret
416+}
417+
418+var xToggleGroupGetCanShrink func(uintptr) bool
419+
420+// Gets whether the toggles can be smaller than the natural size of their
421+// contents.
422+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetCanShrink() bool {
423+
424+ cret := xToggleGroupGetCanShrink(x.GoPointer())
425+ return cret
426+}
427+
428+var xToggleGroupGetHomogeneous func(uintptr) bool
429+
430+// Gets whether all toggles take the same size.
431+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetHomogeneous() bool {
432+
433+ cret := xToggleGroupGetHomogeneous(x.GoPointer())
434+ return cret
435+}
436+
437+var xToggleGroupGetNToggles func(uintptr) uint
438+
439+// Gets the number of toggles within @self.
440+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetNToggles() uint {
441+
442+ cret := xToggleGroupGetNToggles(x.GoPointer())
443+ return cret
444+}
445+
446+var xToggleGroupGetToggle func(uintptr, uint) uintptr
447+
448+// Gets the toggle with @index from @self.
449+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetToggle(IndexVar uint) *Toggle {
450+ var cls *Toggle
451+
452+ cret := xToggleGroupGetToggle(x.GoPointer(), IndexVar)
453+
454+ if cret == 0 {
455+ return nil
456+ }
457+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
458+ cls = &Toggle{}
459+ cls.Ptr = cret
460+ return cls
461+}
462+
463+var xToggleGroupGetToggleByName func(uintptr, string) uintptr
464+
465+// Gets the toggle with the name @name from @self.
466+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetToggleByName(NameVar string) *Toggle {
467+ var cls *Toggle
468+
469+ cret := xToggleGroupGetToggleByName(x.GoPointer(), NameVar)
470+
471+ if cret == 0 {
472+ return nil
473+ }
474+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
475+ cls = &Toggle{}
476+ cls.Ptr = cret
477+ return cls
478+}
479+
480+var xToggleGroupGetToggles func(uintptr) uintptr
481+
482+// Returns a [iface@Gio.ListModel] that contains the toggles of the group.
483+//
484+// This can be used to keep an up-to-date view. The model also implements
485+// [iface@Gtk.SelectionModel] and can be used to track and change the active
486+// toggle.
487+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetToggles() *gtk.SelectionModelBase {
488+ var cls *gtk.SelectionModelBase
489+
490+ cret := xToggleGroupGetToggles(x.GoPointer())
491+
492+ if cret == 0 {
493+ return nil
494+ }
495+ cls = &gtk.SelectionModelBase{}
496+ cls.Ptr = cret
497+ return cls
498+}
499+
500+var xToggleGroupRemove func(uintptr, uintptr)
501+
502+// Removes @toggle from @self.
503+func (x *ToggleGroup) Remove(ToggleVar *Toggle) {
504+
505+ xToggleGroupRemove(x.GoPointer(), ToggleVar.GoPointer())
506+
507+}
508+
509+var xToggleGroupRemoveAll func(uintptr)
510+
511+// Removes all toggles from @self.
512+func (x *ToggleGroup) RemoveAll() {
513+
514+ xToggleGroupRemoveAll(x.GoPointer())
515+
516+}
517+
518+var xToggleGroupSetActive func(uintptr, uint)
519+
520+// Sets the active toggle for @self.
521+//
522+// If the index is larger than the number of toggles in @self, unsets the
523+// current active toggle.
524+func (x *ToggleGroup) SetActive(ActiveVar uint) {
525+
526+ xToggleGroupSetActive(x.GoPointer(), ActiveVar)
527+
528+}
529+
530+var xToggleGroupSetActiveName func(uintptr, string)
531+
532+// Sets the active toggle for @self.
533+//
534+// The name can be set via [property@Toggle:name].
535+//
536+// If @name is `NULL`, unset the current active toggle instead.
537+func (x *ToggleGroup) SetActiveName(NameVar string) {
538+
539+ xToggleGroupSetActiveName(x.GoPointer(), NameVar)
540+
541+}
542+
543+var xToggleGroupSetCanShrink func(uintptr, bool)
544+
545+// Sets whether the toggles can be smaller than the natural size of their
546+// contents.
547+//
548+// If @can_shrink is `TRUE`, the toggle labels will ellipsize.
549+//
550+// See [property@Gtk.Button:can-shrink].
551+func (x *ToggleGroup) SetCanShrink(CanShrinkVar bool) {
552+
553+ xToggleGroupSetCanShrink(x.GoPointer(), CanShrinkVar)
554+
555+}
556+
557+var xToggleGroupSetHomogeneous func(uintptr, bool)
558+
559+// Sets whether all toggles take the same size.
560+func (x *ToggleGroup) SetHomogeneous(HomogeneousVar bool) {
561+
562+ xToggleGroupSetHomogeneous(x.GoPointer(), HomogeneousVar)
563+
564+}
565+
566+func (c *ToggleGroup) GoPointer() uintptr {
567+ if c == nil {
568+ return 0
569+ }
570+ return c.Ptr
571+}
572+
573+func (c *ToggleGroup) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
574+ c.Ptr = ptr
575+}
576+
577+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
578+//
579+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
580+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
581+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
582+// successful operation.
583+//
584+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
585+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
586+func (x *ToggleGroup) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
587+
588+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
589+
590+}
591+
592+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
593+//
594+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
595+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
596+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
597+
598+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
599+
600+ if cret == 0 {
601+ return nil
602+ }
603+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
604+ cls.Ptr = cret
605+ return cls
606+}
607+
608+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
609+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
610+
611+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
612+ return cret
613+}
614+
615+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
616+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
617+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
618+
619+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
620+
621+ if cret == 0 {
622+ return nil
623+ }
624+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
625+ cls.Ptr = cret
626+ return cls
627+}
628+
629+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
630+//
631+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
632+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
633+// child widget.
634+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
635+
636+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
637+ return cret
638+}
639+
640+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
641+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
642+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
643+
644+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
645+
646+ if cret == 0 {
647+ return nil
648+ }
649+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
650+ cls.Ptr = cret
651+ return cls
652+}
653+
654+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
655+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
656+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
657+
658+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
659+
660+ if cret == 0 {
661+ return nil
662+ }
663+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
664+ cls.Ptr = cret
665+ return cls
666+}
667+
668+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
669+//
670+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
671+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
672+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
673+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
674+
675+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
676+ return cret
677+}
678+
679+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
680+func (x *ToggleGroup) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
681+
682+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
683+
684+}
685+
686+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
687+func (x *ToggleGroup) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
688+
689+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
690+
691+}
692+
693+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
694+func (x *ToggleGroup) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
695+
696+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
697+
698+}
699+
700+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
701+//
702+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
703+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
704+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
705+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
706+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
707+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
708+// object is the container widget.
709+func (x *ToggleGroup) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
710+
711+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
712+
713+}
714+
715+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
716+//
717+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
718+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
719+func (x *ToggleGroup) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
720+
721+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
722+
723+}
724+
725+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
726+//
727+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
728+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
729+// states automatically.
730+func (x *ToggleGroup) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
731+
732+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
733+
734+}
735+
736+// Updates a list of accessible properties.
737+//
738+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
739+// value types of accessible properties.
740+//
741+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
742+// an accessible property change must be communicated to assistive
743+// technologies.
744+//
745+// Example:
746+// ```c
747+// value = gtk_adjustment_get_value (adjustment);
748+// gtk_accessible_update_property (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (spin_button),
749+//
750+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PROPERTY_VALUE_NOW, value,
751+// -1);
752+//
753+// ```
754+func (x *ToggleGroup) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varArgs ...interface{}) {
755+
756+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateProperty(x.GoPointer(), FirstPropertyVar, varArgs...)
757+
758+}
759+
760+// Updates an array of accessible properties.
761+//
762+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
763+// property change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
764+//
765+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
766+func (x *ToggleGroup) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.AccessibleProperty, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
767+
768+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar)
769+
770+}
771+
772+// Updates a list of accessible relations.
773+//
774+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
775+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
776+//
777+// If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
778+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
779+//
780+// ```c
781+// gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
782+//
783+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_CONTROLS,
784+// ref1, NULL,
785+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_LABELLED_BY,
786+// ref1, ref2, ref3, NULL,
787+// -1);
788+//
789+// ```
790+func (x *ToggleGroup) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varArgs ...interface{}) {
791+
792+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelation(x.GoPointer(), FirstRelationVar, varArgs...)
793+
794+}
795+
796+// Updates an array of accessible relations.
797+//
798+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
799+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
800+//
801+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
802+func (x *ToggleGroup) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.AccessibleRelation, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
803+
804+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar)
805+
806+}
807+
808+// Updates a list of accessible states.
809+//
810+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
811+// value types of accessible states.
812+//
813+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
814+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
815+// technologies.
816+//
817+// Example:
818+//
819+// ```c
820+// value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
821+// gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
822+//
823+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_CHECKED, value,
824+// -1);
825+//
826+// ```
827+func (x *ToggleGroup) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface{}) {
828+
829+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateState(x.GoPointer(), FirstStateVar, varArgs...)
830+
831+}
832+
833+// Updates an array of accessible states.
834+//
835+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
836+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
837+//
838+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
839+func (x *ToggleGroup) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleState, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
840+
841+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar)
842+
843+}
844+
845+// Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
846+//
847+// `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
848+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
849+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetBuildableId() string {
850+
851+ cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
852+ return cret
853+}
854+
855+// Retrieves the orientation of the @orientable.
856+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetOrientation() gtk.Orientation {
857+
858+ cret := gtk.XGtkOrientableGetOrientation(x.GoPointer())
859+ return cret
860+}
861+
862+// Sets the orientation of the @orientable.
863+func (x *ToggleGroup) SetOrientation(OrientationVar gtk.Orientation) {
864+
865+ gtk.XGtkOrientableSetOrientation(x.GoPointer(), OrientationVar)
866+
867+}
868+
869+func init() {
870+ core.SetPackageName("ADW", "libadwaita-1")
871+ core.SetSharedLibrary("ADW", "libadwaita-1.so.0")
872+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("ADW"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
873+ if err != nil {
874+ panic(err)
875+ }
876+
877+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGLibType, lib, "adw_toggle_get_type")
878+
879+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewToggle, lib, "adw_toggle_new")
880+
881+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGetChild, lib, "adw_toggle_get_child")
882+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGetEnabled, lib, "adw_toggle_get_enabled")
883+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGetIconName, lib, "adw_toggle_get_icon_name")
884+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGetIndex, lib, "adw_toggle_get_index")
885+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGetLabel, lib, "adw_toggle_get_label")
886+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGetName, lib, "adw_toggle_get_name")
887+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGetTooltip, lib, "adw_toggle_get_tooltip")
888+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGetUseUnderline, lib, "adw_toggle_get_use_underline")
889+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleSetChild, lib, "adw_toggle_set_child")
890+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleSetEnabled, lib, "adw_toggle_set_enabled")
891+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleSetIconName, lib, "adw_toggle_set_icon_name")
892+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleSetLabel, lib, "adw_toggle_set_label")
893+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleSetName, lib, "adw_toggle_set_name")
894+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleSetTooltip, lib, "adw_toggle_set_tooltip")
895+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleSetUseUnderline, lib, "adw_toggle_set_use_underline")
896+
897+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGroupGLibType, lib, "adw_toggle_group_get_type")
898+
899+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewToggleGroup, lib, "adw_toggle_group_new")
900+
901+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGroupAdd, lib, "adw_toggle_group_add")
902+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGroupGetActive, lib, "adw_toggle_group_get_active")
903+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGroupGetActiveName, lib, "adw_toggle_group_get_active_name")
904+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGroupGetCanShrink, lib, "adw_toggle_group_get_can_shrink")
905+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGroupGetHomogeneous, lib, "adw_toggle_group_get_homogeneous")
906+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGroupGetNToggles, lib, "adw_toggle_group_get_n_toggles")
907+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGroupGetToggle, lib, "adw_toggle_group_get_toggle")
908+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGroupGetToggleByName, lib, "adw_toggle_group_get_toggle_by_name")
909+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGroupGetToggles, lib, "adw_toggle_group_get_toggles")
910+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGroupRemove, lib, "adw_toggle_group_remove")
911+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGroupRemoveAll, lib, "adw_toggle_group_remove_all")
912+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGroupSetActive, lib, "adw_toggle_group_set_active")
913+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGroupSetActiveName, lib, "adw_toggle_group_set_active_name")
914+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGroupSetCanShrink, lib, "adw_toggle_group_set_can_shrink")
915+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToggleGroupSetHomogeneous, lib, "adw_toggle_group_set_homogeneous")
916+
917+}
M v4/adw/adw-toolbar-view.go +145 -10
@@ -505,34 +505,165 @@ func (c *ToolbarView) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
505505 c.Ptr = ptr
506506 }
507507
508-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
508+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
509+//
510+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
511+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
512+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
513+// successful operation.
514+//
515+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
516+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
517+func (x *ToolbarView) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
518+
519+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
520+
521+}
522+
523+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
524+//
525+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
526+func (x *ToolbarView) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
527+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
528+
529+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
530+
531+ if cret == 0 {
532+ return nil
533+ }
534+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
535+ cls.Ptr = cret
536+ return cls
537+}
538+
539+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
509540 func (x *ToolbarView) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
510541
511542 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
512543 return cret
513544 }
514545
515-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
546+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
547+func (x *ToolbarView) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
548+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
549+
550+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
551+
552+ if cret == 0 {
553+ return nil
554+ }
555+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
556+ cls.Ptr = cret
557+ return cls
558+}
559+
560+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
561+//
562+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
563+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
564+// child widget.
565+func (x *ToolbarView) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
566+
567+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
568+ return cret
569+}
570+
571+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
572+func (x *ToolbarView) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
573+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
574+
575+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
576+
577+ if cret == 0 {
578+ return nil
579+ }
580+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
581+ cls.Ptr = cret
582+ return cls
583+}
584+
585+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
586+func (x *ToolbarView) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
587+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
588+
589+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
590+
591+ if cret == 0 {
592+ return nil
593+ }
594+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
595+ cls.Ptr = cret
596+ return cls
597+}
598+
599+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
600+//
601+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
602+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
603+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
604+func (x *ToolbarView) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
605+
606+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
607+ return cret
608+}
609+
610+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
516611 func (x *ToolbarView) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
517612
518613 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
519614
520615 }
521616
522-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
617+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
523618 func (x *ToolbarView) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
524619
525620 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
526621
527622 }
528623
529-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
624+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
530625 func (x *ToolbarView) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
531626
532627 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
533628
534629 }
535630
631+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
632+//
633+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
634+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
635+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
636+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
637+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
638+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
639+// object is the container widget.
640+func (x *ToolbarView) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
641+
642+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
643+
644+}
645+
646+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
647+//
648+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
649+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
650+func (x *ToolbarView) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
651+
652+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
653+
654+}
655+
656+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
657+//
658+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
659+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
660+// states automatically.
661+func (x *ToolbarView) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
662+
663+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
664+
665+}
666+
536667 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
537668 //
538669 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -575,7 +706,7 @@ func (x *ToolbarView) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gt
575706 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
576707 //
577708 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
578-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
709+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
579710 //
580711 // ```c
581712 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -605,13 +736,17 @@ func (x *ToolbarView) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.
605736
606737 }
607738
608-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
609-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
739+// Updates a list of accessible states.
610740 //
611-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
612-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
741+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
742+// value types of accessible states.
743+//
744+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
745+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
746+// technologies.
613747 //
614748 // Example:
749+//
615750 // ```c
616751 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
617752 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -641,7 +776,7 @@ func (x *ToolbarView) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Accessibl
641776 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
642777 //
643778 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
644-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
779+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
645780 func (x *ToolbarView) GetBuildableId() string {
646781
647782 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-version.go +3 -3
@@ -10,12 +10,12 @@ const (
1010 // Adwaita major version component (e.g. 1 if the version is 1.2.3).
1111 MAJOR_VERSION int = 1
1212 // Adwaita micro version component (e.g. 3 if the version is 1.2.3).
13- MICRO_VERSION int = 4
13+ MICRO_VERSION int = 7
1414 // Adwaita minor version component (e.g. 2 if the version is 1.2.3).
15- MINOR_VERSION int = 6
15+ MINOR_VERSION int = 7
1616 // Adwaita version, encoded as a string, useful for printing and
1717 // concatenation.
18- VERSION_S string = "1.6.4"
18+ VERSION_S string = "1.7.7"
1919 )
2020
2121 var xGetMajorVersion func() uint
M v4/adw/adw-view-stack.go +353 -21
@@ -59,7 +59,9 @@ func (x *ViewStackPagesClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
5959 // [property@ViewStackPage:needs-attention], and
6060 // [property@ViewStackPage:badge-number] properties.
6161 //
62-// Unlike [class@Gtk.Stack], transitions between views are not animated.
62+// Unlike [class@Gtk.Stack], transitions between views can only be animated via
63+// a crossfade and size changes are always interpolated. Animations are disabled
64+// by default. Use [property@ViewStack:enable-transitions] to enable them.
6365 //
6466 // `AdwViewStack` maintains a [class@ViewStackPage] object for each added child,
6567 // which holds additional per-child properties. You obtain the
@@ -225,6 +227,19 @@ func (x *ViewStack) GetChildByName(NameVar string) *gtk.Widget {
225227 return cls
226228 }
227229
230+var xViewStackGetEnableTransitions func(uintptr) bool
231+
232+// Gets whether @self uses a crossfade transition between pages.
233+//
234+// Use [property@ViewStack:transition-duration] to control the duration, and
235+// [property@ViewStack:transition-running] to know when the transition is
236+// running.
237+func (x *ViewStack) GetEnableTransitions() bool {
238+
239+ cret := xViewStackGetEnableTransitions(x.GoPointer())
240+ return cret
241+}
242+
228243 var xViewStackGetHhomogeneous func(uintptr) bool
229244
230245 // Gets whether @self is horizontally homogeneous.
@@ -271,6 +286,28 @@ func (x *ViewStack) GetPages() *gtk.SelectionModelBase {
271286 return cls
272287 }
273288
289+var xViewStackGetTransitionDuration func(uintptr) uint
290+
291+// Gets the transition animation duration for @self.
292+func (x *ViewStack) GetTransitionDuration() uint {
293+
294+ cret := xViewStackGetTransitionDuration(x.GoPointer())
295+ return cret
296+}
297+
298+var xViewStackGetTransitionRunning func(uintptr) bool
299+
300+// Gets whether a transition is currently running for @self.
301+//
302+// If a transition is impossible, the property value will be set to `TRUE` and
303+// then immediately to `FALSE`, so it's possible to rely on its notifications
304+// to know that a transition has happened.
305+func (x *ViewStack) GetTransitionRunning() bool {
306+
307+ cret := xViewStackGetTransitionRunning(x.GoPointer())
308+ return cret
309+}
310+
274311 var xViewStackGetVhomogeneous func(uintptr) bool
275312
276313 // Gets whether @self is vertically homogeneous.
@@ -315,6 +352,15 @@ func (x *ViewStack) Remove(ChildVar *gtk.Widget) {
315352
316353 }
317354
355+var xViewStackSetEnableTransitions func(uintptr, bool)
356+
357+// Sets whether @self uses a crossfade transition between pages.
358+func (x *ViewStack) SetEnableTransitions(EnableTransitionsVar bool) {
359+
360+ xViewStackSetEnableTransitions(x.GoPointer(), EnableTransitionsVar)
361+
362+}
363+
318364 var xViewStackSetHhomogeneous func(uintptr, bool)
319365
320366 // Sets @self to be horizontally homogeneous or not.
@@ -330,6 +376,17 @@ func (x *ViewStack) SetHhomogeneous(HhomogeneousVar bool) {
330376
331377 }
332378
379+var xViewStackSetTransitionDuration func(uintptr, uint)
380+
381+// Sets the transition animation duration for @self.
382+//
383+// Only used when [property@ViewStack:enable-transitions] is set to `TRUE`.
384+func (x *ViewStack) SetTransitionDuration(DurationVar uint) {
385+
386+ xViewStackSetTransitionDuration(x.GoPointer(), DurationVar)
387+
388+}
389+
333390 var xViewStackSetVhomogeneous func(uintptr, bool)
334391
335392 // Sets @self to be vertically homogeneous or not.
@@ -376,34 +433,165 @@ func (c *ViewStack) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
376433 c.Ptr = ptr
377434 }
378435
379-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
436+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
437+//
438+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
439+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
440+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
441+// successful operation.
442+//
443+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
444+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
445+func (x *ViewStack) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
446+
447+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
448+
449+}
450+
451+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
452+//
453+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
454+func (x *ViewStack) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
455+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
456+
457+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
458+
459+ if cret == 0 {
460+ return nil
461+ }
462+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
463+ cls.Ptr = cret
464+ return cls
465+}
466+
467+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
380468 func (x *ViewStack) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
381469
382470 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
383471 return cret
384472 }
385473
386-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
474+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
475+func (x *ViewStack) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
476+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
477+
478+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
479+
480+ if cret == 0 {
481+ return nil
482+ }
483+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
484+ cls.Ptr = cret
485+ return cls
486+}
487+
488+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
489+//
490+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
491+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
492+// child widget.
493+func (x *ViewStack) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
494+
495+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
496+ return cret
497+}
498+
499+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
500+func (x *ViewStack) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
501+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
502+
503+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
504+
505+ if cret == 0 {
506+ return nil
507+ }
508+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
509+ cls.Ptr = cret
510+ return cls
511+}
512+
513+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
514+func (x *ViewStack) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
515+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
516+
517+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
518+
519+ if cret == 0 {
520+ return nil
521+ }
522+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
523+ cls.Ptr = cret
524+ return cls
525+}
526+
527+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
528+//
529+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
530+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
531+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
532+func (x *ViewStack) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
533+
534+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
535+ return cret
536+}
537+
538+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
387539 func (x *ViewStack) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
388540
389541 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
390542
391543 }
392544
393-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
545+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
394546 func (x *ViewStack) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
395547
396548 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
397549
398550 }
399551
400-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
552+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
401553 func (x *ViewStack) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
402554
403555 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
404556
405557 }
406558
559+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
560+//
561+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
562+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
563+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
564+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
565+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
566+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
567+// object is the container widget.
568+func (x *ViewStack) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
569+
570+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
571+
572+}
573+
574+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
575+//
576+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
577+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
578+func (x *ViewStack) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
579+
580+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
581+
582+}
583+
584+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
585+//
586+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
587+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
588+// states automatically.
589+func (x *ViewStack) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
590+
591+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
592+
593+}
594+
407595 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
408596 //
409597 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -446,7 +634,7 @@ func (x *ViewStack) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.
446634 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
447635 //
448636 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
449-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
637+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
450638 //
451639 // ```c
452640 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -476,13 +664,17 @@ func (x *ViewStack) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Ac
476664
477665 }
478666
479-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
480-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
667+// Updates a list of accessible states.
481668 //
482-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
483-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
669+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
670+// value types of accessible states.
671+//
672+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
673+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
674+// technologies.
484675 //
485676 // Example:
677+//
486678 // ```c
487679 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
488680 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -512,7 +704,7 @@ func (x *ViewStack) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleS
512704 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
513705 //
514706 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
515-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
707+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
516708 func (x *ViewStack) GetBuildableId() string {
517709
518710 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
@@ -703,34 +895,165 @@ func (c *ViewStackPage) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
703895 c.Ptr = ptr
704896 }
705897
706-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
898+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
899+//
900+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
901+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
902+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
903+// successful operation.
904+//
905+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
906+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
907+func (x *ViewStackPage) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
908+
909+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
910+
911+}
912+
913+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
914+//
915+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
916+func (x *ViewStackPage) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
917+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
918+
919+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
920+
921+ if cret == 0 {
922+ return nil
923+ }
924+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
925+ cls.Ptr = cret
926+ return cls
927+}
928+
929+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
707930 func (x *ViewStackPage) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
708931
709932 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
710933 return cret
711934 }
712935
713-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
936+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
937+func (x *ViewStackPage) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
938+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
939+
940+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
941+
942+ if cret == 0 {
943+ return nil
944+ }
945+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
946+ cls.Ptr = cret
947+ return cls
948+}
949+
950+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
951+//
952+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
953+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
954+// child widget.
955+func (x *ViewStackPage) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
956+
957+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
958+ return cret
959+}
960+
961+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
962+func (x *ViewStackPage) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
963+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
964+
965+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
966+
967+ if cret == 0 {
968+ return nil
969+ }
970+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
971+ cls.Ptr = cret
972+ return cls
973+}
974+
975+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
976+func (x *ViewStackPage) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
977+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
978+
979+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
980+
981+ if cret == 0 {
982+ return nil
983+ }
984+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
985+ cls.Ptr = cret
986+ return cls
987+}
988+
989+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
990+//
991+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
992+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
993+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
994+func (x *ViewStackPage) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
995+
996+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
997+ return cret
998+}
999+
1000+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
7141001 func (x *ViewStackPage) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
7151002
7161003 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
7171004
7181005 }
7191006
720-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
1007+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
7211008 func (x *ViewStackPage) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
7221009
7231010 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
7241011
7251012 }
7261013
727-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
1014+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
7281015 func (x *ViewStackPage) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
7291016
7301017 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
7311018
7321019 }
7331020
1021+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
1022+//
1023+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
1024+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
1025+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
1026+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
1027+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
1028+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
1029+// object is the container widget.
1030+func (x *ViewStackPage) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
1031+
1032+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
1033+
1034+}
1035+
1036+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
1037+//
1038+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
1039+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
1040+func (x *ViewStackPage) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
1041+
1042+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
1043+
1044+}
1045+
1046+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
1047+//
1048+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
1049+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
1050+// states automatically.
1051+func (x *ViewStackPage) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
1052+
1053+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
1054+
1055+}
1056+
7341057 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
7351058 //
7361059 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -773,7 +1096,7 @@ func (x *ViewStackPage) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []
7731096 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
7741097 //
7751098 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
776-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
1099+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
7771100 //
7781101 // ```c
7791102 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -803,13 +1126,17 @@ func (x *ViewStackPage) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gt
8031126
8041127 }
8051128
806-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
807-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
1129+// Updates a list of accessible states.
8081130 //
809-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
810-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
1131+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
1132+// value types of accessible states.
1133+//
1134+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
1135+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
1136+// technologies.
8111137 //
8121138 // Example:
1139+//
8131140 // ```c
8141141 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
8151142 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -1043,7 +1370,7 @@ func (x *ViewStackPages) SelectRange(PositionVar uint, NItemsVar uint, UnselectR
10431370
10441371 // Helper function for implementations of `GtkSelectionModel`.
10451372 //
1046-// Call this when a the selection changes to emit the
1373+// Call this when the selection changes to emit the
10471374 // [signal@Gtk.SelectionModel::selection-changed] signal.
10481375 func (x *ViewStackPages) SelectionChanged(PositionVar uint, NItemsVar uint) {
10491376
@@ -1131,14 +1458,19 @@ func init() {
11311458 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackAddTitled, lib, "adw_view_stack_add_titled")
11321459 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackAddTitledWithIcon, lib, "adw_view_stack_add_titled_with_icon")
11331460 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackGetChildByName, lib, "adw_view_stack_get_child_by_name")
1461+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackGetEnableTransitions, lib, "adw_view_stack_get_enable_transitions")
11341462 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackGetHhomogeneous, lib, "adw_view_stack_get_hhomogeneous")
11351463 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackGetPage, lib, "adw_view_stack_get_page")
11361464 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackGetPages, lib, "adw_view_stack_get_pages")
1465+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackGetTransitionDuration, lib, "adw_view_stack_get_transition_duration")
1466+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackGetTransitionRunning, lib, "adw_view_stack_get_transition_running")
11371467 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackGetVhomogeneous, lib, "adw_view_stack_get_vhomogeneous")
11381468 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackGetVisibleChild, lib, "adw_view_stack_get_visible_child")
11391469 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackGetVisibleChildName, lib, "adw_view_stack_get_visible_child_name")
11401470 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackRemove, lib, "adw_view_stack_remove")
1471+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackSetEnableTransitions, lib, "adw_view_stack_set_enable_transitions")
11411472 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackSetHhomogeneous, lib, "adw_view_stack_set_hhomogeneous")
1473+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackSetTransitionDuration, lib, "adw_view_stack_set_transition_duration")
11421474 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackSetVhomogeneous, lib, "adw_view_stack_set_vhomogeneous")
11431475 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackSetVisibleChild, lib, "adw_view_stack_set_visible_child")
11441476 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackSetVisibleChildName, lib, "adw_view_stack_set_visible_child_name")
M v4/adw/adw-view-switcher-bar.go +145 -10
@@ -173,34 +173,165 @@ func (c *ViewSwitcherBar) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
173173 c.Ptr = ptr
174174 }
175175
176-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
176+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
177+//
178+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
179+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
180+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
181+// successful operation.
182+//
183+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
184+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
185+func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
186+
187+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
188+
189+}
190+
191+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
192+//
193+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
194+func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
195+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
196+
197+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
198+
199+ if cret == 0 {
200+ return nil
201+ }
202+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
203+ cls.Ptr = cret
204+ return cls
205+}
206+
207+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
177208 func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
178209
179210 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
180211 return cret
181212 }
182213
183-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
214+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
215+func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
216+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
217+
218+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
219+
220+ if cret == 0 {
221+ return nil
222+ }
223+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
224+ cls.Ptr = cret
225+ return cls
226+}
227+
228+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
229+//
230+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
231+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
232+// child widget.
233+func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
234+
235+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
236+ return cret
237+}
238+
239+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
240+func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
241+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
242+
243+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
244+
245+ if cret == 0 {
246+ return nil
247+ }
248+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
249+ cls.Ptr = cret
250+ return cls
251+}
252+
253+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
254+func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
255+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
256+
257+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
258+
259+ if cret == 0 {
260+ return nil
261+ }
262+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
263+ cls.Ptr = cret
264+ return cls
265+}
266+
267+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
268+//
269+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
270+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
271+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
272+func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
273+
274+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
275+ return cret
276+}
277+
278+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
184279 func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
185280
186281 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
187282
188283 }
189284
190-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
285+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
191286 func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
192287
193288 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
194289
195290 }
196291
197-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
292+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
198293 func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
199294
200295 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
201296
202297 }
203298
299+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
300+//
301+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
302+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
303+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
304+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
305+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
306+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
307+// object is the container widget.
308+func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
309+
310+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
311+
312+}
313+
314+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
315+//
316+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
317+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
318+func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
319+
320+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
321+
322+}
323+
324+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
325+//
326+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
327+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
328+// states automatically.
329+func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
330+
331+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
332+
333+}
334+
204335 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
205336 //
206337 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -243,7 +374,7 @@ func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar
243374 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
244375 //
245376 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
246-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
377+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
247378 //
248379 // ```c
249380 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -273,13 +404,17 @@ func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []
273404
274405 }
275406
276-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
277-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
407+// Updates a list of accessible states.
278408 //
279-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
280-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
409+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
410+// value types of accessible states.
411+//
412+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
413+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
414+// technologies.
281415 //
282416 // Example:
417+//
283418 // ```c
284419 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
285420 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -309,7 +444,7 @@ func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Acces
309444 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
310445 //
311446 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
312-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
447+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
313448 func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) GetBuildableId() string {
314449
315450 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-view-switcher-title.go +145 -10
@@ -233,34 +233,165 @@ func (c *ViewSwitcherTitle) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
233233 c.Ptr = ptr
234234 }
235235
236-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
236+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
237+//
238+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
239+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
240+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
241+// successful operation.
242+//
243+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
244+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
245+func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
246+
247+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
248+
249+}
250+
251+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
252+//
253+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
254+func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
255+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
256+
257+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
258+
259+ if cret == 0 {
260+ return nil
261+ }
262+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
263+ cls.Ptr = cret
264+ return cls
265+}
266+
267+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
237268 func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
238269
239270 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
240271 return cret
241272 }
242273
243-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
274+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
275+func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
276+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
277+
278+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
279+
280+ if cret == 0 {
281+ return nil
282+ }
283+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
284+ cls.Ptr = cret
285+ return cls
286+}
287+
288+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
289+//
290+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
291+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
292+// child widget.
293+func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
294+
295+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
296+ return cret
297+}
298+
299+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
300+func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
301+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
302+
303+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
304+
305+ if cret == 0 {
306+ return nil
307+ }
308+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
309+ cls.Ptr = cret
310+ return cls
311+}
312+
313+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
314+func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
315+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
316+
317+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
318+
319+ if cret == 0 {
320+ return nil
321+ }
322+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
323+ cls.Ptr = cret
324+ return cls
325+}
326+
327+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
328+//
329+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
330+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
331+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
332+func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
333+
334+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
335+ return cret
336+}
337+
338+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
244339 func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
245340
246341 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
247342
248343 }
249344
250-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
345+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
251346 func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
252347
253348 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
254349
255350 }
256351
257-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
352+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
258353 func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
259354
260355 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
261356
262357 }
263358
359+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
360+//
361+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
362+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
363+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
364+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
365+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
366+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
367+// object is the container widget.
368+func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
369+
370+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
371+
372+}
373+
374+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
375+//
376+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
377+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
378+func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
379+
380+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
381+
382+}
383+
384+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
385+//
386+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
387+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
388+// states automatically.
389+func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
390+
391+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
392+
393+}
394+
264395 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
265396 //
266397 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -303,7 +434,7 @@ func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVa
303434 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
304435 //
305436 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
306-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
437+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
307438 //
308439 // ```c
309440 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -333,13 +464,17 @@ func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar
333464
334465 }
335466
336-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
337-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
467+// Updates a list of accessible states.
338468 //
339-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
340-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
469+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
470+// value types of accessible states.
471+//
472+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
473+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
474+// technologies.
341475 //
342476 // Example:
477+//
343478 // ```c
344479 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
345480 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -369,7 +504,7 @@ func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Acc
369504 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
370505 //
371506 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
372-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
507+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
373508 func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) GetBuildableId() string {
374509
375510 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-view-switcher.go +145 -10
@@ -199,34 +199,165 @@ func (c *ViewSwitcher) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
199199 c.Ptr = ptr
200200 }
201201
202-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
202+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
203+//
204+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
205+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
206+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
207+// successful operation.
208+//
209+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
210+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
211+func (x *ViewSwitcher) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
212+
213+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
214+
215+}
216+
217+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
218+//
219+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
220+func (x *ViewSwitcher) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
221+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
222+
223+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
224+
225+ if cret == 0 {
226+ return nil
227+ }
228+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
229+ cls.Ptr = cret
230+ return cls
231+}
232+
233+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
203234 func (x *ViewSwitcher) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
204235
205236 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
206237 return cret
207238 }
208239
209-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
240+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
241+func (x *ViewSwitcher) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
242+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
243+
244+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
245+
246+ if cret == 0 {
247+ return nil
248+ }
249+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
250+ cls.Ptr = cret
251+ return cls
252+}
253+
254+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
255+//
256+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
257+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
258+// child widget.
259+func (x *ViewSwitcher) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
260+
261+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
262+ return cret
263+}
264+
265+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
266+func (x *ViewSwitcher) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
267+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
268+
269+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
270+
271+ if cret == 0 {
272+ return nil
273+ }
274+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
275+ cls.Ptr = cret
276+ return cls
277+}
278+
279+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
280+func (x *ViewSwitcher) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
281+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
282+
283+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
284+
285+ if cret == 0 {
286+ return nil
287+ }
288+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
289+ cls.Ptr = cret
290+ return cls
291+}
292+
293+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
294+//
295+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
296+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
297+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
298+func (x *ViewSwitcher) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
299+
300+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
301+ return cret
302+}
303+
304+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
210305 func (x *ViewSwitcher) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
211306
212307 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
213308
214309 }
215310
216-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
311+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
217312 func (x *ViewSwitcher) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
218313
219314 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
220315
221316 }
222317
223-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
318+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
224319 func (x *ViewSwitcher) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
225320
226321 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
227322
228323 }
229324
325+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
326+//
327+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
328+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
329+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
330+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
331+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
332+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
333+// object is the container widget.
334+func (x *ViewSwitcher) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
335+
336+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
337+
338+}
339+
340+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
341+//
342+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
343+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
344+func (x *ViewSwitcher) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
345+
346+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
347+
348+}
349+
350+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
351+//
352+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
353+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
354+// states automatically.
355+func (x *ViewSwitcher) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
356+
357+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
358+
359+}
360+
230361 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
231362 //
232363 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -269,7 +400,7 @@ func (x *ViewSwitcher) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []g
269400 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
270401 //
271402 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
272-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
403+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
273404 //
274405 // ```c
275406 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -299,13 +430,17 @@ func (x *ViewSwitcher) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk
299430
300431 }
301432
302-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
303-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
433+// Updates a list of accessible states.
304434 //
305-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
306-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
435+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
436+// value types of accessible states.
437+//
438+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
439+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
440+// technologies.
307441 //
308442 // Example:
443+//
309444 // ```c
310445 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
311446 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -335,7 +470,7 @@ func (x *ViewSwitcher) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Accessib
335470 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
336471 //
337472 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
338-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
473+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
339474 func (x *ViewSwitcher) GetBuildableId() string {
340475
341476 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-window-title.go +145 -10
@@ -122,34 +122,165 @@ func (c *WindowTitle) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
122122 c.Ptr = ptr
123123 }
124124
125-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
125+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
126+//
127+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
128+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
129+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
130+// successful operation.
131+//
132+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
133+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
134+func (x *WindowTitle) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
135+
136+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
137+
138+}
139+
140+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
141+//
142+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
143+func (x *WindowTitle) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
144+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
145+
146+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
147+
148+ if cret == 0 {
149+ return nil
150+ }
151+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
152+ cls.Ptr = cret
153+ return cls
154+}
155+
156+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
126157 func (x *WindowTitle) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
127158
128159 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
129160 return cret
130161 }
131162
132-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
163+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
164+func (x *WindowTitle) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
165+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
166+
167+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
168+
169+ if cret == 0 {
170+ return nil
171+ }
172+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
173+ cls.Ptr = cret
174+ return cls
175+}
176+
177+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
178+//
179+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
180+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
181+// child widget.
182+func (x *WindowTitle) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
183+
184+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
185+ return cret
186+}
187+
188+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
189+func (x *WindowTitle) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
190+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
191+
192+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
193+
194+ if cret == 0 {
195+ return nil
196+ }
197+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
198+ cls.Ptr = cret
199+ return cls
200+}
201+
202+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
203+func (x *WindowTitle) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
204+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
205+
206+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
207+
208+ if cret == 0 {
209+ return nil
210+ }
211+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
212+ cls.Ptr = cret
213+ return cls
214+}
215+
216+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
217+//
218+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
219+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
220+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
221+func (x *WindowTitle) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
222+
223+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
224+ return cret
225+}
226+
227+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
133228 func (x *WindowTitle) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
134229
135230 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
136231
137232 }
138233
139-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
234+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
140235 func (x *WindowTitle) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
141236
142237 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
143238
144239 }
145240
146-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
241+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
147242 func (x *WindowTitle) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
148243
149244 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
150245
151246 }
152247
248+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
249+//
250+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
251+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
252+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
253+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
254+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
255+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
256+// object is the container widget.
257+func (x *WindowTitle) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
258+
259+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
260+
261+}
262+
263+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
264+//
265+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
266+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
267+func (x *WindowTitle) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
268+
269+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
270+
271+}
272+
273+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
274+//
275+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
276+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
277+// states automatically.
278+func (x *WindowTitle) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
279+
280+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
281+
282+}
283+
153284 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
154285 //
155286 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -192,7 +323,7 @@ func (x *WindowTitle) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gt
192323 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
193324 //
194325 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
195-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
326+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
196327 //
197328 // ```c
198329 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -222,13 +353,17 @@ func (x *WindowTitle) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.
222353
223354 }
224355
225-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
226-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
356+// Updates a list of accessible states.
227357 //
228-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
229-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
358+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
359+// value types of accessible states.
360+//
361+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
362+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
363+// technologies.
230364 //
231365 // Example:
366+//
232367 // ```c
233368 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
234369 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -258,7 +393,7 @@ func (x *WindowTitle) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Accessibl
258393 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
259394 //
260395 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
261-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
396+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
262397 func (x *WindowTitle) GetBuildableId() string {
263398
264399 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/adw/adw-window.go +179 -10
@@ -106,6 +106,12 @@ func (x *WindowClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
106106 // UI state. `AdwWindow` defaults to the minimum size of 360×200 px. If that's
107107 // too small, set the [property@Gtk.Widget:width-request] and
108108 // [property@Gtk.Widget:height-request] properties manually.
109+//
110+// ## Adaptive Preview
111+//
112+// `AdwWindow` has a debug tool called adaptive preview. It can be opened from
113+// GTK Inspector or by pressing <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>M</kbd>,
114+// and controlled via the [property@Window:adaptive-preview] property.
109115 type Window struct {
110116 gtk.Window
111117 }
@@ -148,6 +154,15 @@ func (x *Window) AddBreakpoint(BreakpointVar *Breakpoint) {
148154
149155 }
150156
157+var xWindowGetAdaptivePreview func(uintptr) bool
158+
159+// Gets whether adaptive preview for @self is currently open.
160+func (x *Window) GetAdaptivePreview() bool {
161+
162+ cret := xWindowGetAdaptivePreview(x.GoPointer())
163+ return cret
164+}
165+
151166 var xWindowGetContent func(uintptr) uintptr
152167
153168 // Gets the content widget of @self.
@@ -219,6 +234,23 @@ func (x *Window) GetVisibleDialog() *Dialog {
219234 return cls
220235 }
221236
237+var xWindowSetAdaptivePreview func(uintptr, bool)
238+
239+// Sets whether adaptive preview for @self is currently open.
240+//
241+// Adaptive preview is a debugging tool used for testing the window
242+// contents at specific screen sizes, simulating mobile environment.
243+//
244+// Adaptive preview can always be accessed from inspector. This function
245+// allows applications to open it manually.
246+//
247+// Most applications should not use this function.
248+func (x *Window) SetAdaptivePreview(AdaptivePreviewVar bool) {
249+
250+ xWindowSetAdaptivePreview(x.GoPointer(), AdaptivePreviewVar)
251+
252+}
253+
222254 var xWindowSetContent func(uintptr, uintptr)
223255
224256 // Sets the content widget of @self.
@@ -241,34 +273,165 @@ func (c *Window) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
241273 c.Ptr = ptr
242274 }
243275
244-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
276+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
277+//
278+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
279+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
280+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
281+// successful operation.
282+//
283+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
284+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
285+func (x *Window) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
286+
287+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
288+
289+}
290+
291+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
292+//
293+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
294+func (x *Window) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
295+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
296+
297+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
298+
299+ if cret == 0 {
300+ return nil
301+ }
302+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
303+ cls.Ptr = cret
304+ return cls
305+}
306+
307+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
245308 func (x *Window) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
246309
247310 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
248311 return cret
249312 }
250313
251-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
314+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
315+func (x *Window) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
316+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
317+
318+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
319+
320+ if cret == 0 {
321+ return nil
322+ }
323+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
324+ cls.Ptr = cret
325+ return cls
326+}
327+
328+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
329+//
330+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
331+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
332+// child widget.
333+func (x *Window) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
334+
335+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
336+ return cret
337+}
338+
339+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
340+func (x *Window) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
341+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
342+
343+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
344+
345+ if cret == 0 {
346+ return nil
347+ }
348+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
349+ cls.Ptr = cret
350+ return cls
351+}
352+
353+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
354+func (x *Window) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
355+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
356+
357+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
358+
359+ if cret == 0 {
360+ return nil
361+ }
362+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
363+ cls.Ptr = cret
364+ return cls
365+}
366+
367+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
368+//
369+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
370+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
371+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
372+func (x *Window) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
373+
374+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
375+ return cret
376+}
377+
378+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
252379 func (x *Window) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
253380
254381 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
255382
256383 }
257384
258-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
385+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
259386 func (x *Window) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
260387
261388 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
262389
263390 }
264391
265-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
392+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
266393 func (x *Window) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
267394
268395 gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
269396
270397 }
271398
399+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
400+//
401+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
402+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
403+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
404+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
405+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
406+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
407+// object is the container widget.
408+func (x *Window) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
409+
410+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
411+
412+}
413+
414+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
415+//
416+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
417+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
418+func (x *Window) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
419+
420+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
421+
422+}
423+
424+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
425+//
426+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
427+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
428+// states automatically.
429+func (x *Window) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
430+
431+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
432+
433+}
434+
272435 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
273436 //
274437 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -311,7 +474,7 @@ func (x *Window) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.Acc
311474 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
312475 //
313476 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
314-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
477+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
315478 //
316479 // ```c
317480 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -341,13 +504,17 @@ func (x *Window) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.Acces
341504
342505 }
343506
344-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
345-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
507+// Updates a list of accessible states.
346508 //
347-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
348-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
509+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
510+// value types of accessible states.
511+//
512+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
513+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
514+// technologies.
349515 //
350516 // Example:
517+//
351518 // ```c
352519 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
353520 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -377,7 +544,7 @@ func (x *Window) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleStat
377544 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
378545 //
379546 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
380-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
547+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
381548 func (x *Window) GetBuildableId() string {
382549
383550 cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
@@ -504,10 +671,12 @@ func init() {
504671 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewWindow, lib, "adw_window_new")
505672
506673 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWindowAddBreakpoint, lib, "adw_window_add_breakpoint")
674+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWindowGetAdaptivePreview, lib, "adw_window_get_adaptive_preview")
507675 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWindowGetContent, lib, "adw_window_get_content")
508676 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWindowGetCurrentBreakpoint, lib, "adw_window_get_current_breakpoint")
509677 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWindowGetDialogs, lib, "adw_window_get_dialogs")
510678 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWindowGetVisibleDialog, lib, "adw_window_get_visible_dialog")
679+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWindowSetAdaptivePreview, lib, "adw_window_set_adaptive_preview")
511680 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWindowSetContent, lib, "adw_window_set_content")
512681
513682 }
A v4/adw/adw-wrap-box.go +810 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,810 @@
1+// Package adw was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package adw
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
12+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gtk"
13+)
14+
15+type WrapBoxClass struct {
16+ _ structs.HostLayout
17+
18+ ParentClass gtk.WidgetClass
19+}
20+
21+func (x *WrapBoxClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
22+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
23+}
24+
25+// A box-like widget that can wrap into multiple lines.
26+//
27+// <picture>
28+//
29+// <source srcset="wrap-box-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
30+// <img src="wrap-box.png" alt="wrap-box">
31+//
32+// </picture>
33+//
34+// `AdwWrapBox` is similar to [class@Gtk.Box], but can wrap lines when the
35+// widgets cannot fit otherwise. Unlike [class@Gtk.FlowBox], the children aren't
36+// arranged into a grid and behave more like words in a wrapping label.
37+//
38+// Like `GtkBox`, `AdwWrapBox` is orientable and has spacing:
39+//
40+// - [property@WrapBox:child-spacing] between children in the same line;
41+// - [property@WrapBox:line-spacing] between lines.
42+//
43+// ::: note
44+//
45+// Unlike `GtkBox`, `AdwWrapBox` cannot follow the CSS `border-spacing`
46+// property.
47+//
48+// Use the [property@WrapBox:natural-line-length] property to determine the
49+// layout's natural size, e.g. when using it in a [class@Gtk.Popover].
50+//
51+// Normally, a horizontal `AdwWrapBox` wraps left to right and top to bottom
52+// for left-to-right languages. Both of these directions can be reversed, using
53+// the [property@WrapBox:pack-direction] and [property@WrapBox:wrap-reverse]
54+// properties. Additionally, the alignment of each line can be controlled with
55+// the [property@WrapBox:align] property.
56+//
57+// Lines can be justified using the [property@WrapBox:justify] property, filling
58+// the entire line by either increasing child size or spacing depending on the
59+// value. Set [property@WrapBox:justify-last-line] to justify the last line as
60+// well.
61+//
62+// By default, `AdwWrapBox` wraps as soon as the previous line cannot fit any
63+// more children without shrinking them past their natural size. Set
64+// [property@WrapBox:wrap-policy] to [enum@Adw.WrapPolicy.MINIMUM] to only wrap
65+// once all the children in the previous line have been shrunk to their minimum
66+// size.
67+//
68+// To make each line take the same amount of space, set
69+// [property@WrapBox:line-homogeneous] to `TRUE`.
70+//
71+// Spacing and natural line length can scale with the text scale factor, use the
72+// [property@WrapBox:child-spacing-unit], [property@WrapBox:line-spacing-unit]
73+// and/or [property@WrapBox:natural-line-length-unit] properties to enable that
74+// behavior.
75+//
76+// See [class@WrapLayout].
77+//
78+// ## CSS nodes
79+//
80+// `AdwWrapBox` uses a single CSS node with name `wrap-box`.
81+//
82+// ## Accessibility
83+//
84+// `AdwWrapBox` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_GROUP` role.
85+type WrapBox struct {
86+ gtk.Widget
87+}
88+
89+var xWrapBoxGLibType func() types.GType
90+
91+func WrapBoxGLibType() types.GType {
92+ return xWrapBoxGLibType()
93+}
94+
95+func WrapBoxNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *WrapBox {
96+ cls := &WrapBox{}
97+ cls.Ptr = ptr
98+ return cls
99+}
100+
101+var xNewWrapBox func() uintptr
102+
103+// Creates a new `AdwWrapBox`.
104+func NewWrapBox() *WrapBox {
105+ var cls *WrapBox
106+
107+ cret := xNewWrapBox()
108+
109+ if cret == 0 {
110+ return nil
111+ }
112+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
113+ cls = &WrapBox{}
114+ cls.Ptr = cret
115+ return cls
116+}
117+
118+var xWrapBoxAppend func(uintptr, uintptr)
119+
120+// Adds @child as the last child to @self.
121+func (x *WrapBox) Append(ChildVar *gtk.Widget) {
122+
123+ xWrapBoxAppend(x.GoPointer(), ChildVar.GoPointer())
124+
125+}
126+
127+var xWrapBoxGetAlign func(uintptr) float32
128+
129+// Gets the alignment of the children within each line.
130+func (x *WrapBox) GetAlign() float32 {
131+
132+ cret := xWrapBoxGetAlign(x.GoPointer())
133+ return cret
134+}
135+
136+var xWrapBoxGetChildSpacing func(uintptr) int
137+
138+// Gets spacing between widgets on the same line.
139+func (x *WrapBox) GetChildSpacing() int {
140+
141+ cret := xWrapBoxGetChildSpacing(x.GoPointer())
142+ return cret
143+}
144+
145+var xWrapBoxGetChildSpacingUnit func(uintptr) LengthUnit
146+
147+// Gets the length unit for child spacing.
148+func (x *WrapBox) GetChildSpacingUnit() LengthUnit {
149+
150+ cret := xWrapBoxGetChildSpacingUnit(x.GoPointer())
151+ return cret
152+}
153+
154+var xWrapBoxGetJustify func(uintptr) JustifyMode
155+
156+// Gets whether and how each complete line is stretched to fill the entire widget.
157+func (x *WrapBox) GetJustify() JustifyMode {
158+
159+ cret := xWrapBoxGetJustify(x.GoPointer())
160+ return cret
161+}
162+
163+var xWrapBoxGetJustifyLastLine func(uintptr) bool
164+
165+// Gets whether the last line should be stretched to fill the entire widget.
166+func (x *WrapBox) GetJustifyLastLine() bool {
167+
168+ cret := xWrapBoxGetJustifyLastLine(x.GoPointer())
169+ return cret
170+}
171+
172+var xWrapBoxGetLineHomogeneous func(uintptr) bool
173+
174+// Gets whether all lines should take the same amount of space.
175+func (x *WrapBox) GetLineHomogeneous() bool {
176+
177+ cret := xWrapBoxGetLineHomogeneous(x.GoPointer())
178+ return cret
179+}
180+
181+var xWrapBoxGetLineSpacing func(uintptr) int
182+
183+// Gets the spacing between lines.
184+//
185+// See [property@WrapBox:line-spacing-unit].
186+func (x *WrapBox) GetLineSpacing() int {
187+
188+ cret := xWrapBoxGetLineSpacing(x.GoPointer())
189+ return cret
190+}
191+
192+var xWrapBoxGetLineSpacingUnit func(uintptr) LengthUnit
193+
194+// Gets the length unit for line spacing.
195+func (x *WrapBox) GetLineSpacingUnit() LengthUnit {
196+
197+ cret := xWrapBoxGetLineSpacingUnit(x.GoPointer())
198+ return cret
199+}
200+
201+var xWrapBoxGetNaturalLineLength func(uintptr) int
202+
203+// Gets the natural size for each line.
204+func (x *WrapBox) GetNaturalLineLength() int {
205+
206+ cret := xWrapBoxGetNaturalLineLength(x.GoPointer())
207+ return cret
208+}
209+
210+var xWrapBoxGetNaturalLineLengthUnit func(uintptr) LengthUnit
211+
212+// Gets the length unit for line spacing.
213+func (x *WrapBox) GetNaturalLineLengthUnit() LengthUnit {
214+
215+ cret := xWrapBoxGetNaturalLineLengthUnit(x.GoPointer())
216+ return cret
217+}
218+
219+var xWrapBoxGetPackDirection func(uintptr) PackDirection
220+
221+// Gets the direction children are packed in each line.
222+func (x *WrapBox) GetPackDirection() PackDirection {
223+
224+ cret := xWrapBoxGetPackDirection(x.GoPointer())
225+ return cret
226+}
227+
228+var xWrapBoxGetWrapPolicy func(uintptr) WrapPolicy
229+
230+// Gets the policy for line wrapping.
231+func (x *WrapBox) GetWrapPolicy() WrapPolicy {
232+
233+ cret := xWrapBoxGetWrapPolicy(x.GoPointer())
234+ return cret
235+}
236+
237+var xWrapBoxGetWrapReverse func(uintptr) bool
238+
239+// Gets whether wrap direction is reversed.
240+func (x *WrapBox) GetWrapReverse() bool {
241+
242+ cret := xWrapBoxGetWrapReverse(x.GoPointer())
243+ return cret
244+}
245+
246+var xWrapBoxInsertChildAfter func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
247+
248+// Inserts @child in the position after @sibling in the list of @self children.
249+//
250+// If @sibling is `NULL`, inserts @child at the first position.
251+func (x *WrapBox) InsertChildAfter(ChildVar *gtk.Widget, SiblingVar *gtk.Widget) {
252+
253+ xWrapBoxInsertChildAfter(x.GoPointer(), ChildVar.GoPointer(), SiblingVar.GoPointer())
254+
255+}
256+
257+var xWrapBoxPrepend func(uintptr, uintptr)
258+
259+// Adds @child as the first child to @self.
260+func (x *WrapBox) Prepend(ChildVar *gtk.Widget) {
261+
262+ xWrapBoxPrepend(x.GoPointer(), ChildVar.GoPointer())
263+
264+}
265+
266+var xWrapBoxRemove func(uintptr, uintptr)
267+
268+// Removes a child widget from @self.
269+//
270+// The child must have been added before with [method@Adw.WrapBox.append],
271+// [method@Adw.WrapBox.prepend], or [method@Adw.WrapBox.insert_child_after].
272+func (x *WrapBox) Remove(ChildVar *gtk.Widget) {
273+
274+ xWrapBoxRemove(x.GoPointer(), ChildVar.GoPointer())
275+
276+}
277+
278+var xWrapBoxReorderChildAfter func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
279+
280+// Moves @child to the position after @sibling in the list of @self children.
281+//
282+// If @sibling is `NULL`, moves @child to the first position.
283+func (x *WrapBox) ReorderChildAfter(ChildVar *gtk.Widget, SiblingVar *gtk.Widget) {
284+
285+ xWrapBoxReorderChildAfter(x.GoPointer(), ChildVar.GoPointer(), SiblingVar.GoPointer())
286+
287+}
288+
289+var xWrapBoxSetAlign func(uintptr, float32)
290+
291+// Sets the alignment of the children within each line.
292+//
293+// 0 means the children are placed at the start of the line, 1 means they are
294+// placed at the end of the line. 0.5 means they are placed in the middle of the
295+// line.
296+//
297+// Alignment is only used when [property@WrapBox:justify] is set to
298+// `ADW_JUSTIFY_NONE`, or on the last line when the
299+// [property@WrapBox:justify-last-line] is `FALSE`.
300+func (x *WrapBox) SetAlign(AlignVar float32) {
301+
302+ xWrapBoxSetAlign(x.GoPointer(), AlignVar)
303+
304+}
305+
306+var xWrapBoxSetChildSpacing func(uintptr, int)
307+
308+// Sets the spacing between widgets on the same line.
309+//
310+// See [property@WrapBox:child-spacing-unit].
311+func (x *WrapBox) SetChildSpacing(ChildSpacingVar int) {
312+
313+ xWrapBoxSetChildSpacing(x.GoPointer(), ChildSpacingVar)
314+
315+}
316+
317+var xWrapBoxSetChildSpacingUnit func(uintptr, LengthUnit)
318+
319+// Sets the length unit for child spacing.
320+//
321+// Allows the spacing to vary depending on the text scale factor.
322+//
323+// See [property@WrapBox:child-spacing].
324+func (x *WrapBox) SetChildSpacingUnit(UnitVar LengthUnit) {
325+
326+ xWrapBoxSetChildSpacingUnit(x.GoPointer(), UnitVar)
327+
328+}
329+
330+var xWrapBoxSetJustify func(uintptr, JustifyMode)
331+
332+// Determines whether and how each complete line should be stretched to fill
333+// the entire widget.
334+//
335+// If set to `ADW_JUSTIFY_FILL`, each widget in the line will be stretched,
336+// keeping consistent spacing, so that the line fills the entire widget.
337+//
338+// If set to `ADW_JUSTIFY_SPREAD`, the spacing between widgets will be
339+// increased, keeping widget sizes intact. The first and last widget will be
340+// aligned with the beginning and end of the line. If the line only contains a
341+// single widget, it will be stretched regardless.
342+//
343+// If set to `ADW_JUSTIFY_NONE`, the line will not be stretched and the children
344+// will be placed together within the line, according to
345+// [property@WrapBox:align].
346+//
347+// By default this doesn't affect the last line, as it will be incomplete. Use
348+// [property@WrapBox:justify-last-line] to justify it as well.
349+func (x *WrapBox) SetJustify(JustifyVar JustifyMode) {
350+
351+ xWrapBoxSetJustify(x.GoPointer(), JustifyVar)
352+
353+}
354+
355+var xWrapBoxSetJustifyLastLine func(uintptr, bool)
356+
357+// Sets whether the last line should be stretched to fill the entire widget.
358+//
359+// See [property@WrapBox:justify].
360+func (x *WrapBox) SetJustifyLastLine(JustifyLastLineVar bool) {
361+
362+ xWrapBoxSetJustifyLastLine(x.GoPointer(), JustifyLastLineVar)
363+
364+}
365+
366+var xWrapBoxSetLineHomogeneous func(uintptr, bool)
367+
368+// Sets whether all lines should take the same amount of space.
369+func (x *WrapBox) SetLineHomogeneous(HomogeneousVar bool) {
370+
371+ xWrapBoxSetLineHomogeneous(x.GoPointer(), HomogeneousVar)
372+
373+}
374+
375+var xWrapBoxSetLineSpacing func(uintptr, int)
376+
377+// Sets the spacing between lines.
378+func (x *WrapBox) SetLineSpacing(LineSpacingVar int) {
379+
380+ xWrapBoxSetLineSpacing(x.GoPointer(), LineSpacingVar)
381+
382+}
383+
384+var xWrapBoxSetLineSpacingUnit func(uintptr, LengthUnit)
385+
386+// Sets the length unit for line spacing.
387+//
388+// Allows the spacing to vary depending on the text scale factor.
389+//
390+// See [property@WrapBox:line-spacing].
391+func (x *WrapBox) SetLineSpacingUnit(UnitVar LengthUnit) {
392+
393+ xWrapBoxSetLineSpacingUnit(x.GoPointer(), UnitVar)
394+
395+}
396+
397+var xWrapBoxSetNaturalLineLength func(uintptr, int)
398+
399+// Sets the natural size for each line.
400+//
401+// It should be used to limit the line lengths, for example when used in
402+// popovers.
403+//
404+// See [property@WrapBox:natural-line-length-unit].
405+func (x *WrapBox) SetNaturalLineLength(NaturalLineLengthVar int) {
406+
407+ xWrapBoxSetNaturalLineLength(x.GoPointer(), NaturalLineLengthVar)
408+
409+}
410+
411+var xWrapBoxSetNaturalLineLengthUnit func(uintptr, LengthUnit)
412+
413+// Sets the length unit for natural line length.
414+//
415+// Allows the length to vary depending on the text scale factor.
416+//
417+// See [property@WrapBox:natural-line-length].
418+func (x *WrapBox) SetNaturalLineLengthUnit(UnitVar LengthUnit) {
419+
420+ xWrapBoxSetNaturalLineLengthUnit(x.GoPointer(), UnitVar)
421+
422+}
423+
424+var xWrapBoxSetPackDirection func(uintptr, PackDirection)
425+
426+// Sets the direction children are packed in each line.
427+func (x *WrapBox) SetPackDirection(PackDirectionVar PackDirection) {
428+
429+ xWrapBoxSetPackDirection(x.GoPointer(), PackDirectionVar)
430+
431+}
432+
433+var xWrapBoxSetWrapPolicy func(uintptr, WrapPolicy)
434+
435+// Sets the policy for line wrapping.
436+//
437+// If set to `ADW_WRAP_NATURAL`, the box will wrap to the next line as soon as
438+// the previous line cannot fit any more children without shrinking them past
439+// their natural size.
440+//
441+// If set to `ADW_WRAP_MINIMUM`, the box will try to fit as many children into
442+// each line as possible, shrinking them down to their minimum size before
443+// wrapping to the next line.
444+func (x *WrapBox) SetWrapPolicy(WrapPolicyVar WrapPolicy) {
445+
446+ xWrapBoxSetWrapPolicy(x.GoPointer(), WrapPolicyVar)
447+
448+}
449+
450+var xWrapBoxSetWrapReverse func(uintptr, bool)
451+
452+// Sets whether wrap direction should be reversed.
453+//
454+// By default, lines wrap downwards in a horizontal box, and towards the end
455+// in a vertical box. If set to `TRUE`, they wrap upwards or towards the start
456+// respectively.
457+func (x *WrapBox) SetWrapReverse(WrapReverseVar bool) {
458+
459+ xWrapBoxSetWrapReverse(x.GoPointer(), WrapReverseVar)
460+
461+}
462+
463+func (c *WrapBox) GoPointer() uintptr {
464+ if c == nil {
465+ return 0
466+ }
467+ return c.Ptr
468+}
469+
470+func (c *WrapBox) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
471+ c.Ptr = ptr
472+}
473+
474+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
475+//
476+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
477+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
478+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
479+// successful operation.
480+//
481+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
482+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
483+func (x *WrapBox) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar gtk.AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
484+
485+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
486+
487+}
488+
489+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
490+//
491+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
492+func (x *WrapBox) GetAccessibleParent() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
493+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
494+
495+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
496+
497+ if cret == 0 {
498+ return nil
499+ }
500+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
501+ cls.Ptr = cret
502+ return cls
503+}
504+
505+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
506+func (x *WrapBox) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
507+
508+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
509+ return cret
510+}
511+
512+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
513+func (x *WrapBox) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
514+ var cls *gtk.ATContext
515+
516+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
517+
518+ if cret == 0 {
519+ return nil
520+ }
521+ cls = &gtk.ATContext{}
522+ cls.Ptr = cret
523+ return cls
524+}
525+
526+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
527+//
528+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
529+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
530+// child widget.
531+func (x *WrapBox) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
532+
533+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
534+ return cret
535+}
536+
537+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
538+func (x *WrapBox) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
539+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
540+
541+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
542+
543+ if cret == 0 {
544+ return nil
545+ }
546+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
547+ cls.Ptr = cret
548+ return cls
549+}
550+
551+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
552+func (x *WrapBox) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *gtk.AccessibleBase {
553+ var cls *gtk.AccessibleBase
554+
555+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
556+
557+ if cret == 0 {
558+ return nil
559+ }
560+ cls = &gtk.AccessibleBase{}
561+ cls.Ptr = cret
562+ return cls
563+}
564+
565+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
566+//
567+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
568+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
569+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
570+func (x *WrapBox) GetPlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
571+
572+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
573+ return cret
574+}
575+
576+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
577+func (x *WrapBox) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
578+
579+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
580+
581+}
582+
583+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
584+func (x *WrapBox) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
585+
586+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
587+
588+}
589+
590+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
591+func (x *WrapBox) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
592+
593+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
594+
595+}
596+
597+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
598+//
599+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
600+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
601+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
602+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
603+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
604+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
605+// object is the container widget.
606+func (x *WrapBox) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar gtk.Accessible, NextSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
607+
608+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
609+
610+}
611+
612+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
613+//
614+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
615+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
616+func (x *WrapBox) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar gtk.Accessible) {
617+
618+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
619+
620+}
621+
622+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
623+//
624+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
625+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
626+// states automatically.
627+func (x *WrapBox) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar gtk.AccessiblePlatformState) {
628+
629+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
630+
631+}
632+
633+// Updates a list of accessible properties.
634+//
635+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
636+// value types of accessible properties.
637+//
638+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
639+// an accessible property change must be communicated to assistive
640+// technologies.
641+//
642+// Example:
643+// ```c
644+// value = gtk_adjustment_get_value (adjustment);
645+// gtk_accessible_update_property (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (spin_button),
646+//
647+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PROPERTY_VALUE_NOW, value,
648+// -1);
649+//
650+// ```
651+func (x *WrapBox) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varArgs ...interface{}) {
652+
653+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateProperty(x.GoPointer(), FirstPropertyVar, varArgs...)
654+
655+}
656+
657+// Updates an array of accessible properties.
658+//
659+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
660+// property change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
661+//
662+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
663+func (x *WrapBox) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.AccessibleProperty, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
664+
665+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar)
666+
667+}
668+
669+// Updates a list of accessible relations.
670+//
671+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
672+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
673+//
674+// If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
675+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
676+//
677+// ```c
678+// gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
679+//
680+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_CONTROLS,
681+// ref1, NULL,
682+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_LABELLED_BY,
683+// ref1, ref2, ref3, NULL,
684+// -1);
685+//
686+// ```
687+func (x *WrapBox) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varArgs ...interface{}) {
688+
689+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelation(x.GoPointer(), FirstRelationVar, varArgs...)
690+
691+}
692+
693+// Updates an array of accessible relations.
694+//
695+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
696+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
697+//
698+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
699+func (x *WrapBox) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.AccessibleRelation, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
700+
701+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar)
702+
703+}
704+
705+// Updates a list of accessible states.
706+//
707+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
708+// value types of accessible states.
709+//
710+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
711+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
712+// technologies.
713+//
714+// Example:
715+//
716+// ```c
717+// value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
718+// gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
719+//
720+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_CHECKED, value,
721+// -1);
722+//
723+// ```
724+func (x *WrapBox) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface{}) {
725+
726+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateState(x.GoPointer(), FirstStateVar, varArgs...)
727+
728+}
729+
730+// Updates an array of accessible states.
731+//
732+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
733+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
734+//
735+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
736+func (x *WrapBox) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleState, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
737+
738+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar)
739+
740+}
741+
742+// Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
743+//
744+// `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
745+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
746+func (x *WrapBox) GetBuildableId() string {
747+
748+ cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
749+ return cret
750+}
751+
752+// Retrieves the orientation of the @orientable.
753+func (x *WrapBox) GetOrientation() gtk.Orientation {
754+
755+ cret := gtk.XGtkOrientableGetOrientation(x.GoPointer())
756+ return cret
757+}
758+
759+// Sets the orientation of the @orientable.
760+func (x *WrapBox) SetOrientation(OrientationVar gtk.Orientation) {
761+
762+ gtk.XGtkOrientableSetOrientation(x.GoPointer(), OrientationVar)
763+
764+}
765+
766+func init() {
767+ core.SetPackageName("ADW", "libadwaita-1")
768+ core.SetSharedLibrary("ADW", "libadwaita-1.so.0")
769+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("ADW"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
770+ if err != nil {
771+ panic(err)
772+ }
773+
774+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxGLibType, lib, "adw_wrap_box_get_type")
775+
776+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewWrapBox, lib, "adw_wrap_box_new")
777+
778+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxAppend, lib, "adw_wrap_box_append")
779+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxGetAlign, lib, "adw_wrap_box_get_align")
780+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxGetChildSpacing, lib, "adw_wrap_box_get_child_spacing")
781+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxGetChildSpacingUnit, lib, "adw_wrap_box_get_child_spacing_unit")
782+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxGetJustify, lib, "adw_wrap_box_get_justify")
783+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxGetJustifyLastLine, lib, "adw_wrap_box_get_justify_last_line")
784+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxGetLineHomogeneous, lib, "adw_wrap_box_get_line_homogeneous")
785+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxGetLineSpacing, lib, "adw_wrap_box_get_line_spacing")
786+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxGetLineSpacingUnit, lib, "adw_wrap_box_get_line_spacing_unit")
787+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxGetNaturalLineLength, lib, "adw_wrap_box_get_natural_line_length")
788+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxGetNaturalLineLengthUnit, lib, "adw_wrap_box_get_natural_line_length_unit")
789+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxGetPackDirection, lib, "adw_wrap_box_get_pack_direction")
790+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxGetWrapPolicy, lib, "adw_wrap_box_get_wrap_policy")
791+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxGetWrapReverse, lib, "adw_wrap_box_get_wrap_reverse")
792+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxInsertChildAfter, lib, "adw_wrap_box_insert_child_after")
793+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxPrepend, lib, "adw_wrap_box_prepend")
794+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxRemove, lib, "adw_wrap_box_remove")
795+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxReorderChildAfter, lib, "adw_wrap_box_reorder_child_after")
796+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxSetAlign, lib, "adw_wrap_box_set_align")
797+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxSetChildSpacing, lib, "adw_wrap_box_set_child_spacing")
798+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxSetChildSpacingUnit, lib, "adw_wrap_box_set_child_spacing_unit")
799+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxSetJustify, lib, "adw_wrap_box_set_justify")
800+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxSetJustifyLastLine, lib, "adw_wrap_box_set_justify_last_line")
801+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxSetLineHomogeneous, lib, "adw_wrap_box_set_line_homogeneous")
802+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxSetLineSpacing, lib, "adw_wrap_box_set_line_spacing")
803+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxSetLineSpacingUnit, lib, "adw_wrap_box_set_line_spacing_unit")
804+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxSetNaturalLineLength, lib, "adw_wrap_box_set_natural_line_length")
805+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxSetNaturalLineLengthUnit, lib, "adw_wrap_box_set_natural_line_length_unit")
806+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxSetPackDirection, lib, "adw_wrap_box_set_pack_direction")
807+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxSetWrapPolicy, lib, "adw_wrap_box_set_wrap_policy")
808+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapBoxSetWrapReverse, lib, "adw_wrap_box_set_wrap_reverse")
809+
810+}
A v4/adw/adw-wrap-layout.go +540 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,540 @@
1+// Package adw was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package adw
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gtk"
12+)
13+
14+type WrapLayoutClass struct {
15+ _ structs.HostLayout
16+
17+ ParentClass gtk.LayoutManagerClass
18+}
19+
20+func (x *WrapLayoutClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
21+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
22+}
23+
24+// Describes line justify behaviors in a [class@WrapLayout] or [class@WrapBox].
25+//
26+// See [property@WrapLayout:justify] and [property@WrapBox:justify].
27+type JustifyMode int
28+
29+var xJustifyModeGLibType func() types.GType
30+
31+func JustifyModeGLibType() types.GType {
32+ return xJustifyModeGLibType()
33+}
34+
35+const (
36+
37+ // Don't justify children within a line.
38+ JustifyNoneValue JustifyMode = 0
39+ // Stretch each child within the line, keeping consistent
40+ // spacing, so that the line fills the entire length.
41+ JustifyFillValue JustifyMode = 1
42+ // Increase spacing between children, moving the children
43+ // so that the first and last child are aligned with the beginning and end
44+ // of the line. If the line only contains a single widget, it will be
45+ // stretched regardless.
46+ JustifySpreadValue JustifyMode = 2
47+)
48+
49+// Describes child packing behavior in a [class@WrapLayout] or [class@WrapBox].
50+//
51+// See [property@WrapLayout:pack-direction] and
52+// [property@WrapBox:pack-direction].
53+type PackDirection int
54+
55+var xPackDirectionGLibType func() types.GType
56+
57+func PackDirectionGLibType() types.GType {
58+ return xPackDirectionGLibType()
59+}
60+
61+const (
62+
63+ // Pack children from left to right for LTR languages,
64+ // or top to bottom vertically.
65+ PackStartToEndValue PackDirection = 0
66+ // Pack children from right to left for LTR languages,
67+ // or bottom to top vertically.
68+ PackEndToStartValue PackDirection = 1
69+)
70+
71+// Describes line wrapping behavior in a [class@WrapLayout] or [class@WrapBox].
72+//
73+// See [property@WrapLayout:wrap-policy] and [property@WrapBox:wrap-policy].
74+type WrapPolicy int
75+
76+var xWrapPolicyGLibType func() types.GType
77+
78+func WrapPolicyGLibType() types.GType {
79+ return xWrapPolicyGLibType()
80+}
81+
82+const (
83+
84+ // Fit as many children into each line as possible, shrinking
85+ // them down to their minimum size before wrapping to the next line.
86+ WrapMinimumValue WrapPolicy = 0
87+ // Wrap to the next line as soon as the previous line cannot
88+ // fit any more children without shrinking them past their natural size.
89+ WrapNaturalValue WrapPolicy = 1
90+)
91+
92+// A box-like layout that can wrap into multiple lines.
93+//
94+// <picture>
95+//
96+// <source srcset="wrap-box-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
97+// <img src="wrap-box.png" alt="wrap-box">
98+//
99+// </picture>
100+//
101+// `AdwWrapLayout` is similar to [class@Gtk.BoxLayout], but can wrap lines when
102+// the widgets cannot fit otherwise. Unlike [class@Gtk.FlowBox], the children
103+// aren't arranged into a grid and behave more like words in a wrapping label.
104+//
105+// Like `GtkBoxLayout`, `AdwWrapLayout` is orientable and has spacing:
106+//
107+// - [property@WrapLayout:child-spacing] between children in the same line;
108+// - [property@WrapLayout:line-spacing] between lines.
109+//
110+// ::: note
111+//
112+// Unlike `GtkBoxLayout`, `AdwWrapLayout` cannot follow the CSS
113+// `border-spacing` property.
114+//
115+// Use the [property@WrapLayout:natural-line-length] property to determine the
116+// layout's natural size, e.g. when using it in a [class@Gtk.Popover].
117+//
118+// Normally, a horizontal `AdwWrapLayout` wraps left to right and top to bottom
119+// for left-to-right languages. Both of these directions can be reversed, using
120+// the [property@WrapLayout:pack-direction] and
121+// [property@WrapLayout:wrap-reverse] properties. Additionally, the alignment
122+// of each line can be controlled with the [property@WrapLayout:align] property.
123+//
124+// Lines can be justified using the [property@WrapLayout:justify] property,
125+// filling the entire line by either increasing child size or spacing depending
126+// on the value. Set [property@WrapLayout:justify-last-line] to justify the last
127+// line as well.
128+//
129+// By default, `AdwWrapLayout` wraps as soon as the previous line cannot fit
130+// any more children without shrinking them past their natural size. Set
131+// [property@WrapLayout:wrap-policy] to [enum@Adw.WrapPolicy.MINIMUM] to only
132+// wrap once all the children in the previous line have been shrunk to their
133+// minimum size.
134+//
135+// To make each line take the same amount of space, set
136+// [property@WrapLayout:line-homogeneous] to `TRUE`.
137+//
138+// Spacing and natural line length can scale with the text scale factor, use the
139+// [property@WrapLayout:child-spacing-unit],
140+// [property@WrapLayout:line-spacing-unit] and/or
141+// [property@WrapLayout:natural-line-length-unit] properties to enable that
142+// behavior.
143+//
144+// See [class@WrapBox].
145+type WrapLayout struct {
146+ gtk.LayoutManager
147+}
148+
149+var xWrapLayoutGLibType func() types.GType
150+
151+func WrapLayoutGLibType() types.GType {
152+ return xWrapLayoutGLibType()
153+}
154+
155+func WrapLayoutNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *WrapLayout {
156+ cls := &WrapLayout{}
157+ cls.Ptr = ptr
158+ return cls
159+}
160+
161+var xNewWrapLayout func() uintptr
162+
163+// Creates a new `AdwWrapLayout`.
164+func NewWrapLayout() *WrapLayout {
165+ var cls *WrapLayout
166+
167+ cret := xNewWrapLayout()
168+
169+ if cret == 0 {
170+ return nil
171+ }
172+ cls = &WrapLayout{}
173+ cls.Ptr = cret
174+ return cls
175+}
176+
177+var xWrapLayoutGetAlign func(uintptr) float32
178+
179+// Gets the alignment of the children within each line.
180+func (x *WrapLayout) GetAlign() float32 {
181+
182+ cret := xWrapLayoutGetAlign(x.GoPointer())
183+ return cret
184+}
185+
186+var xWrapLayoutGetChildSpacing func(uintptr) int
187+
188+// Gets spacing between widgets on the same line.
189+func (x *WrapLayout) GetChildSpacing() int {
190+
191+ cret := xWrapLayoutGetChildSpacing(x.GoPointer())
192+ return cret
193+}
194+
195+var xWrapLayoutGetChildSpacingUnit func(uintptr) LengthUnit
196+
197+// Gets the length unit for child spacing.
198+func (x *WrapLayout) GetChildSpacingUnit() LengthUnit {
199+
200+ cret := xWrapLayoutGetChildSpacingUnit(x.GoPointer())
201+ return cret
202+}
203+
204+var xWrapLayoutGetJustify func(uintptr) JustifyMode
205+
206+// Gets whether and how each complete line is stretched to fill the entire widget.
207+func (x *WrapLayout) GetJustify() JustifyMode {
208+
209+ cret := xWrapLayoutGetJustify(x.GoPointer())
210+ return cret
211+}
212+
213+var xWrapLayoutGetJustifyLastLine func(uintptr) bool
214+
215+// Gets whether the last line should be stretched to fill the entire widget.
216+func (x *WrapLayout) GetJustifyLastLine() bool {
217+
218+ cret := xWrapLayoutGetJustifyLastLine(x.GoPointer())
219+ return cret
220+}
221+
222+var xWrapLayoutGetLineHomogeneous func(uintptr) bool
223+
224+// Gets whether all lines should take the same amount of space.
225+func (x *WrapLayout) GetLineHomogeneous() bool {
226+
227+ cret := xWrapLayoutGetLineHomogeneous(x.GoPointer())
228+ return cret
229+}
230+
231+var xWrapLayoutGetLineSpacing func(uintptr) int
232+
233+// Gets the spacing between lines.
234+func (x *WrapLayout) GetLineSpacing() int {
235+
236+ cret := xWrapLayoutGetLineSpacing(x.GoPointer())
237+ return cret
238+}
239+
240+var xWrapLayoutGetLineSpacingUnit func(uintptr) LengthUnit
241+
242+// Gets the length unit for line spacing.
243+func (x *WrapLayout) GetLineSpacingUnit() LengthUnit {
244+
245+ cret := xWrapLayoutGetLineSpacingUnit(x.GoPointer())
246+ return cret
247+}
248+
249+var xWrapLayoutGetNaturalLineLength func(uintptr) int
250+
251+// Gets the natural size for each line.
252+func (x *WrapLayout) GetNaturalLineLength() int {
253+
254+ cret := xWrapLayoutGetNaturalLineLength(x.GoPointer())
255+ return cret
256+}
257+
258+var xWrapLayoutGetNaturalLineLengthUnit func(uintptr) LengthUnit
259+
260+// Gets the length unit for line spacing.
261+func (x *WrapLayout) GetNaturalLineLengthUnit() LengthUnit {
262+
263+ cret := xWrapLayoutGetNaturalLineLengthUnit(x.GoPointer())
264+ return cret
265+}
266+
267+var xWrapLayoutGetPackDirection func(uintptr) PackDirection
268+
269+// Gets the direction children are packed in each line.
270+func (x *WrapLayout) GetPackDirection() PackDirection {
271+
272+ cret := xWrapLayoutGetPackDirection(x.GoPointer())
273+ return cret
274+}
275+
276+var xWrapLayoutGetWrapPolicy func(uintptr) WrapPolicy
277+
278+// Gets the policy for line wrapping.
279+func (x *WrapLayout) GetWrapPolicy() WrapPolicy {
280+
281+ cret := xWrapLayoutGetWrapPolicy(x.GoPointer())
282+ return cret
283+}
284+
285+var xWrapLayoutGetWrapReverse func(uintptr) bool
286+
287+// Gets whether wrap direction is reversed.
288+func (x *WrapLayout) GetWrapReverse() bool {
289+
290+ cret := xWrapLayoutGetWrapReverse(x.GoPointer())
291+ return cret
292+}
293+
294+var xWrapLayoutSetAlign func(uintptr, float32)
295+
296+// Sets the alignment of the children within each line.
297+//
298+// 0 means the children are placed at the start of the line, 1 means they are
299+// placed at the end of the line. 0.5 means they are placed in the middle of the
300+// line.
301+//
302+// Alignment is only used when [property@WrapLayout:justify] is set to
303+// `ADW_JUSTIFY_NONE`, or on the last line when the
304+// [property@WrapLayout:justify-last-line] is `FALSE`.
305+func (x *WrapLayout) SetAlign(AlignVar float32) {
306+
307+ xWrapLayoutSetAlign(x.GoPointer(), AlignVar)
308+
309+}
310+
311+var xWrapLayoutSetChildSpacing func(uintptr, int)
312+
313+// Sets the spacing between widgets on the same line.
314+//
315+// See [property@WrapLayout:child-spacing-unit].
316+func (x *WrapLayout) SetChildSpacing(ChildSpacingVar int) {
317+
318+ xWrapLayoutSetChildSpacing(x.GoPointer(), ChildSpacingVar)
319+
320+}
321+
322+var xWrapLayoutSetChildSpacingUnit func(uintptr, LengthUnit)
323+
324+// Sets the length unit for child spacing.
325+//
326+// Allows the spacing to vary depending on the text scale factor.
327+//
328+// See [property@WrapLayout:child-spacing].
329+func (x *WrapLayout) SetChildSpacingUnit(UnitVar LengthUnit) {
330+
331+ xWrapLayoutSetChildSpacingUnit(x.GoPointer(), UnitVar)
332+
333+}
334+
335+var xWrapLayoutSetJustify func(uintptr, JustifyMode)
336+
337+// Sets whether and how each complete line should be stretched to fill the
338+// entire widget.
339+//
340+// If set to `ADW_JUSTIFY_FILL`, each widget in the line will be stretched,
341+// keeping consistent spacing, so that the line fills the entire widget.
342+//
343+// If set to `ADW_JUSTIFY_SPREAD`, the spacing between widgets will be
344+// increased, keeping widget sizes intact. The first and last widget will be
345+// aligned with the beginning and end of the line. If the line only contains a
346+// single widget, it will be stretched regardless.
347+//
348+// If set to `ADW_JUSTIFY_NONE`, the line will not be stretched and the children
349+// will be placed together within the line, according to
350+// [property@WrapLayout:align].
351+//
352+// By default this doesn't affect the last line, as it will be incomplete. Use
353+// [property@WrapLayout:justify-last-line] to justify it as well.
354+func (x *WrapLayout) SetJustify(JustifyVar JustifyMode) {
355+
356+ xWrapLayoutSetJustify(x.GoPointer(), JustifyVar)
357+
358+}
359+
360+var xWrapLayoutSetJustifyLastLine func(uintptr, bool)
361+
362+// Sets whether the last line should be stretched to fill the entire widget.
363+//
364+// See [property@WrapLayout:justify].
365+func (x *WrapLayout) SetJustifyLastLine(JustifyLastLineVar bool) {
366+
367+ xWrapLayoutSetJustifyLastLine(x.GoPointer(), JustifyLastLineVar)
368+
369+}
370+
371+var xWrapLayoutSetLineHomogeneous func(uintptr, bool)
372+
373+// Sets whether all lines should take the same amount of space.
374+func (x *WrapLayout) SetLineHomogeneous(HomogeneousVar bool) {
375+
376+ xWrapLayoutSetLineHomogeneous(x.GoPointer(), HomogeneousVar)
377+
378+}
379+
380+var xWrapLayoutSetLineSpacing func(uintptr, int)
381+
382+// Sets the spacing between lines.
383+//
384+// See [property@WrapLayout:line-spacing-unit].
385+func (x *WrapLayout) SetLineSpacing(LineSpacingVar int) {
386+
387+ xWrapLayoutSetLineSpacing(x.GoPointer(), LineSpacingVar)
388+
389+}
390+
391+var xWrapLayoutSetLineSpacingUnit func(uintptr, LengthUnit)
392+
393+// Sets the length unit for line spacing.
394+//
395+// Allows the spacing to vary depending on the text scale factor.
396+//
397+// See [property@WrapLayout:line-spacing].
398+func (x *WrapLayout) SetLineSpacingUnit(UnitVar LengthUnit) {
399+
400+ xWrapLayoutSetLineSpacingUnit(x.GoPointer(), UnitVar)
401+
402+}
403+
404+var xWrapLayoutSetNaturalLineLength func(uintptr, int)
405+
406+// Sets the natural size for each line.
407+//
408+// It should be used to limit the line lengths, for example when used in
409+// popovers.
410+//
411+// See [property@WrapLayout:natural-line-length-unit].
412+func (x *WrapLayout) SetNaturalLineLength(NaturalLineLengthVar int) {
413+
414+ xWrapLayoutSetNaturalLineLength(x.GoPointer(), NaturalLineLengthVar)
415+
416+}
417+
418+var xWrapLayoutSetNaturalLineLengthUnit func(uintptr, LengthUnit)
419+
420+// Sets the length unit for natural line length.
421+//
422+// Allows the length to vary depending on the text scale factor.
423+//
424+// See [property@WrapLayout:natural-line-length].
425+func (x *WrapLayout) SetNaturalLineLengthUnit(UnitVar LengthUnit) {
426+
427+ xWrapLayoutSetNaturalLineLengthUnit(x.GoPointer(), UnitVar)
428+
429+}
430+
431+var xWrapLayoutSetPackDirection func(uintptr, PackDirection)
432+
433+// Sets the direction children are packed in each line.
434+func (x *WrapLayout) SetPackDirection(PackDirectionVar PackDirection) {
435+
436+ xWrapLayoutSetPackDirection(x.GoPointer(), PackDirectionVar)
437+
438+}
439+
440+var xWrapLayoutSetWrapPolicy func(uintptr, WrapPolicy)
441+
442+// Sets the policy for line wrapping.
443+//
444+// If set to `ADW_WRAP_NATURAL`, the box will wrap to the next line as soon as
445+// the previous line cannot fit any more children without shrinking them past
446+// their natural size.
447+//
448+// If set to `ADW_WRAP_MINIMUM`, the box will try to fit as many children into
449+// each line as possible, shrinking them down to their minimum size before
450+// wrapping to the next line.
451+func (x *WrapLayout) SetWrapPolicy(WrapPolicyVar WrapPolicy) {
452+
453+ xWrapLayoutSetWrapPolicy(x.GoPointer(), WrapPolicyVar)
454+
455+}
456+
457+var xWrapLayoutSetWrapReverse func(uintptr, bool)
458+
459+// Sets whether wrap direction should be reversed.
460+//
461+// By default, lines wrap downwards in a horizontal box, and towards the end
462+// in a vertical box. If set to `TRUE`, they wrap upwards or towards the start
463+// respectively.
464+func (x *WrapLayout) SetWrapReverse(WrapReverseVar bool) {
465+
466+ xWrapLayoutSetWrapReverse(x.GoPointer(), WrapReverseVar)
467+
468+}
469+
470+func (c *WrapLayout) GoPointer() uintptr {
471+ if c == nil {
472+ return 0
473+ }
474+ return c.Ptr
475+}
476+
477+func (c *WrapLayout) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
478+ c.Ptr = ptr
479+}
480+
481+// Retrieves the orientation of the @orientable.
482+func (x *WrapLayout) GetOrientation() gtk.Orientation {
483+
484+ cret := gtk.XGtkOrientableGetOrientation(x.GoPointer())
485+ return cret
486+}
487+
488+// Sets the orientation of the @orientable.
489+func (x *WrapLayout) SetOrientation(OrientationVar gtk.Orientation) {
490+
491+ gtk.XGtkOrientableSetOrientation(x.GoPointer(), OrientationVar)
492+
493+}
494+
495+func init() {
496+ core.SetPackageName("ADW", "libadwaita-1")
497+ core.SetSharedLibrary("ADW", "libadwaita-1.so.0")
498+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("ADW"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
499+ if err != nil {
500+ panic(err)
501+ }
502+
503+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xJustifyModeGLibType, lib, "adw_justify_mode_get_type")
504+
505+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPackDirectionGLibType, lib, "adw_pack_direction_get_type")
506+
507+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapPolicyGLibType, lib, "adw_wrap_policy_get_type")
508+
509+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutGLibType, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_get_type")
510+
511+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewWrapLayout, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_new")
512+
513+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutGetAlign, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_get_align")
514+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutGetChildSpacing, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_get_child_spacing")
515+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutGetChildSpacingUnit, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_get_child_spacing_unit")
516+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutGetJustify, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_get_justify")
517+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutGetJustifyLastLine, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_get_justify_last_line")
518+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutGetLineHomogeneous, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_get_line_homogeneous")
519+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutGetLineSpacing, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_get_line_spacing")
520+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutGetLineSpacingUnit, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_get_line_spacing_unit")
521+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutGetNaturalLineLength, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_get_natural_line_length")
522+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutGetNaturalLineLengthUnit, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_get_natural_line_length_unit")
523+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutGetPackDirection, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_get_pack_direction")
524+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutGetWrapPolicy, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_get_wrap_policy")
525+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutGetWrapReverse, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_get_wrap_reverse")
526+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutSetAlign, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_set_align")
527+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutSetChildSpacing, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_set_child_spacing")
528+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutSetChildSpacingUnit, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_set_child_spacing_unit")
529+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutSetJustify, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_set_justify")
530+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutSetJustifyLastLine, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_set_justify_last_line")
531+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutSetLineHomogeneous, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_set_line_homogeneous")
532+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutSetLineSpacing, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_set_line_spacing")
533+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutSetLineSpacingUnit, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_set_line_spacing_unit")
534+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutSetNaturalLineLength, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_set_natural_line_length")
535+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutSetNaturalLineLengthUnit, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_set_natural_line_length_unit")
536+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutSetPackDirection, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_set_pack_direction")
537+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutSetWrapPolicy, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_set_wrap_policy")
538+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWrapLayoutSetWrapReverse, lib, "adw_wrap_layout_set_wrap_reverse")
539+
540+}
M v4/gdk/gdkapplaunchcontext.go +1 -1
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ import (
99 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1010 )
1111
12-// `GdkAppLaunchContext` handles launching an application in a graphical context.
12+// Handles launching an application in a graphical context.
1313 //
1414 // It is an implementation of `GAppLaunchContext` that provides startup
1515 // notification and allows to launch applications on a specific workspace.
M v4/gdk/gdkcairo.go +1 -1
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ import (
1010
1111 var xCairoDrawFromGl func(*cairo.Context, uintptr, int, int, int, int, int, int, int)
1212
13-// The main way to not draw GL content in GTK.
13+// Draws GL content onto a cairo context.
1414 //
1515 // It takes a render buffer ID (@source_type == GL_RENDERBUFFER) or a texture
1616 // id (@source_type == GL_TEXTURE) and draws it onto @cr with an OVER operation,
M v4/gdk/gdkcairocontext.go +1 -2
@@ -8,8 +8,7 @@ import (
88 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
99 )
1010
11-// `GdkCairoContext` is an object representing the platform-specific
12-// draw context.
11+// Represents the platform-specific draw context.
1312 //
1413 // `GdkCairoContext`s are created for a surface using
1514 // [method@Gdk.Surface.create_cairo_context], and the context
A v4/gdk/gdkcicpparams.go +226 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
1+// Package gdk was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package gdk
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
12+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
13+)
14+
15+type CicpParamsClass struct {
16+ _ structs.HostLayout
17+}
18+
19+func (x *CicpParamsClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
20+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
21+}
22+
23+// The values of this enumeration describe whether image data uses
24+// the full range of 8-bit values.
25+//
26+// In digital broadcasting, it is common to reserve the lowest and
27+// highest values. Typically the allowed values for the narrow range
28+// are 16-235 for Y and 16-240 for u,v (when dealing with YUV data).
29+type CicpRange int
30+
31+var xCicpRangeGLibType func() types.GType
32+
33+func CicpRangeGLibType() types.GType {
34+ return xCicpRangeGLibType()
35+}
36+
37+const (
38+
39+ // The values use the range of 16-235 (for Y) and 16-240 for u and v.
40+ CicpRangeNarrowValue CicpRange = 0
41+ // The values use the full range.
42+ CicpRangeFullValue CicpRange = 1
43+)
44+
45+// Contains the parameters that define a colorstate with cicp parameters.
46+//
47+// Cicp parameters are specified in the ITU-T H.273
48+// [specification](https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-H.273/en).
49+//
50+// See the documentation of individual properties for supported values.
51+//
52+// The 'unspecified' value (2) is not treated in any special way, and
53+// must be replaced by a different value before creating a color state.
54+//
55+// `GdkCicpParams` can be used as a builder object to construct a color
56+// state from Cicp data with [method@Gdk.CicpParams.build_color_state].
57+// The function will return an error if the given parameters are not
58+// supported.
59+//
60+// You can obtain a `GdkCicpParams` object from a color state with
61+// [method@Gdk.ColorState.create_cicp_params]. This can be used to
62+// create a variant of a color state, by changing just one of the cicp
63+// parameters, or just to obtain information about the color state.
64+type CicpParams struct {
65+ gobject.Object
66+}
67+
68+var xCicpParamsGLibType func() types.GType
69+
70+func CicpParamsGLibType() types.GType {
71+ return xCicpParamsGLibType()
72+}
73+
74+func CicpParamsNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *CicpParams {
75+ cls := &CicpParams{}
76+ cls.Ptr = ptr
77+ return cls
78+}
79+
80+var xNewCicpParams func() uintptr
81+
82+// Creates a new `GdkCicpParams` object.
83+//
84+// The initial values of the properties are the values for "undefined"
85+// and need to be set before a color state object can be built.
86+func NewCicpParams() *CicpParams {
87+ var cls *CicpParams
88+
89+ cret := xNewCicpParams()
90+
91+ if cret == 0 {
92+ return nil
93+ }
94+ cls = &CicpParams{}
95+ cls.Ptr = cret
96+ return cls
97+}
98+
99+var xCicpParamsBuildColorState func(uintptr) *ColorState
100+
101+// Creates a new `GdkColorState` object for the cicp parameters in @self.
102+//
103+// Note that this may fail if the cicp parameters in @self are not
104+// supported by GTK. In that case, `NULL` is returned, and @error is set
105+// with an error message that can be presented to the user.
106+func (x *CicpParams) BuildColorState() (*ColorState, error) {
107+ var cerr *glib.Error
108+
109+ cret := xCicpParamsBuildColorState(x.GoPointer())
110+ if cerr == nil {
111+ return cret, nil
112+ }
113+ return cret, cerr
114+
115+}
116+
117+var xCicpParamsGetColorPrimaries func(uintptr) uint
118+
119+// Returns the value of the color-primaries property
120+// of @self.
121+func (x *CicpParams) GetColorPrimaries() uint {
122+
123+ cret := xCicpParamsGetColorPrimaries(x.GoPointer())
124+ return cret
125+}
126+
127+var xCicpParamsGetMatrixCoefficients func(uintptr) uint
128+
129+// Gets the matrix-coefficients property of @self.
130+func (x *CicpParams) GetMatrixCoefficients() uint {
131+
132+ cret := xCicpParamsGetMatrixCoefficients(x.GoPointer())
133+ return cret
134+}
135+
136+var xCicpParamsGetRange func(uintptr) CicpRange
137+
138+// Gets the range property of @self.
139+func (x *CicpParams) GetRange() CicpRange {
140+
141+ cret := xCicpParamsGetRange(x.GoPointer())
142+ return cret
143+}
144+
145+var xCicpParamsGetTransferFunction func(uintptr) uint
146+
147+// Gets the transfer-function property of @self.
148+func (x *CicpParams) GetTransferFunction() uint {
149+
150+ cret := xCicpParamsGetTransferFunction(x.GoPointer())
151+ return cret
152+}
153+
154+var xCicpParamsSetColorPrimaries func(uintptr, uint)
155+
156+// Sets the color-primaries property of @self.
157+func (x *CicpParams) SetColorPrimaries(ColorPrimariesVar uint) {
158+
159+ xCicpParamsSetColorPrimaries(x.GoPointer(), ColorPrimariesVar)
160+
161+}
162+
163+var xCicpParamsSetMatrixCoefficients func(uintptr, uint)
164+
165+// @self a `GdkCicpParams`
166+// Sets the matrix-coefficients property of @self.
167+func (x *CicpParams) SetMatrixCoefficients(MatrixCoefficientsVar uint) {
168+
169+ xCicpParamsSetMatrixCoefficients(x.GoPointer(), MatrixCoefficientsVar)
170+
171+}
172+
173+var xCicpParamsSetRange func(uintptr, CicpRange)
174+
175+// Sets the range property of @self
176+func (x *CicpParams) SetRange(RangeVar CicpRange) {
177+
178+ xCicpParamsSetRange(x.GoPointer(), RangeVar)
179+
180+}
181+
182+var xCicpParamsSetTransferFunction func(uintptr, uint)
183+
184+// Sets the transfer-function property of @self.
185+func (x *CicpParams) SetTransferFunction(TransferFunctionVar uint) {
186+
187+ xCicpParamsSetTransferFunction(x.GoPointer(), TransferFunctionVar)
188+
189+}
190+
191+func (c *CicpParams) GoPointer() uintptr {
192+ if c == nil {
193+ return 0
194+ }
195+ return c.Ptr
196+}
197+
198+func (c *CicpParams) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
199+ c.Ptr = ptr
200+}
201+
202+func init() {
203+ core.SetPackageName("GDK", "gtk4")
204+ core.SetSharedLibrary("GDK", "libgtk-4.so.1")
205+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("GDK"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
206+ if err != nil {
207+ panic(err)
208+ }
209+
210+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xCicpRangeGLibType, lib, "gdk_cicp_range_get_type")
211+
212+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xCicpParamsGLibType, lib, "gdk_cicp_params_get_type")
213+
214+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewCicpParams, lib, "gdk_cicp_params_new")
215+
216+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xCicpParamsBuildColorState, lib, "gdk_cicp_params_build_color_state")
217+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xCicpParamsGetColorPrimaries, lib, "gdk_cicp_params_get_color_primaries")
218+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xCicpParamsGetMatrixCoefficients, lib, "gdk_cicp_params_get_matrix_coefficients")
219+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xCicpParamsGetRange, lib, "gdk_cicp_params_get_range")
220+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xCicpParamsGetTransferFunction, lib, "gdk_cicp_params_get_transfer_function")
221+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xCicpParamsSetColorPrimaries, lib, "gdk_cicp_params_set_color_primaries")
222+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xCicpParamsSetMatrixCoefficients, lib, "gdk_cicp_params_set_matrix_coefficients")
223+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xCicpParamsSetRange, lib, "gdk_cicp_params_set_range")
224+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xCicpParamsSetTransferFunction, lib, "gdk_cicp_params_set_transfer_function")
225+
226+}
M v4/gdk/gdkclipboard.go +6 -20
@@ -12,8 +12,7 @@ import (
1212 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1313 )
1414
15-// The `GdkClipboard` object represents data shared between applications or
16-// inside an application.
15+// Represents data shared between applications or inside an application.
1716 //
1817 // To get a `GdkClipboard` object, use [method@Gdk.Display.get_clipboard] or
1918 // [method@Gdk.Display.get_primary_clipboard]. You can find out about the data
@@ -111,9 +110,6 @@ var xClipboardReadAsync func(uintptr, []string, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
111110 // Asynchronously requests an input stream to read the @clipboard's
112111 // contents from.
113112 //
114-// When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You must then
115-// call [method@Gdk.Clipboard.read_finish] to get the result of the operation.
116-//
117113 // The clipboard will choose the most suitable mime type from the given list
118114 // to fulfill the request, preferring the ones listed first.
119115 func (x *Clipboard) ReadAsync(MimeTypesVar []string, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, CallbackVar *gio.AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) {
@@ -149,9 +145,6 @@ var xClipboardReadTextAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
149145
150146 // Asynchronously request the @clipboard contents converted to a string.
151147 //
152-// When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You must then
153-// call [method@Gdk.Clipboard.read_text_finish] to get the result.
154-//
155148 // This is a simple wrapper around [method@Gdk.Clipboard.read_value_async].
156149 // Use that function or [method@Gdk.Clipboard.read_async] directly if you
157150 // need more control over the operation.
@@ -181,9 +174,6 @@ var xClipboardReadTextureAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
181174
182175 // Asynchronously request the @clipboard contents converted to a `GdkPixbuf`.
183176 //
184-// When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You must then
185-// call [method@Gdk.Clipboard.read_texture_finish] to get the result.
186-//
187177 // This is a simple wrapper around [method@Gdk.Clipboard.read_value_async].
188178 // Use that function or [method@Gdk.Clipboard.read_async] directly if you
189179 // need more control over the operation.
@@ -221,9 +211,6 @@ var xClipboardReadValueAsync func(uintptr, types.GType, int, uintptr, uintptr, u
221211 // Asynchronously request the @clipboard contents converted to the given
222212 // @type.
223213 //
224-// When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You must then call
225-// [method@Gdk.Clipboard.read_value_finish] to get the resulting `GValue`.
226-//
227214 // For local clipboard contents that are available in the given `GType`,
228215 // the value will be copied directly. Otherwise, GDK will try to use
229216 // [func@content_deserialize_async] to convert the clipboard's data.
@@ -254,8 +241,8 @@ var xClipboardSet func(uintptr, types.GType, ...interface{})
254241 // Sets the clipboard to contain the value collected from the given varargs.
255242 //
256243 // Values should be passed the same way they are passed to other value
257-// collecting APIs, such as [`method@GObject.Object.set`] or
258-// [`func@GObject.signal_emit`].
244+// collecting APIs, such as [method@GObject.Object.set] or
245+// [func@GObject.signal_emit].
259246 //
260247 // ```c
261248 // gdk_clipboard_set (clipboard, GTK_TYPE_STRING, "Hello World");
@@ -330,15 +317,14 @@ var xClipboardStoreAsync func(uintptr, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
330317 //
331318 // If the clipboard is not local, this function does nothing but report success.
332319 //
333-// The @callback must call [method@Gdk.Clipboard.store_finish].
334-//
335320 // The purpose of this call is to preserve clipboard contents beyond the
336321 // lifetime of an application, so this function is typically called on
337322 // exit. Depending on the platform, the functionality may not be available
338323 // unless a "clipboard manager" is running.
339324 //
340-// This function is called automatically when a [class@Gtk.Application] is
341-// shut down, so you likely don't need to call it.
325+// This function is called automatically when a
326+// [GtkApplication](../gtk4/class.Application.html)
327+// is shut down, so you likely don't need to call it.
342328 func (x *Clipboard) StoreAsync(IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, CallbackVar *gio.AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) {
343329
344330 xClipboardStoreAsync(x.GoPointer(), IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), glib.NewCallbackNullable(CallbackVar), UserDataVar)
A v4/gdk/gdkcolorstate.go +114 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
1+// Package gdk was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package gdk
3+
4+import (
5+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
6+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
7+)
8+
9+var xColorStateGetOklab func() *ColorState
10+
11+// Returns the color state object representing the oklab color space.
12+//
13+// This is a perceptually uniform color state.
14+func ColorStateGetOklab() *ColorState {
15+
16+ cret := xColorStateGetOklab()
17+ return cret
18+}
19+
20+var xColorStateGetOklch func() *ColorState
21+
22+// Returns the color state object representing the oklch color space.
23+//
24+// This is the polar variant of oklab, in which the hue is encoded as
25+// a polar coordinate.
26+func ColorStateGetOklch() *ColorState {
27+
28+ cret := xColorStateGetOklch()
29+ return cret
30+}
31+
32+var xColorStateGetRec2100Linear func() *ColorState
33+
34+// Returns the color state object representing the linear rec2100 color space.
35+//
36+// This color state uses the primaries defined by BT.2020-2 and BT.2100-0 and a linear
37+// transfer function.
38+//
39+// It is equivalent to the [Cicp](class.CicpParams.html) tuple 9/8/0/1.
40+//
41+// See e.g. [the CSS HDR Module](https://drafts.csswg.org/css-color-hdr/#valdef-color-rec2100-linear)
42+// for details about this colorstate.
43+func ColorStateGetRec2100Linear() *ColorState {
44+
45+ cret := xColorStateGetRec2100Linear()
46+ return cret
47+}
48+
49+var xColorStateGetRec2100Pq func() *ColorState
50+
51+// Returns the color state object representing the rec2100-pq color space.
52+//
53+// This color state uses the primaries defined by BT.2020-2 and BT.2100-0 and the transfer
54+// function defined by SMPTE ST 2084 and BT.2100-2.
55+//
56+// It is equivalent to the [Cicp](class.CicpParams.html) tuple 9/16/0/1.
57+//
58+// See e.g. [the CSS HDR Module](https://drafts.csswg.org/css-color-hdr/#valdef-color-rec2100-pq)
59+// for details about this colorstate.
60+func ColorStateGetRec2100Pq() *ColorState {
61+
62+ cret := xColorStateGetRec2100Pq()
63+ return cret
64+}
65+
66+var xColorStateGetSrgb func() *ColorState
67+
68+// Returns the color state object representing the sRGB color space.
69+//
70+// This color state uses the primaries defined by BT.709-6 and the transfer function
71+// defined by IEC 61966-2-1.
72+//
73+// It is equivalent to the [Cicp](class.CicpParams.html) tuple 1/13/0/1.
74+//
75+// See e.g. [the CSS Color Module](https://www.w3.org/TR/css-color-4/#predefined-sRGB)
76+// for details about this colorstate.
77+func ColorStateGetSrgb() *ColorState {
78+
79+ cret := xColorStateGetSrgb()
80+ return cret
81+}
82+
83+var xColorStateGetSrgbLinear func() *ColorState
84+
85+// Returns the color state object representing the linearized sRGB color space.
86+//
87+// This color state uses the primaries defined by BT.709-6 and a linear transfer function.
88+//
89+// It is equivalent to the [Cicp](class.CicpParams.html) tuple 1/8/0/1.
90+//
91+// See e.g. [the CSS Color Module](https://www.w3.org/TR/css-color-4/#predefined-sRGB-linear)
92+// for details about this colorstate.
93+func ColorStateGetSrgbLinear() *ColorState {
94+
95+ cret := xColorStateGetSrgbLinear()
96+ return cret
97+}
98+
99+func init() {
100+ core.SetPackageName("GDK", "gtk4")
101+ core.SetSharedLibrary("GDK", "libgtk-4.so.1")
102+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("GDK"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
103+ if err != nil {
104+ panic(err)
105+ }
106+
107+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xColorStateGetOklab, lib, "gdk_color_state_get_oklab")
108+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xColorStateGetOklch, lib, "gdk_color_state_get_oklch")
109+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xColorStateGetRec2100Linear, lib, "gdk_color_state_get_rec2100_linear")
110+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xColorStateGetRec2100Pq, lib, "gdk_color_state_get_rec2100_pq")
111+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xColorStateGetSrgb, lib, "gdk_color_state_get_srgb")
112+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xColorStateGetSrgbLinear, lib, "gdk_color_state_get_srgb_linear")
113+
114+}
M v4/gdk/gdkcontentdeserializer.go +10 -14
@@ -19,13 +19,10 @@ type ContentDeserializeFunc func(uintptr)
1919
2020 var xContentDeserializeAsync func(uintptr, string, types.GType, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
2121
22-// Read content from the given input stream and deserialize it, asynchronously.
22+// Reads content from the given input stream and deserialize it, asynchronously.
2323 //
24-// The default I/O priority is %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT (i.e. 0), and lower numbers
24+// The default I/O priority is `G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT` (i.e. 0), and lower numbers
2525 // indicate a higher priority.
26-//
27-// When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You must then
28-// call [func@Gdk.content_deserialize_finish] to get the result of the operation.
2926 func ContentDeserializeAsync(StreamVar *gio.InputStream, MimeTypeVar string, TypeVar types.GType, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, CallbackVar *gio.AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) {
3027
3128 xContentDeserializeAsync(StreamVar.GoPointer(), MimeTypeVar, TypeVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), glib.NewCallbackNullable(CallbackVar), UserDataVar)
@@ -55,8 +52,7 @@ func ContentRegisterDeserializer(MimeTypeVar string, TypeVar types.GType, Deseri
5552
5653 }
5754
58-// A `GdkContentDeserializer` is used to deserialize content received via
59-// inter-application data transfers.
55+// Deserializes content received via inter-application data transfers.
6056 //
6157 // The `GdkContentDeserializer` transforms serialized content that is
6258 // identified by a mime type into an object identified by a GType.
@@ -218,7 +214,7 @@ func (c *ContentDeserializer) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
218214 c.Ptr = ptr
219215 }
220216
221-// Gets the source object from a #GAsyncResult.
217+// Gets the source object from a [iface@Gio.AsyncResult].
222218 func (x *ContentDeserializer) GetSourceObject() *gobject.Object {
223219 var cls *gobject.Object
224220
@@ -240,14 +236,14 @@ func (x *ContentDeserializer) IsTagged(SourceTagVar uintptr) bool {
240236 return cret
241237 }
242238
243-// If @res is a #GSimpleAsyncResult, this is equivalent to
244-// g_simple_async_result_propagate_error(). Otherwise it returns
245-// %FALSE.
239+// If @res is a [class@Gio.SimpleAsyncResult], this is equivalent to
240+// [method@Gio.SimpleAsyncResult.propagate_error]. Otherwise it returns
241+// `FALSE`.
246242 //
247-// This can be used for legacy error handling in async *_finish()
248-// wrapper functions that traditionally handled #GSimpleAsyncResult
243+// This can be used for legacy error handling in async `*_finish()`
244+// wrapper functions that traditionally handled [class@Gio.SimpleAsyncResult]
249245 // error returns themselves rather than calling into the virtual method.
250-// This should not be used in new code; #GAsyncResult errors that are
246+// This should not be used in new code; [iface@Gio.AsyncResult] errors that are
251247 // set by virtual methods should also be extracted by virtual methods,
252248 // to enable subclasses to chain up correctly.
253249 func (x *ContentDeserializer) LegacyPropagateError() (bool, error) {
M v4/gdk/gdkcontentformats.go +1 -2
@@ -11,8 +11,7 @@ import (
1111 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1212 )
1313
14-// A `GdkContentFormatsBuilder` is an auxiliary struct used to create
15-// new `GdkContentFormats`, and should not be kept around.
14+// Creates `GdkContentFormats` objects.
1615 type ContentFormatsBuilder struct {
1716 _ structs.HostLayout
1817 }
M v4/gdk/gdkcontentprovider.go +5 -7
@@ -43,6 +43,7 @@ func (x *ContentProviderClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
4343 }
4444
4545 // OverrideContentChanged sets the callback function.
46+// Signal class closure for `GdkContentProvider::content-changed`
4647 func (x *ContentProviderClass) OverrideContentChanged(cb func(*ContentProvider)) {
4748 if cb == nil {
4849 x.xContentChanged = 0
@@ -54,6 +55,7 @@ func (x *ContentProviderClass) OverrideContentChanged(cb func(*ContentProvider))
5455 }
5556
5657 // GetContentChanged gets the callback function.
58+// Signal class closure for `GdkContentProvider::content-changed`
5759 func (x *ContentProviderClass) GetContentChanged() func(*ContentProvider) {
5860 if x.xContentChanged == 0 {
5961 return nil
@@ -226,8 +228,8 @@ func (x *ContentProviderClass) GetGetValue() func(*ContentProvider, *gobject.Val
226228 }
227229 }
228230
229-// A `GdkContentProvider` is used to provide content for the clipboard or
230-// for drag-and-drop operations in a number of formats.
231+// Provides content for the clipboard or for drag-and-drop operations
232+// in a number of formats.
231233 //
232234 // To create a `GdkContentProvider`, use [ctor@Gdk.ContentProvider.new_for_value]
233235 // or [ctor@Gdk.ContentProvider.new_for_bytes].
@@ -319,7 +321,7 @@ var xNewContentProviderUnion func(uintptr, uint) uintptr
319321 //
320322 // gdk_content_provider_new_union ((GdkContentProvider *[2]) {
321323 // gdk_content_provider_new_typed (G_TYPE_FILE, file),
322-// gdk_content_provider_new_typed (G_TYPE_TEXTURE, texture)
324+// gdk_content_provider_new_typed (GDK_TYPE_TEXTURE, texture)
323325 // }, 2);
324326 //
325327 // ```
@@ -393,10 +395,6 @@ var xContentProviderWriteMimeTypeAsync func(uintptr, string, uintptr, int, uintp
393395 // Asynchronously writes the contents of @provider to @stream in the given
394396 // @mime_type.
395397 //
396-// When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You must then call
397-// [method@Gdk.ContentProvider.write_mime_type_finish] to get the result
398-// of the operation.
399-//
400398 // The given mime type does not need to be listed in the formats returned by
401399 // [method@Gdk.ContentProvider.ref_formats]. However, if the given `GType` is
402400 // not supported, `G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED` will be reported.
M v4/gdk/gdkcontentserializer.go +8 -12
@@ -32,9 +32,6 @@ var xContentSerializeAsync func(uintptr, string, *gobject.Value, int, uintptr, u
3232 //
3333 // The default I/O priority is %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT (i.e. 0), and lower numbers
3434 // indicate a higher priority.
35-//
36-// When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You must then
37-// call [func@Gdk.content_serialize_finish] to get the result of the operation.
3835 func ContentSerializeAsync(StreamVar *gio.OutputStream, MimeTypeVar string, ValueVar *gobject.Value, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, CallbackVar *gio.AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) {
3936
4037 xContentSerializeAsync(StreamVar.GoPointer(), MimeTypeVar, ValueVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), glib.NewCallbackNullable(CallbackVar), UserDataVar)
@@ -55,8 +52,7 @@ func ContentSerializeFinish(ResultVar gio.AsyncResult) (bool, error) {
5552
5653 }
5754
58-// A `GdkContentSerializer` is used to serialize content for
59-// inter-application data transfers.
55+// Serializes content for inter-application data transfers.
6056 //
6157 // The `GdkContentSerializer` transforms an object that is identified
6258 // by a GType into a serialized form (i.e. a byte stream) that is
@@ -219,7 +215,7 @@ func (c *ContentSerializer) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
219215 c.Ptr = ptr
220216 }
221217
222-// Gets the source object from a #GAsyncResult.
218+// Gets the source object from a [iface@Gio.AsyncResult].
223219 func (x *ContentSerializer) GetSourceObject() *gobject.Object {
224220 var cls *gobject.Object
225221
@@ -241,14 +237,14 @@ func (x *ContentSerializer) IsTagged(SourceTagVar uintptr) bool {
241237 return cret
242238 }
243239
244-// If @res is a #GSimpleAsyncResult, this is equivalent to
245-// g_simple_async_result_propagate_error(). Otherwise it returns
246-// %FALSE.
240+// If @res is a [class@Gio.SimpleAsyncResult], this is equivalent to
241+// [method@Gio.SimpleAsyncResult.propagate_error]. Otherwise it returns
242+// `FALSE`.
247243 //
248-// This can be used for legacy error handling in async *_finish()
249-// wrapper functions that traditionally handled #GSimpleAsyncResult
244+// This can be used for legacy error handling in async `*_finish()`
245+// wrapper functions that traditionally handled [class@Gio.SimpleAsyncResult]
250246 // error returns themselves rather than calling into the virtual method.
251-// This should not be used in new code; #GAsyncResult errors that are
247+// This should not be used in new code; [iface@Gio.AsyncResult] errors that are
252248 // set by virtual methods should also be extracted by virtual methods,
253249 // to enable subclasses to chain up correctly.
254250 func (x *ContentSerializer) LegacyPropagateError() (bool, error) {
M v4/gdk/gdkcursor.go +77 -13
@@ -4,11 +4,26 @@ package gdk
44 import (
55 "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
66 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
7+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
78 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
89 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
910 )
1011
11-// `GdkCursor` is used to create and destroy cursors.
12+// The type of callback used by a dynamic `GdkCursor` to generate
13+// a texture for the cursor image at the given @cursor_size
14+// and @scale.
15+//
16+// The actual cursor size in application pixels may be different
17+// from @cursor_size x @cursor_size, and will be returned in
18+// @width, @height. The returned texture should have a size that
19+// corresponds to the actual cursor size, in device pixels (i.e.
20+// application pixels, multiplied by @scale).
21+//
22+// This function may fail and return `NULL`, in which case
23+// the fallback cursor will be used.
24+type CursorGetTextureCallback func(uintptr, int, float64, int, int, int, int, uintptr) uintptr
25+
26+// Used to create and destroy cursors.
1227 //
1328 // Cursors are immutable objects, so once you created them, there is no way
1429 // to modify them later. You should create a new cursor when you want to change
@@ -17,7 +32,8 @@ import (
1732 // Cursors by themselves are not very interesting: they must be bound to a
1833 // window for users to see them. This is done with [method@Gdk.Surface.set_cursor]
1934 // or [method@Gdk.Surface.set_device_cursor]. Applications will typically
20-// use higher-level GTK functions such as [method@Gtk.Widget.set_cursor] instead.
35+// use higher-level GTK functions such as [gtk_widget_set_cursor()](../gtk4/method.Widget.set_cursor.html)
36+// instead.
2137 //
2238 // Cursors are not bound to a given [class@Gdk.Display], so they can be shared.
2339 // However, the appearance of cursors may vary when used on different
@@ -57,6 +73,25 @@ func CursorNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *Cursor {
5773 return cls
5874 }
5975
76+var xNewCursorFromCallback func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) uintptr
77+
78+// Creates a new callback-based cursor object.
79+//
80+// Cursors of this kind produce textures for the cursor
81+// image on demand, when the @callback is called.
82+func NewCursorFromCallback(CallbackVar *CursorGetTextureCallback, DataVar uintptr, DestroyVar *glib.DestroyNotify, FallbackVar *Cursor) *Cursor {
83+ var cls *Cursor
84+
85+ cret := xNewCursorFromCallback(glib.NewCallback(CallbackVar), DataVar, glib.NewCallback(DestroyVar), FallbackVar.GoPointer())
86+
87+ if cret == 0 {
88+ return nil
89+ }
90+ cls = &Cursor{}
91+ cls.Ptr = cret
92+ return cls
93+}
94+
6095 var xNewCursorFromName func(string, uintptr) uintptr
6196
6297 // Creates a new cursor by looking up @name in the current cursor
@@ -65,17 +100,45 @@ var xNewCursorFromName func(string, uintptr) uintptr
65100 // A recommended set of cursor names that will work across different
66101 // platforms can be found in the CSS specification:
67102 //
68-// | | | | |
69-// | --- | --- | ---- | --- |
70-// | "none" | ![](default_cursor.png) "default" | ![](help_cursor.png) "help" | ![](pointer_cursor.png) "pointer" |
71-// | ![](context_menu_cursor.png) "context-menu" | ![](progress_cursor.png) "progress" | ![](wait_cursor.png) "wait" | ![](cell_cursor.png) "cell" |
72-// | ![](crosshair_cursor.png) "crosshair" | ![](text_cursor.png) "text" | ![](vertical_text_cursor.png) "vertical-text" | ![](alias_cursor.png) "alias" |
73-// | ![](copy_cursor.png) "copy" | ![](no_drop_cursor.png) "no-drop" | ![](move_cursor.png) "move" | ![](not_allowed_cursor.png) "not-allowed" |
74-// | ![](grab_cursor.png) "grab" | ![](grabbing_cursor.png) "grabbing" | ![](all_scroll_cursor.png) "all-scroll" | ![](col_resize_cursor.png) "col-resize" |
75-// | ![](row_resize_cursor.png) "row-resize" | ![](n_resize_cursor.png) "n-resize" | ![](e_resize_cursor.png) "e-resize" | ![](s_resize_cursor.png) "s-resize" |
76-// | ![](w_resize_cursor.png) "w-resize" | ![](ne_resize_cursor.png) "ne-resize" | ![](nw_resize_cursor.png) "nw-resize" | ![](sw_resize_cursor.png) "sw-resize" |
77-// | ![](se_resize_cursor.png) "se-resize" | ![](ew_resize_cursor.png) "ew-resize" | ![](ns_resize_cursor.png) "ns-resize" | ![](nesw_resize_cursor.png) "nesw-resize" |
78-// | ![](nwse_resize_cursor.png) "nwse-resize" | ![](zoom_in_cursor.png) "zoom-in" | ![](zoom_out_cursor.png) "zoom-out" | |
103+// | | | |
104+// | --- | --- | --- |
105+// | | "none" | No cursor |
106+// | ![](default_cursor.png) | "default" | The default cursor |
107+// | ![](help_cursor.png) | "help" | Help is available |
108+// | ![](pointer_cursor.png) | "pointer" | Indicates a link or interactive element |
109+// | ![](context_menu_cursor.png) |"context-menu" | A context menu is available |
110+// | ![](progress_cursor.png) | "progress" | Progress indicator |
111+// | ![](wait_cursor.png) | "wait" | Busy cursor |
112+// | ![](cell_cursor.png) | "cell" | Cell(s) may be selected |
113+// | ![](crosshair_cursor.png) | "crosshair" | Simple crosshair |
114+// | ![](text_cursor.png) | "text" | Text may be selected |
115+// | ![](vertical_text_cursor.png) | "vertical-text" | Vertical text may be selected |
116+// | ![](alias_cursor.png) | "alias" | DND: Something will be linked |
117+// | ![](copy_cursor.png) | "copy" | DND: Something will be copied |
118+// | ![](move_cursor.png) | "move" | DND: Something will be moved |
119+// | ![](dnd_ask_cursor.png) | "dnd-ask" | DND: User can choose action to be carried out |
120+// | ![](no_drop_cursor.png) | "no-drop" | DND: Can't drop here |
121+// | ![](not_allowed_cursor.png) | "not-allowed" | DND: Action will not be carried out |
122+// | ![](grab_cursor.png) | "grab" | DND: Something can be grabbed |
123+// | ![](grabbing_cursor.png) | "grabbing" | DND: Something is being grabbed |
124+// | ![](n_resize_cursor.png) | "n-resize" | Resizing: Move north border |
125+// | ![](e_resize_cursor.png) | "e-resize" | Resizing: Move east border |
126+// | ![](s_resize_cursor.png) | "s-resize" | Resizing: Move south border |
127+// | ![](w_resize_cursor.png) | "w-resize" | Resizing: Move west border |
128+// | ![](ne_resize_cursor.png) | "ne-resize" | Resizing: Move north-east corner |
129+// | ![](nw_resize_cursor.png) | "nw-resize" | Resizing: Move north-west corner |
130+// | ![](sw_resize_cursor.png) | "sw-resize" | Resizing: Move south-west corner |
131+// | ![](se_resize_cursor.png) | "se-resize" | Resizing: Move south-east corner |
132+// | ![](col_resize_cursor.png) | "col-resize" | Resizing: Move an item or border horizontally |
133+// | ![](row_resize_cursor.png) | "row-resize" | Resizing: Move an item or border vertically |
134+// | ![](ew_resize_cursor.png) | "ew-resize" | Moving: Something can be moved horizontally |
135+// | ![](ns_resize_cursor.png) | "ns-resize" | Moving: Something can be moved vertically |
136+// | ![](nesw_resize_cursor.png) | "nesw-resize" | Moving: Something can be moved diagonally, north-east to south-west |
137+// | ![](nwse_resize_cursor.png) | "nwse-resize" | Moving: something can be moved diagonally, north-west to south-east |
138+// | ![](all_resize_cursor.png) | "all-resize" | Moving: Something can be moved in any direction |
139+// | ![](all_scroll_cursor.png) | "all-scroll" | Can scroll in any direction |
140+// | ![](zoom_in_cursor.png) | "zoom-in" | Zoom in |
141+// | ![](zoom_out_cursor.png) | "zoom-out" | Zoom out |
79142 func NewCursorFromName(NameVar string, FallbackVar *Cursor) *Cursor {
80143 var cls *Cursor
81144
@@ -209,6 +272,7 @@ func init() {
209272
210273 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xCursorGLibType, lib, "gdk_cursor_get_type")
211274
275+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewCursorFromCallback, lib, "gdk_cursor_new_from_callback")
212276 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewCursorFromName, lib, "gdk_cursor_new_from_name")
213277 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewCursorFromTexture, lib, "gdk_cursor_new_from_texture")
214278
M v4/gdk/gdkdevice.go +29 -3
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ import (
1313 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/pango"
1414 )
1515
16-// A `GdkTimeCoord` stores a single event in a motion history.
16+// Stores a single event in a motion history.
1717 //
1818 // To check whether an axis is present, check whether the corresponding
1919 // flag from the [flags@Gdk.AxisFlags] enumeration is set in the @flags
@@ -64,8 +64,7 @@ const (
6464 SourceTabletPadValue InputSource = 6
6565 )
6666
67-// The `GdkDevice` object represents an input device, such
68-// as a keyboard, a mouse, or a touchpad.
67+// Represents an input device, such as a keyboard, mouse or touchpad.
6968 //
7069 // See the [class@Gdk.Seat] documentation for more information
7170 // about the various kinds of devices, and their relationships.
@@ -85,6 +84,20 @@ func DeviceNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *Device {
8584 return cls
8685 }
8786
87+var xDeviceGetActiveLayoutIndex func(uintptr) int
88+
89+// Retrieves the index of the active layout of the keyboard.
90+//
91+// If there is no valid active layout for the `GdkDevice`, this function will
92+// return -1;
93+//
94+// This is only relevant for keyboard devices.
95+func (x *Device) GetActiveLayoutIndex() int {
96+
97+ cret := xDeviceGetActiveLayoutIndex(x.GoPointer())
98+ return cret
99+}
100+
88101 var xDeviceGetCapsLockState func(uintptr) bool
89102
90103 // Retrieves whether the Caps Lock modifier of the keyboard is locked.
@@ -156,6 +169,17 @@ func (x *Device) GetHasCursor() bool {
156169 return cret
157170 }
158171
172+var xDeviceGetLayoutNames func(uintptr) []string
173+
174+// Retrieves the names of the layouts of the keyboard.
175+//
176+// This is only relevant for keyboard devices.
177+func (x *Device) GetLayoutNames() []string {
178+
179+ cret := xDeviceGetLayoutNames(x.GoPointer())
180+ return cret
181+}
182+
159183 var xDeviceGetModifierState func(uintptr) ModifierType
160184
161185 // Retrieves the current modifier state of the keyboard.
@@ -398,11 +422,13 @@ func init() {
398422
399423 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDeviceGLibType, lib, "gdk_device_get_type")
400424
425+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDeviceGetActiveLayoutIndex, lib, "gdk_device_get_active_layout_index")
401426 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDeviceGetCapsLockState, lib, "gdk_device_get_caps_lock_state")
402427 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDeviceGetDeviceTool, lib, "gdk_device_get_device_tool")
403428 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDeviceGetDirection, lib, "gdk_device_get_direction")
404429 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDeviceGetDisplay, lib, "gdk_device_get_display")
405430 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDeviceGetHasCursor, lib, "gdk_device_get_has_cursor")
431+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDeviceGetLayoutNames, lib, "gdk_device_get_layout_names")
406432 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDeviceGetModifierState, lib, "gdk_device_get_modifier_state")
407433 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDeviceGetName, lib, "gdk_device_get_name")
408434 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDeviceGetNumLockState, lib, "gdk_device_get_num_lock_state")
M v4/gdk/gdkdevicepad.go +1 -2
@@ -18,8 +18,7 @@ func (x *DevicePadInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
1818 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
1919 }
2020
21-// `GdkDevicePad` is an interface implemented by devices of type
22-// %GDK_SOURCE_TABLET_PAD
21+// An interface for tablet pad devices.
2322 //
2423 // It allows querying the features provided by the pad device.
2524 //
M v4/gdk/gdkdevicetool.go +2 -2
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ var xDeviceToolGetHardwareId func(uintptr) uint64
6868
6969 // Gets the hardware ID of this tool, or 0 if it's not known.
7070 //
71-// When non-zero, the identificator is unique for the given tool model,
71+// When non-zero, the identifier is unique for the given tool model,
7272 // meaning that two identical tools will share the same @hardware_id,
7373 // but will have different serial numbers (see
7474 // [method@Gdk.DeviceTool.get_serial]).
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ var xDeviceToolGetHardwareId func(uintptr) uint64
7676 // This is a more concrete (and device specific) method to identify
7777 // a `GdkDeviceTool` than [method@Gdk.DeviceTool.get_tool_type],
7878 // as a tablet may support multiple devices with the same
79-// `GdkDeviceToolType`, but different hardware identificators.
79+// `GdkDeviceToolType`, but different hardware identifiers.
8080 func (x *DeviceTool) GetHardwareId() uint64 {
8181
8282 cret := xDeviceToolGetHardwareId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/gdk/gdkdisplay.go +35 -11
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ import (
1212 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1313 )
1414
15-// `GdkDisplay` objects are the GDK representation of a workstation.
15+// A representation of a workstation.
1616 //
1717 // Their purpose are two-fold:
1818 //
@@ -172,13 +172,27 @@ func (x *Display) GetDefaultSeat() *Seat {
172172 return cls
173173 }
174174
175+var xDisplayGetDmabufFormats func(uintptr) *DmabufFormats
176+
177+// Returns the dma-buf formats that are supported on this display.
178+//
179+// GTK may use OpenGL or Vulkan to support some formats.
180+// Calling this function will then initialize them if they aren't yet.
181+//
182+// The formats returned by this function can be used for negotiating
183+// buffer formats with producers such as v4l, pipewire or GStreamer.
184+//
185+// To learn more about dma-bufs, see [class@Gdk.DmabufTextureBuilder].
186+func (x *Display) GetDmabufFormats() *DmabufFormats {
187+
188+ cret := xDisplayGetDmabufFormats(x.GoPointer())
189+ return cret
190+}
191+
175192 var xDisplayGetMonitorAtSurface func(uintptr, uintptr) uintptr
176193
177194 // Gets the monitor in which the largest area of @surface
178195 // resides.
179-//
180-// Returns a monitor close to @surface if it is outside
181-// of all monitors.
182196 func (x *Display) GetMonitorAtSurface(SurfaceVar *Surface) *Monitor {
183197 var cls *Monitor
184198
@@ -365,9 +379,9 @@ var xDisplayNotifyStartupComplete func(uintptr, string)
365379 // Indicates to the GUI environment that the application has
366380 // finished loading, using a given identifier.
367381 //
368-// GTK will call this function automatically for [class@Gtk.Window]
382+// GTK will call this function automatically for [GtkWindow](../gtk4/class.Window.html)
369383 // with custom startup-notification identifier unless
370-// [method@Gtk.Window.set_auto_startup_notification]
384+// [gtk_window_set_auto_startup_notification()](../gtk4/method.Window.set_auto_startup_notification.html)
371385 // is called to disable that feature.
372386 func (x *Display) NotifyStartupComplete(StartupIdVar string) {
373387
@@ -404,11 +418,7 @@ func (x *Display) PrepareGl() (bool, error) {
404418
405419 var xDisplayPutEvent func(uintptr, uintptr)
406420
407-// Appends the given event onto the front of the event
408-// queue for @display.
409-//
410-// This function is only useful in very special situations
411-// and should not be used by applications.
421+// Adds the given event to the event queue for @display.
412422 func (x *Display) PutEvent(EventVar *Event) {
413423
414424 xDisplayPutEvent(x.GoPointer(), EventVar.GoPointer())
@@ -429,6 +439,18 @@ func (x *Display) SupportsInputShapes() bool {
429439 return cret
430440 }
431441
442+var xDisplaySupportsShadowWidth func(uintptr) bool
443+
444+// Returns whether it's possible for a surface to draw outside of the window area.
445+//
446+// If %TRUE is returned the application decides if it wants to draw shadows.
447+// If %FALSE is returned, the compositor decides if it wants to draw shadows.
448+func (x *Display) SupportsShadowWidth() bool {
449+
450+ cret := xDisplaySupportsShadowWidth(x.GoPointer())
451+ return cret
452+}
453+
432454 var xDisplaySync func(uintptr)
433455
434456 // Flushes any requests queued for the windowing system and waits until all
@@ -643,6 +665,7 @@ func init() {
643665 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDisplayGetAppLaunchContext, lib, "gdk_display_get_app_launch_context")
644666 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDisplayGetClipboard, lib, "gdk_display_get_clipboard")
645667 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDisplayGetDefaultSeat, lib, "gdk_display_get_default_seat")
668+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDisplayGetDmabufFormats, lib, "gdk_display_get_dmabuf_formats")
646669 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDisplayGetMonitorAtSurface, lib, "gdk_display_get_monitor_at_surface")
647670 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDisplayGetMonitors, lib, "gdk_display_get_monitors")
648671 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDisplayGetName, lib, "gdk_display_get_name")
@@ -659,6 +682,7 @@ func init() {
659682 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDisplayPrepareGl, lib, "gdk_display_prepare_gl")
660683 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDisplayPutEvent, lib, "gdk_display_put_event")
661684 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDisplaySupportsInputShapes, lib, "gdk_display_supports_input_shapes")
685+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDisplaySupportsShadowWidth, lib, "gdk_display_supports_shadow_width")
662686 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDisplaySync, lib, "gdk_display_sync")
663687 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDisplayTranslateKey, lib, "gdk_display_translate_key")
664688
M v4/gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.go +4 -3
@@ -52,8 +52,9 @@ func SetAllowedBackends(BackendsVar string) {
5252
5353 }
5454
55-// A singleton object that offers notification when displays appear or
56-// disappear.
55+// Offers notification when displays appear or disappear.
56+//
57+// `GdkDisplayManager` is a singleton object.
5758 //
5859 // You can use [func@Gdk.DisplayManager.get] to obtain the `GdkDisplayManager`
5960 // singleton, but that should be rarely necessary. Typically, initializing
@@ -209,7 +210,7 @@ var xDisplayManagerGet func() uintptr
209210 // with multiple backends).
210211 //
211212 // Applications can use [func@set_allowed_backends] to limit what
212-// backends wil be used.
213+// backends will be used.
213214 func DisplayManagerGet() *DisplayManager {
214215 var cls *DisplayManager
215216
A v4/gdk/gdkdmabuftexture.go +316 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,316 @@
1+// Package gdk was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package gdk
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gio"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
12+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
13+)
14+
15+type DmabufTextureClass struct {
16+ _ structs.HostLayout
17+}
18+
19+func (x *DmabufTextureClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
20+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
21+}
22+
23+var xDmabufErrorQuark func() glib.Quark
24+
25+// Registers an error quark for [class@Gdk.DmabufTexture] errors.
26+func DmabufErrorQuark() glib.Quark {
27+
28+ cret := xDmabufErrorQuark()
29+ return cret
30+}
31+
32+// A `GdkTexture` representing a DMA buffer.
33+//
34+// To create a `GdkDmabufTexture`, use the auxiliary
35+// [class@Gdk.DmabufTextureBuilder] object.
36+//
37+// Dma-buf textures can only be created on Linux.
38+type DmabufTexture struct {
39+ Texture
40+}
41+
42+var xDmabufTextureGLibType func() types.GType
43+
44+func DmabufTextureGLibType() types.GType {
45+ return xDmabufTextureGLibType()
46+}
47+
48+func DmabufTextureNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *DmabufTexture {
49+ cls := &DmabufTexture{}
50+ cls.Ptr = ptr
51+ return cls
52+}
53+
54+func (c *DmabufTexture) GoPointer() uintptr {
55+ if c == nil {
56+ return 0
57+ }
58+ return c.Ptr
59+}
60+
61+func (c *DmabufTexture) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
62+ c.Ptr = ptr
63+}
64+
65+// Compute a concrete size for the `GdkPaintable`.
66+//
67+// Applies the sizing algorithm outlined in the
68+// [CSS Image spec](https://drafts.csswg.org/css-images-3/#default-sizing)
69+// to the given @paintable. See that link for more details.
70+//
71+// It is not necessary to call this function when both @specified_width
72+// and @specified_height are known, but it is useful to call this
73+// function in GtkWidget:measure implementations to compute the
74+// other dimension when only one dimension is given.
75+func (x *DmabufTexture) ComputeConcreteSize(SpecifiedWidthVar float64, SpecifiedHeightVar float64, DefaultWidthVar float64, DefaultHeightVar float64, ConcreteWidthVar float64, ConcreteHeightVar float64) {
76+
77+ XGdkPaintableComputeConcreteSize(x.GoPointer(), SpecifiedWidthVar, SpecifiedHeightVar, DefaultWidthVar, DefaultHeightVar, ConcreteWidthVar, ConcreteHeightVar)
78+
79+}
80+
81+// Gets an immutable paintable for the current contents displayed by @paintable.
82+//
83+// This is useful when you want to retain the current state of an animation,
84+// for example to take a screenshot of a running animation.
85+//
86+// If the @paintable is already immutable, it will return itself.
87+func (x *DmabufTexture) GetCurrentImage() *PaintableBase {
88+ var cls *PaintableBase
89+
90+ cret := XGdkPaintableGetCurrentImage(x.GoPointer())
91+
92+ if cret == 0 {
93+ return nil
94+ }
95+ cls = &PaintableBase{}
96+ cls.Ptr = cret
97+ return cls
98+}
99+
100+// Get flags for the paintable.
101+//
102+// This is oftentimes useful for optimizations.
103+//
104+// See [flags@Gdk.PaintableFlags] for the flags and what they mean.
105+func (x *DmabufTexture) GetFlags() PaintableFlags {
106+
107+ cret := XGdkPaintableGetFlags(x.GoPointer())
108+ return cret
109+}
110+
111+// Gets the preferred aspect ratio the @paintable would like to be displayed at.
112+//
113+// The aspect ratio is the width divided by the height, so a value of 0.5
114+// means that the @paintable prefers to be displayed twice as high as it
115+// is wide. Consumers of this interface can use this to preserve aspect
116+// ratio when displaying the paintable.
117+//
118+// This is a purely informational value and does not in any way limit the
119+// values that may be passed to [method@Gdk.Paintable.snapshot].
120+//
121+// Usually when a @paintable returns nonzero values from
122+// [method@Gdk.Paintable.get_intrinsic_width] and
123+// [method@Gdk.Paintable.get_intrinsic_height] the aspect ratio
124+// should conform to those values, though that is not required.
125+//
126+// If the @paintable does not have a preferred aspect ratio,
127+// it returns 0. Negative values are never returned.
128+func (x *DmabufTexture) GetIntrinsicAspectRatio() float64 {
129+
130+ cret := XGdkPaintableGetIntrinsicAspectRatio(x.GoPointer())
131+ return cret
132+}
133+
134+// Gets the preferred height the @paintable would like to be displayed at.
135+//
136+// Consumers of this interface can use this to reserve enough space to draw
137+// the paintable.
138+//
139+// This is a purely informational value and does not in any way limit the
140+// values that may be passed to [method@Gdk.Paintable.snapshot].
141+//
142+// If the @paintable does not have a preferred height, it returns 0.
143+// Negative values are never returned.
144+func (x *DmabufTexture) GetIntrinsicHeight() int {
145+
146+ cret := XGdkPaintableGetIntrinsicHeight(x.GoPointer())
147+ return cret
148+}
149+
150+// Gets the preferred width the @paintable would like to be displayed at.
151+//
152+// Consumers of this interface can use this to reserve enough space to draw
153+// the paintable.
154+//
155+// This is a purely informational value and does not in any way limit the
156+// values that may be passed to [method@Gdk.Paintable.snapshot].
157+//
158+// If the @paintable does not have a preferred width, it returns 0.
159+// Negative values are never returned.
160+func (x *DmabufTexture) GetIntrinsicWidth() int {
161+
162+ cret := XGdkPaintableGetIntrinsicWidth(x.GoPointer())
163+ return cret
164+}
165+
166+// Called by implementations of `GdkPaintable` to invalidate their contents.
167+//
168+// Unless the contents are invalidated, implementations must guarantee that
169+// multiple calls of [method@Gdk.Paintable.snapshot] produce the same output.
170+//
171+// This function will emit the [signal@Gdk.Paintable::invalidate-contents]
172+// signal.
173+//
174+// If a @paintable reports the %GDK_PAINTABLE_STATIC_CONTENTS flag,
175+// it must not call this function.
176+func (x *DmabufTexture) InvalidateContents() {
177+
178+ XGdkPaintableInvalidateContents(x.GoPointer())
179+
180+}
181+
182+// Called by implementations of `GdkPaintable` to invalidate their size.
183+//
184+// As long as the size is not invalidated, @paintable must return the same
185+// values for its intrinsic width, height and aspect ratio.
186+//
187+// This function will emit the [signal@Gdk.Paintable::invalidate-size]
188+// signal.
189+//
190+// If a @paintable reports the %GDK_PAINTABLE_STATIC_SIZE flag,
191+// it must not call this function.
192+func (x *DmabufTexture) InvalidateSize() {
193+
194+ XGdkPaintableInvalidateSize(x.GoPointer())
195+
196+}
197+
198+// Snapshots the given paintable with the given @width and @height.
199+//
200+// The paintable is drawn at the current (0,0) offset of the @snapshot.
201+// If @width and @height are not larger than zero, this function will
202+// do nothing.
203+func (x *DmabufTexture) Snapshot(SnapshotVar *Snapshot, WidthVar float64, HeightVar float64) {
204+
205+ XGdkPaintableSnapshot(x.GoPointer(), SnapshotVar.GoPointer(), WidthVar, HeightVar)
206+
207+}
208+
209+// Checks if two icons are equal.
210+func (x *DmabufTexture) Equal(Icon2Var gio.Icon) bool {
211+
212+ cret := gio.XGIconEqual(x.GoPointer(), Icon2Var.GoPointer())
213+ return cret
214+}
215+
216+// Gets a hash for an icon.
217+func (x *DmabufTexture) Hash() uint {
218+
219+ cret := gio.XGIconHash(x.GoPointer())
220+ return cret
221+}
222+
223+// Serializes a #GIcon into a #GVariant. An equivalent #GIcon can be retrieved
224+// back by calling g_icon_deserialize() on the returned value.
225+// As serialization will avoid using raw icon data when possible, it only
226+// makes sense to transfer the #GVariant between processes on the same machine,
227+// (as opposed to over the network), and within the same file system namespace.
228+func (x *DmabufTexture) Serialize() *glib.Variant {
229+
230+ cret := gio.XGIconSerialize(x.GoPointer())
231+ return cret
232+}
233+
234+// Generates a textual representation of @icon that can be used for
235+// serialization such as when passing @icon to a different process or
236+// saving it to persistent storage. Use g_icon_new_for_string() to
237+// get @icon back from the returned string.
238+//
239+// The encoding of the returned string is proprietary to #GIcon except
240+// in the following two cases
241+//
242+// - If @icon is a #GFileIcon, the returned string is a native path
243+// (such as `/path/to/my icon.png`) without escaping
244+// if the #GFile for @icon is a native file. If the file is not
245+// native, the returned string is the result of g_file_get_uri()
246+// (such as `sftp://path/to/my%20icon.png`).
247+//
248+// - If @icon is a #GThemedIcon with exactly one name and no fallbacks,
249+// the encoding is simply the name (such as `network-server`).
250+func (x *DmabufTexture) ToString() string {
251+
252+ cret := gio.XGIconToString(x.GoPointer())
253+ return cret
254+}
255+
256+// Loads a loadable icon. For the asynchronous version of this function,
257+// see g_loadable_icon_load_async().
258+func (x *DmabufTexture) Load(SizeVar int, TypeVar string, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable) (*gio.InputStream, error) {
259+ var cls *gio.InputStream
260+ var cerr *glib.Error
261+
262+ cret := gio.XGLoadableIconLoad(x.GoPointer(), SizeVar, TypeVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
263+
264+ if cret == 0 {
265+ return nil, cerr
266+ }
267+ cls = &gio.InputStream{}
268+ cls.Ptr = cret
269+ if cerr == nil {
270+ return cls, nil
271+ }
272+ return cls, cerr
273+
274+}
275+
276+// Loads an icon asynchronously. To finish this function, see
277+// g_loadable_icon_load_finish(). For the synchronous, blocking
278+// version of this function, see g_loadable_icon_load().
279+func (x *DmabufTexture) LoadAsync(SizeVar int, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, CallbackVar *gio.AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) {
280+
281+ gio.XGLoadableIconLoadAsync(x.GoPointer(), SizeVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), glib.NewCallbackNullable(CallbackVar), UserDataVar)
282+
283+}
284+
285+// Finishes an asynchronous icon load started in g_loadable_icon_load_async().
286+func (x *DmabufTexture) LoadFinish(ResVar gio.AsyncResult, TypeVar string) (*gio.InputStream, error) {
287+ var cls *gio.InputStream
288+ var cerr *glib.Error
289+
290+ cret := gio.XGLoadableIconLoadFinish(x.GoPointer(), ResVar.GoPointer(), TypeVar, &cerr)
291+
292+ if cret == 0 {
293+ return nil, cerr
294+ }
295+ cls = &gio.InputStream{}
296+ cls.Ptr = cret
297+ if cerr == nil {
298+ return cls, nil
299+ }
300+ return cls, cerr
301+
302+}
303+
304+func init() {
305+ core.SetPackageName("GDK", "gtk4")
306+ core.SetSharedLibrary("GDK", "libgtk-4.so.1")
307+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("GDK"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
308+ if err != nil {
309+ panic(err)
310+ }
311+
312+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufErrorQuark, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_error_quark")
313+
314+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureGLibType, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_get_type")
315+
316+}
A v4/gdk/gdkdmabuftexturebuilder.go +488 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,488 @@
1+// Package gdk was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package gdk
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/cairo"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
12+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
13+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
14+)
15+
16+type DmabufTextureBuilderClass struct {
17+ _ structs.HostLayout
18+}
19+
20+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilderClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
21+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
22+}
23+
24+// Constructs [class@Gdk.Texture] objects from DMA buffers.
25+//
26+// DMA buffers are commonly called **_dma-bufs_**.
27+//
28+// DMA buffers are a feature of the Linux kernel to enable efficient buffer and
29+// memory sharing between hardware such as codecs, GPUs, displays, cameras and the
30+// kernel drivers controlling them. For example, a decoder may want its output to
31+// be directly shared with the display server for rendering without a copy.
32+//
33+// Any device driver which participates in DMA buffer sharing, can do so as either
34+// the exporter or importer of buffers (or both).
35+//
36+// The memory that is shared via DMA buffers is usually stored in non-system memory
37+// (maybe in device's local memory or something else not directly accessible by the
38+// CPU), and accessing this memory from the CPU may have higher-than-usual overhead.
39+//
40+// In particular for graphics data, it is not uncommon that data consists of multiple
41+// separate blocks of memory, for example one block for each of the red, green and
42+// blue channels. These blocks are called **_planes_**. DMA buffers can have up to
43+// four planes. Even if the memory is a single block, the data can be organized in
44+// multiple planes, by specifying offsets from the beginning of the data.
45+//
46+// DMA buffers are exposed to user-space as file descriptors allowing to pass them
47+// between processes. If a DMA buffer has multiple planes, there is one file
48+// descriptor per plane.
49+//
50+// The format of the data (for graphics data, essentially its colorspace) is described
51+// by a 32-bit integer. These format identifiers are defined in the header file `drm_fourcc.h`
52+// and commonly referred to as **_fourcc_** values, since they are identified by 4 ASCII
53+// characters. Additionally, each DMA buffer has a **_modifier_**, which is a 64-bit integer
54+// that describes driver-specific details of the memory layout, such as tiling or compression.
55+//
56+// For historical reasons, some producers of dma-bufs don't provide an explicit modifier, but
57+// instead return `DMA_FORMAT_MOD_INVALID` to indicate that their modifier is **_implicit_**.
58+// GTK tries to accommodate this situation by accepting `DMA_FORMAT_MOD_INVALID` as modifier.
59+//
60+// The operation of `GdkDmabufTextureBuilder` is quite simple: Create a texture builder,
61+// set all the necessary properties, and then call [method@Gdk.DmabufTextureBuilder.build]
62+// to create the new texture.
63+//
64+// The required properties for a dma-buf texture are
65+//
66+// - The width and height in pixels
67+//
68+// - The `fourcc` code and `modifier` which identify the format and memory layout of the dma-buf
69+//
70+// - The file descriptor, offset and stride for each of the planes
71+//
72+// `GdkDmabufTextureBuilder` can be used for quick one-shot construction of
73+// textures as well as kept around and reused to construct multiple textures.
74+//
75+// # For further information, see
76+//
77+// * The Linux kernel [documentation](https://docs.kernel.org/driver-api/dma-buf.html)
78+//
79+// * The header file [drm_fourcc.h](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/mesa/drm/-/blob/main/include/drm/drm_fourcc.h)
80+type DmabufTextureBuilder struct {
81+ gobject.Object
82+}
83+
84+var xDmabufTextureBuilderGLibType func() types.GType
85+
86+func DmabufTextureBuilderGLibType() types.GType {
87+ return xDmabufTextureBuilderGLibType()
88+}
89+
90+func DmabufTextureBuilderNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *DmabufTextureBuilder {
91+ cls := &DmabufTextureBuilder{}
92+ cls.Ptr = ptr
93+ return cls
94+}
95+
96+var xNewDmabufTextureBuilder func() uintptr
97+
98+// Creates a new texture builder.
99+func NewDmabufTextureBuilder() *DmabufTextureBuilder {
100+ var cls *DmabufTextureBuilder
101+
102+ cret := xNewDmabufTextureBuilder()
103+
104+ if cret == 0 {
105+ return nil
106+ }
107+ cls = &DmabufTextureBuilder{}
108+ cls.Ptr = cret
109+ return cls
110+}
111+
112+var xDmabufTextureBuilderBuild func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, **glib.Error) uintptr
113+
114+// Builds a new `GdkTexture` with the values set up in the builder.
115+//
116+// It is a programming error to call this function if any mandatory property has not been set.
117+//
118+// Not all formats defined in the `drm_fourcc.h` header are supported. You can use
119+// [method@Gdk.Display.get_dmabuf_formats] to get a list of supported formats. If the
120+// format is not supported by GTK, %NULL will be returned and @error will be set.
121+//
122+// The `destroy` function gets called when the returned texture gets released.
123+//
124+// It is the responsibility of the caller to keep the file descriptors for the planes
125+// open until the created texture is no longer used, and close them afterwards (possibly
126+// using the @destroy notify).
127+//
128+// It is possible to call this function multiple times to create multiple textures,
129+// possibly with changing properties in between.
130+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) Build(DestroyVar *glib.DestroyNotify, DataVar uintptr) (*Texture, error) {
131+ var cls *Texture
132+ var cerr *glib.Error
133+
134+ cret := xDmabufTextureBuilderBuild(x.GoPointer(), glib.NewCallbackNullable(DestroyVar), DataVar, &cerr)
135+
136+ if cret == 0 {
137+ return nil, cerr
138+ }
139+ cls = &Texture{}
140+ cls.Ptr = cret
141+ if cerr == nil {
142+ return cls, nil
143+ }
144+ return cls, cerr
145+
146+}
147+
148+var xDmabufTextureBuilderGetColorState func(uintptr) *ColorState
149+
150+// Gets the color state previously set via gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_color_state().
151+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) GetColorState() *ColorState {
152+
153+ cret := xDmabufTextureBuilderGetColorState(x.GoPointer())
154+ return cret
155+}
156+
157+var xDmabufTextureBuilderGetDisplay func(uintptr) uintptr
158+
159+// Returns the display that this texture builder is
160+// associated with.
161+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) GetDisplay() *Display {
162+ var cls *Display
163+
164+ cret := xDmabufTextureBuilderGetDisplay(x.GoPointer())
165+
166+ if cret == 0 {
167+ return nil
168+ }
169+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
170+ cls = &Display{}
171+ cls.Ptr = cret
172+ return cls
173+}
174+
175+var xDmabufTextureBuilderGetFd func(uintptr, uint) int
176+
177+// Gets the file descriptor for a plane.
178+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) GetFd(PlaneVar uint) int {
179+
180+ cret := xDmabufTextureBuilderGetFd(x.GoPointer(), PlaneVar)
181+ return cret
182+}
183+
184+var xDmabufTextureBuilderGetFourcc func(uintptr) uint32
185+
186+// Gets the format previously set via gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_fourcc()
187+// or 0 if the format wasn't set.
188+//
189+// The format is specified as a fourcc code.
190+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) GetFourcc() uint32 {
191+
192+ cret := xDmabufTextureBuilderGetFourcc(x.GoPointer())
193+ return cret
194+}
195+
196+var xDmabufTextureBuilderGetHeight func(uintptr) uint
197+
198+// Gets the height previously set via gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_height() or
199+// 0 if the height wasn't set.
200+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) GetHeight() uint {
201+
202+ cret := xDmabufTextureBuilderGetHeight(x.GoPointer())
203+ return cret
204+}
205+
206+var xDmabufTextureBuilderGetModifier func(uintptr) uint64
207+
208+// Gets the modifier value.
209+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) GetModifier() uint64 {
210+
211+ cret := xDmabufTextureBuilderGetModifier(x.GoPointer())
212+ return cret
213+}
214+
215+var xDmabufTextureBuilderGetNPlanes func(uintptr) uint
216+
217+// Gets the number of planes.
218+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) GetNPlanes() uint {
219+
220+ cret := xDmabufTextureBuilderGetNPlanes(x.GoPointer())
221+ return cret
222+}
223+
224+var xDmabufTextureBuilderGetOffset func(uintptr, uint) uint
225+
226+// Gets the offset value for a plane.
227+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) GetOffset(PlaneVar uint) uint {
228+
229+ cret := xDmabufTextureBuilderGetOffset(x.GoPointer(), PlaneVar)
230+ return cret
231+}
232+
233+var xDmabufTextureBuilderGetPremultiplied func(uintptr) bool
234+
235+// Whether the data is premultiplied.
236+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) GetPremultiplied() bool {
237+
238+ cret := xDmabufTextureBuilderGetPremultiplied(x.GoPointer())
239+ return cret
240+}
241+
242+var xDmabufTextureBuilderGetStride func(uintptr, uint) uint
243+
244+// Gets the stride value for a plane.
245+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) GetStride(PlaneVar uint) uint {
246+
247+ cret := xDmabufTextureBuilderGetStride(x.GoPointer(), PlaneVar)
248+ return cret
249+}
250+
251+var xDmabufTextureBuilderGetUpdateRegion func(uintptr) *cairo.Region
252+
253+// Gets the region previously set via gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_update_region() or
254+// %NULL if none was set.
255+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) GetUpdateRegion() *cairo.Region {
256+
257+ cret := xDmabufTextureBuilderGetUpdateRegion(x.GoPointer())
258+ return cret
259+}
260+
261+var xDmabufTextureBuilderGetUpdateTexture func(uintptr) uintptr
262+
263+// Gets the texture previously set via gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_update_texture() or
264+// %NULL if none was set.
265+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) GetUpdateTexture() *Texture {
266+ var cls *Texture
267+
268+ cret := xDmabufTextureBuilderGetUpdateTexture(x.GoPointer())
269+
270+ if cret == 0 {
271+ return nil
272+ }
273+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
274+ cls = &Texture{}
275+ cls.Ptr = cret
276+ return cls
277+}
278+
279+var xDmabufTextureBuilderGetWidth func(uintptr) uint
280+
281+// Gets the width previously set via gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_width() or
282+// 0 if the width wasn't set.
283+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) GetWidth() uint {
284+
285+ cret := xDmabufTextureBuilderGetWidth(x.GoPointer())
286+ return cret
287+}
288+
289+var xDmabufTextureBuilderSetColorState func(uintptr, *ColorState)
290+
291+// Sets the color state for the texture.
292+//
293+// By default, the colorstate is `NULL`. In that case, GTK will choose the
294+// correct colorstate based on the format.
295+// If you don't know what colorstates are, this is probably the right thing.
296+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) SetColorState(ColorStateVar *ColorState) {
297+
298+ xDmabufTextureBuilderSetColorState(x.GoPointer(), ColorStateVar)
299+
300+}
301+
302+var xDmabufTextureBuilderSetDisplay func(uintptr, uintptr)
303+
304+// Sets the display that this texture builder is
305+// associated with.
306+//
307+// The display is used to determine the supported
308+// dma-buf formats.
309+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) SetDisplay(DisplayVar *Display) {
310+
311+ xDmabufTextureBuilderSetDisplay(x.GoPointer(), DisplayVar.GoPointer())
312+
313+}
314+
315+var xDmabufTextureBuilderSetFd func(uintptr, uint, int)
316+
317+// Sets the file descriptor for a plane.
318+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) SetFd(PlaneVar uint, FdVar int) {
319+
320+ xDmabufTextureBuilderSetFd(x.GoPointer(), PlaneVar, FdVar)
321+
322+}
323+
324+var xDmabufTextureBuilderSetFourcc func(uintptr, uint32)
325+
326+// Sets the format of the texture.
327+//
328+// The format is specified as a fourcc code.
329+//
330+// The format must be set before calling [method@Gdk.DmabufTextureBuilder.build].
331+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) SetFourcc(FourccVar uint32) {
332+
333+ xDmabufTextureBuilderSetFourcc(x.GoPointer(), FourccVar)
334+
335+}
336+
337+var xDmabufTextureBuilderSetHeight func(uintptr, uint)
338+
339+// Sets the height of the texture.
340+//
341+// The height must be set before calling [method@Gdk.DmabufTextureBuilder.build].
342+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) SetHeight(HeightVar uint) {
343+
344+ xDmabufTextureBuilderSetHeight(x.GoPointer(), HeightVar)
345+
346+}
347+
348+var xDmabufTextureBuilderSetModifier func(uintptr, uint64)
349+
350+// Sets the modifier.
351+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) SetModifier(ModifierVar uint64) {
352+
353+ xDmabufTextureBuilderSetModifier(x.GoPointer(), ModifierVar)
354+
355+}
356+
357+var xDmabufTextureBuilderSetNPlanes func(uintptr, uint)
358+
359+// Sets the number of planes of the texture.
360+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) SetNPlanes(NPlanesVar uint) {
361+
362+ xDmabufTextureBuilderSetNPlanes(x.GoPointer(), NPlanesVar)
363+
364+}
365+
366+var xDmabufTextureBuilderSetOffset func(uintptr, uint, uint)
367+
368+// Sets the offset for a plane.
369+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) SetOffset(PlaneVar uint, OffsetVar uint) {
370+
371+ xDmabufTextureBuilderSetOffset(x.GoPointer(), PlaneVar, OffsetVar)
372+
373+}
374+
375+var xDmabufTextureBuilderSetPremultiplied func(uintptr, bool)
376+
377+// Sets whether the data is premultiplied.
378+//
379+// Unless otherwise specified, all formats including alpha channels are assumed
380+// to be premultiplied.
381+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) SetPremultiplied(PremultipliedVar bool) {
382+
383+ xDmabufTextureBuilderSetPremultiplied(x.GoPointer(), PremultipliedVar)
384+
385+}
386+
387+var xDmabufTextureBuilderSetStride func(uintptr, uint, uint)
388+
389+// Sets the stride for a plane.
390+//
391+// The stride must be set for all planes before calling [method@Gdk.DmabufTextureBuilder.build].
392+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) SetStride(PlaneVar uint, StrideVar uint) {
393+
394+ xDmabufTextureBuilderSetStride(x.GoPointer(), PlaneVar, StrideVar)
395+
396+}
397+
398+var xDmabufTextureBuilderSetUpdateRegion func(uintptr, *cairo.Region)
399+
400+// Sets the region to be updated by this texture. Together with
401+// [property@Gdk.DmabufTextureBuilder:update-texture] this describes an
402+// update of a previous texture.
403+//
404+// When rendering animations of large textures, it is possible that
405+// consecutive textures are only updating contents in parts of the texture.
406+// It is then possible to describe this update via these two properties,
407+// so that GTK can avoid rerendering parts that did not change.
408+//
409+// An example would be a screen recording where only the mouse pointer moves.
410+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) SetUpdateRegion(RegionVar *cairo.Region) {
411+
412+ xDmabufTextureBuilderSetUpdateRegion(x.GoPointer(), RegionVar)
413+
414+}
415+
416+var xDmabufTextureBuilderSetUpdateTexture func(uintptr, uintptr)
417+
418+// Sets the texture to be updated by this texture. See
419+// [method@Gdk.DmabufTextureBuilder.set_update_region] for an explanation.
420+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) SetUpdateTexture(TextureVar *Texture) {
421+
422+ xDmabufTextureBuilderSetUpdateTexture(x.GoPointer(), TextureVar.GoPointer())
423+
424+}
425+
426+var xDmabufTextureBuilderSetWidth func(uintptr, uint)
427+
428+// Sets the width of the texture.
429+//
430+// The width must be set before calling [method@Gdk.DmabufTextureBuilder.build].
431+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) SetWidth(WidthVar uint) {
432+
433+ xDmabufTextureBuilderSetWidth(x.GoPointer(), WidthVar)
434+
435+}
436+
437+func (c *DmabufTextureBuilder) GoPointer() uintptr {
438+ if c == nil {
439+ return 0
440+ }
441+ return c.Ptr
442+}
443+
444+func (c *DmabufTextureBuilder) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
445+ c.Ptr = ptr
446+}
447+
448+func init() {
449+ core.SetPackageName("GDK", "gtk4")
450+ core.SetSharedLibrary("GDK", "libgtk-4.so.1")
451+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("GDK"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
452+ if err != nil {
453+ panic(err)
454+ }
455+
456+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderGLibType, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_get_type")
457+
458+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewDmabufTextureBuilder, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_new")
459+
460+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderBuild, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_build")
461+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderGetColorState, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_get_color_state")
462+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderGetDisplay, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_get_display")
463+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderGetFd, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_get_fd")
464+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderGetFourcc, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_get_fourcc")
465+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderGetHeight, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_get_height")
466+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderGetModifier, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_get_modifier")
467+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderGetNPlanes, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_get_n_planes")
468+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderGetOffset, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_get_offset")
469+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderGetPremultiplied, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_get_premultiplied")
470+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderGetStride, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_get_stride")
471+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderGetUpdateRegion, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_get_update_region")
472+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderGetUpdateTexture, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_get_update_texture")
473+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderGetWidth, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_get_width")
474+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderSetColorState, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_color_state")
475+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderSetDisplay, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_display")
476+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderSetFd, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_fd")
477+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderSetFourcc, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_fourcc")
478+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderSetHeight, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_height")
479+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderSetModifier, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_modifier")
480+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderSetNPlanes, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_n_planes")
481+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderSetOffset, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_offset")
482+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderSetPremultiplied, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_premultiplied")
483+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderSetStride, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_stride")
484+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderSetUpdateRegion, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_update_region")
485+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderSetUpdateTexture, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_update_texture")
486+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufTextureBuilderSetWidth, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_texture_builder_set_width")
487+
488+}
M v4/gdk/gdkdrag.go +1 -1
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ func DragActionIsUnique(ActionVar DragAction) bool {
4343 return cret
4444 }
4545
46-// The `GdkDrag` object represents the source of an ongoing DND operation.
46+// Represents the source of an ongoing DND operation.
4747 //
4848 // A `GdkDrag` is created when a drag is started, and stays alive for duration of
4949 // the DND operation. After a drag has been started with [func@Gdk.Drag.begin],
M v4/gdk/gdkdragsurface.go +1 -1
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ func (x *DragSurfaceInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
1919 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2020 }
2121
22-// A `GdkDragSurface` is an interface for surfaces used during DND.
22+// A surface that is used during DND.
2323 type DragSurface interface {
2424 GoPointer() uintptr
2525 SetGoPointer(uintptr)
A v4/gdk/gdkdragsurfacesize.go +49 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
1+// Package gdk was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package gdk
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
11+)
12+
13+// Contains information that is useful to compute the size of a drag surface.
14+type DragSurfaceSize struct {
15+ _ structs.HostLayout
16+}
17+
18+var xDragSurfaceSizeGLibType func() types.GType
19+
20+func DragSurfaceSizeGLibType() types.GType {
21+ return xDragSurfaceSizeGLibType()
22+}
23+
24+func (x *DragSurfaceSize) GoPointer() uintptr {
25+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
26+}
27+
28+var xDragSurfaceSizeSetSize func(uintptr, int, int)
29+
30+// Sets the size the drag surface prefers to be resized to.
31+func (x *DragSurfaceSize) SetSize(WidthVar int, HeightVar int) {
32+
33+ xDragSurfaceSizeSetSize(x.GoPointer(), WidthVar, HeightVar)
34+
35+}
36+
37+func init() {
38+ core.SetPackageName("GDK", "gtk4")
39+ core.SetSharedLibrary("GDK", "libgtk-4.so.1")
40+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("GDK"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
41+ if err != nil {
42+ panic(err)
43+ }
44+
45+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDragSurfaceSizeGLibType, lib, "gdk_drag_surface_size_get_type")
46+
47+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDragSurfaceSizeSetSize, lib, "gdk_drag_surface_size_set_size")
48+
49+}
M v4/gdk/gdkdrawcontext.go +2 -2
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ var xDrawContextBeginFrame func(uintptr, *cairo.Region)
5858 //
5959 // When using GTK, the widget system automatically places calls to
6060 // gdk_draw_context_begin_frame() and gdk_draw_context_end_frame() via the
61-// use of [class@Gsk.Renderer]s, so application code does not need to call
62-// these functions explicitly.
61+// use of [GskRenderer](../gsk4/class.Renderer.html)s, so application code
62+// does not need to call these functions explicitly.
6363 func (x *DrawContext) BeginFrame(RegionVar *cairo.Region) {
6464
6565 xDrawContextBeginFrame(x.GoPointer(), RegionVar)
M v4/gdk/gdkdrop.go +1 -5
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ import (
1010 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1111 )
1212
13-// The `GdkDrop` object represents the target of an ongoing DND operation.
13+// Represents the target of an ongoing DND operation.
1414 //
1515 // Possible drop sites get informed about the status of the ongoing drag
1616 // operation with events of type %GDK_DRAG_ENTER, %GDK_DRAG_LEAVE,
@@ -198,10 +198,6 @@ var xDropReadValueAsync func(uintptr, types.GType, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintpt
198198 // Asynchronously request the drag operation's contents converted
199199 // to the given @type.
200200 //
201-// When the operation is finished @callback will be called. You must
202-// then call [method@Gdk.Drop.read_value_finish] to get the resulting
203-// `GValue`.
204-//
205201 // For local drag-and-drop operations that are available in the given
206202 // `GType`, the value will be copied directly. Otherwise, GDK will
207203 // try to use [func@Gdk.content_deserialize_async] to convert the data.
M v4/gdk/gdkenums.go +97 -31
@@ -73,6 +73,23 @@ const (
7373 ActionAskValue DragAction = 8
7474 )
7575
76+// The list of the different APIs that GdkGLContext can potentially support.
77+type GLAPI int
78+
79+var xGLAPIGLibType func() types.GType
80+
81+func GLAPIGLibType() types.GType {
82+ return xGLAPIGLibType()
83+}
84+
85+const (
86+
87+ // The OpenGL API
88+ GlApiGlValue GLAPI = 1
89+ // The OpenGL ES API
90+ GlApiGlesValue GLAPI = 2
91+)
92+
7693 // Flags to indicate the state of modifier keys and mouse buttons
7794 // in events.
7895 //
@@ -80,7 +97,7 @@ const (
8097 // Apple, CapsLock or ShiftLock.
8198 //
8299 // Note that GDK may add internal values to events which include values outside
83-// of this enumeration. Your code should preserve and ignore them. You can use
100+// of this enumeration. Your code should preserve and ignore them. You can use
84101 // %GDK_MODIFIER_MASK to remove all private values.
85102 type ModifierType int
86103
@@ -92,16 +109,18 @@ func ModifierTypeGLibType() types.GType {
92109
93110 const (
94111
112+ // No modifier.
113+ NoModifierMaskValue ModifierType = 0
95114 // the Shift key.
96115 ShiftMaskValue ModifierType = 1
97- // a Lock key (depending on the modifier mapping of the
98- // X server this may either be CapsLock or ShiftLock).
116+ // a Lock key (depending on the Windowing System configuration,
117+ // this may either be <kbd>CapsLock</kbd> or <kbd>ShiftLock</kbd>).
99118 LockMaskValue ModifierType = 2
100119 // the Control key.
101120 ControlMaskValue ModifierType = 4
102- // the fourth modifier key (it depends on the modifier
103- // mapping of the X server which key is interpreted as this modifier, but
104- // normally it is the Alt key).
121+ // the fourth modifier key (it depends on the Windowing System
122+ // configuration which key is interpreted as this modifier, but normally it
123+ // is the <kbd>Alt</kbd> key).
105124 AltMaskValue ModifierType = 8
106125 // the first mouse button.
107126 Button1MaskValue ModifierType = 256
@@ -113,11 +132,11 @@ const (
113132 Button4MaskValue ModifierType = 2048
114133 // the fifth mouse button.
115134 Button5MaskValue ModifierType = 4096
116- // the Super modifier
135+ // the Super modifier.
117136 SuperMaskValue ModifierType = 67108864
118- // the Hyper modifier
137+ // the Hyper modifier.
119138 HyperMaskValue ModifierType = 134217728
120- // the Meta modifier
139+ // the Meta modifier. Maps to Command on macOS.
121140 MetaMaskValue ModifierType = 268435456
122141 )
123142
@@ -164,6 +183,27 @@ const (
164183 AxisLastValue AxisUse = 12
165184 )
166185
186+// Error enumeration for `GdkDmabufTexture`.
187+type DmabufError int
188+
189+var xDmabufErrorGLibType func() types.GType
190+
191+func DmabufErrorGLibType() types.GType {
192+ return xDmabufErrorGLibType()
193+}
194+
195+const (
196+
197+ // Dmabuf support is not available, because the OS
198+ // is not Linux, or it was explicitly disabled at compile- or runtime
199+ DmabufErrorNotAvailableValue DmabufError = 0
200+ // The requested format is not supported
201+ DmabufErrorUnsupportedFormatValue DmabufError = 1
202+ // GTK failed to create the resource for other
203+ // reasons
204+ DmabufErrorCreationFailedValue DmabufError = 2
205+)
206+
167207 // Error enumeration for `GdkGLContext`.
168208 type GLError int
169209
@@ -221,12 +261,12 @@ const (
221261 GravityStaticValue Gravity = 10
222262 )
223263
224-// `GdkMemoryFormat` describes formats that image data can have in memory.
264+// Describes formats that image data can have in memory.
225265 //
226266 // It describes formats by listing the contents of the memory passed to it.
227-// So GDK_MEMORY_A8R8G8B8 will be 1 byte (8 bits) of alpha, followed by a
267+// So `GDK_MEMORY_A8R8G8B8` will be 1 byte (8 bits) of alpha, followed by a
228268 // byte each of red, green and blue. It is not endian-dependent, so
229-// CAIRO_FORMAT_ARGB32 is represented by different `GdkMemoryFormats`
269+// `CAIRO_FORMAT_ARGB32` is represented by different `GdkMemoryFormats`
230270 // on architectures with different endiannesses.
231271 //
232272 // Its naming is modelled after
@@ -263,37 +303,63 @@ const (
263303 MemoryR8g8b8Value MemoryFormat = 7
264304 // 3 bytes; for blue, green, red. The data is opaque.
265305 MemoryB8g8r8Value MemoryFormat = 8
266- // 3 guint16 values; for red, green, blue. Since: 4.6
306+ // 3 guint16 values; for red, green, blue.
267307 MemoryR16g16b16Value MemoryFormat = 9
268- // 4 guint16 values; for red, green,
269- // blue, alpha. The color values are premultiplied with the alpha value.
270- // Since: 4.6
308+ // 4 guint16 values; for red, green, blue, alpha. The color values are
309+ // premultiplied with the alpha value.
271310 MemoryR16g16b16a16PremultipliedValue MemoryFormat = 10
272311 // 4 guint16 values; for red, green, blue, alpha.
273- // Since: 4.6
274312 MemoryR16g16b16a16Value MemoryFormat = 11
275- // 3 half-float values; for red, green, blue.
276- // The data is opaque. Since: 4.6
313+ // 3 half-float values; for red, green, blue. The data is opaque.
277314 MemoryR16g16b16FloatValue MemoryFormat = 12
278- // 4 half-float values; for
279- // red, green, blue and alpha. The color values are premultiplied with
280- // the alpha value. Since: 4.6
315+ // 4 half-float values; for red, green, blue and alpha. The color values are
316+ // premultiplied with the alpha value.
281317 MemoryR16g16b16a16FloatPremultipliedValue MemoryFormat = 13
282- // 4 half-float values; for red, green,
283- // blue and alpha. Since: 4.6
318+ // 4 half-float values; for red, green, blue and alpha.
284319 MemoryR16g16b16a16FloatValue MemoryFormat = 14
285-
320+ // 3 float values; for red, green, blue.
286321 MemoryR32g32b32FloatValue MemoryFormat = 15
287- // 4 float values; for
288- // red, green, blue and alpha. The color values are premultiplied with
289- // the alpha value. Since: 4.6
322+ // 4 float values; for red, green, blue and alpha. The color values are
323+ // premultiplied with the alpha value.
290324 MemoryR32g32b32a32FloatPremultipliedValue MemoryFormat = 16
291- // 4 float values; for red, green, blue and
292- // alpha. Since: 4.6
325+ // 4 float values; for red, green, blue and alpha.
293326 MemoryR32g32b32a32FloatValue MemoryFormat = 17
327+ // 2 bytes; for grayscale, alpha. The color values are premultiplied with the
328+ // alpha value.
329+ MemoryG8a8PremultipliedValue MemoryFormat = 18
330+ // 2 bytes; for grayscale, alpha.
331+ MemoryG8a8Value MemoryFormat = 19
332+ // One byte; for grayscale. The data is opaque.
333+ MemoryG8Value MemoryFormat = 20
334+ // 2 guint16 values; for grayscale, alpha. The color values are premultiplied
335+ // with the alpha value.
336+ MemoryG16a16PremultipliedValue MemoryFormat = 21
337+ // 2 guint16 values; for grayscale, alpha.
338+ MemoryG16a16Value MemoryFormat = 22
339+ // One guint16 value; for grayscale. The data is opaque.
340+ MemoryG16Value MemoryFormat = 23
341+ // One byte; for alpha.
342+ MemoryA8Value MemoryFormat = 24
343+ // One guint16 value; for alpha.
344+ MemoryA16Value MemoryFormat = 25
345+ // One half-float value; for alpha.
346+ MemoryA16FloatValue MemoryFormat = 26
347+ // One float value; for alpha.
348+ MemoryA32FloatValue MemoryFormat = 27
349+ // 4 bytes; for alpha, blue, green, red, The color values are premultiplied with
350+ // the alpha value.
351+ MemoryA8b8g8r8PremultipliedValue MemoryFormat = 28
352+ // 4 bytes; for blue, green, red, unused.
353+ MemoryB8g8r8x8Value MemoryFormat = 29
354+ // 4 bytes; for unused, red, green, blue.
355+ MemoryX8r8g8b8Value MemoryFormat = 30
356+ // 4 bytes; for red, green, blue, unused.
357+ MemoryR8g8b8x8Value MemoryFormat = 31
358+ // 4 bytes; for unused, blue, green, red.
359+ MemoryX8b8g8r8Value MemoryFormat = 32
294360 // The number of formats. This value will change as
295361 // more formats get added, so do not rely on its concrete integer.
296- MemoryNFormatsValue MemoryFormat = 18
362+ MemoryNFormatsValue MemoryFormat = 33
297363 )
298364
299365 // Error enumeration for `GdkVulkanContext`.
M v4/gdk/gdkevents.go +15 -9
@@ -11,8 +11,7 @@ import (
1111 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1212 )
1313
14-// `GdkEventSequence` is an opaque type representing a sequence
15-// of related touch events.
14+// An opaque type representing a sequence of related events.
1615 type EventSequence struct {
1716 _ structs.HostLayout
1817 }
@@ -157,8 +156,8 @@ const (
157156 PadStripValue EventType = 26
158157 // A tablet pad group mode change.
159158 PadGroupModeValue EventType = 27
160- // A touchpad hold gesture event, the current state
161- // is determined by its phase field. Since: 4.6
159+ // A touchpad hold gesture event, the current state is determined by its phase
160+ // field.
162161 TouchpadHoldValue EventType = 28
163162 // marks the end of the GdkEventType enumeration.
164163 EventLastValue EventType = 29
@@ -523,12 +522,13 @@ func (c *DeleteEvent) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
523522 c.Ptr = ptr
524523 }
525524
526-// `GdkEvent`s are immutable data structures, created by GDK to
527-// represent windowing system events.
525+// Represents windowing system events.
528526 //
529527 // In GTK applications the events are handled automatically by toplevel
530528 // widgets and passed on to the event controllers of appropriate widgets,
531529 // so using `GdkEvent` and its related API is rarely needed.
530+//
531+// `GdkEvent` structs are immutable.
532532 type Event struct {
533533 Ptr uintptr
534534 }
@@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ func (x *Event) GetDisplay() *Display {
672672
673673 var xEventGetEventSequence func(uintptr) *EventSequence
674674
675-// Retuns the event sequence to which the event belongs.
675+// Returns the event sequence to which the event belongs.
676676 //
677677 // Related touch events are connected in a sequence. Other
678678 // events typically don't have event sequence information.
@@ -731,6 +731,8 @@ func (x *Event) GetPointerEmulated() bool {
731731 var xEventGetPosition func(uintptr, float64, float64) bool
732732
733733 // Extract the event surface relative x/y coordinates from an event.
734+//
735+// This position is in [surface coordinates](coordinates.html).
734736 func (x *Event) GetPosition(XVar float64, YVar float64) bool {
735737
736738 cret := xEventGetPosition(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar)
@@ -805,9 +807,13 @@ var xEventTriggersContextMenu func(uintptr) bool
805807 // according to platform conventions.
806808 //
807809 // The right mouse button typically triggers context menus.
810+// On macOS, Control+left mouse button also triggers.
811+//
812+// # This function should always be used instead of simply checking for
808813 //
809-// This function should always be used instead of simply checking for
810-// event->button == %GDK_BUTTON_SECONDARY.
814+// ```c
815+// event->button == GDK_BUTTON_SECONDARY
816+// ```
811817 func (x *Event) TriggersContextMenu() bool {
812818
813819 cret := xEventTriggersContextMenu(x.GoPointer())
M v4/gdk/gdkframeclock.go +7 -6
@@ -59,8 +59,7 @@ const (
5959 FrameClockPhaseAfterPaintValue FrameClockPhase = 64
6060 )
6161
62-// A `GdkFrameClock` tells the application when to update and repaint
63-// a surface.
62+// Tells the application when to update and repaint a surface.
6463 //
6564 // This may be synced to the vertical refresh rate of the monitor, for example.
6665 // Even when the frame clock uses a simple timer rather than a hardware-based
@@ -78,7 +77,7 @@ const (
7877 // for the synchronization being implemented, the clock will process a frame and
7978 // emit signals for each phase that has been requested. (See the signals of the
8079 // `GdkFrameClock` class for documentation of the phases.
81-// %GDK_FRAME_CLOCK_PHASE_UPDATE and the [signal@GdkFrameClock::update] signal
80+// %GDK_FRAME_CLOCK_PHASE_UPDATE and the [signal@Gdk.FrameClock::update] signal
8281 // are most interesting for application writers, and are used to update the
8382 // animations, using the frame time given by [method@Gdk.FrameClock.get_frame_time].
8483 //
@@ -90,7 +89,7 @@ const (
9089 // are called at a “similar” time get the same value. This means that
9190 // if different animations are timed by looking at the difference in
9291 // time between an initial value from [method@Gdk.FrameClock.get_frame_time]
93-// and the value inside the [signal@GdkFrameClock::update] signal of the clock,
92+// and the value inside the [signal@Gdk.FrameClock::update] signal of the clock,
9493 // they will stay exactly synchronized.
9594 type FrameClock struct {
9695 gobject.Object
@@ -349,7 +348,8 @@ func (x *FrameClock) ConnectLayout(cb *func(FrameClock)) uint32 {
349348 //
350349 // The frame is repainted. GDK normally handles this internally and
351350 // emits [signal@Gdk.Surface::render] signals which are turned into
352-// [signal@Gtk.Widget::snapshot] signals by GTK.
351+// [GtkWidget::snapshot](../gtk4/signal.Widget.snapshot.html) signals
352+// by GTK.
353353 func (x *FrameClock) ConnectPaint(cb *func(FrameClock)) uint32 {
354354 cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
355355 if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
@@ -397,7 +397,8 @@ func (x *FrameClock) ConnectResumeEvents(cb *func(FrameClock)) uint32 {
397397 //
398398 // Animations should be updated using [method@Gdk.FrameClock.get_frame_time].
399399 // Applications can connect directly to this signal, or use
400-// [method@Gtk.Widget.add_tick_callback] as a more convenient interface.
400+// [gtk_widget_add_tick_callback()](../gtk4/method.Widget.add_tick_callback.html)
401+// as a more convenient interface.
401402 func (x *FrameClock) ConnectUpdate(cb *func(FrameClock)) uint32 {
402403 cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
403404 if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
M v4/gdk/gdkframetimings.go +1 -2
@@ -10,8 +10,7 @@ import (
1010 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1111 )
1212
13-// A `GdkFrameTimings` object holds timing information for a single frame
14-// of the application’s displays.
13+// Holds timing information for a single frame of the application’s displays.
1514 //
1615 // To retrieve `GdkFrameTimings` objects, use [method@Gdk.FrameClock.get_timings]
1716 // or [method@Gdk.FrameClock.get_current_timings]. The information in
M v4/gdk/gdkglcontext.go +7 -19
@@ -9,25 +9,16 @@ import (
99 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1010 )
1111
12-// The list of the different APIs that GdkGLContext can potentially support.
13-type GLAPI int
12+var xGlErrorQuark func() glib.Quark
1413
15-var xGLAPIGLibType func() types.GType
14+// Registers an error quark for [class@Gdk.GLContext] errors.
15+func GlErrorQuark() glib.Quark {
1616
17-func GLAPIGLibType() types.GType {
18- return xGLAPIGLibType()
17+ cret := xGlErrorQuark()
18+ return cret
1919 }
2020
21-const (
22-
23- // The OpenGL API
24- GlApiGlValue GLAPI = 1
25- // The OpenGL ES API
26- GlApiGlesValue GLAPI = 2
27-)
28-
29-// `GdkGLContext` is an object representing a platform-specific
30-// OpenGL draw context.
21+// Represents a platform-specific OpenGL draw context.
3122 //
3223 // `GdkGLContext`s are created for a surface using
3324 // [method@Gdk.Surface.create_gl_context], and the context will match
@@ -215,9 +206,6 @@ var xGLContextGetVersion func(uintptr, int, int)
215206 // Retrieves the OpenGL version of the @context.
216207 //
217208 // The @context must be realized prior to calling this function.
218-//
219-// If the @context has never been made current, the version cannot
220-// be known and it will return 0 for both @major and @minor.
221209 func (x *GLContext) GetVersion(MajorVar int, MinorVar int) {
222210
223211 xGLContextGetVersion(x.GoPointer(), MajorVar, MinorVar)
@@ -426,7 +414,7 @@ func init() {
426414 panic(err)
427415 }
428416
429- core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLAPIGLibType, lib, "gdk_gl_api_get_type")
417+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGlErrorQuark, lib, "gdk_gl_error_quark")
430418
431419 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLContextGLibType, lib, "gdk_gl_context_get_type")
432420
M v4/gdk/gdkgltexture.go +8 -1
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ func (x *GLTextureClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2020 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2121 }
2222
23-// A GdkTexture representing a GL texture object.
23+// A `GdkTexture` representing a GL texture object.
2424 type GLTexture struct {
2525 Texture
2626 }
@@ -232,6 +232,13 @@ func (x *GLTexture) Equal(Icon2Var gio.Icon) bool {
232232 return cret
233233 }
234234
235+// Gets a hash for an icon.
236+func (x *GLTexture) Hash() uint {
237+
238+ cret := gio.XGIconHash(x.GoPointer())
239+ return cret
240+}
241+
235242 // Serializes a #GIcon into a #GVariant. An equivalent #GIcon can be retrieved
236243 // back by calling g_icon_deserialize() on the returned value.
237244 // As serialization will avoid using raw icon data when possible, it only
A v4/gdk/gdkgltexturebuilder.go +390 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,390 @@
1+// Package gdk was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package gdk
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/cairo"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
12+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
13+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
14+)
15+
16+type GLTextureBuilderClass struct {
17+ _ structs.HostLayout
18+}
19+
20+func (x *GLTextureBuilderClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
21+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
22+}
23+
24+// Constructs [class@Gdk.Texture] objects from GL textures.
25+//
26+// The operation is quite simple: Create a texture builder, set all the necessary
27+// properties - keep in mind that the properties [property@Gdk.GLTextureBuilder:context],
28+// [property@Gdk.GLTextureBuilder:id], [property@Gdk.GLTextureBuilder:width], and
29+// [property@Gdk.GLTextureBuilder:height] are mandatory - and then call
30+// [method@Gdk.GLTextureBuilder.build] to create the new texture.
31+//
32+// `GdkGLTextureBuilder` can be used for quick one-shot construction of
33+// textures as well as kept around and reused to construct multiple textures.
34+type GLTextureBuilder struct {
35+ gobject.Object
36+}
37+
38+var xGLTextureBuilderGLibType func() types.GType
39+
40+func GLTextureBuilderGLibType() types.GType {
41+ return xGLTextureBuilderGLibType()
42+}
43+
44+func GLTextureBuilderNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *GLTextureBuilder {
45+ cls := &GLTextureBuilder{}
46+ cls.Ptr = ptr
47+ return cls
48+}
49+
50+var xNewGLTextureBuilder func() uintptr
51+
52+// Creates a new texture builder.
53+func NewGLTextureBuilder() *GLTextureBuilder {
54+ var cls *GLTextureBuilder
55+
56+ cret := xNewGLTextureBuilder()
57+
58+ if cret == 0 {
59+ return nil
60+ }
61+ cls = &GLTextureBuilder{}
62+ cls.Ptr = cret
63+ return cls
64+}
65+
66+var xGLTextureBuilderBuild func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) uintptr
67+
68+// Builds a new `GdkTexture` with the values set up in the builder.
69+//
70+// The `destroy` function gets called when the returned texture gets released;
71+// either when the texture is finalized or by an explicit call to
72+// [method@Gdk.GLTexture.release]. It should release all GL resources associated
73+// with the texture, such as the [property@Gdk.GLTextureBuilder:id] and the
74+// [property@Gdk.GLTextureBuilder:sync].
75+//
76+// Note that it is a programming error to call this function if any mandatory
77+// property has not been set.
78+//
79+// It is possible to call this function multiple times to create multiple textures,
80+// possibly with changing properties in between.
81+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) Build(DestroyVar *glib.DestroyNotify, DataVar uintptr) *Texture {
82+ var cls *Texture
83+
84+ cret := xGLTextureBuilderBuild(x.GoPointer(), glib.NewCallbackNullable(DestroyVar), DataVar)
85+
86+ if cret == 0 {
87+ return nil
88+ }
89+ cls = &Texture{}
90+ cls.Ptr = cret
91+ return cls
92+}
93+
94+var xGLTextureBuilderGetColorState func(uintptr) *ColorState
95+
96+// Gets the color state previously set via gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_color_state().
97+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) GetColorState() *ColorState {
98+
99+ cret := xGLTextureBuilderGetColorState(x.GoPointer())
100+ return cret
101+}
102+
103+var xGLTextureBuilderGetContext func(uintptr) uintptr
104+
105+// Gets the context previously set via gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_context() or
106+// %NULL if none was set.
107+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) GetContext() *GLContext {
108+ var cls *GLContext
109+
110+ cret := xGLTextureBuilderGetContext(x.GoPointer())
111+
112+ if cret == 0 {
113+ return nil
114+ }
115+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
116+ cls = &GLContext{}
117+ cls.Ptr = cret
118+ return cls
119+}
120+
121+var xGLTextureBuilderGetFormat func(uintptr) MemoryFormat
122+
123+// Gets the format previously set via gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_format().
124+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) GetFormat() MemoryFormat {
125+
126+ cret := xGLTextureBuilderGetFormat(x.GoPointer())
127+ return cret
128+}
129+
130+var xGLTextureBuilderGetHasMipmap func(uintptr) bool
131+
132+// Gets whether the texture has a mipmap.
133+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) GetHasMipmap() bool {
134+
135+ cret := xGLTextureBuilderGetHasMipmap(x.GoPointer())
136+ return cret
137+}
138+
139+var xGLTextureBuilderGetHeight func(uintptr) int
140+
141+// Gets the height previously set via gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_height() or
142+// 0 if the height wasn't set.
143+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) GetHeight() int {
144+
145+ cret := xGLTextureBuilderGetHeight(x.GoPointer())
146+ return cret
147+}
148+
149+var xGLTextureBuilderGetId func(uintptr) uint
150+
151+// Gets the texture id previously set via gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_id() or
152+// 0 if the id wasn't set.
153+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) GetId() uint {
154+
155+ cret := xGLTextureBuilderGetId(x.GoPointer())
156+ return cret
157+}
158+
159+var xGLTextureBuilderGetSync func(uintptr) uintptr
160+
161+// Gets the `GLsync` previously set via gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_sync().
162+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) GetSync() uintptr {
163+
164+ cret := xGLTextureBuilderGetSync(x.GoPointer())
165+ return cret
166+}
167+
168+var xGLTextureBuilderGetUpdateRegion func(uintptr) *cairo.Region
169+
170+// Gets the region previously set via gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_update_region() or
171+// %NULL if none was set.
172+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) GetUpdateRegion() *cairo.Region {
173+
174+ cret := xGLTextureBuilderGetUpdateRegion(x.GoPointer())
175+ return cret
176+}
177+
178+var xGLTextureBuilderGetUpdateTexture func(uintptr) uintptr
179+
180+// Gets the texture previously set via gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_update_texture() or
181+// %NULL if none was set.
182+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) GetUpdateTexture() *Texture {
183+ var cls *Texture
184+
185+ cret := xGLTextureBuilderGetUpdateTexture(x.GoPointer())
186+
187+ if cret == 0 {
188+ return nil
189+ }
190+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
191+ cls = &Texture{}
192+ cls.Ptr = cret
193+ return cls
194+}
195+
196+var xGLTextureBuilderGetWidth func(uintptr) int
197+
198+// Gets the width previously set via gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_width() or
199+// 0 if the width wasn't set.
200+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) GetWidth() int {
201+
202+ cret := xGLTextureBuilderGetWidth(x.GoPointer())
203+ return cret
204+}
205+
206+var xGLTextureBuilderSetColorState func(uintptr, *ColorState)
207+
208+// Sets the color state for the texture.
209+//
210+// By default, the sRGB colorstate is used. If you don't know what
211+// colorstates are, this is probably the right thing.
212+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) SetColorState(ColorStateVar *ColorState) {
213+
214+ xGLTextureBuilderSetColorState(x.GoPointer(), ColorStateVar)
215+
216+}
217+
218+var xGLTextureBuilderSetContext func(uintptr, uintptr)
219+
220+// Sets the context to be used for the texture. This is the context that owns
221+// the texture.
222+//
223+// The context must be set before calling [method@Gdk.GLTextureBuilder.build].
224+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) SetContext(ContextVar *GLContext) {
225+
226+ xGLTextureBuilderSetContext(x.GoPointer(), ContextVar.GoPointer())
227+
228+}
229+
230+var xGLTextureBuilderSetFormat func(uintptr, MemoryFormat)
231+
232+// Sets the format of the texture. The default is `GDK_MEMORY_R8G8B8A8_PREMULTIPLIED`.
233+//
234+// The format is the preferred format the texture data should be downloaded to. The
235+// format must be supported by the GL version of [property@Gdk.GLTextureBuilder:context].
236+//
237+// GDK's texture download code assumes that the format corresponds to the storage
238+// parameters of the GL texture in an obvious way. For example, a format of
239+// `GDK_MEMORY_R16G16B16A16_PREMULTIPLIED` is expected to be stored as `GL_RGBA16`
240+// texture, and `GDK_MEMORY_G8A8` is expected to be stored as `GL_RG8` texture.
241+//
242+// Setting the right format is particularly useful when using high bit depth textures
243+// to preserve the bit depth, to set the correct value for unpremultiplied textures
244+// and to make sure opaque textures are treated as such.
245+//
246+// Non-RGBA textures need to have swizzling parameters set up properly to be usable
247+// in GSK's shaders.
248+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) SetFormat(FormatVar MemoryFormat) {
249+
250+ xGLTextureBuilderSetFormat(x.GoPointer(), FormatVar)
251+
252+}
253+
254+var xGLTextureBuilderSetHasMipmap func(uintptr, bool)
255+
256+// Sets whether the texture has a mipmap. This allows the renderer and other users of the
257+// generated texture to use a higher quality downscaling.
258+//
259+// Typically, the `glGenerateMipmap` function is used to generate a mimap.
260+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) SetHasMipmap(HasMipmapVar bool) {
261+
262+ xGLTextureBuilderSetHasMipmap(x.GoPointer(), HasMipmapVar)
263+
264+}
265+
266+var xGLTextureBuilderSetHeight func(uintptr, int)
267+
268+// Sets the height of the texture.
269+//
270+// The height must be set before calling [method@Gdk.GLTextureBuilder.build].
271+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) SetHeight(HeightVar int) {
272+
273+ xGLTextureBuilderSetHeight(x.GoPointer(), HeightVar)
274+
275+}
276+
277+var xGLTextureBuilderSetId func(uintptr, uint)
278+
279+// Sets the texture id of the texture. The texture id must remain unmodified
280+// until the texture was finalized. See [method@Gdk.GLTextureBuilder.build]
281+// for a longer discussion.
282+//
283+// The id must be set before calling [method@Gdk.GLTextureBuilder.build].
284+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) SetId(IdVar uint) {
285+
286+ xGLTextureBuilderSetId(x.GoPointer(), IdVar)
287+
288+}
289+
290+var xGLTextureBuilderSetSync func(uintptr, uintptr)
291+
292+// Sets the GLSync object to use for the texture.
293+//
294+// GTK will wait on this object before using the created `GdkTexture`.
295+//
296+// The `destroy` function that is passed to [method@Gdk.GLTextureBuilder.build]
297+// is responsible for freeing the sync object when it is no longer needed.
298+// The texture builder does not destroy it and it is the callers
299+// responsibility to make sure it doesn't leak.
300+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) SetSync(SyncVar uintptr) {
301+
302+ xGLTextureBuilderSetSync(x.GoPointer(), SyncVar)
303+
304+}
305+
306+var xGLTextureBuilderSetUpdateRegion func(uintptr, *cairo.Region)
307+
308+// Sets the region to be updated by this texture. Together with
309+// [property@Gdk.GLTextureBuilder:update-texture] this describes an
310+// update of a previous texture.
311+//
312+// When rendering animations of large textures, it is possible that
313+// consecutive textures are only updating contents in parts of the texture.
314+// It is then possible to describe this update via these two properties,
315+// so that GTK can avoid rerendering parts that did not change.
316+//
317+// An example would be a screen recording where only the mouse pointer moves.
318+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) SetUpdateRegion(RegionVar *cairo.Region) {
319+
320+ xGLTextureBuilderSetUpdateRegion(x.GoPointer(), RegionVar)
321+
322+}
323+
324+var xGLTextureBuilderSetUpdateTexture func(uintptr, uintptr)
325+
326+// Sets the texture to be updated by this texture. See
327+// [method@Gdk.GLTextureBuilder.set_update_region] for an explanation.
328+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) SetUpdateTexture(TextureVar *Texture) {
329+
330+ xGLTextureBuilderSetUpdateTexture(x.GoPointer(), TextureVar.GoPointer())
331+
332+}
333+
334+var xGLTextureBuilderSetWidth func(uintptr, int)
335+
336+// Sets the width of the texture.
337+//
338+// The width must be set before calling [method@Gdk.GLTextureBuilder.build].
339+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) SetWidth(WidthVar int) {
340+
341+ xGLTextureBuilderSetWidth(x.GoPointer(), WidthVar)
342+
343+}
344+
345+func (c *GLTextureBuilder) GoPointer() uintptr {
346+ if c == nil {
347+ return 0
348+ }
349+ return c.Ptr
350+}
351+
352+func (c *GLTextureBuilder) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
353+ c.Ptr = ptr
354+}
355+
356+func init() {
357+ core.SetPackageName("GDK", "gtk4")
358+ core.SetSharedLibrary("GDK", "libgtk-4.so.1")
359+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("GDK"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
360+ if err != nil {
361+ panic(err)
362+ }
363+
364+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderGLibType, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_get_type")
365+
366+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewGLTextureBuilder, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_new")
367+
368+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderBuild, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_build")
369+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderGetColorState, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_get_color_state")
370+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderGetContext, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_get_context")
371+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderGetFormat, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_get_format")
372+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderGetHasMipmap, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_get_has_mipmap")
373+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderGetHeight, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_get_height")
374+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderGetId, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_get_id")
375+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderGetSync, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_get_sync")
376+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderGetUpdateRegion, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_get_update_region")
377+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderGetUpdateTexture, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_get_update_texture")
378+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderGetWidth, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_get_width")
379+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderSetColorState, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_color_state")
380+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderSetContext, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_context")
381+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderSetFormat, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_format")
382+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderSetHasMipmap, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_has_mipmap")
383+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderSetHeight, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_height")
384+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderSetId, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_id")
385+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderSetSync, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_sync")
386+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderSetUpdateRegion, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_update_region")
387+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderSetUpdateTexture, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_update_texture")
388+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGLTextureBuilderSetWidth, lib, "gdk_gl_texture_builder_set_width")
389+
390+}
M v4/gdk/gdkkeys.go +5 -5
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ func KeyvalFromName(KeyvalNameVar string) uint {
3232
3333 var xKeyvalIsLower func(uint) bool
3434
35-// Returns %TRUE if the given key value is in lower case.
35+// Returns true if the given key value is in lower case.
3636 func KeyvalIsLower(KeyvalVar uint) bool {
3737
3838 cret := xKeyvalIsLower(KeyvalVar)
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ func KeyvalIsLower(KeyvalVar uint) bool {
4141
4242 var xKeyvalIsUpper func(uint) bool
4343
44-// Returns %TRUE if the given key value is in upper case.
44+// Returns true if the given key value is in upper case.
4545 func KeyvalIsUpper(KeyvalVar uint) bool {
4646
4747 cret := xKeyvalIsUpper(KeyvalVar)
@@ -72,12 +72,12 @@ func KeyvalToLower(KeyvalVar uint) uint {
7272
7373 var xKeyvalToUnicode func(uint) uint32
7474
75-// Convert from a GDK key symbol to the corresponding Unicode
75+// Converts from a GDK key symbol to the corresponding Unicode
7676 // character.
7777 //
7878 // Note that the conversion does not take the current locale
7979 // into consideration, which might be expected for particular
80-// keyvals, such as %GDK_KEY_KP_Decimal.
80+// keyvals, such as `GDK_KEY_KP_Decimal`.
8181 func KeyvalToUnicode(KeyvalVar uint) uint32 {
8282
8383 cret := xKeyvalToUnicode(KeyvalVar)
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ func KeyvalToUpper(KeyvalVar uint) uint {
9595
9696 var xUnicodeToKeyval func(uint32) uint
9797
98-// Convert from a Unicode character to a key symbol.
98+// Converts from a Unicode character to a key symbol.
9999 func UnicodeToKeyval(WcVar uint32) uint {
100100
101101 cret := xUnicodeToKeyval(WcVar)
M v4/gdk/gdkkeysyms.go +344 -0
@@ -6,6 +6,10 @@ const (
66
77 KEY_1 int = 49
88
9+ KEY_10ChannelsDown int = 268964281
10+
11+ KEY_10ChannelsUp int = 268964280
12+
913 KEY_2 int = 50
1014
1115 KEY_3 int = 51
@@ -70,6 +74,8 @@ const (
7074
7175 KEY_3270_Test int = 64781
7276
77+ KEY_3DMode int = 268964463
78+
7379 KEY_4 int = 52
7480
7581 KEY_5 int = 53
@@ -86,6 +92,8 @@ const (
8692
8793 KEY_AE int = 198
8894
95+ KEY_ALSToggle int = 268964400
96+
8997 KEY_Aacute int = 193
9098
9199 KEY_Abelowdot int = 16785056
@@ -106,6 +114,8 @@ const (
106114
107115 KEY_AccessX_Feedback_Enable int = 65137
108116
117+ KEY_Accessibility int = 268964430
118+
109119 KEY_Acircumflex int = 194
110120
111121 KEY_Acircumflexacute int = 16785060
@@ -120,6 +130,8 @@ const (
120130
121131 KEY_AddFavorite int = 269025081
122132
133+ KEY_Addressbook int = 268964269
134+
123135 KEY_Adiaeresis int = 196
124136
125137 KEY_Agrave int = 192
@@ -134,6 +146,8 @@ const (
134146
135147 KEY_Aogonek int = 417
136148
149+ KEY_AppSelect int = 268964420
150+
137151 KEY_ApplicationLeft int = 269025104
138152
139153 KEY_ApplicationRight int = 269025105
@@ -480,12 +494,26 @@ const (
480494
481495 KEY_Armenian_zhe int = 16778602
482496
497+ KEY_AspectRatio int = 268964215
498+
499+ KEY_Assistant int = 268964423
500+
483501 KEY_Atilde int = 195
484502
503+ KEY_AttendantOff int = 268964380
504+
505+ KEY_AttendantOn int = 268964379
506+
507+ KEY_AttendantToggle int = 268964381
508+
485509 KEY_AudibleBell_Enable int = 65146
486510
511+ KEY_Audio int = 268964232
512+
487513 KEY_AudioCycleTrack int = 269025179
488514
515+ KEY_AudioDesc int = 268964462
516+
489517 KEY_AudioForward int = 269025175
490518
491519 KEY_AudioLowerVolume int = 269025041
@@ -518,6 +546,8 @@ const (
518546
519547 KEY_AudioStop int = 269025045
520548
549+ KEY_AutopilotEngageToggle int = 268964477
550+
521551 KEY_Away int = 269025165
522552
523553 KEY_B int = 66
@@ -546,6 +576,14 @@ const (
546576
547577 KEY_BrightnessAdjust int = 269025083
548578
579+ KEY_BrightnessAuto int = 268964084
580+
581+ KEY_BrightnessMax int = 268964433
582+
583+ KEY_BrightnessMin int = 268964432
584+
585+ KEY_Buttonconfig int = 268964416
586+
549587 KEY_Byelorussian_SHORTU int = 1726
550588
551589 KEY_Byelorussian_shortu int = 1710
@@ -568,6 +606,26 @@ const (
568606
569607 KEY_Calendar int = 269025056
570608
609+ KEY_CameraAccessDisable int = 268964428
610+
611+ KEY_CameraAccessEnable int = 268964427
612+
613+ KEY_CameraAccessToggle int = 268964429
614+
615+ KEY_CameraDown int = 268964376
616+
617+ KEY_CameraFocus int = 268964368
618+
619+ KEY_CameraLeft int = 268964377
620+
621+ KEY_CameraRight int = 268964378
622+
623+ KEY_CameraUp int = 268964375
624+
625+ KEY_CameraZoomIn int = 268964373
626+
627+ KEY_CameraZoomOut int = 268964374
628+
571629 KEY_Cancel int = 65385
572630
573631 KEY_Caps_Lock int = 65509
@@ -580,10 +638,16 @@ const (
580638
581639 KEY_Ch int = 65185
582640
641+ KEY_ChannelDown int = 268964243
642+
643+ KEY_ChannelUp int = 268964242
644+
583645 KEY_Clear int = 65291
584646
585647 KEY_ClearGrab int = 269024801
586648
649+ KEY_ClearvuSonar int = 268964486
650+
587651 KEY_Close int = 269025110
588652
589653 KEY_Codeinput int = 65335
@@ -592,8 +656,12 @@ const (
592656
593657 KEY_Community int = 269025085
594658
659+ KEY_ContextMenu int = 268964278
660+
595661 KEY_ContrastAdjust int = 269025058
596662
663+ KEY_ControlPanel int = 268964419
664+
597665 KEY_Control_L int = 65507
598666
599667 KEY_Control_R int = 65508
@@ -818,14 +886,28 @@ const (
818886
819887 KEY_DOS int = 269025114
820888
889+ KEY_DVD int = 268964229
890+
821891 KEY_Dabovedot int = 16784906
822892
893+ KEY_Data int = 268964471
894+
895+ KEY_Database int = 268964266
896+
823897 KEY_Dcaron int = 463
824898
825899 KEY_Delete int = 65535
826900
901+ KEY_Dictate int = 268964426
902+
827903 KEY_Display int = 269025113
828904
905+ KEY_DisplayOff int = 268964085
906+
907+ KEY_DisplayToggle int = 268964271
908+
909+ KEY_DoNotDisturb int = 268964431
910+
829911 KEY_Documents int = 269025115
830912
831913 KEY_DongSign int = 16785579
@@ -834,6 +916,8 @@ const (
834916
835917 KEY_Dstroke int = 464
836918
919+ KEY_DualRangeRadar int = 268964483
920+
837921 KEY_E int = 69
838922
839923 KEY_ENG int = 957
@@ -866,6 +950,8 @@ const (
866950
867951 KEY_Ediaeresis int = 203
868952
953+ KEY_Editor int = 268964262
954+
869955 KEY_Egrave int = 200
870956
871957 KEY_Ehook int = 16785082
@@ -878,6 +964,8 @@ const (
878964
879965 KEY_Emacron int = 938
880966
967+ KEY_EmojiPicker int = 268964425
968+
881969 KEY_End int = 65367
882970
883971 KEY_Eogonek int = 458
@@ -994,6 +1082,8 @@ const (
9941082
9951083 KEY_Farsi_yeh int = 16778956
9961084
1085+ KEY_FastReverse int = 268964469
1086+
9971087 KEY_Favorites int = 269025072
9981088
9991089 KEY_Finance int = 269025084
@@ -1002,12 +1092,22 @@ const (
10021092
10031093 KEY_First_Virtual_Screen int = 65232
10041094
1095+ KEY_FishingChart int = 268964481
1096+
1097+ KEY_Fn int = 268964304
1098+
1099+ KEY_FnRightShift int = 268964325
1100+
1101+ KEY_Fn_Esc int = 268964305
1102+
10051103 KEY_Forward int = 269025063
10061104
10071105 KEY_FrameBack int = 269025181
10081106
10091107 KEY_FrameForward int = 269025182
10101108
1109+ KEY_FullScreen int = 269025208
1110+
10111111 KEY_G int = 71
10121112
10131113 KEY_Gabovedot int = 725
@@ -1102,6 +1202,8 @@ const (
11021202
11031203 KEY_Go int = 269025119
11041204
1205+ KEY_GraphicsEditor int = 268964264
1206+
11051207 KEY_Greek_ALPHA int = 1985
11061208
11071209 KEY_Greek_ALPHAaccent int = 1953
@@ -1468,6 +1570,8 @@ const (
14681570
14691571 KEY_Hangul_switch int = 65406
14701572
1573+ KEY_HangupPhone int = 268964286
1574+
14711575 KEY_Hankaku int = 65321
14721576
14731577 KEY_Hcircumflex int = 678
@@ -1600,6 +1704,10 @@ const (
16001704
16011705 KEY_Imacron int = 975
16021706
1707+ KEY_Images int = 268964282
1708+
1709+ KEY_Info int = 268964198
1710+
16031711 KEY_Insert int = 65379
16041712
16051713 KEY_Iogonek int = 967
@@ -1610,6 +1718,8 @@ const (
16101718
16111719 KEY_Jcircumflex int = 684
16121720
1721+ KEY_Journal int = 268964418
1722+
16131723 KEY_K int = 75
16141724
16151725 KEY_KP_0 int = 65456
@@ -1700,6 +1810,28 @@ const (
17001810
17011811 KEY_KbdBrightnessUp int = 269025029
17021812
1813+ KEY_KbdInputAssistAccept int = 268964452
1814+
1815+ KEY_KbdInputAssistCancel int = 268964453
1816+
1817+ KEY_KbdInputAssistNext int = 268964449
1818+
1819+ KEY_KbdInputAssistNextgroup int = 268964451
1820+
1821+ KEY_KbdInputAssistPrev int = 268964448
1822+
1823+ KEY_KbdInputAssistPrevgroup int = 268964450
1824+
1825+ KEY_KbdLcdMenu1 int = 268964536
1826+
1827+ KEY_KbdLcdMenu2 int = 268964537
1828+
1829+ KEY_KbdLcdMenu3 int = 268964538
1830+
1831+ KEY_KbdLcdMenu4 int = 268964539
1832+
1833+ KEY_KbdLcdMenu5 int = 268964540
1834+
17031835 KEY_KbdLightOnOff int = 269025028
17041836
17051837 KEY_Kcedilla int = 979
@@ -1774,8 +1906,14 @@ const (
17741906
17751907 KEY_Left int = 65361
17761908
1909+ KEY_LeftDown int = 268964457
1910+
1911+ KEY_LeftUp int = 268964456
1912+
17771913 KEY_LightBulb int = 269025077
17781914
1915+ KEY_LightsToggle int = 268964382
1916+
17791917 KEY_Linefeed int = 65290
17801918
17811919 KEY_LiraSign int = 16785572
@@ -1804,16 +1942,94 @@ const (
18041942
18051943 KEY_Macedonia_kje int = 1708
18061944
1945+ KEY_Macro1 int = 268964496
1946+
1947+ KEY_Macro10 int = 268964505
1948+
1949+ KEY_Macro11 int = 268964506
1950+
1951+ KEY_Macro12 int = 268964507
1952+
1953+ KEY_Macro13 int = 268964508
1954+
1955+ KEY_Macro14 int = 268964509
1956+
1957+ KEY_Macro15 int = 268964510
1958+
1959+ KEY_Macro16 int = 268964511
1960+
1961+ KEY_Macro17 int = 268964512
1962+
1963+ KEY_Macro18 int = 268964513
1964+
1965+ KEY_Macro19 int = 268964514
1966+
1967+ KEY_Macro2 int = 268964497
1968+
1969+ KEY_Macro20 int = 268964515
1970+
1971+ KEY_Macro21 int = 268964516
1972+
1973+ KEY_Macro22 int = 268964517
1974+
1975+ KEY_Macro23 int = 268964518
1976+
1977+ KEY_Macro24 int = 268964519
1978+
1979+ KEY_Macro25 int = 268964520
1980+
1981+ KEY_Macro26 int = 268964521
1982+
1983+ KEY_Macro27 int = 268964522
1984+
1985+ KEY_Macro28 int = 268964523
1986+
1987+ KEY_Macro29 int = 268964524
1988+
1989+ KEY_Macro3 int = 268964498
1990+
1991+ KEY_Macro30 int = 268964525
1992+
1993+ KEY_Macro4 int = 268964499
1994+
1995+ KEY_Macro5 int = 268964500
1996+
1997+ KEY_Macro6 int = 268964501
1998+
1999+ KEY_Macro7 int = 268964502
2000+
2001+ KEY_Macro8 int = 268964503
2002+
2003+ KEY_Macro9 int = 268964504
2004+
2005+ KEY_MacroPreset1 int = 268964531
2006+
2007+ KEY_MacroPreset2 int = 268964532
2008+
2009+ KEY_MacroPreset3 int = 268964533
2010+
2011+ KEY_MacroPresetCycle int = 268964530
2012+
2013+ KEY_MacroRecordStart int = 268964528
2014+
2015+ KEY_MacroRecordStop int = 268964529
2016+
18072017 KEY_Mae_Koho int = 65342
18082018
18092019 KEY_Mail int = 269025049
18102020
18112021 KEY_MailForward int = 269025168
18122022
2023+ KEY_MarkWaypoint int = 268964478
2024+
18132025 KEY_Market int = 269025122
18142026
18152027 KEY_Massyo int = 65324
18162028
2029+ KEY_MediaRepeat int = 268964279
2030+
2031+ KEY_MediaTopMenu int = 268964459
2032+
18172033 KEY_Meeting int = 269025123
18182034
18192035 KEY_Memo int = 269025054
@@ -1836,6 +2052,8 @@ const (
18362052
18372053 KEY_Mode_switch int = 65406
18382054
2055+ KEY_MonBrightnessCycle int = 269025031
2056+
18392057 KEY_MonBrightnessDown int = 269025027
18402058
18412059 KEY_MonBrightnessUp int = 269025026
@@ -1862,6 +2080,10 @@ const (
18622080
18632081 KEY_NairaSign int = 16785574
18642082
2083+ KEY_NavChart int = 268964480
2084+
2085+ KEY_NavInfo int = 268964488
2086+
18652087 KEY_Ncaron int = 466
18662088
18672089 KEY_Ncedilla int = 977
@@ -1874,14 +2096,56 @@ const (
18742096
18752097 KEY_Next int = 65366
18762098
2099+ KEY_NextElement int = 268964475
2100+
2101+ KEY_NextFavorite int = 268964464
2102+
18772103 KEY_Next_VMode int = 269024802
18782104
18792105 KEY_Next_Virtual_Screen int = 65234
18802106
2107+ KEY_NotificationCenter int = 268964284
2108+
18812109 KEY_Ntilde int = 209
18822110
18832111 KEY_Num_Lock int = 65407
18842112
2113+ KEY_Numeric0 int = 268964352
2114+
2115+ KEY_Numeric1 int = 268964353
2116+
2117+ KEY_Numeric11 int = 268964460
2118+
2119+ KEY_Numeric12 int = 268964461
2120+
2121+ KEY_Numeric2 int = 268964354
2122+
2123+ KEY_Numeric3 int = 268964355
2124+
2125+ KEY_Numeric4 int = 268964356
2126+
2127+ KEY_Numeric5 int = 268964357
2128+
2129+ KEY_Numeric6 int = 268964358
2130+
2131+ KEY_Numeric7 int = 268964359
2132+
2133+ KEY_Numeric8 int = 268964360
2134+
2135+ KEY_Numeric9 int = 268964361
2136+
2137+ KEY_NumericA int = 268964364
2138+
2139+ KEY_NumericB int = 268964365
2140+
2141+ KEY_NumericC int = 268964366
2142+
2143+ KEY_NumericD int = 268964367
2144+
2145+ KEY_NumericPound int = 268964363
2146+
2147+ KEY_NumericStar int = 268964362
2148+
18852149 KEY_O int = 79
18862150
18872151 KEY_OE int = 5052
@@ -1930,6 +2194,8 @@ const (
19302194
19312195 KEY_Omacron int = 978
19322196
2197+ KEY_OnScreenKeyboard int = 268964472
2198+
19332199 KEY_Ooblique int = 216
19342200
19352201 KEY_Open int = 269025131
@@ -1958,10 +2224,14 @@ const (
19582224
19592225 KEY_Pause int = 65299
19602226
2227+ KEY_PauseRecord int = 268964466
2228+
19612229 KEY_PesetaSign int = 16785575
19622230
19632231 KEY_Phone int = 269025134
19642232
2233+ KEY_PickupPhone int = 268964285
2234+
19652235 KEY_Pictures int = 269025169
19662236
19672237 KEY_Pointer_Accelerate int = 65274
@@ -2028,16 +2298,22 @@ const (
20282298
20292299 KEY_PowerOff int = 269025066
20302300
2301+ KEY_Presentation int = 268964265
2302+
20312303 KEY_Prev_VMode int = 269024803
20322304
20332305 KEY_Prev_Virtual_Screen int = 65233
20342306
20352307 KEY_PreviousCandidate int = 65342
20362308
2309+ KEY_PreviousElement int = 268964476
2310+
20372311 KEY_Print int = 65377
20382312
20392313 KEY_Prior int = 65365
20402314
2315+ KEY_PrivacyScreenToggle int = 268964473
2316+
20412317 KEY_Q int = 81
20422318
20432319 KEY_R int = 82
@@ -2076,6 +2352,8 @@ const (
20762352
20772353 KEY_Racute int = 448
20782354
2355+ KEY_RadarOverlay int = 268964484
2356+
20792357 KEY_Rcaron int = 472
20802358
20812359 KEY_Rcedilla int = 931
@@ -2086,6 +2364,8 @@ const (
20862364
20872365 KEY_Refresh int = 269025065
20882366
2367+ KEY_RefreshRateToggle int = 268964402
2368+
20892369 KEY_Reload int = 269025139
20902370
20912371 KEY_RepeatKeys_Enable int = 65138
@@ -2096,6 +2376,10 @@ const (
20962376
20972377 KEY_Right int = 65363
20982378
2379+ KEY_RightDown int = 268964455
2380+
2381+ KEY_RightUp int = 268964454
2382+
20992383 KEY_RockerDown int = 269025060
21002384
21012385 KEY_RockerEnter int = 269025061
@@ -2104,10 +2388,14 @@ const (
21042388
21052389 KEY_Romaji int = 65316
21062390
2391+ KEY_RootMenu int = 268964458
2392+
21072393 KEY_RotateWindows int = 269025140
21082394
21092395 KEY_RotationKB int = 269025142
21102396
2397+ KEY_RotationLockToggle int = 269025207
2398+
21112399 KEY_RotationPB int = 269025141
21122400
21132401 KEY_RupeeSign int = 16785576
@@ -2130,6 +2418,8 @@ const (
21302418
21312419 KEY_ScreenSaver int = 269025069
21322420
2421+ KEY_Screensaver int = 268964421
2422+
21332423 KEY_ScrollClick int = 269025146
21342424
21352425 KEY_ScrollDown int = 269025145
@@ -2144,6 +2434,8 @@ const (
21442434
21452435 KEY_SelectButton int = 269025184
21462436
2437+ KEY_SelectiveScreenshot int = 268964474
2438+
21472439 KEY_Send int = 269025147
21482440
21492441 KEY_Serbian_DJE int = 1713
@@ -2178,8 +2470,12 @@ const (
21782470
21792471 KEY_Shop int = 269025078
21802472
2473+ KEY_SidevuSonar int = 268964487
2474+
21812475 KEY_SingleCandidate int = 65340
21822476
2477+ KEY_SingleRangeRadar int = 268964482
2478+
21832479 KEY_Sinh_a int = 16780677
21842480
21852481 KEY_Sinh_aa int = 16780678
@@ -2344,8 +2640,14 @@ const (
23442640
23452641 KEY_SlowKeys_Enable int = 65139
23462642
2643+ KEY_SlowReverse int = 268964470
2644+
2645+ KEY_Sos int = 268964479
2646+
23472647 KEY_Spell int = 269025148
23482648
2649+ KEY_SpellCheck int = 268964272
2650+
23492651 KEY_SplitScreen int = 269025149
23502652
23512653 KEY_Standby int = 269025040
@@ -2356,6 +2658,8 @@ const (
23562658
23572659 KEY_Stop int = 269025064
23582660
2661+ KEY_StopRecord int = 268964465
2662+
23592663 KEY_Subtitle int = 269025178
23602664
23612665 KEY_Super_L int = 65515
@@ -2402,6 +2706,8 @@ const (
24022706
24032707 KEY_TaskPane int = 269025151
24042708
2709+ KEY_Taskmanager int = 268964417
2710+
24052711 KEY_Tcaron int = 427
24062712
24072713 KEY_Tcedilla int = 478
@@ -2596,6 +2902,8 @@ const (
25962902
25972903 KEY_Touroku int = 65323
25982904
2905+ KEY_TraditionalSonar int = 268964485
2906+
25992907 KEY_Travel int = 269025154
26002908
26012909 KEY_Tslash int = 940
@@ -2666,6 +2974,8 @@ const (
26662974
26672975 KEY_Ungrab int = 269024800
26682976
2977+ KEY_Unmute int = 268964468
2978+
26692979 KEY_Uogonek int = 985
26702980
26712981 KEY_Up int = 65362
@@ -2682,18 +2992,28 @@ const (
26822992
26832993 KEY_V int = 86
26842994
2995+ KEY_VOD int = 268964467
2996+
26852997 KEY_VendorHome int = 269025076
26862998
26872999 KEY_Video int = 269025159
26883000
3001+ KEY_VideoPhone int = 268964256
3002+
26893003 KEY_View int = 269025185
26903004
3005+ KEY_VoiceCommand int = 268964422
3006+
3007+ KEY_Voicemail int = 268964268
3008+
26913009 KEY_VoidSymbol int = 16777215
26923010
26933011 KEY_W int = 87
26943012
26953013 KEY_WLAN int = 269025173
26963014
3015+ KEY_WPSButton int = 268964369
3016+
26973017 KEY_WWAN int = 269025204
26983018
26993019 KEY_WWW int = 269025070
@@ -2760,6 +3080,8 @@ const (
27603080
27613081 KEY_ZoomOut int = 269025164
27623082
3083+ KEY_ZoomReset int = 268964260
3084+
27633085 KEY_Zstroke int = 16777653
27643086
27653087 KEY_a int = 97
@@ -3440,6 +3762,16 @@ const (
34403762
34413763 KEY_colon int = 58
34423764
3765+ KEY_combining_acute int = 16777985
3766+
3767+ KEY_combining_belowdot int = 16778019
3768+
3769+ KEY_combining_grave int = 16777984
3770+
3771+ KEY_combining_hook int = 16777993
3772+
3773+ KEY_combining_tilde int = 16777987
3774+
34433775 KEY_comma int = 44
34443776
34453777 KEY_containsas int = 16785931
@@ -3472,6 +3804,8 @@ const (
34723804
34733805 KEY_dead_O int = 65159
34743806
3807+ KEY_dead_SCHWA int = 65163
3808+
34753809 KEY_dead_U int = 65161
34763810
34773811 KEY_dead_a int = 65152
@@ -3532,6 +3866,8 @@ const (
35323866
35333867 KEY_dead_greek int = 65164
35343868
3869+ KEY_dead_hamza int = 65165
3870+
35353871 KEY_dead_hook int = 65121
35363872
35373873 KEY_dead_horn int = 65122
@@ -3556,6 +3892,8 @@ const (
35563892
35573893 KEY_dead_psili int = 65124
35583894
3895+ KEY_dead_schwa int = 65162
3896+
35593897 KEY_dead_semivoiced_sound int = 65119
35603898
35613899 KEY_dead_small_schwa int = 65162
@@ -3744,6 +4082,10 @@ const (
37444082
37454083 KEY_greaterthanequal int = 2238
37464084
4085+ KEY_guillemetleft int = 171
4086+
4087+ KEY_guillemetright int = 187
4088+
37474089 KEY_guillemotleft int = 171
37484090
37494091 KEY_guillemotright int = 187
@@ -4230,6 +4572,8 @@ const (
42304572
42314573 KEY_ordfeminine int = 170
42324574
4575+ KEY_ordmasculine int = 186
4576+
42334577 KEY_oslash int = 248
42344578
42354579 KEY_otilde int = 245
M v4/gdk/gdkmemorytexture.go +7 -0
@@ -218,6 +218,13 @@ func (x *MemoryTexture) Equal(Icon2Var gio.Icon) bool {
218218 return cret
219219 }
220220
221+// Gets a hash for an icon.
222+func (x *MemoryTexture) Hash() uint {
223+
224+ cret := gio.XGIconHash(x.GoPointer())
225+ return cret
226+}
227+
221228 // Serializes a #GIcon into a #GVariant. An equivalent #GIcon can be retrieved
222229 // back by calling g_icon_deserialize() on the returned value.
223230 // As serialization will avoid using raw icon data when possible, it only
A v4/gdk/gdkmemorytexturebuilder.go +312 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
1+// Package gdk was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package gdk
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/cairo"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
12+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
13+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
14+)
15+
16+type MemoryTextureBuilderClass struct {
17+ _ structs.HostLayout
18+}
19+
20+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilderClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
21+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
22+}
23+
24+// Constructs [class@Gdk.Texture] objects from system memory provided
25+// via [struct@GLib.Bytes].
26+//
27+// The operation is quite simple: Create a texture builder, set all the necessary
28+// properties - keep in mind that the properties [property@Gdk.MemoryTextureBuilder:bytes],
29+// [property@Gdk.MemoryTextureBuilder:stride], [property@Gdk.MemoryTextureBuilder:width],
30+// and [property@Gdk.MemoryTextureBuilder:height] are mandatory - and then call
31+// [method@Gdk.MemoryTextureBuilder.build] to create the new texture.
32+//
33+// `GdkMemoryTextureBuilder` can be used for quick one-shot construction of
34+// textures as well as kept around and reused to construct multiple textures.
35+type MemoryTextureBuilder struct {
36+ gobject.Object
37+}
38+
39+var xMemoryTextureBuilderGLibType func() types.GType
40+
41+func MemoryTextureBuilderGLibType() types.GType {
42+ return xMemoryTextureBuilderGLibType()
43+}
44+
45+func MemoryTextureBuilderNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *MemoryTextureBuilder {
46+ cls := &MemoryTextureBuilder{}
47+ cls.Ptr = ptr
48+ return cls
49+}
50+
51+var xNewMemoryTextureBuilder func() uintptr
52+
53+// Creates a new texture builder.
54+func NewMemoryTextureBuilder() *MemoryTextureBuilder {
55+ var cls *MemoryTextureBuilder
56+
57+ cret := xNewMemoryTextureBuilder()
58+
59+ if cret == 0 {
60+ return nil
61+ }
62+ cls = &MemoryTextureBuilder{}
63+ cls.Ptr = cret
64+ return cls
65+}
66+
67+var xMemoryTextureBuilderBuild func(uintptr) uintptr
68+
69+// Builds a new `GdkTexture` with the values set up in the builder.
70+//
71+// Note that it is a programming error to call this function if any mandatory
72+// property has not been set.
73+//
74+// It is possible to call this function multiple times to create multiple textures,
75+// possibly with changing properties in between.
76+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) Build() *Texture {
77+ var cls *Texture
78+
79+ cret := xMemoryTextureBuilderBuild(x.GoPointer())
80+
81+ if cret == 0 {
82+ return nil
83+ }
84+ cls = &Texture{}
85+ cls.Ptr = cret
86+ return cls
87+}
88+
89+var xMemoryTextureBuilderGetBytes func(uintptr) *glib.Bytes
90+
91+// Gets the bytes previously set via gdk_memory_texture_builder_set_bytes()
92+// or %NULL if none was set.
93+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) GetBytes() *glib.Bytes {
94+
95+ cret := xMemoryTextureBuilderGetBytes(x.GoPointer())
96+ return cret
97+}
98+
99+var xMemoryTextureBuilderGetColorState func(uintptr) *ColorState
100+
101+// Gets the colorstate previously set via gdk_memory_texture_builder_set_color_state().
102+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) GetColorState() *ColorState {
103+
104+ cret := xMemoryTextureBuilderGetColorState(x.GoPointer())
105+ return cret
106+}
107+
108+var xMemoryTextureBuilderGetFormat func(uintptr) MemoryFormat
109+
110+// Gets the format previously set via gdk_memory_texture_builder_set_format().
111+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) GetFormat() MemoryFormat {
112+
113+ cret := xMemoryTextureBuilderGetFormat(x.GoPointer())
114+ return cret
115+}
116+
117+var xMemoryTextureBuilderGetHeight func(uintptr) int
118+
119+// Gets the height previously set via gdk_memory_texture_builder_set_height()
120+// or 0 if the height wasn't set.
121+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) GetHeight() int {
122+
123+ cret := xMemoryTextureBuilderGetHeight(x.GoPointer())
124+ return cret
125+}
126+
127+var xMemoryTextureBuilderGetStride func(uintptr) uint
128+
129+// Gets the stride previously set via gdk_memory_texture_builder_set_stride().
130+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) GetStride() uint {
131+
132+ cret := xMemoryTextureBuilderGetStride(x.GoPointer())
133+ return cret
134+}
135+
136+var xMemoryTextureBuilderGetUpdateRegion func(uintptr) *cairo.Region
137+
138+// Gets the region previously set via gdk_memory_texture_builder_set_update_region()
139+// or %NULL if none was set.
140+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) GetUpdateRegion() *cairo.Region {
141+
142+ cret := xMemoryTextureBuilderGetUpdateRegion(x.GoPointer())
143+ return cret
144+}
145+
146+var xMemoryTextureBuilderGetUpdateTexture func(uintptr) uintptr
147+
148+// Gets the texture previously set via gdk_memory_texture_builder_set_update_texture()
149+// or %NULL if none was set.
150+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) GetUpdateTexture() *Texture {
151+ var cls *Texture
152+
153+ cret := xMemoryTextureBuilderGetUpdateTexture(x.GoPointer())
154+
155+ if cret == 0 {
156+ return nil
157+ }
158+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
159+ cls = &Texture{}
160+ cls.Ptr = cret
161+ return cls
162+}
163+
164+var xMemoryTextureBuilderGetWidth func(uintptr) int
165+
166+// Gets the width previously set via gdk_memory_texture_builder_set_width()
167+// or 0 if the width wasn't set.
168+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) GetWidth() int {
169+
170+ cret := xMemoryTextureBuilderGetWidth(x.GoPointer())
171+ return cret
172+}
173+
174+var xMemoryTextureBuilderSetBytes func(uintptr, *glib.Bytes)
175+
176+// Sets the data to be shown but the texture.
177+//
178+// The bytes must be set before calling [method@Gdk.MemoryTextureBuilder.build].
179+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) SetBytes(BytesVar *glib.Bytes) {
180+
181+ xMemoryTextureBuilderSetBytes(x.GoPointer(), BytesVar)
182+
183+}
184+
185+var xMemoryTextureBuilderSetColorState func(uintptr, *ColorState)
186+
187+// Sets the colorstate describing the data.
188+//
189+// By default, the sRGB colorstate is used. If you don't know
190+// what colorstates are, this is probably the right thing.
191+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) SetColorState(ColorStateVar *ColorState) {
192+
193+ xMemoryTextureBuilderSetColorState(x.GoPointer(), ColorStateVar)
194+
195+}
196+
197+var xMemoryTextureBuilderSetFormat func(uintptr, MemoryFormat)
198+
199+// Sets the format of the bytes.
200+//
201+// The default is `GDK_MEMORY_R8G8B8A8_PREMULTIPLIED`.
202+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) SetFormat(FormatVar MemoryFormat) {
203+
204+ xMemoryTextureBuilderSetFormat(x.GoPointer(), FormatVar)
205+
206+}
207+
208+var xMemoryTextureBuilderSetHeight func(uintptr, int)
209+
210+// Sets the height of the texture.
211+//
212+// The height must be set before calling [method@Gdk.MemoryTextureBuilder.build].
213+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) SetHeight(HeightVar int) {
214+
215+ xMemoryTextureBuilderSetHeight(x.GoPointer(), HeightVar)
216+
217+}
218+
219+var xMemoryTextureBuilderSetStride func(uintptr, uint)
220+
221+// Sets the rowstride of the bytes used.
222+//
223+// The rowstride must be set before calling [method@Gdk.MemoryTextureBuilder.build].
224+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) SetStride(StrideVar uint) {
225+
226+ xMemoryTextureBuilderSetStride(x.GoPointer(), StrideVar)
227+
228+}
229+
230+var xMemoryTextureBuilderSetUpdateRegion func(uintptr, *cairo.Region)
231+
232+// Sets the region to be updated by this texture.
233+//
234+// Together with [property@Gdk.MemoryTextureBuilder:update-texture],
235+// this describes an update of a previous texture.
236+//
237+// When rendering animations of large textures, it is possible that
238+// consecutive textures are only updating contents in parts of the texture.
239+// It is then possible to describe this update via these two properties,
240+// so that GTK can avoid rerendering parts that did not change.
241+//
242+// An example would be a screen recording where only the mouse pointer moves.
243+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) SetUpdateRegion(RegionVar *cairo.Region) {
244+
245+ xMemoryTextureBuilderSetUpdateRegion(x.GoPointer(), RegionVar)
246+
247+}
248+
249+var xMemoryTextureBuilderSetUpdateTexture func(uintptr, uintptr)
250+
251+// Sets the texture to be updated by this texture.
252+//
253+// See [method@Gdk.MemoryTextureBuilder.set_update_region] for an explanation.
254+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) SetUpdateTexture(TextureVar *Texture) {
255+
256+ xMemoryTextureBuilderSetUpdateTexture(x.GoPointer(), TextureVar.GoPointer())
257+
258+}
259+
260+var xMemoryTextureBuilderSetWidth func(uintptr, int)
261+
262+// Sets the width of the texture.
263+//
264+// The width must be set before calling [method@Gdk.MemoryTextureBuilder.build].
265+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) SetWidth(WidthVar int) {
266+
267+ xMemoryTextureBuilderSetWidth(x.GoPointer(), WidthVar)
268+
269+}
270+
271+func (c *MemoryTextureBuilder) GoPointer() uintptr {
272+ if c == nil {
273+ return 0
274+ }
275+ return c.Ptr
276+}
277+
278+func (c *MemoryTextureBuilder) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
279+ c.Ptr = ptr
280+}
281+
282+func init() {
283+ core.SetPackageName("GDK", "gtk4")
284+ core.SetSharedLibrary("GDK", "libgtk-4.so.1")
285+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("GDK"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
286+ if err != nil {
287+ panic(err)
288+ }
289+
290+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMemoryTextureBuilderGLibType, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_get_type")
291+
292+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewMemoryTextureBuilder, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_new")
293+
294+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMemoryTextureBuilderBuild, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_build")
295+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMemoryTextureBuilderGetBytes, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_get_bytes")
296+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMemoryTextureBuilderGetColorState, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_get_color_state")
297+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMemoryTextureBuilderGetFormat, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_get_format")
298+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMemoryTextureBuilderGetHeight, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_get_height")
299+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMemoryTextureBuilderGetStride, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_get_stride")
300+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMemoryTextureBuilderGetUpdateRegion, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_get_update_region")
301+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMemoryTextureBuilderGetUpdateTexture, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_get_update_texture")
302+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMemoryTextureBuilderGetWidth, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_get_width")
303+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMemoryTextureBuilderSetBytes, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_set_bytes")
304+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMemoryTextureBuilderSetColorState, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_set_color_state")
305+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMemoryTextureBuilderSetFormat, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_set_format")
306+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMemoryTextureBuilderSetHeight, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_set_height")
307+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMemoryTextureBuilderSetStride, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_set_stride")
308+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMemoryTextureBuilderSetUpdateRegion, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_set_update_region")
309+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMemoryTextureBuilderSetUpdateTexture, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_set_update_texture")
310+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMemoryTextureBuilderSetWidth, lib, "gdk_memory_texture_builder_set_width")
311+
312+}
M v4/gdk/gdkmonitor.go +33 -3
@@ -46,8 +46,7 @@ const (
4646 SubpixelLayoutVerticalBgrValue SubpixelLayout = 5
4747 )
4848
49-// `GdkMonitor` objects represent the individual outputs that are
50-// associated with a `GdkDisplay`.
49+// Represents the individual outputs that are associated with a `GdkDisplay`.
5150 //
5251 // `GdkDisplay` keeps a `GListModel` to enumerate and monitor
5352 // monitors with [method@Gdk.Display.get_monitors]. You can use
@@ -72,12 +71,27 @@ func MonitorNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *Monitor {
7271 var xMonitorGetConnector func(uintptr) string
7372
7473 // Gets the name of the monitor's connector, if available.
74+//
75+// These are strings such as "eDP-1", or "HDMI-2". They depend
76+// on software and hardware configuration, and should not be
77+// relied on as stable identifiers of a specific monitor.
7578 func (x *Monitor) GetConnector() string {
7679
7780 cret := xMonitorGetConnector(x.GoPointer())
7881 return cret
7982 }
8083
84+var xMonitorGetDescription func(uintptr) string
85+
86+// Gets a string describing the monitor, if available.
87+//
88+// This can be used to identify a monitor in the UI.
89+func (x *Monitor) GetDescription() string {
90+
91+ cret := xMonitorGetDescription(x.GoPointer())
92+ return cret
93+}
94+
8195 var xMonitorGetDisplay func(uintptr) uintptr
8296
8397 // Gets the display that this monitor belongs to.
@@ -101,7 +115,7 @@ var xMonitorGetGeometry func(uintptr, *Rectangle)
101115 // display coordinate space.
102116 //
103117 // The returned geometry is in ”application pixels”, not in
104-// ”device pixels” (see [method@Gdk.Monitor.get_scale_factor]).
118+// ”device pixels” (see [method@Gdk.Monitor.get_scale]).
105119 func (x *Monitor) GetGeometry(GeometryVar *Rectangle) {
106120
107121 xMonitorGetGeometry(x.GoPointer(), GeometryVar)
@@ -153,6 +167,20 @@ func (x *Monitor) GetRefreshRate() int {
153167 return cret
154168 }
155169
170+var xMonitorGetScale func(uintptr) float64
171+
172+// Gets the internal scale factor that maps from monitor coordinates
173+// to device pixels.
174+//
175+// This can be used if you want to create pixel based data for a
176+// particular monitor, but most of the time you’re drawing to a surface
177+// where it is better to use [method@Gdk.Surface.get_scale] instead.
178+func (x *Monitor) GetScale() float64 {
179+
180+ cret := xMonitorGetScale(x.GoPointer())
181+ return cret
182+}
183+
156184 var xMonitorGetScaleFactor func(uintptr) int
157185
158186 // Gets the internal scale factor that maps from monitor coordinates
@@ -246,12 +274,14 @@ func init() {
246274 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMonitorGLibType, lib, "gdk_monitor_get_type")
247275
248276 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMonitorGetConnector, lib, "gdk_monitor_get_connector")
277+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMonitorGetDescription, lib, "gdk_monitor_get_description")
249278 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMonitorGetDisplay, lib, "gdk_monitor_get_display")
250279 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMonitorGetGeometry, lib, "gdk_monitor_get_geometry")
251280 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMonitorGetHeightMm, lib, "gdk_monitor_get_height_mm")
252281 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMonitorGetManufacturer, lib, "gdk_monitor_get_manufacturer")
253282 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMonitorGetModel, lib, "gdk_monitor_get_model")
254283 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMonitorGetRefreshRate, lib, "gdk_monitor_get_refresh_rate")
284+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMonitorGetScale, lib, "gdk_monitor_get_scale")
255285 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMonitorGetScaleFactor, lib, "gdk_monitor_get_scale_factor")
256286 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMonitorGetSubpixelLayout, lib, "gdk_monitor_get_subpixel_layout")
257287 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMonitorGetWidthMm, lib, "gdk_monitor_get_width_mm")
M v4/gdk/gdkpaintable.go +58 -8
@@ -42,6 +42,11 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
4242 }
4343
4444 // OverrideSnapshot sets the callback function.
45+// Snapshot the paintable. The given @width and @height are
46+//
47+// guaranteed to be larger than 0.0. The resulting snapshot must modify
48+// only the area in the rectangle from (0,0) to (width, height).
49+// This is the only function that must be implemented for this interface.
4550 func (x *PaintableInterface) OverrideSnapshot(cb func(Paintable, *Snapshot, float64, float64)) {
4651 if cb == nil {
4752 x.xSnapshot = 0
@@ -53,6 +58,11 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) OverrideSnapshot(cb func(Paintable, *Snapshot, floa
5358 }
5459
5560 // GetSnapshot gets the callback function.
61+// Snapshot the paintable. The given @width and @height are
62+//
63+// guaranteed to be larger than 0.0. The resulting snapshot must modify
64+// only the area in the rectangle from (0,0) to (width, height).
65+// This is the only function that must be implemented for this interface.
5666 func (x *PaintableInterface) GetSnapshot() func(Paintable, *Snapshot, float64, float64) {
5767 if x.xSnapshot == 0 {
5868 return nil
@@ -65,6 +75,10 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) GetSnapshot() func(Paintable, *Snapshot, float64, f
6575 }
6676
6777 // OverrideGetCurrentImage sets the callback function.
78+// return a `GdkPaintable` that does not change over
79+//
80+// time. This means the `GDK_PAINTABLE_STATIC_SIZE` and
81+// `GDK_PAINTABLE_STATIC_CONTENTS` flag are set.
6882 func (x *PaintableInterface) OverrideGetCurrentImage(cb func(Paintable) *PaintableBase) {
6983 if cb == nil {
7084 x.xGetCurrentImage = 0
@@ -80,6 +94,10 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) OverrideGetCurrentImage(cb func(Paintable) *Paintab
8094 }
8195
8296 // GetGetCurrentImage gets the callback function.
97+// return a `GdkPaintable` that does not change over
98+//
99+// time. This means the `GDK_PAINTABLE_STATIC_SIZE` and
100+// `GDK_PAINTABLE_STATIC_CONTENTS` flag are set.
83101 func (x *PaintableInterface) GetGetCurrentImage() func(Paintable) *PaintableBase {
84102 if x.xGetCurrentImage == 0 {
85103 return nil
@@ -98,6 +116,9 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) GetGetCurrentImage() func(Paintable) *PaintableBase
98116 }
99117
100118 // OverrideGetFlags sets the callback function.
119+// Get the flags for this instance. See [flags@Gdk.PaintableFlags]
120+//
121+// for details.
101122 func (x *PaintableInterface) OverrideGetFlags(cb func(Paintable) PaintableFlags) {
102123 if cb == nil {
103124 x.xGetFlags = 0
@@ -109,6 +130,9 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) OverrideGetFlags(cb func(Paintable) PaintableFlags)
109130 }
110131
111132 // GetGetFlags gets the callback function.
133+// Get the flags for this instance. See [flags@Gdk.PaintableFlags]
134+//
135+// for details.
112136 func (x *PaintableInterface) GetGetFlags() func(Paintable) PaintableFlags {
113137 if x.xGetFlags == 0 {
114138 return nil
@@ -121,6 +145,10 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) GetGetFlags() func(Paintable) PaintableFlags {
121145 }
122146
123147 // OverrideGetIntrinsicWidth sets the callback function.
148+// The preferred width for this object to be
149+//
150+// snapshot at or 0 if none. This is purely a hint. The object must still
151+// be able to render at any size.
124152 func (x *PaintableInterface) OverrideGetIntrinsicWidth(cb func(Paintable) int) {
125153 if cb == nil {
126154 x.xGetIntrinsicWidth = 0
@@ -132,6 +160,10 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) OverrideGetIntrinsicWidth(cb func(Paintable) int) {
132160 }
133161
134162 // GetGetIntrinsicWidth gets the callback function.
163+// The preferred width for this object to be
164+//
165+// snapshot at or 0 if none. This is purely a hint. The object must still
166+// be able to render at any size.
135167 func (x *PaintableInterface) GetGetIntrinsicWidth() func(Paintable) int {
136168 if x.xGetIntrinsicWidth == 0 {
137169 return nil
@@ -144,6 +176,10 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) GetGetIntrinsicWidth() func(Paintable) int {
144176 }
145177
146178 // OverrideGetIntrinsicHeight sets the callback function.
179+// The preferred height for this object to be
180+//
181+// snapshot at or 0 if none. This is purely a hint. The object must still
182+// be able to render at any size.
147183 func (x *PaintableInterface) OverrideGetIntrinsicHeight(cb func(Paintable) int) {
148184 if cb == nil {
149185 x.xGetIntrinsicHeight = 0
@@ -155,6 +191,10 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) OverrideGetIntrinsicHeight(cb func(Paintable) int)
155191 }
156192
157193 // GetGetIntrinsicHeight gets the callback function.
194+// The preferred height for this object to be
195+//
196+// snapshot at or 0 if none. This is purely a hint. The object must still
197+// be able to render at any size.
158198 func (x *PaintableInterface) GetGetIntrinsicHeight() func(Paintable) int {
159199 if x.xGetIntrinsicHeight == 0 {
160200 return nil
@@ -167,6 +207,11 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) GetGetIntrinsicHeight() func(Paintable) int {
167207 }
168208
169209 // OverrideGetIntrinsicAspectRatio sets the callback function.
210+// The preferred aspect ratio for this object
211+//
212+// or 0 if none. If both [vfunc@Gdk.Paintable.get_intrinsic_width]
213+// and [vfunc@Gdk.Paintable.get_intrinsic_height] return non-zero
214+// values, this function should return the aspect ratio computed from those.
170215 func (x *PaintableInterface) OverrideGetIntrinsicAspectRatio(cb func(Paintable) float64) {
171216 if cb == nil {
172217 x.xGetIntrinsicAspectRatio = 0
@@ -178,6 +223,11 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) OverrideGetIntrinsicAspectRatio(cb func(Paintable)
178223 }
179224
180225 // GetGetIntrinsicAspectRatio gets the callback function.
226+// The preferred aspect ratio for this object
227+//
228+// or 0 if none. If both [vfunc@Gdk.Paintable.get_intrinsic_width]
229+// and [vfunc@Gdk.Paintable.get_intrinsic_height] return non-zero
230+// values, this function should return the aspect ratio computed from those.
181231 func (x *PaintableInterface) GetGetIntrinsicAspectRatio() func(Paintable) float64 {
182232 if x.xGetIntrinsicAspectRatio == 0 {
183233 return nil
@@ -189,8 +239,7 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) GetGetIntrinsicAspectRatio() func(Paintable) float6
189239 }
190240 }
191241
192-// `GdkPaintable` is a simple interface used by GTK to represent content that
193-// can be painted.
242+// An interface for content that can be painted.
194243 //
195244 // The content of a `GdkPaintable` can be painted anywhere at any size
196245 // without requiring any sort of layout. The interface is inspired by
@@ -206,7 +255,7 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) GetGetIntrinsicAspectRatio() func(Paintable) float6
206255 // to do, it is suggested that you scale your paintable ignoring any potential
207256 // aspect ratio.
208257 //
209-// The contents that a `GdkPaintable` produces may depend on the [class@GdkSnapshot]
258+// The contents that a `GdkPaintable` produces may depend on the [class@Gdk.Snapshot]
210259 // passed to it. For example, paintables may decide to use more detailed images
211260 // on higher resolution screens or when OpenGL is available. A `GdkPaintable`
212261 // will however always produce the same output for the same snapshot.
@@ -214,7 +263,7 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) GetGetIntrinsicAspectRatio() func(Paintable) float6
214263 // A `GdkPaintable` may change its contents, meaning that it will now produce
215264 // a different output with the same snapshot. Once that happens, it will call
216265 // [method@Gdk.Paintable.invalidate_contents] which will emit the
217-// [signal@GdkPaintable::invalidate-contents] signal. If a paintable is known
266+// [signal@Gdk.Paintable::invalidate-contents] signal. If a paintable is known
218267 // to never change its contents, it will set the %GDK_PAINTABLE_STATIC_CONTENTS
219268 // flag. If a consumer cannot deal with changing contents, it may call
220269 // [method@Gdk.Paintable.get_current_image] which will return a static
@@ -225,7 +274,7 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) GetGetIntrinsicAspectRatio() func(Paintable) float6
225274 // can use this information to layout thepaintable appropriately. Just like the
226275 // contents, the size of a paintable can change. A paintable will indicate this
227276 // by calling [method@Gdk.Paintable.invalidate_size] which will emit the
228-// [signal@GdkPaintable::invalidate-size] signal. And just like for contents,
277+// [signal@Gdk.Paintable::invalidate-size] signal. And just like for contents,
229278 // if a paintable is known to never change its size, it will set the
230279 // %GDK_PAINTABLE_STATIC_SIZE flag.
231280 //
@@ -437,11 +486,11 @@ func PaintableFlagsGLibType() types.GType {
437486 const (
438487
439488 // The size is immutable.
440- // The [signal@GdkPaintable::invalidate-size] signal will never be
489+ // The [signal@Gdk.Paintable::invalidate-size] signal will never be
441490 // emitted.
442491 PaintableStaticSizeValue PaintableFlags = 1
443492 // The content is immutable.
444- // The [signal@GdkPaintable::invalidate-contents] signal will never be
493+ // The [signal@Gdk.Paintable::invalidate-contents] signal will never be
445494 // emitted.
446495 PaintableStaticContentsValue PaintableFlags = 2
447496 )
@@ -453,7 +502,8 @@ var xPaintableNewEmpty func(int, int) uintptr
453502 // This is often useful for implementing the
454503 // [vfunc@Gdk.Paintable.get_current_image] virtual function
455504 // when the paintable is in an incomplete state (like a
456-// [class@Gtk.MediaStream] before receiving the first frame).
505+// [GtkMediaStream](../gtk4/class.MediaStream.html) before receiving
506+// the first frame).
457507 func PaintableNewEmpty(IntrinsicWidthVar int, IntrinsicHeightVar int) *PaintableBase {
458508 var cls *PaintableBase
459509
M v4/gdk/gdkpopup.go +4 -4
@@ -19,12 +19,12 @@ func (x *PopupInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
1919 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2020 }
2121
22-// A `GdkPopup` is a surface that is attached to another surface.
22+// A surface that is attached to another surface.
2323 //
2424 // The `GdkPopup` is positioned relative to its parent surface.
2525 //
2626 // `GdkPopup`s are typically used to implement menus and similar popups.
27-// They can be modal, which is indicated by the [property@GdkPopup:autohide]
27+// They can be modal, which is indicated by the [property@Gdk.Popup:autohide]
2828 // property.
2929 type Popup interface {
3030 GoPointer() uintptr
@@ -117,11 +117,11 @@ func (x *PopupBase) GetSurfaceAnchor() Gravity {
117117
118118 // Present @popup after having processed the `GdkPopupLayout` rules.
119119 //
120-// If the popup was previously now showing, it will be showed,
120+// If the popup was previously not showing, it will be shown,
121121 // otherwise it will change position according to @layout.
122122 //
123123 // After calling this function, the result should be handled in response
124-// to the [signal@GdkSurface::layout] signal being emitted. The resulting
124+// to the [signal@Gdk.Surface::layout] signal being emitted. The resulting
125125 // popup position can be queried using [method@Gdk.Popup.get_position_x],
126126 // [method@Gdk.Popup.get_position_y], and the resulting size will be sent as
127127 // parameters in the layout signal. Use [method@Gdk.Popup.get_rect_anchor]
M v4/gdk/gdkpopuplayout.go +5 -5
@@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ import (
1010 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1111 )
1212
13-// The `GdkPopupLayout` struct contains information that is
14-// necessary position a [iface@Gdk.Popup] relative to its parent.
13+// Contains information that is necessary position a [iface@Gdk.Popup]
14+// relative to its parent.
1515 //
1616 // The positioning requires a negotiation with the windowing system,
1717 // since it depends on external constraints, such as the position of
@@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ import (
4040 // [method@Gdk.Popup.get_position_x], [method@Gdk.Popup.get_position_y],
4141 // [method@Gdk.Popup.get_rect_anchor] and [method@Gdk.Popup.get_surface_anchor]
4242 // after the popup has been presented. This can be used to adjust the rendering.
43-// For example, [class@Gtk.Popover] changes its arrow position accordingly.
44-// But you have to be careful avoid changing the size of the popover, or it
45-// has to be presented again.
43+// For example, [GtkPopover](../gtk4/class.Popover.html) changes its arrow position
44+// accordingly. But you have to be careful avoid changing the size of the popover,
45+// or it has to be presented again.
4646 type PopupLayout struct {
4747 _ structs.HostLayout
4848 }
M v4/gdk/gdkrgba.go +4 -3
@@ -10,8 +10,7 @@ import (
1010 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1111 )
1212
13-// A `GdkRGBA` is used to represent a color, in a way that is compatible
14-// with cairo’s notion of color.
13+// Represents a color, in a way that is compatible with cairo’s notion of color.
1514 //
1615 // `GdkRGBA` is a convenient way to pass colors around. It’s based on
1716 // cairo’s way to deal with colors and mirrors its behavior. All values
@@ -109,7 +108,7 @@ var xRGBAParse func(uintptr, string) bool
109108 //
110109 // The string can be either one of:
111110 //
112-// - A standard name (Taken from the Css specification).
111+// - A standard name (Taken from the CSS specification).
113112 // - A hexadecimal value in the form “\#rgb”, “\#rrggbb”,
114113 // “\#rrrgggbbb” or ”\#rrrrggggbbbb”
115114 // - A hexadecimal value in the form “\#rgba”, “\#rrggbbaa”,
@@ -117,6 +116,8 @@ var xRGBAParse func(uintptr, string) bool
117116 // - A RGB color in the form “rgb(r,g,b)” (In this case the color
118117 // will have full opacity)
119118 // - A RGBA color in the form “rgba(r,g,b,a)”
119+// - A HSL color in the form "hsl(hue, saturation, lightness)"
120+// - A HSLA color in the form "hsla(hue, saturation, lightness, alpha)"
120121 //
121122 // Where “r”, “g”, “b” and “a” are respectively the red, green,
122123 // blue and alpha color values. In the last two cases, “r”, “g”,
M v4/gdk/gdkseat.go +2 -3
@@ -37,11 +37,10 @@ const (
3737 // The union of all pointing capabilities
3838 SeatCapabilityAllPointingValue SeatCapabilities = 7
3939 // The union of all capabilities
40- SeatCapabilityAllValue SeatCapabilities = 15
40+ SeatCapabilityAllValue SeatCapabilities = 31
4141 )
4242
43-// The `GdkSeat` object represents a collection of input devices
44-// that belong to a user.
43+// Represents a collection of input devices that belong to a user.
4544 type Seat struct {
4645 gobject.Object
4746 }
M v4/gdk/gdksnapshot.go +1 -1
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ func (x *SnapshotClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
1919
2020 // Base type for snapshot operations.
2121 //
22-// The subclass of `GdkSnapshot` used by GTK is [class@Gtk.Snapshot].
22+// The subclass of `GdkSnapshot` used by GTK is [GtkSnapshot](../gtk4/class.Snapshot.html).
2323 type Snapshot struct {
2424 gobject.Object
2525 }
M v4/gdk/gdksurface.go +26 -8
@@ -21,10 +21,10 @@ func (x *SurfaceClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2121 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2222 }
2323
24-// A `GdkSurface` is a rectangular region on the screen.
24+// Represents a rectangular region on the screen.
2525 //
2626 // It’s a low-level object, used to implement high-level objects
27-// such as [class@Gtk.Window] or [class@Gtk.Dialog] in GTK.
27+// such as [GtkWindow](../gtk4/class.Window.html).
2828 //
2929 // The surfaces you see in practice are either [iface@Gdk.Toplevel] or
3030 // [iface@Gdk.Popup], and those interfaces provide much of the required
@@ -160,9 +160,7 @@ func (x *Surface) CreateSimilarSurface(ContentVar cairo.Content, WidthVar int, H
160160
161161 var xSurfaceCreateVulkanContext func(uintptr) uintptr
162162
163-// Creates a new `GdkVulkanContext` for rendering on @surface.
164-//
165-// If the creation of the `GdkVulkanContext` failed, @error will be set.
163+// Sets an error and returns %NULL.
166164 func (x *Surface) CreateVulkanContext() (*VulkanContext, error) {
167165 var cls *VulkanContext
168166 var cerr *glib.Error
@@ -317,6 +315,25 @@ func (x *Surface) GetMapped() bool {
317315 return cret
318316 }
319317
318+var xSurfaceGetScale func(uintptr) float64
319+
320+// Returns the internal scale that maps from surface coordinates
321+// to the actual device pixels.
322+//
323+// When the scale is bigger than 1, the windowing system prefers to get
324+// buffers with a resolution that is bigger than the surface size (e.g.
325+// to show the surface on a high-resolution display, or in a magnifier).
326+//
327+// Compare with [method@Gdk.Surface.get_scale_factor], which returns the
328+// next larger integer.
329+//
330+// The scale may change during the lifetime of the surface.
331+func (x *Surface) GetScale() float64 {
332+
333+ cret := xSurfaceGetScale(x.GoPointer())
334+ return cret
335+}
336+
320337 var xSurfaceGetScaleFactor func(uintptr) int
321338
322339 // Returns the internal scale factor that maps from surface coordinates
@@ -329,7 +346,7 @@ var xSurfaceGetScaleFactor func(uintptr) int
329346 // pixel-based data the scale value can be used to determine whether to
330347 // use a pixel resource with higher resolution data.
331348 //
332-// The scale of a surface may change during runtime.
349+// The scale factor may change during the lifetime of the surface.
333350 func (x *Surface) GetScaleFactor() int {
334351
335352 cret := xSurfaceGetScaleFactor(x.GoPointer())
@@ -355,7 +372,7 @@ var xSurfaceHide func(uintptr)
355372 // For toplevel surfaces, withdraws them, so they will no longer be
356373 // known to the window manager; for all surfaces, unmaps them, so
357374 // they won’t be displayed. Normally done automatically as
358-// part of [method@Gtk.Widget.hide].
375+// part of [gtk_widget_hide()](../gtk4/method.Widget.hide.html).
359376 func (x *Surface) Hide() {
360377
361378 xSurfaceHide(x.GoPointer())
@@ -464,7 +481,7 @@ var xSurfaceSetOpaqueRegion func(uintptr, *cairo.Region)
464481 // GTK will update this property automatically if the @surface background
465482 // is opaque, as we know where the opaque regions are. If your surface
466483 // background is not opaque, please update this property in your
467-// [vfunc@Gtk.Widget.css_changed] handler.
484+// [GtkWidgetClass.css_changed](../gtk4/vfunc.Widget.css_changed.html) handler.
468485 func (x *Surface) SetOpaqueRegion(RegionVar *cairo.Region) {
469486
470487 xSurfaceSetOpaqueRegion(x.GoPointer(), RegionVar)
@@ -624,6 +641,7 @@ func init() {
624641 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSurfaceGetFrameClock, lib, "gdk_surface_get_frame_clock")
625642 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSurfaceGetHeight, lib, "gdk_surface_get_height")
626643 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSurfaceGetMapped, lib, "gdk_surface_get_mapped")
644+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSurfaceGetScale, lib, "gdk_surface_get_scale")
627645 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSurfaceGetScaleFactor, lib, "gdk_surface_get_scale_factor")
628646 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSurfaceGetWidth, lib, "gdk_surface_get_width")
629647 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSurfaceHide, lib, "gdk_surface_hide")
M v4/gdk/gdktexture.go +67 -6
@@ -44,20 +44,41 @@ const (
4444 TextureErrorUnsupportedFormatValue TextureError = 3
4545 )
4646
47-// `GdkTexture` is the basic element used to refer to pixel data.
47+var xTextureErrorQuark func() glib.Quark
48+
49+// Registers an error quark for [class@Gdk.Texture] errors.
50+func TextureErrorQuark() glib.Quark {
51+
52+ cret := xTextureErrorQuark()
53+ return cret
54+}
55+
56+// Refers to pixel data in various forms.
4857 //
4958 // It is primarily meant for pixel data that will not change over
5059 // multiple frames, and will be used for a long time.
5160 //
5261 // There are various ways to create `GdkTexture` objects from a
53-// [class@GdkPixbuf.Pixbuf], or a Cairo surface, or other pixel data.
62+// [class@GdkPixbuf.Pixbuf], or from bytes stored in memory, a file, or a
63+// [struct@Gio.Resource].
5464 //
5565 // The ownership of the pixel data is transferred to the `GdkTexture`
5666 // instance; you can only make a copy of it, via [method@Gdk.Texture.download].
5767 //
5868 // `GdkTexture` is an immutable object: That means you cannot change
5969 // anything about it other than increasing the reference count via
60-// [method@GObject.Object.ref], and consequently, it is a thread-safe object.
70+// [method@GObject.Object.ref], and consequently, it is a threadsafe object.
71+//
72+// GDK provides a number of threadsafe texture loading functions:
73+// [ctor@Gdk.Texture.new_from_resource],
74+// [ctor@Gdk.Texture.new_from_bytes],
75+// [ctor@Gdk.Texture.new_from_file],
76+// [ctor@Gdk.Texture.new_from_filename],
77+// [ctor@Gdk.Texture.new_for_pixbuf]. Note that these are meant for loading
78+// icons and resources that are shipped with the toolkit or application. It
79+// is recommended that you use a dedicated image loading framework such as
80+// [glycin](https://lib.rs/crates/glycin), if you need to load untrusted image
81+// data.
6182 type Texture struct {
6283 gobject.Object
6384 }
@@ -99,7 +120,7 @@ var xNewTextureFromBytes func(*glib.Bytes, **glib.Error) uintptr
99120 // Creates a new texture by loading an image from memory,
100121 //
101122 // The file format is detected automatically. The supported formats
102-// are PNG and JPEG, though more formats might be available.
123+// are PNG, JPEG and TIFF, though more formats might be available.
103124 //
104125 // If %NULL is returned, then @error will be set.
105126 //
@@ -129,7 +150,7 @@ var xNewTextureFromFile func(uintptr, **glib.Error) uintptr
129150 // Creates a new texture by loading an image from a file.
130151 //
131152 // The file format is detected automatically. The supported formats
132-// are PNG and JPEG, though more formats might be available.
153+// are PNG, JPEG and TIFF, though more formats might be available.
133154 //
134155 // If %NULL is returned, then @error will be set.
135156 //
@@ -159,7 +180,7 @@ var xNewTextureFromFilename func(string, **glib.Error) uintptr
159180 // Creates a new texture by loading an image from a file.
160181 //
161182 // The file format is detected automatically. The supported formats
162-// are PNG and JPEG, though more formats might be available.
183+// are PNG, JPEG and TIFF, though more formats might be available.
163184 //
164185 // If %NULL is returned, then @error will be set.
165186 //
@@ -237,12 +258,41 @@ var xTextureDownload func(uintptr, []byte, uint)
237258 //
238259 // cairo_surface_mark_dirty (surface);
239260 // ```
261+//
262+// For more flexible download capabilities, see
263+// [struct@Gdk.TextureDownloader].
240264 func (x *Texture) Download(DataVar []byte, StrideVar uint) {
241265
242266 xTextureDownload(x.GoPointer(), DataVar, StrideVar)
243267
244268 }
245269
270+var xTextureGetColorState func(uintptr) *ColorState
271+
272+// Returns the color state associated with the texture.
273+func (x *Texture) GetColorState() *ColorState {
274+
275+ cret := xTextureGetColorState(x.GoPointer())
276+ return cret
277+}
278+
279+var xTextureGetFormat func(uintptr) MemoryFormat
280+
281+// Gets the memory format most closely associated with the data of
282+// the texture.
283+//
284+// Note that it may not be an exact match for texture data
285+// stored on the GPU or with compression.
286+//
287+// The format can give an indication about the bit depth and opacity
288+// of the texture and is useful to determine the best format for
289+// downloading the texture.
290+func (x *Texture) GetFormat() MemoryFormat {
291+
292+ cret := xTextureGetFormat(x.GoPointer())
293+ return cret
294+}
295+
246296 var xTextureGetHeight func(uintptr) int
247297
248298 // Returns the height of the @texture, in pixels.
@@ -491,6 +541,13 @@ func (x *Texture) Equal(Icon2Var gio.Icon) bool {
491541 return cret
492542 }
493543
544+// Gets a hash for an icon.
545+func (x *Texture) Hash() uint {
546+
547+ cret := gio.XGIconHash(x.GoPointer())
548+ return cret
549+}
550+
494551 // Serializes a #GIcon into a #GVariant. An equivalent #GIcon can be retrieved
495552 // back by calling g_icon_deserialize() on the returned value.
496553 // As serialization will avoid using raw icon data when possible, it only
@@ -582,6 +639,8 @@ func init() {
582639
583640 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureErrorGLibType, lib, "gdk_texture_error_get_type")
584641
642+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureErrorQuark, lib, "gdk_texture_error_quark")
643+
585644 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureGLibType, lib, "gdk_texture_get_type")
586645
587646 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewTextureForPixbuf, lib, "gdk_texture_new_for_pixbuf")
@@ -591,6 +650,8 @@ func init() {
591650 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewTextureFromResource, lib, "gdk_texture_new_from_resource")
592651
593652 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureDownload, lib, "gdk_texture_download")
653+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureGetColorState, lib, "gdk_texture_get_color_state")
654+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureGetFormat, lib, "gdk_texture_get_format")
594655 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureGetHeight, lib, "gdk_texture_get_height")
595656 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureGetWidth, lib, "gdk_texture_get_width")
596657 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureSaveToPng, lib, "gdk_texture_save_to_png")
M v4/gdk/gdktoplevel.go +33 -7
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ func (x *ToplevelInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
1919 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2020 }
2121
22-// A `GdkToplevel` is a freestanding toplevel surface.
22+// A freestanding toplevel surface.
2323 //
2424 // The `GdkToplevel` interface provides useful APIs for interacting with
2525 // the windowing system, such as controlling maximization and size of the
@@ -89,8 +89,9 @@ func (x *ToplevelBase) BeginResize(EdgeVar SurfaceEdge, DeviceVar *Device, Butto
8989
9090 // Sets keyboard focus to @surface.
9191 //
92-// In most cases, [method@Gtk.Window.present_with_time] should be
93-// used on a [class@Gtk.Window], rather than calling this function.
92+// In most cases, [gtk_window_present_with_time()](../gtk4/method.Window.present_with_time.html)
93+// should be used on a [GtkWindow](../gtk4/class.Window.html), rather than
94+// calling this function.
9495 func (x *ToplevelBase) Focus(TimestampVar uint32) {
9596
9697 XGdkToplevelFocus(x.GoPointer(), TimestampVar)
@@ -231,8 +232,8 @@ func (x *ToplevelBase) SetModal(ModalVar bool) {
231232 // Sets the startup notification ID.
232233 //
233234 // When using GTK, typically you should use
234-// [method@Gtk.Window.set_startup_id] instead of this
235-// low-level function.
235+// [gtk_window_set_startup_id()](../gtk4/method.Window.set_startup_id.html)
236+// instead of this low-level function.
236237 func (x *ToplevelBase) SetStartupId(StartupIdVar string) {
237238
238239 XGdkToplevelSetStartupId(x.GoPointer(), StartupIdVar)
@@ -256,8 +257,8 @@ func (x *ToplevelBase) SetTitle(TitleVar string) {
256257 // allows the window manager to do things like center @surface
257258 // on @parent and keep @surface above @parent.
258259 //
259-// See [method@Gtk.Window.set_transient_for] if you’re using
260-// [class@Gtk.Window] or [class@Gtk.Dialog].
260+// See [gtk_window_set_transient_for()](../gtk4/method.Window.set_transient_for.html)
261+// if you’re using [GtkWindow](../gtk4/class.Window.html).
261262 func (x *ToplevelBase) SetTransientFor(ParentVar *Surface) {
262263
263264 XGdkToplevelSetTransientFor(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer())
@@ -284,6 +285,7 @@ func (x *ToplevelBase) SupportsEdgeConstraints() bool {
284285 return cret
285286 }
286287
288+// Performs a title bar gesture.
287289 func (x *ToplevelBase) TitlebarGesture(GestureVar TitlebarGesture) bool {
288290
289291 cret := XGdkToplevelTitlebarGesture(x.GoPointer(), GestureVar)
@@ -359,6 +361,8 @@ const (
359361 ToplevelStateLeftTiledValue ToplevelState = 16384
360362 // whether the left edge is resizable
361363 ToplevelStateLeftResizableValue ToplevelState = 32768
364+ // The surface is not visible to the user.
365+ ToplevelStateSuspendedValue ToplevelState = 65536
362366 )
363367
364368 // Indicates which monitor a surface should span over when in fullscreen mode.
@@ -407,6 +411,26 @@ const (
407411 SurfaceEdgeSouthEastValue SurfaceEdge = 7
408412 )
409413
414+// The kind of title bar gesture to emit with
415+// [method@Gdk.Toplevel.titlebar_gesture].
416+type TitlebarGesture int
417+
418+var xTitlebarGestureGLibType func() types.GType
419+
420+func TitlebarGestureGLibType() types.GType {
421+ return xTitlebarGestureGLibType()
422+}
423+
424+const (
425+
426+ // double click gesture
427+ TitlebarGestureDoubleClickValue TitlebarGesture = 1
428+ // right click gesture
429+ TitlebarGestureRightClickValue TitlebarGesture = 2
430+ // middle click gesture
431+ TitlebarGestureMiddleClickValue TitlebarGesture = 3
432+)
433+
410434 func init() {
411435 core.SetPackageName("GDK", "gtk4")
412436 core.SetSharedLibrary("GDK", "libgtk-4.so.1")
@@ -421,6 +445,8 @@ func init() {
421445
422446 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSurfaceEdgeGLibType, lib, "gdk_surface_edge_get_type")
423447
448+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTitlebarGestureGLibType, lib, "gdk_titlebar_gesture_get_type")
449+
424450 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToplevelGLibType, lib, "gdk_toplevel_get_type")
425451
426452 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&XGdkToplevelBeginMove, lib, "gdk_toplevel_begin_move")
M v4/gdk/gdktoplevellayout.go +2 -2
@@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ import (
1111 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1212 )
1313
14-// The `GdkToplevelLayout` struct contains information that
15-// is necessary to present a sovereign window on screen.
14+// Contains information that is necessary to present a sovereign
15+// window on screen.
1616 //
1717 // The `GdkToplevelLayout` struct is necessary for using
1818 // [method@Gdk.Toplevel.present].
M v4/gdk/gdktoplevelsize.go +11 -11
@@ -10,12 +10,17 @@ import (
1010 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1111 )
1212
13-// The `GdkToplevelSize` struct contains information that is useful
14-// to compute the size of a toplevel.
13+// Contains information that is useful to compute the size of a toplevel.
1514 type ToplevelSize struct {
1615 _ structs.HostLayout
1716 }
1817
18+var xToplevelSizeGLibType func() types.GType
19+
20+func ToplevelSizeGLibType() types.GType {
21+ return xToplevelSizeGLibType()
22+}
23+
1924 func (x *ToplevelSize) GoPointer() uintptr {
2025 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2126 }
@@ -59,6 +64,9 @@ var xToplevelSizeSetShadowWidth func(uintptr, int, int, int, int)
5964 // The shadow width corresponds to the part of the computed surface size
6065 // that would consist of the shadow margin surrounding the window, would
6166 // there be any.
67+//
68+// Shadow width should only be set if
69+// [method@Gtk.Display.supports_shadow_width] is %TRUE.
6270 func (x *ToplevelSize) SetShadowWidth(LeftVar int, RightVar int, TopVar int, BottomVar int) {
6371
6472 xToplevelSizeSetShadowWidth(x.GoPointer(), LeftVar, RightVar, TopVar, BottomVar)
@@ -79,14 +87,6 @@ func (x *ToplevelSize) SetSize(WidthVar int, HeightVar int) {
7987
8088 }
8189
82-var xToplevelSizeGetType func() types.GType
83-
84-func ToplevelSizeGetType() types.GType {
85-
86- cret := xToplevelSizeGetType()
87- return cret
88-}
89-
9090 func init() {
9191 core.SetPackageName("GDK", "gtk4")
9292 core.SetSharedLibrary("GDK", "libgtk-4.so.1")
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ func init() {
9595 panic(err)
9696 }
9797
98- core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToplevelSizeGetType, lib, "gdk_toplevel_size_get_type")
98+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToplevelSizeGLibType, lib, "gdk_toplevel_size_get_type")
9999
100100 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToplevelSizeGetBounds, lib, "gdk_toplevel_size_get_bounds")
101101 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToplevelSizeSetMinSize, lib, "gdk_toplevel_size_set_min_size")
M v4/gdk/gdktypes.go +365 -4
@@ -8,11 +8,88 @@ import (
88 "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
99 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
1010 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
1112 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1213 )
1314
14-// The `GdkContentFormats` structure is used to advertise and negotiate the
15-// format of content.
15+// Provides information to interpret colors and pixels in a variety of ways.
16+//
17+// They are also known as
18+// [*color spaces*](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Color_space).
19+//
20+// Crucially, GTK knows how to convert colors from one color
21+// state to another.
22+//
23+// `GdkColorState` objects are immutable and therefore threadsafe.
24+type ColorState struct {
25+ _ structs.HostLayout
26+}
27+
28+var xColorStateGLibType func() types.GType
29+
30+func ColorStateGLibType() types.GType {
31+ return xColorStateGLibType()
32+}
33+
34+func (x *ColorState) GoPointer() uintptr {
35+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
36+}
37+
38+var xColorStateCreateCicpParams func(uintptr) uintptr
39+
40+// Create a [class@Gdk.CicpParams] representing the colorstate.
41+//
42+// It is not guaranteed that every `GdkColorState` can be
43+// represented with Cicp parameters. If that is the case,
44+// this function returns `NULL`.
45+func (x *ColorState) CreateCicpParams() *CicpParams {
46+ var cls *CicpParams
47+
48+ cret := xColorStateCreateCicpParams(x.GoPointer())
49+
50+ if cret == 0 {
51+ return nil
52+ }
53+ cls = &CicpParams{}
54+ cls.Ptr = cret
55+ return cls
56+}
57+
58+var xColorStateEqual func(uintptr, *ColorState) bool
59+
60+// Compares two `GdkColorStates` for equality.
61+//
62+// Note that this function is not guaranteed to be perfect and two objects
63+// describing the same color state may compare not equal. However, different
64+// color states will never compare equal.
65+func (x *ColorState) Equal(OtherVar *ColorState) bool {
66+
67+ cret := xColorStateEqual(x.GoPointer(), OtherVar)
68+ return cret
69+}
70+
71+var xColorStateRef func(uintptr) *ColorState
72+
73+// Increase the reference count of @self.
74+func (x *ColorState) Ref() *ColorState {
75+
76+ cret := xColorStateRef(x.GoPointer())
77+ return cret
78+}
79+
80+var xColorStateUnref func(uintptr)
81+
82+// Decrease the reference count of @self.
83+//
84+// Unless @self is static, it will be freed
85+// when the reference count reaches zero.
86+func (x *ColorState) Unref() {
87+
88+ xColorStateUnref(x.GoPointer())
89+
90+}
91+
92+// Used to advertise and negotiate the format of content.
1693 //
1794 // You will encounter `GdkContentFormats` when interacting with objects
1895 // controlling operations that pass data between different widgets, window
@@ -121,6 +198,15 @@ func (x *ContentFormats) GetMimeTypes(NMimeTypesVar uint) []string {
121198 return cret
122199 }
123200
201+var xContentFormatsIsEmpty func(uintptr) bool
202+
203+// Returns whether the content formats contain any formats.
204+func (x *ContentFormats) IsEmpty() bool {
205+
206+ cret := xContentFormatsIsEmpty(x.GoPointer())
207+ return cret
208+}
209+
124210 var xContentFormatsMatch func(uintptr, *ContentFormats) bool
125211
126212 // Checks if @first and @second have any matching formats.
@@ -250,7 +336,104 @@ func (x *ContentFormats) Unref() {
250336
251337 }
252338
253-// A `GdkKeymapKey` is a hardware key that can be mapped to a keyval.
339+// Provides information about supported DMA buffer formats.
340+//
341+// You can query whether a given format is supported with
342+// [method@Gdk.DmabufFormats.contains] and you can iterate
343+// over the list of all supported formats with
344+// [method@Gdk.DmabufFormats.get_n_formats] and
345+// [method@Gdk.DmabufFormats.get_format].
346+//
347+// The list of supported formats is sorted by preference,
348+// with the best formats coming first.
349+//
350+// The list may contains (format, modifier) pairs where the modifier
351+// is `DMA_FORMAT_MOD_INVALID`, indicating that **_implicit modifiers_**
352+// may be used with this format.
353+//
354+// See [class@Gdk.DmabufTextureBuilder] for more information
355+// about DMA buffers.
356+//
357+// Note that DMA buffers only exist on Linux.
358+type DmabufFormats struct {
359+ _ structs.HostLayout
360+}
361+
362+var xDmabufFormatsGLibType func() types.GType
363+
364+func DmabufFormatsGLibType() types.GType {
365+ return xDmabufFormatsGLibType()
366+}
367+
368+func (x *DmabufFormats) GoPointer() uintptr {
369+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
370+}
371+
372+var xDmabufFormatsContains func(uintptr, uint32, uint64) bool
373+
374+// Returns whether a given format is contained in @formats.
375+func (x *DmabufFormats) Contains(FourccVar uint32, ModifierVar uint64) bool {
376+
377+ cret := xDmabufFormatsContains(x.GoPointer(), FourccVar, ModifierVar)
378+ return cret
379+}
380+
381+var xDmabufFormatsEqual func(uintptr, *DmabufFormats) bool
382+
383+// Returns whether @formats1 and @formats2 contain the
384+// same dmabuf formats, in the same order.
385+func (x *DmabufFormats) Equal(Formats2Var *DmabufFormats) bool {
386+
387+ cret := xDmabufFormatsEqual(x.GoPointer(), Formats2Var)
388+ return cret
389+}
390+
391+var xDmabufFormatsGetFormat func(uintptr, uint, uint32, uint64)
392+
393+// Gets the fourcc code and modifier for a format
394+// that is contained in @formats.
395+func (x *DmabufFormats) GetFormat(IdxVar uint, FourccVar uint32, ModifierVar uint64) {
396+
397+ xDmabufFormatsGetFormat(x.GoPointer(), IdxVar, FourccVar, ModifierVar)
398+
399+}
400+
401+var xDmabufFormatsGetNFormats func(uintptr) uint
402+
403+// Returns the number of formats that the @formats object
404+// contains.
405+//
406+// Note that DMA buffers are a Linux concept, so on other
407+// platforms, [method@Gdk.DmabufFormats.get_n_formats] will
408+// always return zero.
409+func (x *DmabufFormats) GetNFormats() uint {
410+
411+ cret := xDmabufFormatsGetNFormats(x.GoPointer())
412+ return cret
413+}
414+
415+var xDmabufFormatsRef func(uintptr) *DmabufFormats
416+
417+// Increases the reference count of @formats.
418+func (x *DmabufFormats) Ref() *DmabufFormats {
419+
420+ cret := xDmabufFormatsRef(x.GoPointer())
421+ return cret
422+}
423+
424+var xDmabufFormatsUnref func(uintptr)
425+
426+// Decreases the reference count of @formats.
427+//
428+// When the reference count reaches zero,
429+// the object is freed.
430+func (x *DmabufFormats) Unref() {
431+
432+ xDmabufFormatsUnref(x.GoPointer())
433+
434+}
435+
436+// Represents a hardware key that can be mapped to a keyval.
254437 type KeymapKey struct {
255438 _ structs.HostLayout
256439
@@ -265,7 +448,7 @@ func (x *KeymapKey) GoPointer() uintptr {
265448 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
266449 }
267450
268-// A `GdkRectangle` data type for representing rectangles.
451+// Represents a rectangle.
269452 //
270453 // `GdkRectangle` is identical to `cairo_rectangle_t`. Together with Cairo’s
271454 // `cairo_region_t` data type, these are the central types for representing
@@ -351,6 +534,152 @@ func (x *Rectangle) Union(Src2Var *Rectangle, DestVar *Rectangle) {
351534
352535 }
353536
537+// Used to download the contents of a [class@Gdk.Texture].
538+//
539+// It is intended to be created as a short-term object for a single download,
540+// but can be used for multiple downloads of different textures or with different
541+// settings.
542+//
543+// `GdkTextureDownloader` can be used to convert data between different formats.
544+// Create a `GdkTexture` for the existing format and then download it in a
545+// different format.
546+type TextureDownloader struct {
547+ _ structs.HostLayout
548+}
549+
550+var xTextureDownloaderGLibType func() types.GType
551+
552+func TextureDownloaderGLibType() types.GType {
553+ return xTextureDownloaderGLibType()
554+}
555+
556+func (x *TextureDownloader) GoPointer() uintptr {
557+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
558+}
559+
560+var xNewTextureDownloader func(uintptr) *TextureDownloader
561+
562+// Creates a new texture downloader for @texture.
563+//
564+// By default, the downloader will convert the data to
565+// the default memory format, and to the sRGB color state.
566+func NewTextureDownloader(TextureVar *Texture) *TextureDownloader {
567+
568+ cret := xNewTextureDownloader(TextureVar.GoPointer())
569+ return cret
570+}
571+
572+var xTextureDownloaderCopy func(uintptr) *TextureDownloader
573+
574+// Creates a copy of the downloader.
575+//
576+// This function is meant for language bindings.
577+func (x *TextureDownloader) Copy() *TextureDownloader {
578+
579+ cret := xTextureDownloaderCopy(x.GoPointer())
580+ return cret
581+}
582+
583+var xTextureDownloaderDownloadBytes func(uintptr, uint) *glib.Bytes
584+
585+// Downloads the given texture pixels into a `GBytes`. The rowstride will
586+// be stored in the stride value.
587+//
588+// This function will abort if it tries to download a large texture and
589+// fails to allocate memory. If you think that may happen, you should handle
590+// memory allocation yourself and use [method@Gdk.TextureDownloader.download_into]
591+// once allocation succeeded.
592+func (x *TextureDownloader) DownloadBytes(OutStrideVar uint) *glib.Bytes {
593+
594+ cret := xTextureDownloaderDownloadBytes(x.GoPointer(), OutStrideVar)
595+ return cret
596+}
597+
598+var xTextureDownloaderDownloadInto func(uintptr, []byte, uint)
599+
600+// Downloads the @texture into local memory.
601+func (x *TextureDownloader) DownloadInto(DataVar []byte, StrideVar uint) {
602+
603+ xTextureDownloaderDownloadInto(x.GoPointer(), DataVar, StrideVar)
604+
605+}
606+
607+var xTextureDownloaderFree func(uintptr)
608+
609+// Frees the given downloader and all its associated resources.
610+func (x *TextureDownloader) Free() {
611+
612+ xTextureDownloaderFree(x.GoPointer())
613+
614+}
615+
616+var xTextureDownloaderGetColorState func(uintptr) *ColorState
617+
618+// Gets the color state that the data will be downloaded in.
619+func (x *TextureDownloader) GetColorState() *ColorState {
620+
621+ cret := xTextureDownloaderGetColorState(x.GoPointer())
622+ return cret
623+}
624+
625+var xTextureDownloaderGetFormat func(uintptr) MemoryFormat
626+
627+// Gets the format that the data will be downloaded in.
628+func (x *TextureDownloader) GetFormat() MemoryFormat {
629+
630+ cret := xTextureDownloaderGetFormat(x.GoPointer())
631+ return cret
632+}
633+
634+var xTextureDownloaderGetTexture func(uintptr) uintptr
635+
636+// Gets the texture that the downloader will download.
637+func (x *TextureDownloader) GetTexture() *Texture {
638+ var cls *Texture
639+
640+ cret := xTextureDownloaderGetTexture(x.GoPointer())
641+
642+ if cret == 0 {
643+ return nil
644+ }
645+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
646+ cls = &Texture{}
647+ cls.Ptr = cret
648+ return cls
649+}
650+
651+var xTextureDownloaderSetColorState func(uintptr, *ColorState)
652+
653+// Sets the color state the downloader will convert the data to.
654+//
655+// By default, the sRGB colorstate returned by [func@ColorState.get_srgb]
656+// is used.
657+func (x *TextureDownloader) SetColorState(ColorStateVar *ColorState) {
658+
659+ xTextureDownloaderSetColorState(x.GoPointer(), ColorStateVar)
660+
661+}
662+
663+var xTextureDownloaderSetFormat func(uintptr, MemoryFormat)
664+
665+// Sets the format the downloader will download.
666+//
667+// By default, GDK_MEMORY_DEFAULT is set.
668+func (x *TextureDownloader) SetFormat(FormatVar MemoryFormat) {
669+
670+ xTextureDownloaderSetFormat(x.GoPointer(), FormatVar)
671+
672+}
673+
674+var xTextureDownloaderSetTexture func(uintptr, uintptr)
675+
676+// Changes the texture the downloader will download.
677+func (x *TextureDownloader) SetTexture(TextureVar *Texture) {
678+
679+ xTextureDownloaderSetTexture(x.GoPointer(), TextureVar.GoPointer())
680+
681+}
682+
354683 const (
355684 // Represents the current time, and can be used anywhere a time is expected.
356685 CURRENT_TIME int = 0
@@ -364,6 +693,13 @@ func init() {
364693 panic(err)
365694 }
366695
696+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xColorStateGLibType, lib, "gdk_color_state_get_type")
697+
698+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xColorStateCreateCicpParams, lib, "gdk_color_state_create_cicp_params")
699+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xColorStateEqual, lib, "gdk_color_state_equal")
700+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xColorStateRef, lib, "gdk_color_state_ref")
701+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xColorStateUnref, lib, "gdk_color_state_unref")
702+
367703 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xContentFormatsGLibType, lib, "gdk_content_formats_get_type")
368704
369705 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewContentFormats, lib, "gdk_content_formats_new")
@@ -373,6 +709,7 @@ func init() {
373709 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xContentFormatsContainMimeType, lib, "gdk_content_formats_contain_mime_type")
374710 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xContentFormatsGetGtypes, lib, "gdk_content_formats_get_gtypes")
375711 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xContentFormatsGetMimeTypes, lib, "gdk_content_formats_get_mime_types")
712+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xContentFormatsIsEmpty, lib, "gdk_content_formats_is_empty")
376713 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xContentFormatsMatch, lib, "gdk_content_formats_match")
377714 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xContentFormatsMatchGtype, lib, "gdk_content_formats_match_gtype")
378715 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xContentFormatsMatchMimeType, lib, "gdk_content_formats_match_mime_type")
@@ -386,6 +723,15 @@ func init() {
386723 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xContentFormatsUnionSerializeMimeTypes, lib, "gdk_content_formats_union_serialize_mime_types")
387724 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xContentFormatsUnref, lib, "gdk_content_formats_unref")
388725
726+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufFormatsGLibType, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_formats_get_type")
727+
728+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufFormatsContains, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_formats_contains")
729+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufFormatsEqual, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_formats_equal")
730+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufFormatsGetFormat, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_formats_get_format")
731+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufFormatsGetNFormats, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_formats_get_n_formats")
732+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufFormatsRef, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_formats_ref")
733+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDmabufFormatsUnref, lib, "gdk_dmabuf_formats_unref")
734+
389735 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xRectangleGLibType, lib, "gdk_rectangle_get_type")
390736
391737 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xRectangleContainsPoint, lib, "gdk_rectangle_contains_point")
@@ -393,4 +739,19 @@ func init() {
393739 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xRectangleIntersect, lib, "gdk_rectangle_intersect")
394740 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xRectangleUnion, lib, "gdk_rectangle_union")
395741
742+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureDownloaderGLibType, lib, "gdk_texture_downloader_get_type")
743+
744+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewTextureDownloader, lib, "gdk_texture_downloader_new")
745+
746+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureDownloaderCopy, lib, "gdk_texture_downloader_copy")
747+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureDownloaderDownloadBytes, lib, "gdk_texture_downloader_download_bytes")
748+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureDownloaderDownloadInto, lib, "gdk_texture_downloader_download_into")
749+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureDownloaderFree, lib, "gdk_texture_downloader_free")
750+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureDownloaderGetColorState, lib, "gdk_texture_downloader_get_color_state")
751+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureDownloaderGetFormat, lib, "gdk_texture_downloader_get_format")
752+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureDownloaderGetTexture, lib, "gdk_texture_downloader_get_texture")
753+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureDownloaderSetColorState, lib, "gdk_texture_downloader_set_color_state")
754+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureDownloaderSetFormat, lib, "gdk_texture_downloader_set_format")
755+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureDownloaderSetTexture, lib, "gdk_texture_downloader_set_texture")
756+
396757 }
M v4/gdk/gdkvulkancontext.go +26 -3
@@ -5,14 +5,23 @@ import (
55 "unsafe"
66
77 "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
89 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gio"
910 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
1011 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
1112 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1213 )
1314
14-// `GdkVulkanContext` is an object representing the platform-specific
15-// Vulkan draw context.
15+var xVulkanErrorQuark func() glib.Quark
16+
17+// Registers an error quark for [class@Gdk.VulkanContext] errors.
18+func VulkanErrorQuark() glib.Quark {
19+
20+ cret := xVulkanErrorQuark()
21+ return cret
22+}
23+
24+// Represents the platform-specific Vulkan draw context.
1625 //
1726 // `GdkVulkanContext`s are created for a surface using
1827 // [method@Gdk.Surface.create_vulkan_context], and the context will match
@@ -88,7 +97,7 @@ func (x *VulkanContext) ConnectImagesUpdated(cb *func(VulkanContext)) uint32 {
8897 // If the object is not initialized, or initialization returns with an
8998 // error, then all operations on the object except g_object_ref() and
9099 // g_object_unref() are considered to be invalid, and have undefined
91-// behaviour. See the [introduction][ginitable] for more details.
100+// behaviour. See the [description][iface@Gio.Initable#description] for more details.
92101 //
93102 // Callers should not assume that a class which implements #GInitable can be
94103 // initialized multiple times, unless the class explicitly documents itself as
@@ -118,3 +127,17 @@ func (x *VulkanContext) Init(CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable) (bool, error) {
118127 return cret, cerr
119128
120129 }
130+
131+func init() {
132+ core.SetPackageName("GDK", "gtk4")
133+ core.SetSharedLibrary("GDK", "libgtk-4.so.1")
134+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("GDK"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
135+ if err != nil {
136+ panic(err)
137+ }
138+
139+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xVulkanErrorQuark, lib, "gdk_vulkan_error_quark")
140+
141+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xVulkanContextGLibType, lib, "gdk_vulkan_context_get_type")
142+
143+}
D v4/gdk/main.go +0 -65
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
1-// Package gdk was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2-package gdk
3-
4-import (
5- "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
6- "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
7- "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
8- "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
9-)
10-
11-type TitlebarGesture int
12-
13-var xTitlebarGestureGLibType func() types.GType
14-
15-func TitlebarGestureGLibType() types.GType {
16- return xTitlebarGestureGLibType()
17-}
18-
19-const (
20- TitlebarGestureDoubleClickValue TitlebarGesture = 1
21-
22- TitlebarGestureRightClickValue TitlebarGesture = 2
23-
24- TitlebarGestureMiddleClickValue TitlebarGesture = 3
25-)
26-
27-var xGlErrorQuark func() glib.Quark
28-
29-func GlErrorQuark() glib.Quark {
30-
31- cret := xGlErrorQuark()
32- return cret
33-}
34-
35-var xTextureErrorQuark func() glib.Quark
36-
37-func TextureErrorQuark() glib.Quark {
38-
39- cret := xTextureErrorQuark()
40- return cret
41-}
42-
43-var xVulkanErrorQuark func() glib.Quark
44-
45-func VulkanErrorQuark() glib.Quark {
46-
47- cret := xVulkanErrorQuark()
48- return cret
49-}
50-
51-func init() {
52- core.SetPackageName("GDK", "gtk4")
53- core.SetSharedLibrary("GDK", "libgtk-4.so.1")
54- lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("GDK"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
55- if err != nil {
56- panic(err)
57- }
58-
59- core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTitlebarGestureGLibType, lib, "gdk_titlebar_gesture_get_type")
60-
61- core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xGlErrorQuark, lib, "gdk_gl_error_quark")
62- core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTextureErrorQuark, lib, "gdk_texture_error_quark")
63- core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xVulkanErrorQuark, lib, "gdk_vulkan_error_quark")
64-
65-}
M v4/gdkpixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-animation.go +28 -0
@@ -35,6 +35,7 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3535 }
3636
3737 // OverrideIsStaticImage sets the callback function.
38+// returns whether the given animation is just a static image.
3839 func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) OverrideIsStaticImage(cb func(*PixbufAnimation) bool) {
3940 if cb == nil {
4041 x.xIsStaticImage = 0
@@ -46,6 +47,7 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) OverrideIsStaticImage(cb func(*PixbufAnimation) b
4647 }
4748
4849 // GetIsStaticImage gets the callback function.
50+// returns whether the given animation is just a static image.
4951 func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) GetIsStaticImage() func(*PixbufAnimation) bool {
5052 if x.xIsStaticImage == 0 {
5153 return nil
@@ -58,6 +60,7 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) GetIsStaticImage() func(*PixbufAnimation) bool {
5860 }
5961
6062 // OverrideGetStaticImage sets the callback function.
63+// returns a static image representing the given animation.
6164 func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) OverrideGetStaticImage(cb func(*PixbufAnimation) *Pixbuf) {
6265 if cb == nil {
6366 x.xGetStaticImage = 0
@@ -73,6 +76,7 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) OverrideGetStaticImage(cb func(*PixbufAnimation)
7376 }
7477
7578 // GetGetStaticImage gets the callback function.
79+// returns a static image representing the given animation.
7680 func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) GetGetStaticImage() func(*PixbufAnimation) *Pixbuf {
7781 if x.xGetStaticImage == 0 {
7882 return nil
@@ -91,6 +95,7 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) GetGetStaticImage() func(*PixbufAnimation) *Pixbu
9195 }
9296
9397 // OverrideGetSize sets the callback function.
98+// fills @width and @height with the frame size of the animation.
9499 func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) OverrideGetSize(cb func(*PixbufAnimation, int, int)) {
95100 if cb == nil {
96101 x.xGetSize = 0
@@ -102,6 +107,7 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) OverrideGetSize(cb func(*PixbufAnimation, int, in
102107 }
103108
104109 // GetGetSize gets the callback function.
110+// fills @width and @height with the frame size of the animation.
105111 func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) GetGetSize() func(*PixbufAnimation, int, int) {
106112 if x.xGetSize == 0 {
107113 return nil
@@ -114,6 +120,7 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) GetGetSize() func(*PixbufAnimation, int, int) {
114120 }
115121
116122 // OverrideGetIter sets the callback function.
123+// returns an iterator for the given animation.
117124 func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) OverrideGetIter(cb func(*PixbufAnimation, *glib.TimeVal) *PixbufAnimationIter) {
118125 if cb == nil {
119126 x.xGetIter = 0
@@ -129,6 +136,7 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) OverrideGetIter(cb func(*PixbufAnimation, *glib.T
129136 }
130137
131138 // GetGetIter gets the callback function.
139+// returns an iterator for the given animation.
132140 func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) GetGetIter() func(*PixbufAnimation, *glib.TimeVal) *PixbufAnimationIter {
133141 if x.xGetIter == 0 {
134142 return nil
@@ -168,6 +176,9 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
168176 }
169177
170178 // OverrideGetDelayTime sets the callback function.
179+// returns the time in milliseconds that the current frame
180+//
181+// should be shown.
171182 func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) OverrideGetDelayTime(cb func(*PixbufAnimationIter) int) {
172183 if cb == nil {
173184 x.xGetDelayTime = 0
@@ -179,6 +190,9 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) OverrideGetDelayTime(cb func(*PixbufAnimation
179190 }
180191
181192 // GetGetDelayTime gets the callback function.
193+// returns the time in milliseconds that the current frame
194+//
195+// should be shown.
182196 func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) GetGetDelayTime() func(*PixbufAnimationIter) int {
183197 if x.xGetDelayTime == 0 {
184198 return nil
@@ -191,6 +205,7 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) GetGetDelayTime() func(*PixbufAnimationIter)
191205 }
192206
193207 // OverrideGetPixbuf sets the callback function.
208+// returns the current frame.
194209 func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) OverrideGetPixbuf(cb func(*PixbufAnimationIter) *Pixbuf) {
195210 if cb == nil {
196211 x.xGetPixbuf = 0
@@ -206,6 +221,7 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) OverrideGetPixbuf(cb func(*PixbufAnimationIte
206221 }
207222
208223 // GetGetPixbuf gets the callback function.
224+// returns the current frame.
209225 func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) GetGetPixbuf() func(*PixbufAnimationIter) *Pixbuf {
210226 if x.xGetPixbuf == 0 {
211227 return nil
@@ -224,6 +240,9 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) GetGetPixbuf() func(*PixbufAnimationIter) *Pi
224240 }
225241
226242 // OverrideOnCurrentlyLoadingFrame sets the callback function.
243+// returns whether the current frame of @iter is
244+//
245+// being loaded.
227246 func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) OverrideOnCurrentlyLoadingFrame(cb func(*PixbufAnimationIter) bool) {
228247 if cb == nil {
229248 x.xOnCurrentlyLoadingFrame = 0
@@ -235,6 +254,9 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) OverrideOnCurrentlyLoadingFrame(cb func(*Pixb
235254 }
236255
237256 // GetOnCurrentlyLoadingFrame gets the callback function.
257+// returns whether the current frame of @iter is
258+//
259+// being loaded.
238260 func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) GetOnCurrentlyLoadingFrame() func(*PixbufAnimationIter) bool {
239261 if x.xOnCurrentlyLoadingFrame == 0 {
240262 return nil
@@ -247,6 +269,9 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) GetOnCurrentlyLoadingFrame() func(*PixbufAnim
247269 }
248270
249271 // OverrideAdvance sets the callback function.
272+// advances the iterator to @current_time, possibly changing the
273+//
274+// current frame.
250275 func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) OverrideAdvance(cb func(*PixbufAnimationIter, *glib.TimeVal) bool) {
251276 if cb == nil {
252277 x.xAdvance = 0
@@ -258,6 +283,9 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) OverrideAdvance(cb func(*PixbufAnimationIter,
258283 }
259284
260285 // GetAdvance gets the callback function.
286+// advances the iterator to @current_time, possibly changing the
287+//
288+// current frame.
261289 func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) GetAdvance() func(*PixbufAnimationIter, *glib.TimeVal) bool {
262290 if x.xAdvance == 0 {
263291 return nil
M v4/gdkpixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-features.go +2 -2
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ const (
77 PIXBUF_MAJOR int = 2
88 // Micro version of gdk-pixbuf library, that is the "2" in
99 // "0.8.2" for example.
10- PIXBUF_MICRO int = 10
10+ PIXBUF_MICRO int = 12
1111 // Minor version of gdk-pixbuf library, that is the "8" in
1212 // "0.8.2" for example.
1313 PIXBUF_MINOR int = 42
@@ -15,5 +15,5 @@ const (
1515 //
1616 // This is the version being compiled against; contrast with
1717 // `gdk_pixbuf_version`.
18- PIXBUF_VERSION string = "2.42.10"
18+ PIXBUF_VERSION string = "2.42.12"
1919 )
M v4/gdkpixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.go +7 -0
@@ -1357,6 +1357,13 @@ func (x *Pixbuf) Equal(Icon2Var gio.Icon) bool {
13571357 return cret
13581358 }
13591359
1360+// Gets a hash for an icon.
1361+func (x *Pixbuf) Hash() uint {
1362+
1363+ cret := gio.XGIconHash(x.GoPointer())
1364+ return cret
1365+}
1366+
13601367 // Serializes a #GIcon into a #GVariant. An equivalent #GIcon can be retrieved
13611368 // back by calling g_icon_deserialize() on the returned value.
13621369 // As serialization will avoid using raw icon data when possible, it only
M v4/gio/gaction.go +85 -58
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ import (
1111 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1212 )
1313
14-// The virtual function table for #GAction.
14+// The virtual function table for [type@Gio.Action].
1515 type ActionInterface struct {
1616 _ structs.HostLayout
1717
@@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
3939 }
4040
4141 // OverrideGetName sets the callback function.
42+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.get_name]
4243 func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideGetName(cb func(Action) string) {
4344 if cb == nil {
4445 x.xGetName = 0
@@ -50,6 +51,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideGetName(cb func(Action) string) {
5051 }
5152
5253 // GetGetName gets the callback function.
54+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.get_name]
5355 func (x *ActionInterface) GetGetName() func(Action) string {
5456 if x.xGetName == 0 {
5557 return nil
@@ -62,6 +64,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) GetGetName() func(Action) string {
6264 }
6365
6466 // OverrideGetParameterType sets the callback function.
67+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.get_parameter_type]
6568 func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideGetParameterType(cb func(Action) *glib.VariantType) {
6669 if cb == nil {
6770 x.xGetParameterType = 0
@@ -73,6 +76,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideGetParameterType(cb func(Action) *glib.Variant
7376 }
7477
7578 // GetGetParameterType gets the callback function.
79+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.get_parameter_type]
7680 func (x *ActionInterface) GetGetParameterType() func(Action) *glib.VariantType {
7781 if x.xGetParameterType == 0 {
7882 return nil
@@ -85,6 +89,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) GetGetParameterType() func(Action) *glib.VariantType {
8589 }
8690
8791 // OverrideGetStateType sets the callback function.
92+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.get_state_type]
8893 func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideGetStateType(cb func(Action) *glib.VariantType) {
8994 if cb == nil {
9095 x.xGetStateType = 0
@@ -96,6 +101,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideGetStateType(cb func(Action) *glib.VariantType
96101 }
97102
98103 // GetGetStateType gets the callback function.
104+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.get_state_type]
99105 func (x *ActionInterface) GetGetStateType() func(Action) *glib.VariantType {
100106 if x.xGetStateType == 0 {
101107 return nil
@@ -108,6 +114,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) GetGetStateType() func(Action) *glib.VariantType {
108114 }
109115
110116 // OverrideGetStateHint sets the callback function.
117+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.get_state_hint]
111118 func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideGetStateHint(cb func(Action) *glib.Variant) {
112119 if cb == nil {
113120 x.xGetStateHint = 0
@@ -119,6 +126,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideGetStateHint(cb func(Action) *glib.Variant) {
119126 }
120127
121128 // GetGetStateHint gets the callback function.
129+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.get_state_hint]
122130 func (x *ActionInterface) GetGetStateHint() func(Action) *glib.Variant {
123131 if x.xGetStateHint == 0 {
124132 return nil
@@ -131,6 +139,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) GetGetStateHint() func(Action) *glib.Variant {
131139 }
132140
133141 // OverrideGetEnabled sets the callback function.
142+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.get_enabled]
134143 func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideGetEnabled(cb func(Action) bool) {
135144 if cb == nil {
136145 x.xGetEnabled = 0
@@ -142,6 +151,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideGetEnabled(cb func(Action) bool) {
142151 }
143152
144153 // GetGetEnabled gets the callback function.
154+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.get_enabled]
145155 func (x *ActionInterface) GetGetEnabled() func(Action) bool {
146156 if x.xGetEnabled == 0 {
147157 return nil
@@ -154,6 +164,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) GetGetEnabled() func(Action) bool {
154164 }
155165
156166 // OverrideGetState sets the callback function.
167+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.get_state]
157168 func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideGetState(cb func(Action) *glib.Variant) {
158169 if cb == nil {
159170 x.xGetState = 0
@@ -165,6 +176,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideGetState(cb func(Action) *glib.Variant) {
165176 }
166177
167178 // GetGetState gets the callback function.
179+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.get_state]
168180 func (x *ActionInterface) GetGetState() func(Action) *glib.Variant {
169181 if x.xGetState == 0 {
170182 return nil
@@ -177,6 +189,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) GetGetState() func(Action) *glib.Variant {
177189 }
178190
179191 // OverrideChangeState sets the callback function.
192+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.change_state]
180193 func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideChangeState(cb func(Action, *glib.Variant)) {
181194 if cb == nil {
182195 x.xChangeState = 0
@@ -188,6 +201,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideChangeState(cb func(Action, *glib.Variant)) {
188201 }
189202
190203 // GetChangeState gets the callback function.
204+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.change_state]
191205 func (x *ActionInterface) GetChangeState() func(Action, *glib.Variant) {
192206 if x.xChangeState == 0 {
193207 return nil
@@ -200,6 +214,9 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) GetChangeState() func(Action, *glib.Variant) {
200214 }
201215
202216 // OverrideActivate sets the callback function.
217+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.activate]. Note that [type@Gio.Action] does not have an
218+//
219+// 'activate' signal but that implementations of it may have one.
203220 func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideActivate(cb func(Action, *glib.Variant)) {
204221 if cb == nil {
205222 x.xActivate = 0
@@ -211,6 +228,9 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideActivate(cb func(Action, *glib.Variant)) {
211228 }
212229
213230 // GetActivate gets the callback function.
231+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.activate]. Note that [type@Gio.Action] does not have an
232+//
233+// 'activate' signal but that implementations of it may have one.
214234 func (x *ActionInterface) GetActivate() func(Action, *glib.Variant) {
215235 if x.xActivate == 0 {
216236 return nil
@@ -222,35 +242,35 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) GetActivate() func(Action, *glib.Variant) {
222242 }
223243 }
224244
225-// #GAction represents a single named action.
245+// `GAction` represents a single named action.
226246 //
227247 // The main interface to an action is that it can be activated with
228-// g_action_activate(). This results in the 'activate' signal being
229-// emitted. An activation has a #GVariant parameter (which may be
230-// %NULL). The correct type for the parameter is determined by a static
248+// [method@Gio.Action.activate]. This results in the 'activate' signal being
249+// emitted. An activation has a `GVariant` parameter (which may be
250+// `NULL`). The correct type for the parameter is determined by a static
231251 // parameter type (which is given at construction time).
232252 //
233253 // An action may optionally have a state, in which case the state may be
234-// set with g_action_change_state(). This call takes a #GVariant. The
254+// set with [method@Gio.Action.change_state]. This call takes a [type@GLib.Variant]. The
235255 // correct type for the state is determined by a static state type
236256 // (which is given at construction time).
237257 //
238258 // The state may have a hint associated with it, specifying its valid
239259 // range.
240260 //
241-// #GAction is merely the interface to the concept of an action, as
261+// `GAction` is merely the interface to the concept of an action, as
242262 // described above. Various implementations of actions exist, including
243-// #GSimpleAction.
263+// [class@Gio.SimpleAction].
244264 //
245265 // In all cases, the implementing class is responsible for storing the
246-// name of the action, the parameter type, the enabled state, the
247-// optional state type and the state and emitting the appropriate
248-// signals when these change. The implementor is responsible for filtering
249-// calls to g_action_activate() and g_action_change_state() for type
250-// safety and for the state being enabled.
251-//
252-// Probably the only useful thing to do with a #GAction is to put it
253-// inside of a #GSimpleActionGroup.
266+// name of the action, the parameter type, the enabled state, the optional
267+// state type and the state and emitting the appropriate signals when these
268+// change. The implementor is responsible for filtering calls to
269+// [method@Gio.Action.activate] and [method@Gio.Action.change_state]
270+// for type safety and for the state being enabled.
271+//
272+// Probably the only useful thing to do with a `GAction` is to put it
273+// inside of a [class@Gio.SimpleActionGroup].
254274 type Action interface {
255275 GoPointer() uintptr
256276 SetGoPointer(uintptr)
@@ -289,9 +309,9 @@ func (x *ActionBase) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
289309 //
290310 // @parameter must be the correct type of parameter for the action (ie:
291311 // the parameter type given at construction time). If the parameter
292-// type was %NULL then @parameter must also be %NULL.
312+// type was `NULL` then @parameter must also be `NULL`.
293313 //
294-// If the @parameter GVariant is floating, it is consumed.
314+// If the @parameter [type@GLib.Variant] is floating, it is consumed.
295315 func (x *ActionBase) Activate(ParameterVar *glib.Variant) {
296316
297317 XGActionActivate(x.GoPointer(), ParameterVar)
@@ -301,13 +321,13 @@ func (x *ActionBase) Activate(ParameterVar *glib.Variant) {
301321 // Request for the state of @action to be changed to @value.
302322 //
303323 // The action must be stateful and @value must be of the correct type.
304-// See g_action_get_state_type().
324+// See [method@Gio.Action.get_state_type].
305325 //
306326 // This call merely requests a change. The action may refuse to change
307327 // its state or may change its state to something other than @value.
308-// See g_action_get_state_hint().
328+// See [method@Gio.Action.get_state_hint].
309329 //
310-// If the @value GVariant is floating, it is consumed.
330+// If the @value [type@GLib.Variant] is floating, it is consumed.
311331 func (x *ActionBase) ChangeState(ValueVar *glib.Variant) {
312332
313333 XGActionChangeState(x.GoPointer(), ValueVar)
@@ -334,11 +354,12 @@ func (x *ActionBase) GetName() string {
334354 // Queries the type of the parameter that must be given when activating
335355 // @action.
336356 //
337-// When activating the action using g_action_activate(), the #GVariant
338-// given to that function must be of the type returned by this function.
357+// When activating the action using [method@Gio.Action.activate], the
358+// [type@GLib.Variant] given to that function must be of the type returned by
359+// this function.
339360 //
340-// In the case that this function returns %NULL, you must not give any
341-// #GVariant, but %NULL instead.
361+// In the case that this function returns `NULL`, you must not give any
362+// [type@GLib.Variant], but `NULL` instead.
342363 func (x *ActionBase) GetParameterType() *glib.VariantType {
343364
344365 cret := XGActionGetParameterType(x.GoPointer())
@@ -347,12 +368,12 @@ func (x *ActionBase) GetParameterType() *glib.VariantType {
347368
348369 // Queries the current state of @action.
349370 //
350-// If the action is not stateful then %NULL will be returned. If the
371+// If the action is not stateful then `NULL` will be returned. If the
351372 // action is stateful then the type of the return value is the type
352-// given by g_action_get_state_type().
373+// given by [method@Gio.Action.get_state_type].
353374 //
354-// The return value (if non-%NULL) should be freed with
355-// g_variant_unref() when it is no longer required.
375+// The return value (if non-`NULL`) should be freed with
376+// [method@GLib.Variant.unref] when it is no longer required.
356377 func (x *ActionBase) GetState() *glib.Variant {
357378
358379 cret := XGActionGetState(x.GoPointer())
@@ -362,12 +383,12 @@ func (x *ActionBase) GetState() *glib.Variant {
362383 // Requests a hint about the valid range of values for the state of
363384 // @action.
364385 //
365-// If %NULL is returned it either means that the action is not stateful
386+// If `NULL` is returned it either means that the action is not stateful
366387 // or that there is no hint about the valid range of values for the
367388 // state of the action.
368389 //
369-// If a #GVariant array is returned then each item in the array is a
370-// possible value for the state. If a #GVariant pair (ie: two-tuple) is
390+// If a [type@GLib.Variant] array is returned then each item in the array is a
391+// possible value for the state. If a [type@GLib.Variant] pair (ie: two-tuple) is
371392 // returned then the tuple specifies the inclusive lower and upper bound
372393 // of valid values for the state.
373394 //
@@ -375,8 +396,8 @@ func (x *ActionBase) GetState() *glib.Variant {
375396 // have a state value outside of the hinted range and setting a value
376397 // within the range may fail.
377398 //
378-// The return value (if non-%NULL) should be freed with
379-// g_variant_unref() when it is no longer required.
399+// The return value (if non-`NULL`) should be freed with
400+// [method@GLib.Variant.unref] when it is no longer required.
380401 func (x *ActionBase) GetStateHint() *glib.Variant {
381402
382403 cret := XGActionGetStateHint(x.GoPointer())
@@ -386,15 +407,15 @@ func (x *ActionBase) GetStateHint() *glib.Variant {
386407 // Queries the type of the state of @action.
387408 //
388409 // If the action is stateful (e.g. created with
389-// g_simple_action_new_stateful()) then this function returns the
390-// #GVariantType of the state. This is the type of the initial value
391-// given as the state. All calls to g_action_change_state() must give a
392-// #GVariant of this type and g_action_get_state() will return a
393-// #GVariant of the same type.
394-//
395-// If the action is not stateful (e.g. created with g_simple_action_new())
396-// then this function will return %NULL. In that case, g_action_get_state()
397-// will return %NULL and you must not call g_action_change_state().
410+// [ctor@Gio.SimpleAction.new_stateful]) then this function returns the
411+// [type@GLib.VariantType] of the state. This is the type of the initial value
412+// given as the state. All calls to [method@Gio.Action.change_state] must give a
413+// [type@GLib.Variant] of this type and [method@Gio.Action.get_state] will return a
414+// [type@GLib.Variant] of the same type.
415+//
416+// If the action is not stateful (e.g. created with [ctor@Gio.SimpleAction.new])
417+// then this function will return `NULL`. In that case, [method@Gio.Action.get_state]
418+// will return `NULL` and you must not call [method@Gio.Action.change_state].
398419 func (x *ActionBase) GetStateType() *glib.VariantType {
399420
400421 cret := XGActionGetStateType(x.GoPointer())
@@ -415,10 +436,10 @@ var xActionNameIsValid func(string) bool
415436 // Checks if @action_name is valid.
416437 //
417438 // @action_name is valid if it consists only of alphanumeric characters,
418-// plus '-' and '.'. The empty string is not a valid action name.
439+// plus `-` and `.`. The empty string is not a valid action name.
419440 //
420-// It is an error to call this function with a non-utf8 @action_name.
421-// @action_name must not be %NULL.
441+// It is an error to call this function with a non-UTF-8 @action_name.
442+// @action_name must not be `NULL`.
422443 func ActionNameIsValid(ActionNameVar string) bool {
423444
424445 cret := xActionNameIsValid(ActionNameVar)
@@ -434,23 +455,29 @@ var xActionParseDetailedName func(string, string, **glib.Variant, **glib.Error)
434455 //
435456 // The first format is used to represent an action name with no target
436457 // value and consists of just an action name containing no whitespace
437-// nor the characters ':', '(' or ')'. For example: "app.action".
458+// nor the characters `:`, `(` or `)`. For example: `app.action`.
438459 //
439460 // The second format is used to represent an action with a target value
440-// that is a non-empty string consisting only of alphanumerics, plus '-'
441-// and '.'. In that case, the action name and target value are
442-// separated by a double colon ("::"). For example:
443-// "app.action::target".
461+// that is a non-empty string consisting only of alphanumerics, plus `-`
462+// and `.`. In that case, the action name and target value are
463+// separated by a double colon (`::`). For example:
464+// `app.action::target`.
444465 //
445466 // The third format is used to represent an action with any type of
446467 // target value, including strings. The target value follows the action
447-// name, surrounded in parens. For example: "app.action(42)". The
448-// target value is parsed using g_variant_parse(). If a tuple-typed
468+// name, surrounded in parens. For example: `app.action(42)`. The
469+// target value is parsed using [func@GLib.Variant.parse]. If a tuple-typed
449470 // value is desired, it must be specified in the same way, resulting in
450-// two sets of parens, for example: "app.action((1,2,3))". A string
451-// target can be specified this way as well: "app.action('target')".
452-// For strings, this third format must be used if * target value is
453-// empty or contains characters other than alphanumerics, '-' and '.'.
471+// two sets of parens, for example: `app.action((1,2,3))`. A string
472+// target can be specified this way as well: `app.action('target')`.
473+// For strings, this third format must be used if target value is
474+// empty or contains characters other than alphanumerics, `-` and `.`.
475+//
476+// If this function returns `TRUE`, a non-`NULL` value is guaranteed to be returned
477+// in @action_name (if a pointer is passed in). A `NULL` value may still be
478+// returned in @target_value, as the @detailed_name may not contain a target.
479+//
480+// If returned, the [type@GLib.Variant] in @target_value is guaranteed to not be floating.
454481 func ActionParseDetailedName(DetailedNameVar string, ActionNameVar string, TargetValueVar **glib.Variant) (bool, error) {
455482 var cerr *glib.Error
456483
@@ -468,7 +495,7 @@ var xActionPrintDetailedName func(string, *glib.Variant) string
468495 //
469496 // It is an error to call this function with an invalid action name.
470497 //
471-// This function is the opposite of g_action_parse_detailed_name().
498+// This function is the opposite of [func@Gio.Action.parse_detailed_name].
472499 // It will produce a string that can be parsed back to the @action_name
473500 // and @target_value by that function.
474501 //
M v4/gio/gactiongroup.go +109 -82
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ import (
1111 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1212 )
1313
14-// The virtual function table for #GActionGroup.
14+// The virtual function table for [type@Gio.ActionGroup].
1515 type ActionGroupInterface struct {
1616 _ structs.HostLayout
1717
@@ -51,6 +51,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
5151 }
5252
5353 // OverrideHasAction sets the callback function.
54+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.has_action]
5455 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideHasAction(cb func(ActionGroup, string) bool) {
5556 if cb == nil {
5657 x.xHasAction = 0
@@ -62,6 +63,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideHasAction(cb func(ActionGroup, string) bo
6263 }
6364
6465 // GetHasAction gets the callback function.
66+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.has_action]
6567 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetHasAction() func(ActionGroup, string) bool {
6668 if x.xHasAction == 0 {
6769 return nil
@@ -74,6 +76,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetHasAction() func(ActionGroup, string) bool {
7476 }
7577
7678 // OverrideListActions sets the callback function.
79+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.list_actions]
7780 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideListActions(cb func(ActionGroup) []string) {
7881 if cb == nil {
7982 x.xListActions = 0
@@ -85,6 +88,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideListActions(cb func(ActionGroup) []string
8588 }
8689
8790 // GetListActions gets the callback function.
91+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.list_actions]
8892 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetListActions() func(ActionGroup) []string {
8993 if x.xListActions == 0 {
9094 return nil
@@ -97,6 +101,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetListActions() func(ActionGroup) []string {
97101 }
98102
99103 // OverrideGetActionEnabled sets the callback function.
104+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_enabled]
100105 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideGetActionEnabled(cb func(ActionGroup, string) bool) {
101106 if cb == nil {
102107 x.xGetActionEnabled = 0
@@ -108,6 +113,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideGetActionEnabled(cb func(ActionGroup, str
108113 }
109114
110115 // GetGetActionEnabled gets the callback function.
116+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_enabled]
111117 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetGetActionEnabled() func(ActionGroup, string) bool {
112118 if x.xGetActionEnabled == 0 {
113119 return nil
@@ -120,6 +126,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetGetActionEnabled() func(ActionGroup, string) b
120126 }
121127
122128 // OverrideGetActionParameterType sets the callback function.
129+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_parameter_type]
123130 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideGetActionParameterType(cb func(ActionGroup, string) *glib.VariantType) {
124131 if cb == nil {
125132 x.xGetActionParameterType = 0
@@ -131,6 +138,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideGetActionParameterType(cb func(ActionGrou
131138 }
132139
133140 // GetGetActionParameterType gets the callback function.
141+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_parameter_type]
134142 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetGetActionParameterType() func(ActionGroup, string) *glib.VariantType {
135143 if x.xGetActionParameterType == 0 {
136144 return nil
@@ -143,6 +151,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetGetActionParameterType() func(ActionGroup, str
143151 }
144152
145153 // OverrideGetActionStateType sets the callback function.
154+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_type]
146155 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideGetActionStateType(cb func(ActionGroup, string) *glib.VariantType) {
147156 if cb == nil {
148157 x.xGetActionStateType = 0
@@ -154,6 +163,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideGetActionStateType(cb func(ActionGroup, s
154163 }
155164
156165 // GetGetActionStateType gets the callback function.
166+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_type]
157167 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetGetActionStateType() func(ActionGroup, string) *glib.VariantType {
158168 if x.xGetActionStateType == 0 {
159169 return nil
@@ -166,6 +176,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetGetActionStateType() func(ActionGroup, string)
166176 }
167177
168178 // OverrideGetActionStateHint sets the callback function.
179+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_hint]
169180 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideGetActionStateHint(cb func(ActionGroup, string) *glib.Variant) {
170181 if cb == nil {
171182 x.xGetActionStateHint = 0
@@ -177,6 +188,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideGetActionStateHint(cb func(ActionGroup, s
177188 }
178189
179190 // GetGetActionStateHint gets the callback function.
191+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_hint]
180192 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetGetActionStateHint() func(ActionGroup, string) *glib.Variant {
181193 if x.xGetActionStateHint == 0 {
182194 return nil
@@ -189,6 +201,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetGetActionStateHint() func(ActionGroup, string)
189201 }
190202
191203 // OverrideGetActionState sets the callback function.
204+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state]
192205 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideGetActionState(cb func(ActionGroup, string) *glib.Variant) {
193206 if cb == nil {
194207 x.xGetActionState = 0
@@ -200,6 +213,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideGetActionState(cb func(ActionGroup, strin
200213 }
201214
202215 // GetGetActionState gets the callback function.
216+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state]
203217 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetGetActionState() func(ActionGroup, string) *glib.Variant {
204218 if x.xGetActionState == 0 {
205219 return nil
@@ -212,6 +226,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetGetActionState() func(ActionGroup, string) *gl
212226 }
213227
214228 // OverrideChangeActionState sets the callback function.
229+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.change_action_state]
215230 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideChangeActionState(cb func(ActionGroup, string, *glib.Variant)) {
216231 if cb == nil {
217232 x.xChangeActionState = 0
@@ -223,6 +238,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideChangeActionState(cb func(ActionGroup, st
223238 }
224239
225240 // GetChangeActionState gets the callback function.
241+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.change_action_state]
226242 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetChangeActionState() func(ActionGroup, string, *glib.Variant) {
227243 if x.xChangeActionState == 0 {
228244 return nil
@@ -235,6 +251,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetChangeActionState() func(ActionGroup, string,
235251 }
236252
237253 // OverrideActivateAction sets the callback function.
254+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.activate_action]
238255 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideActivateAction(cb func(ActionGroup, string, *glib.Variant)) {
239256 if cb == nil {
240257 x.xActivateAction = 0
@@ -246,6 +263,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideActivateAction(cb func(ActionGroup, strin
246263 }
247264
248265 // GetActivateAction gets the callback function.
266+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.activate_action]
249267 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetActivateAction() func(ActionGroup, string, *glib.Variant) {
250268 if x.xActivateAction == 0 {
251269 return nil
@@ -258,6 +276,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetActivateAction() func(ActionGroup, string, *gl
258276 }
259277
260278 // OverrideActionAdded sets the callback function.
279+// the class closure for the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-added] signal
261280 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideActionAdded(cb func(ActionGroup, string)) {
262281 if cb == nil {
263282 x.xActionAdded = 0
@@ -269,6 +288,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideActionAdded(cb func(ActionGroup, string))
269288 }
270289
271290 // GetActionAdded gets the callback function.
291+// the class closure for the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-added] signal
272292 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetActionAdded() func(ActionGroup, string) {
273293 if x.xActionAdded == 0 {
274294 return nil
@@ -281,6 +301,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetActionAdded() func(ActionGroup, string) {
281301 }
282302
283303 // OverrideActionRemoved sets the callback function.
304+// the class closure for the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-removed] signal
284305 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideActionRemoved(cb func(ActionGroup, string)) {
285306 if cb == nil {
286307 x.xActionRemoved = 0
@@ -292,6 +313,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideActionRemoved(cb func(ActionGroup, string
292313 }
293314
294315 // GetActionRemoved gets the callback function.
316+// the class closure for the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-removed] signal
295317 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetActionRemoved() func(ActionGroup, string) {
296318 if x.xActionRemoved == 0 {
297319 return nil
@@ -304,6 +326,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetActionRemoved() func(ActionGroup, string) {
304326 }
305327
306328 // OverrideActionEnabledChanged sets the callback function.
329+// the class closure for the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-enabled-changed] signal
307330 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideActionEnabledChanged(cb func(ActionGroup, string, bool)) {
308331 if cb == nil {
309332 x.xActionEnabledChanged = 0
@@ -315,6 +338,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideActionEnabledChanged(cb func(ActionGroup,
315338 }
316339
317340 // GetActionEnabledChanged gets the callback function.
341+// the class closure for the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-enabled-changed] signal
318342 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetActionEnabledChanged() func(ActionGroup, string, bool) {
319343 if x.xActionEnabledChanged == 0 {
320344 return nil
@@ -327,6 +351,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetActionEnabledChanged() func(ActionGroup, strin
327351 }
328352
329353 // OverrideActionStateChanged sets the callback function.
354+// the class closure for the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-enabled-changed] signal
330355 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideActionStateChanged(cb func(ActionGroup, string, *glib.Variant)) {
331356 if cb == nil {
332357 x.xActionStateChanged = 0
@@ -338,6 +363,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideActionStateChanged(cb func(ActionGroup, s
338363 }
339364
340365 // GetActionStateChanged gets the callback function.
366+// the class closure for the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-enabled-changed] signal
341367 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetActionStateChanged() func(ActionGroup, string, *glib.Variant) {
342368 if x.xActionStateChanged == 0 {
343369 return nil
@@ -350,6 +376,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetActionStateChanged() func(ActionGroup, string,
350376 }
351377
352378 // OverrideQueryAction sets the callback function.
379+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.query_action]
353380 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideQueryAction(cb func(ActionGroup, string, bool, **glib.VariantType, **glib.VariantType, **glib.Variant, **glib.Variant) bool) {
354381 if cb == nil {
355382 x.xQueryAction = 0
@@ -361,6 +388,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideQueryAction(cb func(ActionGroup, string,
361388 }
362389
363390 // GetQueryAction gets the callback function.
391+// the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.query_action]
364392 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetQueryAction() func(ActionGroup, string, bool, **glib.VariantType, **glib.VariantType, **glib.Variant, **glib.Variant) bool {
365393 if x.xQueryAction == 0 {
366394 return nil
@@ -372,51 +400,50 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetQueryAction() func(ActionGroup, string, bool,
372400 }
373401 }
374402
375-// #GActionGroup represents a group of actions. Actions can be used to
376-// expose functionality in a structured way, either from one part of a
377-// program to another, or to the outside world. Action groups are often
378-// used together with a #GMenuModel that provides additional
379-// representation data for displaying the actions to the user, e.g. in
380-// a menu.
403+// `GActionGroup` represents a group of actions.
381404 //
382-// The main way to interact with the actions in a GActionGroup is to
383-// activate them with g_action_group_activate_action(). Activating an
384-// action may require a #GVariant parameter. The required type of the
385-// parameter can be inquired with g_action_group_get_action_parameter_type().
386-// Actions may be disabled, see g_action_group_get_action_enabled().
405+// Actions can be used to expose functionality in a structured way, either
406+// from one part of a program to another, or to the outside world. Action
407+// groups are often used together with a [type@Gio.MenuModel] that provides additional
408+// representation data for displaying the actions to the user, e.g. in a menu.
409+//
410+// The main way to interact with the actions in a `GActionGroup` is to
411+// activate them with [method@Gio.ActionGroup.activate_action]. Activating an
412+// action may require a [type@GLib.Variant] parameter. The required type of the
413+// parameter can be inquired with [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_parameter_type].
414+// Actions may be disabled, see [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_enabled].
387415 // Activating a disabled action has no effect.
388416 //
389-// Actions may optionally have a state in the form of a #GVariant. The
390-// current state of an action can be inquired with
391-// g_action_group_get_action_state(). Activating a stateful action may
392-// change its state, but it is also possible to set the state by calling
393-// g_action_group_change_action_state().
417+// Actions may optionally have a state in the form of a [type@GLib.Variant]. The current
418+// state of an action can be inquired with [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state].
419+// Activating a stateful action may change its state, but it is also possible to
420+// set the state by calling [method@Gio.ActionGroup.change_action_state].
394421 //
395422 // As typical example, consider a text editing application which has an
396-// option to change the current font to 'bold'. A good way to represent
423+// option to change the current font to ‘bold’. A good way to represent
397424 // this would be a stateful action, with a boolean state. Activating the
398425 // action would toggle the state.
399426 //
400427 // Each action in the group has a unique name (which is a string). All
401-// method calls, except g_action_group_list_actions() take the name of
428+// method calls, except [method@Gio.ActionGroup.list_actions] take the name of
402429 // an action as an argument.
403430 //
404-// The #GActionGroup API is meant to be the 'public' API to the action
405-// group. The calls here are exactly the interaction that 'external
406-// forces' (eg: UI, incoming D-Bus messages, etc.) are supposed to have
407-// with actions. 'Internal' APIs (ie: ones meant only to be accessed by
408-// the action group implementation) are found on subclasses. This is
409-// why you will find - for example - g_action_group_get_action_enabled()
410-// but not an equivalent set() call.
431+// The `GActionGroup` API is meant to be the ‘public’ API to the action
432+// group. The calls here are exactly the interaction that ‘external
433+// forces’ (eg: UI, incoming D-Bus messages, etc.) are supposed to have
434+// with actions. ‘Internal’ APIs (ie: ones meant only to be accessed by
435+// the action group implementation) are found on subclasses. This is
436+// why you will find – for example – [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_enabled]
437+// but not an equivalent `set_action_enabled()` method.
411438 //
412439 // Signals are emitted on the action group in response to state changes
413440 // on individual actions.
414441 //
415-// Implementations of #GActionGroup should provide implementations for
416-// the virtual functions g_action_group_list_actions() and
417-// g_action_group_query_action(). The other virtual functions should
418-// not be implemented - their "wrappers" are actually implemented with
419-// calls to g_action_group_query_action().
442+// Implementations of `GActionGroup` should provide implementations for
443+// the virtual functions [method@Gio.ActionGroup.list_actions] and
444+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.query_action]. The other virtual functions should
445+// not be implemented — their ‘wrappers’ are actually implemented with
446+// calls to [method@Gio.ActionGroup.query_action].
420447 type ActionGroup interface {
421448 GoPointer() uintptr
422449 SetGoPointer(uintptr)
@@ -457,36 +484,36 @@ func (x *ActionGroupBase) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
457484 x.Ptr = ptr
458485 }
459486
460-// Emits the #GActionGroup::action-added signal on @action_group.
487+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-added] signal on @action_group.
461488 //
462-// This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations.
489+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
463490 func (x *ActionGroupBase) ActionAdded(ActionNameVar string) {
464491
465492 XGActionGroupActionAdded(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
466493
467494 }
468495
469-// Emits the #GActionGroup::action-enabled-changed signal on @action_group.
496+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-enabled-changed] signal on @action_group.
470497 //
471-// This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations.
498+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
472499 func (x *ActionGroupBase) ActionEnabledChanged(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar bool) {
473500
474501 XGActionGroupActionEnabledChanged(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, EnabledVar)
475502
476503 }
477504
478-// Emits the #GActionGroup::action-removed signal on @action_group.
505+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-removed] signal on @action_group.
479506 //
480-// This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations.
507+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
481508 func (x *ActionGroupBase) ActionRemoved(ActionNameVar string) {
482509
483510 XGActionGroupActionRemoved(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
484511
485512 }
486513
487-// Emits the #GActionGroup::action-state-changed signal on @action_group.
514+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-state-changed] signal on @action_group.
488515 //
489-// This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations.
516+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
490517 func (x *ActionGroupBase) ActionStateChanged(ActionNameVar string, StateVar *glib.Variant) {
491518
492519 XGActionGroupActionStateChanged(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, StateVar)
@@ -497,35 +524,35 @@ func (x *ActionGroupBase) ActionStateChanged(ActionNameVar string, StateVar *gli
497524 //
498525 // If the action is expecting a parameter, then the correct type of
499526 // parameter must be given as @parameter. If the action is expecting no
500-// parameters then @parameter must be %NULL. See
501-// g_action_group_get_action_parameter_type().
527+// parameters then @parameter must be `NULL`. See
528+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_parameter_type].
502529 //
503-// If the #GActionGroup implementation supports asynchronous remote
530+// If the [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementation supports asynchronous remote
504531 // activation over D-Bus, this call may return before the relevant
505532 // D-Bus traffic has been sent, or any replies have been received. In
506533 // order to block on such asynchronous activation calls,
507-// g_dbus_connection_flush() should be called prior to the code, which
534+// [method@Gio.DBusConnection.flush] should be called prior to the code, which
508535 // depends on the result of the action activation. Without flushing
509536 // the D-Bus connection, there is no guarantee that the action would
510537 // have been activated.
511538 //
512539 // The following code which runs in a remote app instance, shows an
513-// example of a "quit" action being activated on the primary app
514-// instance over D-Bus. Here g_dbus_connection_flush() is called
515-// before `exit()`. Without g_dbus_connection_flush(), the "quit" action
540+// example of a ‘quit’ action being activated on the primary app
541+// instance over D-Bus. Here [method@Gio.DBusConnection.flush] is called
542+// before `exit()`. Without `g_dbus_connection_flush()`, the ‘quit’ action
516543 // may fail to be activated on the primary instance.
517544 //
518-// |[<!-- language="C" -->
519-// // call "quit" action on primary instance
545+// ```c
546+// // call ‘quit’ action on primary instance
520547 // g_action_group_activate_action (G_ACTION_GROUP (app), "quit", NULL);
521548 //
522549 // // make sure the action is activated now
523-// g_dbus_connection_flush (...);
550+// g_dbus_connection_flush (…);
524551 //
525-// g_debug ("application has been terminated. exiting.");
552+// g_debug ("Application has been terminated. Exiting.");
526553 //
527554 // exit (0);
528-// ]|
555+// ```
529556 func (x *ActionGroupBase) ActivateAction(ActionNameVar string, ParameterVar *glib.Variant) {
530557
531558 XGActionGroupActivateAction(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, ParameterVar)
@@ -536,11 +563,11 @@ func (x *ActionGroupBase) ActivateAction(ActionNameVar string, ParameterVar *gli
536563 // changed to @value.
537564 //
538565 // The action must be stateful and @value must be of the correct type.
539-// See g_action_group_get_action_state_type().
566+// See [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_type].
540567 //
541568 // This call merely requests a change. The action may refuse to change
542569 // its state or may change its state to something other than @value.
543-// See g_action_group_get_action_state_hint().
570+// See [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_hint].
544571 //
545572 // If the @value GVariant is floating, it is consumed.
546573 func (x *ActionGroupBase) ChangeActionState(ActionNameVar string, ValueVar *glib.Variant) {
@@ -562,12 +589,12 @@ func (x *ActionGroupBase) GetActionEnabled(ActionNameVar string) bool {
562589 // Queries the type of the parameter that must be given when activating
563590 // the named action within @action_group.
564591 //
565-// When activating the action using g_action_group_activate_action(),
566-// the #GVariant given to that function must be of the type returned
592+// When activating the action using [method@Gio.ActionGroup.activate_action],
593+// the [type@GLib.Variant] given to that function must be of the type returned
567594 // by this function.
568595 //
569-// In the case that this function returns %NULL, you must not give any
570-// #GVariant, but %NULL instead.
596+// In the case that this function returns `NULL`, you must not give any
597+// [type@GLib.Variant], but `NULL` instead.
571598 //
572599 // The parameter type of a particular action will never change but it is
573600 // possible for an action to be removed and for a new action to be added
@@ -580,12 +607,12 @@ func (x *ActionGroupBase) GetActionParameterType(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Var
580607
581608 // Queries the current state of the named action within @action_group.
582609 //
583-// If the action is not stateful then %NULL will be returned. If the
610+// If the action is not stateful then `NULL` will be returned. If the
584611 // action is stateful then the type of the return value is the type
585-// given by g_action_group_get_action_state_type().
612+// given by [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_type].
586613 //
587-// The return value (if non-%NULL) should be freed with
588-// g_variant_unref() when it is no longer required.
614+// The return value (if non-`NULL`) should be freed with
615+// [method@GLib.Variant.unref] when it is no longer required.
589616 func (x *ActionGroupBase) GetActionState(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
590617
591618 cret := XGActionGroupGetActionState(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
@@ -595,12 +622,12 @@ func (x *ActionGroupBase) GetActionState(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
595622 // Requests a hint about the valid range of values for the state of the
596623 // named action within @action_group.
597624 //
598-// If %NULL is returned it either means that the action is not stateful
625+// If `NULL` is returned it either means that the action is not stateful
599626 // or that there is no hint about the valid range of values for the
600627 // state of the action.
601628 //
602-// If a #GVariant array is returned then each item in the array is a
603-// possible value for the state. If a #GVariant pair (ie: two-tuple) is
629+// If a [type@GLib.Variant] array is returned then each item in the array is a
630+// possible value for the state. If a [type@GLib.Variant] pair (ie: two-tuple) is
604631 // returned then the tuple specifies the inclusive lower and upper bound
605632 // of valid values for the state.
606633 //
@@ -608,8 +635,8 @@ func (x *ActionGroupBase) GetActionState(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
608635 // have a state value outside of the hinted range and setting a value
609636 // within the range may fail.
610637 //
611-// The return value (if non-%NULL) should be freed with
612-// g_variant_unref() when it is no longer required.
638+// The return value (if non-`NULL`) should be freed with
639+// [method@GLib.Variant.unref] when it is no longer required.
613640 func (x *ActionGroupBase) GetActionStateHint(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
614641
615642 cret := XGActionGroupGetActionStateHint(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
@@ -620,14 +647,14 @@ func (x *ActionGroupBase) GetActionStateHint(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant
620647 // @action_group.
621648 //
622649 // If the action is stateful then this function returns the
623-// #GVariantType of the state. All calls to
624-// g_action_group_change_action_state() must give a #GVariant of this
625-// type and g_action_group_get_action_state() will return a #GVariant
650+// [type@GLib.VariantType] of the state. All calls to
651+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.change_action_state] must give a [type@GLib.Variant] of this
652+// type and [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state] will return a [type@GLib.Variant]
626653 // of the same type.
627654 //
628-// If the action is not stateful then this function will return %NULL.
629-// In that case, g_action_group_get_action_state() will return %NULL
630-// and you must not call g_action_group_change_action_state().
655+// If the action is not stateful then this function will return `NULL`.
656+// In that case, [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state] will return `NULL`
657+// and you must not call [method@Gio.ActionGroup.change_action_state].
631658 //
632659 // The state type of a particular action will never change but it is
633660 // possible for an action to be removed and for a new action to be added
@@ -647,7 +674,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupBase) HasAction(ActionNameVar string) bool {
647674
648675 // Lists the actions contained within @action_group.
649676 //
650-// The caller is responsible for freeing the list with g_strfreev() when
677+// The caller is responsible for freeing the list with [func@GLib.strfreev] when
651678 // it is no longer required.
652679 func (x *ActionGroupBase) ListActions() []string {
653680
@@ -658,18 +685,18 @@ func (x *ActionGroupBase) ListActions() []string {
658685 // Queries all aspects of the named action within an @action_group.
659686 //
660687 // This function acquires the information available from
661-// g_action_group_has_action(), g_action_group_get_action_enabled(),
662-// g_action_group_get_action_parameter_type(),
663-// g_action_group_get_action_state_type(),
664-// g_action_group_get_action_state_hint() and
665-// g_action_group_get_action_state() with a single function call.
688+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.has_action], [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_enabled],
689+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_parameter_type],
690+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_type],
691+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_hint] and
692+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state] with a single function call.
666693 //
667694 // This provides two main benefits.
668695 //
669696 // The first is the improvement in efficiency that comes with not having
670697 // to perform repeated lookups of the action in order to discover
671698 // different things about it. The second is that implementing
672-// #GActionGroup can now be done by only overriding this one virtual
699+// [type@Gio.ActionGroup] can now be done by only overriding this one virtual
673700 // function.
674701 //
675702 // The interface provides a default implementation of this function that
@@ -678,9 +705,9 @@ func (x *ActionGroupBase) ListActions() []string {
678705 // those functions that call this function. All implementations,
679706 // therefore, must override either this function or all of the others.
680707 //
681-// If the action exists, %TRUE is returned and any of the requested
682-// fields (as indicated by having a non-%NULL reference passed in) are
683-// filled. If the action doesn't exist, %FALSE is returned and the
708+// If the action exists, `TRUE` is returned and any of the requested
709+// fields (as indicated by having a non-`NULL` reference passed in) are
710+// filled. If the action doesn’t exist, `FALSE` is returned and the
684711 // fields may or may not have been modified.
685712 func (x *ActionGroupBase) QueryAction(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar bool, ParameterTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateHintVar **glib.Variant, StateVar **glib.Variant) bool {
686713
M v4/gio/gactionmap.go +90 -14
@@ -13,15 +13,15 @@ import (
1313 )
1414
1515 // This struct defines a single action. It is for use with
16-// g_action_map_add_action_entries().
16+// [method@Gio.ActionMap.add_action_entries].
1717 //
1818 // The order of the items in the structure are intended to reflect
1919 // frequency of use. It is permissible to use an incomplete initialiser
20-// in order to leave some of the later values as %NULL. All values
20+// in order to leave some of the later values as `NULL`. All values
2121 // after @name are optional. Additional optional fields may be added in
2222 // the future.
2323 //
24-// See g_action_map_add_action_entries() for an example.
24+// See [method@Gio.ActionMap.add_action_entries] for an example.
2525 type ActionEntry struct {
2626 _ structs.HostLayout
2727
@@ -43,6 +43,13 @@ func (x *ActionEntry) GoPointer() uintptr {
4343 }
4444
4545 // OverrideActivate sets the callback function.
46+// the callback to connect to the "activate" signal of the action.
47+//
48+// Since GLib 2.40, this can be `NULL` for stateful actions, in which case
49+// the default handler is used. For boolean-stated actions with no
50+// parameter, this is a toggle. For other state types (and parameter type
51+// equal to the state type) this will be a function that just calls
52+// @change_state (which you should provide).
4653 func (x *ActionEntry) OverrideActivate(cb func(*SimpleAction, *glib.Variant, uintptr)) {
4754 if cb == nil {
4855 x.xActivate = 0
@@ -54,6 +61,13 @@ func (x *ActionEntry) OverrideActivate(cb func(*SimpleAction, *glib.Variant, uin
5461 }
5562
5663 // GetActivate gets the callback function.
64+// the callback to connect to the "activate" signal of the action.
65+//
66+// Since GLib 2.40, this can be `NULL` for stateful actions, in which case
67+// the default handler is used. For boolean-stated actions with no
68+// parameter, this is a toggle. For other state types (and parameter type
69+// equal to the state type) this will be a function that just calls
70+// @change_state (which you should provide).
5771 func (x *ActionEntry) GetActivate() func(*SimpleAction, *glib.Variant, uintptr) {
5872 if x.xActivate == 0 {
5973 return nil
@@ -66,6 +80,10 @@ func (x *ActionEntry) GetActivate() func(*SimpleAction, *glib.Variant, uintptr)
6680 }
6781
6882 // OverrideChangeState sets the callback function.
83+// the callback to connect to the "change-state" signal of the
84+//
85+// action. All stateful actions should provide a handler here; stateless
86+// actions should not.
6987 func (x *ActionEntry) OverrideChangeState(cb func(*SimpleAction, *glib.Variant, uintptr)) {
7088 if cb == nil {
7189 x.xChangeState = 0
@@ -77,6 +95,10 @@ func (x *ActionEntry) OverrideChangeState(cb func(*SimpleAction, *glib.Variant,
7795 }
7896
7997 // GetChangeState gets the callback function.
98+// the callback to connect to the "change-state" signal of the
99+//
100+// action. All stateful actions should provide a handler here; stateless
101+// actions should not.
80102 func (x *ActionEntry) GetChangeState() func(*SimpleAction, *glib.Variant, uintptr) {
81103 if x.xChangeState == 0 {
82104 return nil
@@ -88,7 +110,7 @@ func (x *ActionEntry) GetChangeState() func(*SimpleAction, *glib.Variant, uintpt
88110 }
89111 }
90112
91-// The virtual function table for #GActionMap.
113+// The virtual function table for [iface@Gio.ActionMap].
92114 type ActionMapInterface struct {
93115 _ structs.HostLayout
94116
@@ -106,6 +128,9 @@ func (x *ActionMapInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
106128 }
107129
108130 // OverrideLookupAction sets the callback function.
131+// the virtual function pointer for
132+//
133+// [method@Gio.ActionMap.lookup_action]
109134 func (x *ActionMapInterface) OverrideLookupAction(cb func(ActionMap, string) *ActionBase) {
110135 if cb == nil {
111136 x.xLookupAction = 0
@@ -121,6 +146,9 @@ func (x *ActionMapInterface) OverrideLookupAction(cb func(ActionMap, string) *Ac
121146 }
122147
123148 // GetLookupAction gets the callback function.
149+// the virtual function pointer for
150+//
151+// [method@Gio.ActionMap.lookup_action]
124152 func (x *ActionMapInterface) GetLookupAction() func(ActionMap, string) *ActionBase {
125153 if x.xLookupAction == 0 {
126154 return nil
@@ -139,6 +167,9 @@ func (x *ActionMapInterface) GetLookupAction() func(ActionMap, string) *ActionBa
139167 }
140168
141169 // OverrideAddAction sets the callback function.
170+// the virtual function pointer for
171+//
172+// [method@Gio.ActionMap.add_action]
142173 func (x *ActionMapInterface) OverrideAddAction(cb func(ActionMap, Action)) {
143174 if cb == nil {
144175 x.xAddAction = 0
@@ -150,6 +181,9 @@ func (x *ActionMapInterface) OverrideAddAction(cb func(ActionMap, Action)) {
150181 }
151182
152183 // GetAddAction gets the callback function.
184+// the virtual function pointer for
185+//
186+// [method@Gio.ActionMap.add_action]
153187 func (x *ActionMapInterface) GetAddAction() func(ActionMap, Action) {
154188 if x.xAddAction == 0 {
155189 return nil
@@ -162,6 +196,9 @@ func (x *ActionMapInterface) GetAddAction() func(ActionMap, Action) {
162196 }
163197
164198 // OverrideRemoveAction sets the callback function.
199+// the virtual function pointer for
200+//
201+// [method@Gio.ActionMap.remove_action]
165202 func (x *ActionMapInterface) OverrideRemoveAction(cb func(ActionMap, string)) {
166203 if cb == nil {
167204 x.xRemoveAction = 0
@@ -173,6 +210,9 @@ func (x *ActionMapInterface) OverrideRemoveAction(cb func(ActionMap, string)) {
173210 }
174211
175212 // GetRemoveAction gets the callback function.
213+// the virtual function pointer for
214+//
215+// [method@Gio.ActionMap.remove_action]
176216 func (x *ActionMapInterface) GetRemoveAction() func(ActionMap, string) {
177217 if x.xRemoveAction == 0 {
178218 return nil
@@ -184,14 +224,16 @@ func (x *ActionMapInterface) GetRemoveAction() func(ActionMap, string) {
184224 }
185225 }
186226
187-// The GActionMap interface is implemented by #GActionGroup
188-// implementations that operate by containing a number of
189-// named #GAction instances, such as #GSimpleActionGroup.
227+// `GActionMap` is an interface for action containers.
228+//
229+// The `GActionMap` interface is implemented by [iface@Gio.ActionGroup]
230+// implementations that operate by containing a number of named
231+// [iface@Gio.Action] instances, such as [class@Gio.SimpleActionGroup].
190232 //
191233 // One useful application of this interface is to map the
192234 // names of actions from various action groups to unique,
193235 // prefixed names (e.g. by prepending "app." or "win.").
194-// This is the motivation for the 'Map' part of the interface
236+// This is the motivation for the ‘Map’ part of the interface
195237 // name.
196238 type ActionMap interface {
197239 GoPointer() uintptr
@@ -200,6 +242,7 @@ type ActionMap interface {
200242 AddActionEntries(EntriesVar []ActionEntry, NEntriesVar int, UserDataVar uintptr)
201243 LookupAction(ActionNameVar string) *ActionBase
202244 RemoveAction(ActionNameVar string)
245+ RemoveActionEntries(EntriesVar []ActionEntry, NEntriesVar int)
203246 }
204247
205248 var xActionMapGLibType func() types.GType
@@ -235,12 +278,12 @@ func (x *ActionMapBase) AddAction(ActionVar Action) {
235278
236279 }
237280
238-// A convenience function for creating multiple #GSimpleAction instances
239-// and adding them to a #GActionMap.
281+// A convenience function for creating multiple [class@Gio.SimpleAction]
282+// instances and adding them to a [iface@Gio.ActionMap].
240283 //
241-// Each action is constructed as per one #GActionEntry.
284+// Each action is constructed as per one [struct@Gio.ActionEntry].
242285 //
243-// |[<!-- language="C" -->
286+// ```c
244287 // static void
245288 // activate_quit (GSimpleAction *simple,
246289 //
@@ -277,7 +320,7 @@ func (x *ActionMapBase) AddAction(ActionVar Action) {
277320 // return G_ACTION_GROUP (group);
278321 // }
279322 //
280-// ]|
323+// ```
281324 func (x *ActionMapBase) AddActionEntries(EntriesVar []ActionEntry, NEntriesVar int, UserDataVar uintptr) {
282325
283326 XGActionMapAddActionEntries(x.GoPointer(), EntriesVar, NEntriesVar, UserDataVar)
@@ -286,7 +329,7 @@ func (x *ActionMapBase) AddActionEntries(EntriesVar []ActionEntry, NEntriesVar i
286329
287330 // Looks up the action with the name @action_name in @action_map.
288331 //
289-// If no such action exists, returns %NULL.
332+// If no such action exists, returns `NULL`.
290333 func (x *ActionMapBase) LookupAction(ActionNameVar string) *ActionBase {
291334 var cls *ActionBase
292335
@@ -310,10 +353,42 @@ func (x *ActionMapBase) RemoveAction(ActionNameVar string) {
310353
311354 }
312355
356+// Remove actions from a [iface@Gio.ActionMap]. This is meant as the reverse of
357+// [method@Gio.ActionMap.add_action_entries].
358+//
359+// ```c
360+//
361+// static const GActionEntry entries[] = {
362+// { "quit", activate_quit },
363+// { "print-string", activate_print_string, "s" }
364+// };
365+//
366+// void
367+// add_actions (GActionMap *map)
368+//
369+// {
370+// g_action_map_add_action_entries (map, entries, G_N_ELEMENTS (entries), NULL);
371+// }
372+//
373+// void
374+// remove_actions (GActionMap *map)
375+//
376+// {
377+// g_action_map_remove_action_entries (map, entries, G_N_ELEMENTS (entries));
378+// }
379+//
380+// ```
381+func (x *ActionMapBase) RemoveActionEntries(EntriesVar []ActionEntry, NEntriesVar int) {
382+
383+ XGActionMapRemoveActionEntries(x.GoPointer(), EntriesVar, NEntriesVar)
384+
385+}
386+
313387 var XGActionMapAddAction func(uintptr, uintptr)
314388 var XGActionMapAddActionEntries func(uintptr, []ActionEntry, int, uintptr)
315389 var XGActionMapLookupAction func(uintptr, string) uintptr
316390 var XGActionMapRemoveAction func(uintptr, string)
391+var XGActionMapRemoveActionEntries func(uintptr, []ActionEntry, int)
317392
318393 func init() {
319394 core.SetPackageName("GIO", "gio-2.0")
@@ -329,5 +404,6 @@ func init() {
329404 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&XGActionMapAddActionEntries, lib, "g_action_map_add_action_entries")
330405 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&XGActionMapLookupAction, lib, "g_action_map_lookup_action")
331406 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&XGActionMapRemoveAction, lib, "g_action_map_remove_action")
407+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&XGActionMapRemoveActionEntries, lib, "g_action_map_remove_action_entries")
332408
333409 }
M v4/gio/gappinfo.go +478 -119
@@ -74,6 +74,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GoPointer() uintptr {
7474 }
7575
7676 // OverrideDup sets the callback function.
77+// Copies a [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
7778 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideDup(cb func(AppInfo) *AppInfoBase) {
7879 if cb == nil {
7980 x.xDup = 0
@@ -89,6 +90,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideDup(cb func(AppInfo) *AppInfoBase) {
8990 }
9091
9192 // GetDup gets the callback function.
93+// Copies a [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
9294 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetDup() func(AppInfo) *AppInfoBase {
9395 if x.xDup == 0 {
9496 return nil
@@ -107,6 +109,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetDup() func(AppInfo) *AppInfoBase {
107109 }
108110
109111 // OverrideEqual sets the callback function.
112+// Checks two [iface@Gio.AppInfo]s for equality.
110113 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideEqual(cb func(AppInfo, AppInfo) bool) {
111114 if cb == nil {
112115 x.xEqual = 0
@@ -118,6 +121,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideEqual(cb func(AppInfo, AppInfo) bool) {
118121 }
119122
120123 // GetEqual gets the callback function.
124+// Checks two [iface@Gio.AppInfo]s for equality.
121125 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetEqual() func(AppInfo, AppInfo) bool {
122126 if x.xEqual == 0 {
123127 return nil
@@ -130,6 +134,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetEqual() func(AppInfo, AppInfo) bool {
130134 }
131135
132136 // OverrideGetId sets the callback function.
137+// Gets a string identifier for a [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
133138 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetId(cb func(AppInfo) string) {
134139 if cb == nil {
135140 x.xGetId = 0
@@ -141,6 +146,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetId(cb func(AppInfo) string) {
141146 }
142147
143148 // GetGetId gets the callback function.
149+// Gets a string identifier for a [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
144150 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetId() func(AppInfo) string {
145151 if x.xGetId == 0 {
146152 return nil
@@ -153,6 +159,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetId() func(AppInfo) string {
153159 }
154160
155161 // OverrideGetName sets the callback function.
162+// Gets the name of the application for a [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
156163 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetName(cb func(AppInfo) string) {
157164 if cb == nil {
158165 x.xGetName = 0
@@ -164,6 +171,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetName(cb func(AppInfo) string) {
164171 }
165172
166173 // GetGetName gets the callback function.
174+// Gets the name of the application for a [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
167175 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetName() func(AppInfo) string {
168176 if x.xGetName == 0 {
169177 return nil
@@ -176,6 +184,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetName() func(AppInfo) string {
176184 }
177185
178186 // OverrideGetDescription sets the callback function.
187+// Gets a short description for the application described by
188+//
189+// the [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
179190 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetDescription(cb func(AppInfo) string) {
180191 if cb == nil {
181192 x.xGetDescription = 0
@@ -187,6 +198,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetDescription(cb func(AppInfo) string) {
187198 }
188199
189200 // GetGetDescription gets the callback function.
201+// Gets a short description for the application described by
202+//
203+// the [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
190204 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetDescription() func(AppInfo) string {
191205 if x.xGetDescription == 0 {
192206 return nil
@@ -199,6 +213,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetDescription() func(AppInfo) string {
199213 }
200214
201215 // OverrideGetExecutable sets the callback function.
216+// Gets the executable name for the [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
202217 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetExecutable(cb func(AppInfo) string) {
203218 if cb == nil {
204219 x.xGetExecutable = 0
@@ -210,6 +225,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetExecutable(cb func(AppInfo) string) {
210225 }
211226
212227 // GetGetExecutable gets the callback function.
228+// Gets the executable name for the [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
213229 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetExecutable() func(AppInfo) string {
214230 if x.xGetExecutable == 0 {
215231 return nil
@@ -222,6 +238,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetExecutable() func(AppInfo) string {
222238 }
223239
224240 // OverrideGetIcon sets the callback function.
241+// Gets the [iface@Gio.Icon] for the [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
225242 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetIcon(cb func(AppInfo) *IconBase) {
226243 if cb == nil {
227244 x.xGetIcon = 0
@@ -237,6 +254,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetIcon(cb func(AppInfo) *IconBase) {
237254 }
238255
239256 // GetGetIcon gets the callback function.
257+// Gets the [iface@Gio.Icon] for the [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
240258 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetIcon() func(AppInfo) *IconBase {
241259 if x.xGetIcon == 0 {
242260 return nil
@@ -255,6 +273,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetIcon() func(AppInfo) *IconBase {
255273 }
256274
257275 // OverrideLaunch sets the callback function.
276+// Launches an application specified by the [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
258277 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideLaunch(cb func(AppInfo, *glib.List, *AppLaunchContext) bool) {
259278 if cb == nil {
260279 x.xLaunch = 0
@@ -266,6 +285,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideLaunch(cb func(AppInfo, *glib.List, *AppLaunchCon
266285 }
267286
268287 // GetLaunch gets the callback function.
288+// Launches an application specified by the [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
269289 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetLaunch() func(AppInfo, *glib.List, *AppLaunchContext) bool {
270290 if x.xLaunch == 0 {
271291 return nil
@@ -278,6 +298,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetLaunch() func(AppInfo, *glib.List, *AppLaunchContext)
278298 }
279299
280300 // OverrideSupportsUris sets the callback function.
301+// Indicates whether the application specified supports
302+//
303+// launching URIs.
281304 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideSupportsUris(cb func(AppInfo) bool) {
282305 if cb == nil {
283306 x.xSupportsUris = 0
@@ -289,6 +312,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideSupportsUris(cb func(AppInfo) bool) {
289312 }
290313
291314 // GetSupportsUris gets the callback function.
315+// Indicates whether the application specified supports
316+//
317+// launching URIs.
292318 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetSupportsUris() func(AppInfo) bool {
293319 if x.xSupportsUris == 0 {
294320 return nil
@@ -301,6 +327,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetSupportsUris() func(AppInfo) bool {
301327 }
302328
303329 // OverrideSupportsFiles sets the callback function.
330+// Indicates whether the application specified accepts
331+//
332+// filename arguments.
304333 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideSupportsFiles(cb func(AppInfo) bool) {
305334 if cb == nil {
306335 x.xSupportsFiles = 0
@@ -312,6 +341,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideSupportsFiles(cb func(AppInfo) bool) {
312341 }
313342
314343 // GetSupportsFiles gets the callback function.
344+// Indicates whether the application specified accepts
345+//
346+// filename arguments.
315347 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetSupportsFiles() func(AppInfo) bool {
316348 if x.xSupportsFiles == 0 {
317349 return nil
@@ -324,6 +356,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetSupportsFiles() func(AppInfo) bool {
324356 }
325357
326358 // OverrideLaunchUris sets the callback function.
359+// Launches an application with a list of URIs.
327360 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideLaunchUris(cb func(AppInfo, *glib.List, *AppLaunchContext) bool) {
328361 if cb == nil {
329362 x.xLaunchUris = 0
@@ -335,6 +368,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideLaunchUris(cb func(AppInfo, *glib.List, *AppLaunc
335368 }
336369
337370 // GetLaunchUris gets the callback function.
371+// Launches an application with a list of URIs.
338372 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetLaunchUris() func(AppInfo, *glib.List, *AppLaunchContext) bool {
339373 if x.xLaunchUris == 0 {
340374 return nil
@@ -347,6 +381,10 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetLaunchUris() func(AppInfo, *glib.List, *AppLaunchConte
347381 }
348382
349383 // OverrideShouldShow sets the callback function.
384+// Returns whether an application should be shown (e.g. when
385+//
386+// getting a list of installed applications).
387+// [FreeDesktop.Org Startup Notification Specification](http://standards.freedesktop.org/startup-notification-spec/startup-notification-latest.txt).
350388 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideShouldShow(cb func(AppInfo) bool) {
351389 if cb == nil {
352390 x.xShouldShow = 0
@@ -358,6 +396,10 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideShouldShow(cb func(AppInfo) bool) {
358396 }
359397
360398 // GetShouldShow gets the callback function.
399+// Returns whether an application should be shown (e.g. when
400+//
401+// getting a list of installed applications).
402+// [FreeDesktop.Org Startup Notification Specification](http://standards.freedesktop.org/startup-notification-spec/startup-notification-latest.txt).
361403 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetShouldShow() func(AppInfo) bool {
362404 if x.xShouldShow == 0 {
363405 return nil
@@ -370,6 +412,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetShouldShow() func(AppInfo) bool {
370412 }
371413
372414 // OverrideSetAsDefaultForType sets the callback function.
415+// Sets an application as default for a given content
416+//
417+// type.
373418 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideSetAsDefaultForType(cb func(AppInfo, string) bool) {
374419 if cb == nil {
375420 x.xSetAsDefaultForType = 0
@@ -381,6 +426,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideSetAsDefaultForType(cb func(AppInfo, string) bool
381426 }
382427
383428 // GetSetAsDefaultForType gets the callback function.
429+// Sets an application as default for a given content
430+//
431+// type.
384432 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetSetAsDefaultForType() func(AppInfo, string) bool {
385433 if x.xSetAsDefaultForType == 0 {
386434 return nil
@@ -393,6 +441,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetSetAsDefaultForType() func(AppInfo, string) bool {
393441 }
394442
395443 // OverrideSetAsDefaultForExtension sets the callback function.
444+// Sets an application as default for a given
445+//
446+// file extension.
396447 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideSetAsDefaultForExtension(cb func(AppInfo, string) bool) {
397448 if cb == nil {
398449 x.xSetAsDefaultForExtension = 0
@@ -404,6 +455,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideSetAsDefaultForExtension(cb func(AppInfo, string)
404455 }
405456
406457 // GetSetAsDefaultForExtension gets the callback function.
458+// Sets an application as default for a given
459+//
460+// file extension.
407461 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetSetAsDefaultForExtension() func(AppInfo, string) bool {
408462 if x.xSetAsDefaultForExtension == 0 {
409463 return nil
@@ -416,6 +470,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetSetAsDefaultForExtension() func(AppInfo, string) bool
416470 }
417471
418472 // OverrideAddSupportsType sets the callback function.
473+// Adds to the [iface@Gio.AppInfo] information about
474+//
475+// supported file types.
419476 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideAddSupportsType(cb func(AppInfo, string) bool) {
420477 if cb == nil {
421478 x.xAddSupportsType = 0
@@ -427,6 +484,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideAddSupportsType(cb func(AppInfo, string) bool) {
427484 }
428485
429486 // GetAddSupportsType gets the callback function.
487+// Adds to the [iface@Gio.AppInfo] information about
488+//
489+// supported file types.
430490 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetAddSupportsType() func(AppInfo, string) bool {
431491 if x.xAddSupportsType == 0 {
432492 return nil
@@ -439,6 +499,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetAddSupportsType() func(AppInfo, string) bool {
439499 }
440500
441501 // OverrideCanRemoveSupportsType sets the callback function.
502+// Checks for support for removing supported file
503+//
504+// types from a [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
442505 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideCanRemoveSupportsType(cb func(AppInfo) bool) {
443506 if cb == nil {
444507 x.xCanRemoveSupportsType = 0
@@ -450,6 +513,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideCanRemoveSupportsType(cb func(AppInfo) bool) {
450513 }
451514
452515 // GetCanRemoveSupportsType gets the callback function.
516+// Checks for support for removing supported file
517+//
518+// types from a [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
453519 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetCanRemoveSupportsType() func(AppInfo) bool {
454520 if x.xCanRemoveSupportsType == 0 {
455521 return nil
@@ -462,6 +528,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetCanRemoveSupportsType() func(AppInfo) bool {
462528 }
463529
464530 // OverrideRemoveSupportsType sets the callback function.
531+// Removes a supported application type from a
532+//
533+// [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
465534 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideRemoveSupportsType(cb func(AppInfo, string) bool) {
466535 if cb == nil {
467536 x.xRemoveSupportsType = 0
@@ -473,6 +542,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideRemoveSupportsType(cb func(AppInfo, string) bool)
473542 }
474543
475544 // GetRemoveSupportsType gets the callback function.
545+// Removes a supported application type from a
546+//
547+// [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
476548 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetRemoveSupportsType() func(AppInfo, string) bool {
477549 if x.xRemoveSupportsType == 0 {
478550 return nil
@@ -485,6 +557,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetRemoveSupportsType() func(AppInfo, string) bool {
485557 }
486558
487559 // OverrideCanDelete sets the callback function.
560+// Checks if a [iface@Gio.AppInfo] can be deleted. (Since 2.20)
488561 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideCanDelete(cb func(AppInfo) bool) {
489562 if cb == nil {
490563 x.xCanDelete = 0
@@ -496,6 +569,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideCanDelete(cb func(AppInfo) bool) {
496569 }
497570
498571 // GetCanDelete gets the callback function.
572+// Checks if a [iface@Gio.AppInfo] can be deleted. (Since 2.20)
499573 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetCanDelete() func(AppInfo) bool {
500574 if x.xCanDelete == 0 {
501575 return nil
@@ -508,6 +582,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetCanDelete() func(AppInfo) bool {
508582 }
509583
510584 // OverrideDoDelete sets the callback function.
585+// Deletes a [iface@Gio.AppInfo]. (Since 2.20)
511586 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideDoDelete(cb func(AppInfo) bool) {
512587 if cb == nil {
513588 x.xDoDelete = 0
@@ -519,6 +594,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideDoDelete(cb func(AppInfo) bool) {
519594 }
520595
521596 // GetDoDelete gets the callback function.
597+// Deletes a [iface@Gio.AppInfo]. (Since 2.20)
522598 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetDoDelete() func(AppInfo) bool {
523599 if x.xDoDelete == 0 {
524600 return nil
@@ -531,6 +607,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetDoDelete() func(AppInfo) bool {
531607 }
532608
533609 // OverrideGetCommandline sets the callback function.
610+// Gets the commandline for the [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
611+//
612+// (Since 2.20)
534613 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetCommandline(cb func(AppInfo) string) {
535614 if cb == nil {
536615 x.xGetCommandline = 0
@@ -542,6 +621,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetCommandline(cb func(AppInfo) string) {
542621 }
543622
544623 // GetGetCommandline gets the callback function.
624+// Gets the commandline for the [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
625+//
626+// (Since 2.20)
545627 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetCommandline() func(AppInfo) string {
546628 if x.xGetCommandline == 0 {
547629 return nil
@@ -554,6 +636,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetCommandline() func(AppInfo) string {
554636 }
555637
556638 // OverrideGetDisplayName sets the callback function.
639+// Gets the display name for the [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
640+//
641+// (Since 2.24)
557642 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetDisplayName(cb func(AppInfo) string) {
558643 if cb == nil {
559644 x.xGetDisplayName = 0
@@ -565,6 +650,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetDisplayName(cb func(AppInfo) string) {
565650 }
566651
567652 // GetGetDisplayName gets the callback function.
653+// Gets the display name for the [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
654+//
655+// (Since 2.24)
568656 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetDisplayName() func(AppInfo) string {
569657 if x.xGetDisplayName == 0 {
570658 return nil
@@ -577,6 +665,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetDisplayName() func(AppInfo) string {
577665 }
578666
579667 // OverrideSetAsLastUsedForType sets the callback function.
668+// Sets the application as the last used. See
669+//
670+// [method@Gio.AppInfo.set_as_last_used_for_type].
580671 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideSetAsLastUsedForType(cb func(AppInfo, string) bool) {
581672 if cb == nil {
582673 x.xSetAsLastUsedForType = 0
@@ -588,6 +679,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideSetAsLastUsedForType(cb func(AppInfo, string) boo
588679 }
589680
590681 // GetSetAsLastUsedForType gets the callback function.
682+// Sets the application as the last used. See
683+//
684+// [method@Gio.AppInfo.set_as_last_used_for_type].
591685 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetSetAsLastUsedForType() func(AppInfo, string) bool {
592686 if x.xSetAsLastUsedForType == 0 {
593687 return nil
@@ -600,6 +694,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetSetAsLastUsedForType() func(AppInfo, string) bool {
600694 }
601695
602696 // OverrideGetSupportedTypes sets the callback function.
697+// Retrieves the list of content types that @app_info
698+//
699+// claims to support.
603700 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetSupportedTypes(cb func(AppInfo) []string) {
604701 if cb == nil {
605702 x.xGetSupportedTypes = 0
@@ -611,6 +708,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetSupportedTypes(cb func(AppInfo) []string) {
611708 }
612709
613710 // GetGetSupportedTypes gets the callback function.
711+// Retrieves the list of content types that @app_info
712+//
713+// claims to support.
614714 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetSupportedTypes() func(AppInfo) []string {
615715 if x.xGetSupportedTypes == 0 {
616716 return nil
@@ -623,6 +723,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetSupportedTypes() func(AppInfo) []string {
623723 }
624724
625725 // OverrideLaunchUrisAsync sets the callback function.
726+// Asynchronously launches an application with a list of
727+//
728+// URIs. (Since: 2.60)
626729 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideLaunchUrisAsync(cb func(AppInfo, *glib.List, *AppLaunchContext, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
627730 if cb == nil {
628731 x.xLaunchUrisAsync = 0
@@ -634,6 +737,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideLaunchUrisAsync(cb func(AppInfo, *glib.List, *App
634737 }
635738
636739 // GetLaunchUrisAsync gets the callback function.
740+// Asynchronously launches an application with a list of
741+//
742+// URIs. (Since: 2.60)
637743 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetLaunchUrisAsync() func(AppInfo, *glib.List, *AppLaunchContext, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
638744 if x.xLaunchUrisAsync == 0 {
639745 return nil
@@ -646,6 +752,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetLaunchUrisAsync() func(AppInfo, *glib.List, *AppLaunch
646752 }
647753
648754 // OverrideLaunchUrisFinish sets the callback function.
755+// Finishes an operation started with @launch_uris_async.
756+//
757+// (Since: 2.60)
649758 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideLaunchUrisFinish(cb func(AppInfo, AsyncResult) bool) {
650759 if cb == nil {
651760 x.xLaunchUrisFinish = 0
@@ -657,6 +766,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideLaunchUrisFinish(cb func(AppInfo, AsyncResult) bo
657766 }
658767
659768 // GetLaunchUrisFinish gets the callback function.
769+// Finishes an operation started with @launch_uris_async.
770+//
771+// (Since: 2.60)
660772 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetLaunchUrisFinish() func(AppInfo, AsyncResult) bool {
661773 if x.xLaunchUrisFinish == 0 {
662774 return nil
@@ -886,32 +998,39 @@ func (x *AppLaunchContextPrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
886998 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
887999 }
8881000
889-// #GAppInfo and #GAppLaunchContext are used for describing and launching
1001+// Information about an installed application and methods to launch
1002+// it (with file arguments).
1003+//
1004+// `GAppInfo` and `GAppLaunchContext` are used for describing and launching
8901005 // applications installed on the system.
8911006 //
8921007 // As of GLib 2.20, URIs will always be converted to POSIX paths
893-// (using g_file_get_path()) when using g_app_info_launch() even if
894-// the application requested an URI and not a POSIX path. For example
895-// for a desktop-file based application with Exec key `totem
896-// %U` and a single URI, `sftp://foo/file.avi`, then
897-// `/home/user/.gvfs/sftp on foo/file.avi` will be passed. This will
898-// only work if a set of suitable GIO extensions (such as gvfs 2.26
899-// compiled with FUSE support), is available and operational; if this
900-// is not the case, the URI will be passed unmodified to the application.
901-// Some URIs, such as `mailto:`, of course cannot be mapped to a POSIX
902-// path (in gvfs there's no FUSE mount for it); such URIs will be
903-// passed unmodified to the application.
904-//
905-// Specifically for gvfs 2.26 and later, the POSIX URI will be mapped
906-// back to the GIO URI in the #GFile constructors (since gvfs
907-// implements the #GVfs extension point). As such, if the application
908-// needs to examine the URI, it needs to use g_file_get_uri() or
909-// similar on #GFile. In other words, an application cannot assume
910-// that the URI passed to e.g. g_file_new_for_commandline_arg() is
911-// equal to the result of g_file_get_uri(). The following snippet
1008+// (using [method@Gio.File.get_path]) when using [method@Gio.AppInfo.launch]
1009+// even if the application requested an URI and not a POSIX path. For example
1010+// for a desktop-file based application with the following Exec key:
1011+//
1012+// ```
1013+// Exec=totem %U
1014+// ```
1015+//
1016+// and a single URI, `sftp://foo/file.avi`, then
1017+// `/home/user/.gvfs/sftp on foo/file.avi` will be passed. This will only work
1018+// if a set of suitable GIO extensions (such as GVfs 2.26 compiled with FUSE
1019+// support), is available and operational; if this is not the case, the URI
1020+// will be passed unmodified to the application. Some URIs, such as `mailto:`,
1021+// of course cannot be mapped to a POSIX path (in GVfs there’s no FUSE mount
1022+// for it); such URIs will be passed unmodified to the application.
1023+//
1024+// Specifically for GVfs 2.26 and later, the POSIX URI will be mapped
1025+// back to the GIO URI in the [iface@Gio.File] constructors (since GVfs
1026+// implements the GVfs extension point). As such, if the application
1027+// needs to examine the URI, it needs to use [method@Gio.File.get_uri]
1028+// or similar on [iface@Gio.File]. In other words, an application cannot
1029+// assume that the URI passed to e.g. [func@Gio.File.new_for_commandline_arg]
1030+// is equal to the result of [method@Gio.File.get_uri]. The following snippet
9121031 // illustrates this:
9131032 //
914-// |[
1033+// ```c
9151034 // GFile *f;
9161035 // char *uri;
9171036 //
@@ -928,11 +1047,11 @@ func (x *AppLaunchContextPrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
9281047 // }
9291048 //
9301049 // g_object_unref (file);
931-// ]|
1050+// ```
9321051 //
9331052 // This code will work when both `cdda://sr0/Track 1.wav` and
9341053 // `/home/user/.gvfs/cdda on sr0/Track 1.wav` is passed to the
935-// application. It should be noted that it's generally not safe
1054+// application. It should be noted that it’s generally not safe
9361055 // for applications to rely on the format of a particular URIs.
9371056 // Different launcher applications (e.g. file managers) may have
9381057 // different ideas of what a given URI means.
@@ -1000,8 +1119,8 @@ func (x *AppInfoBase) AddSupportsType(ContentTypeVar string) (bool, error) {
10001119
10011120 }
10021121
1003-// Obtains the information whether the #GAppInfo can be deleted.
1004-// See g_app_info_delete().
1122+// Obtains the information whether the [iface@Gio.AppInfo] can be deleted.
1123+// See [method@Gio.AppInfo.delete].
10051124 func (x *AppInfoBase) CanDelete() bool {
10061125
10071126 cret := XGAppInfoCanDelete(x.GoPointer())
@@ -1015,18 +1134,18 @@ func (x *AppInfoBase) CanRemoveSupportsType() bool {
10151134 return cret
10161135 }
10171136
1018-// Tries to delete a #GAppInfo.
1137+// Tries to delete a [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
10191138 //
10201139 // On some platforms, there may be a difference between user-defined
1021-// #GAppInfos which can be deleted, and system-wide ones which cannot.
1022-// See g_app_info_can_delete().
1140+// [iface@Gio.AppInfo]s which can be deleted, and system-wide ones which cannot.
1141+// See [method@Gio.AppInfo.can_delete].
10231142 func (x *AppInfoBase) Delete() bool {
10241143
10251144 cret := XGAppInfoDelete(x.GoPointer())
10261145 return cret
10271146 }
10281147
1029-// Creates a duplicate of a #GAppInfo.
1148+// Creates a duplicate of a [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
10301149 func (x *AppInfoBase) Dup() *AppInfoBase {
10311150 var cls *AppInfoBase
10321151
@@ -1040,11 +1159,11 @@ func (x *AppInfoBase) Dup() *AppInfoBase {
10401159 return cls
10411160 }
10421161
1043-// Checks if two #GAppInfos are equal.
1162+// Checks if two [iface@Gio.AppInfo]s are equal.
10441163 //
1045-// Note that the check *may not* compare each individual
1046-// field, and only does an identity check. In case detecting changes in the
1047-// contents is needed, program code must additionally compare relevant fields.
1164+// Note that the check *may not* compare each individual field, and only does
1165+// an identity check. In case detecting changes in the contents is needed,
1166+// program code must additionally compare relevant fields.
10481167 func (x *AppInfoBase) Equal(Appinfo2Var AppInfo) bool {
10491168
10501169 cret := XGAppInfoEqual(x.GoPointer(), Appinfo2Var.GoPointer())
@@ -1074,7 +1193,11 @@ func (x *AppInfoBase) GetDisplayName() string {
10741193 return cret
10751194 }
10761195
1077-// Gets the executable's name for the installed application.
1196+// Gets the executable’s name for the installed application.
1197+//
1198+// This is intended to be used for debugging or labelling what program is going
1199+// to be run. To launch the executable, use [method@Gio.AppInfo.launch] and related
1200+// functions, rather than spawning the return value from this function.
10781201 func (x *AppInfoBase) GetExecutable() string {
10791202
10801203 cret := XGAppInfoGetExecutable(x.GoPointer())
@@ -1096,13 +1219,12 @@ func (x *AppInfoBase) GetIcon() *IconBase {
10961219 return cls
10971220 }
10981221
1099-// Gets the ID of an application. An id is a string that
1100-// identifies the application. The exact format of the id is
1101-// platform dependent. For instance, on Unix this is the
1102-// desktop file id from the xdg menu specification.
1222+// Gets the ID of an application. An id is a string that identifies the
1223+// application. The exact format of the id is platform dependent. For instance,
1224+// on Unix this is the desktop file id from the xdg menu specification.
11031225 //
1104-// Note that the returned ID may be %NULL, depending on how
1105-// the @appinfo has been constructed.
1226+// Note that the returned ID may be `NULL`, depending on how the @appinfo has
1227+// been constructed.
11061228 func (x *AppInfoBase) GetId() string {
11071229
11081230 cret := XGAppInfoGetId(x.GoPointer())
@@ -1118,9 +1240,10 @@ func (x *AppInfoBase) GetName() string {
11181240
11191241 // Retrieves the list of content types that @app_info claims to support.
11201242 // If this information is not provided by the environment, this function
1121-// will return %NULL.
1243+// will return `NULL`.
1244+//
11221245 // This function does not take in consideration associations added with
1123-// g_app_info_add_supports_type(), but only those exported directly by
1246+// [method@Gio.AppInfo.add_supports_type], but only those exported directly by
11241247 // the application.
11251248 func (x *AppInfoBase) GetSupportedTypes() []string {
11261249
@@ -1133,7 +1256,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoBase) GetSupportedTypes() []string {
11331256 // about the details of the launcher (like what screen it is on).
11341257 // On error, @error will be set accordingly.
11351258 //
1136-// To launch the application without arguments pass a %NULL @files list.
1259+// To launch the application without arguments pass a `NULL` @files list.
11371260 //
11381261 // Note that even if the launch is successful the application launched
11391262 // can fail to start if it runs into problems during startup. There is
@@ -1142,19 +1265,19 @@ func (x *AppInfoBase) GetSupportedTypes() []string {
11421265 // Some URIs can be changed when passed through a GFile (for instance
11431266 // unsupported URIs with strange formats like mailto:), so if you have
11441267 // a textual URI you want to pass in as argument, consider using
1145-// g_app_info_launch_uris() instead.
1268+// [method@Gio.AppInfo.launch_uris] instead.
11461269 //
11471270 // The launched application inherits the environment of the launching
1148-// process, but it can be modified with g_app_launch_context_setenv()
1149-// and g_app_launch_context_unsetenv().
1271+// process, but it can be modified with [method@Gio.AppLaunchContext.setenv]
1272+// and [method@Gio.AppLaunchContext.unsetenv].
11501273 //
11511274 // On UNIX, this function sets the `GIO_LAUNCHED_DESKTOP_FILE`
11521275 // environment variable with the path of the launched desktop file and
11531276 // `GIO_LAUNCHED_DESKTOP_FILE_PID` to the process id of the launched
11541277 // process. This can be used to ignore `GIO_LAUNCHED_DESKTOP_FILE`,
1155-// should it be inherited by further processes. The `DISPLAY` and
1156-// `DESKTOP_STARTUP_ID` environment variables are also set, based
1157-// on information provided in @context.
1278+// should it be inherited by further processes. The `DISPLAY`,
1279+// `XDG_ACTIVATION_TOKEN` and `DESKTOP_STARTUP_ID` environment
1280+// variables are also set, based on information provided in @context.
11581281 func (x *AppInfoBase) Launch(FilesVar *glib.List, ContextVar *AppLaunchContext) (bool, error) {
11591282 var cerr *glib.Error
11601283
@@ -1169,9 +1292,11 @@ func (x *AppInfoBase) Launch(FilesVar *glib.List, ContextVar *AppLaunchContext)
11691292 // Launches the application. This passes the @uris to the launched application
11701293 // as arguments, using the optional @context to get information
11711294 // about the details of the launcher (like what screen it is on).
1172-// On error, @error will be set accordingly.
1295+// On error, @error will be set accordingly. If the application only supports
1296+// one URI per invocation as part of their command-line, multiple instances
1297+// of the application will be spawned.
11731298 //
1174-// To launch the application without arguments pass a %NULL @uris list.
1299+// To launch the application without arguments pass a `NULL` @uris list.
11751300 //
11761301 // Note that even if the launch is successful the application launched
11771302 // can fail to start if it runs into problems during startup. There is
@@ -1187,19 +1312,19 @@ func (x *AppInfoBase) LaunchUris(UrisVar *glib.List, ContextVar *AppLaunchContex
11871312
11881313 }
11891314
1190-// Async version of g_app_info_launch_uris().
1315+// Async version of [method@Gio.AppInfo.launch_uris].
11911316 //
11921317 // The @callback is invoked immediately after the application launch, but it
11931318 // waits for activation in case of D-Bus–activated applications and also provides
11941319 // extended error information for sandboxed applications, see notes for
1195-// g_app_info_launch_default_for_uri_async().
1320+// [func@Gio.AppInfo.launch_default_for_uri_async].
11961321 func (x *AppInfoBase) LaunchUrisAsync(UrisVar *glib.List, ContextVar *AppLaunchContext, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar *AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) {
11971322
11981323 XGAppInfoLaunchUrisAsync(x.GoPointer(), UrisVar, ContextVar.GoPointer(), CancellableVar.GoPointer(), glib.NewCallbackNullable(CallbackVar), UserDataVar)
11991324
12001325 }
12011326
1202-// Finishes a g_app_info_launch_uris_async() operation.
1327+// Finishes a [method@Gio.AppInfo.launch_uris_async] operation.
12031328 func (x *AppInfoBase) LaunchUrisFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult) (bool, error) {
12041329 var cerr *glib.Error
12051330
@@ -1247,9 +1372,9 @@ func (x *AppInfoBase) SetAsDefaultForType(ContentTypeVar string) (bool, error) {
12471372
12481373 }
12491374
1250-// Sets the application as the last used application for a given type.
1251-// This will make the application appear as first in the list returned
1252-// by g_app_info_get_recommended_for_type(), regardless of the default
1375+// Sets the application as the last used application for a given type. This
1376+// will make the application appear as first in the list returned by
1377+// [func@Gio.AppInfo.get_recommended_for_type], regardless of the default
12531378 // application for that content type.
12541379 func (x *AppInfoBase) SetAsLastUsedForType(ContentTypeVar string) (bool, error) {
12551380 var cerr *glib.Error
@@ -1312,13 +1437,15 @@ var XGAppInfoSupportsUris func(uintptr) bool
13121437
13131438 var xAppInfoCreateFromCommandline func(string, string, AppInfoCreateFlags, **glib.Error) uintptr
13141439
1315-// Creates a new #GAppInfo from the given information.
1440+// Creates a new [iface@Gio.AppInfo] from the given information.
13161441 //
1317-// Note that for @commandline, the quoting rules of the Exec key of the
1442+// Note that for @commandline, the quoting rules of the `Exec` key of the
13181443 // [freedesktop.org Desktop Entry Specification](http://freedesktop.org/Standards/desktop-entry-spec)
13191444 // are applied. For example, if the @commandline contains
13201445 // percent-encoded URIs, the percent-character must be doubled in order to prevent it from
1321-// being swallowed by Exec key unquoting. See the specification for exact quoting rules.
1446+// being swallowed by `Exec` key unquoting. See
1447+// [the specification](https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/ar01s07.html)
1448+// for exact quoting rules.
13221449 func AppInfoCreateFromCommandline(CommandlineVar string, ApplicationNameVar string, FlagsVar AppInfoCreateFlags) (*AppInfoBase, error) {
13231450 var cls *AppInfoBase
13241451 var cerr *glib.Error
@@ -1343,10 +1470,15 @@ var xAppInfoGetAll func() *glib.List
13431470 // on this system.
13441471 //
13451472 // For desktop files, this includes applications that have
1346-// `NoDisplay=true` set or are excluded from display by means
1347-// of `OnlyShowIn` or `NotShowIn`. See g_app_info_should_show().
1348-// The returned list does not include applications which have
1349-// the `Hidden` key set.
1473+// [`NoDisplay=true`](https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/ar01s06.html#key-nodisplay)
1474+// set or are excluded from display by means of
1475+// [`OnlyShowIn`](https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/ar01s06.html#key-onlyshowin)
1476+// or [`NotShowIn`](https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/ar01s06.html#key-notshowin).
1477+// See [method@Gio.AppInfo.should_show].
1478+//
1479+// The returned list does not include applications which have the
1480+// [`Hidden` key](https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/ar01s06.html#key-hidden)
1481+// set.
13501482 func AppInfoGetAll() *glib.List {
13511483
13521484 cret := xAppInfoGetAll()
@@ -1355,10 +1487,10 @@ func AppInfoGetAll() *glib.List {
13551487
13561488 var xAppInfoGetAllForType func(string) *glib.List
13571489
1358-// Gets a list of all #GAppInfos for a given content type,
1359-// including the recommended and fallback #GAppInfos. See
1360-// g_app_info_get_recommended_for_type() and
1361-// g_app_info_get_fallback_for_type().
1490+// Gets a list of all [iface@Gio.AppInfo]s for a given content type,
1491+// including the recommended and fallback [iface@Gio.AppInfo]s. See
1492+// [func@Gio.AppInfo.get_recommended_for_type] and
1493+// [func@Gio.AppInfo.get_fallback_for_type].
13621494 func AppInfoGetAllForType(ContentTypeVar string) *glib.List {
13631495
13641496 cret := xAppInfoGetAllForType(ContentTypeVar)
@@ -1367,7 +1499,7 @@ func AppInfoGetAllForType(ContentTypeVar string) *glib.List {
13671499
13681500 var xAppInfoGetDefaultForType func(string, bool) uintptr
13691501
1370-// Gets the default #GAppInfo for a given content type.
1502+// Gets the default [iface@Gio.AppInfo] for a given content type.
13711503 func AppInfoGetDefaultForType(ContentTypeVar string, MustSupportUrisVar bool) *AppInfoBase {
13721504 var cls *AppInfoBase
13731505
@@ -1381,12 +1513,47 @@ func AppInfoGetDefaultForType(ContentTypeVar string, MustSupportUrisVar bool) *A
13811513 return cls
13821514 }
13831515
1516+var xAppInfoGetDefaultForTypeAsync func(string, bool, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
1517+
1518+// Asynchronously gets the default [iface@Gio.AppInfo] for a given content
1519+// type.
1520+func AppInfoGetDefaultForTypeAsync(ContentTypeVar string, MustSupportUrisVar bool, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar *AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) {
1521+
1522+ xAppInfoGetDefaultForTypeAsync(ContentTypeVar, MustSupportUrisVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), glib.NewCallbackNullable(CallbackVar), UserDataVar)
1523+
1524+}
1525+
1526+var xAppInfoGetDefaultForTypeFinish func(uintptr, **glib.Error) uintptr
1527+
1528+// Finishes a default [iface@Gio.AppInfo] lookup started by
1529+// [func@Gio.AppInfo.get_default_for_type_async].
1530+//
1531+// If no #[iface@Gio.AppInfo] is found, then @error will be set to
1532+// [error@Gio.IOErrorEnum.NOT_FOUND].
1533+func AppInfoGetDefaultForTypeFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult) (*AppInfoBase, error) {
1534+ var cls *AppInfoBase
1535+ var cerr *glib.Error
1536+
1537+ cret := xAppInfoGetDefaultForTypeFinish(ResultVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
1538+
1539+ if cret == 0 {
1540+ return nil, cerr
1541+ }
1542+ cls = &AppInfoBase{}
1543+ cls.Ptr = cret
1544+ if cerr == nil {
1545+ return cls, nil
1546+ }
1547+ return cls, cerr
1548+
1549+}
1550+
13841551 var xAppInfoGetDefaultForUriScheme func(string) uintptr
13851552
1386-// Gets the default application for handling URIs with
1387-// the given URI scheme. A URI scheme is the initial part
1388-// of the URI, up to but not including the ':', e.g. "http",
1389-// "ftp" or "sip".
1553+// Gets the default application for handling URIs with the given URI scheme.
1554+//
1555+// A URI scheme is the initial part of the URI, up to but not including the `:`.
1556+// For example, `http`, `ftp` or `sip`.
13901557 func AppInfoGetDefaultForUriScheme(UriSchemeVar string) *AppInfoBase {
13911558 var cls *AppInfoBase
13921559
@@ -1400,11 +1567,48 @@ func AppInfoGetDefaultForUriScheme(UriSchemeVar string) *AppInfoBase {
14001567 return cls
14011568 }
14021569
1570+var xAppInfoGetDefaultForUriSchemeAsync func(string, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
1571+
1572+// Asynchronously gets the default application for handling URIs with
1573+// the given URI scheme. A URI scheme is the initial part
1574+// of the URI, up to but not including the `:`, e.g. `http`,
1575+// `ftp` or `sip`.
1576+func AppInfoGetDefaultForUriSchemeAsync(UriSchemeVar string, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar *AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) {
1577+
1578+ xAppInfoGetDefaultForUriSchemeAsync(UriSchemeVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), glib.NewCallbackNullable(CallbackVar), UserDataVar)
1579+
1580+}
1581+
1582+var xAppInfoGetDefaultForUriSchemeFinish func(uintptr, **glib.Error) uintptr
1583+
1584+// Finishes a default [iface@Gio.AppInfo] lookup started by
1585+// [func@Gio.AppInfo.get_default_for_uri_scheme_async].
1586+//
1587+// If no [iface@Gio.AppInfo] is found, then @error will be set to
1588+// [error@Gio.IOErrorEnum.NOT_FOUND].
1589+func AppInfoGetDefaultForUriSchemeFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult) (*AppInfoBase, error) {
1590+ var cls *AppInfoBase
1591+ var cerr *glib.Error
1592+
1593+ cret := xAppInfoGetDefaultForUriSchemeFinish(ResultVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
1594+
1595+ if cret == 0 {
1596+ return nil, cerr
1597+ }
1598+ cls = &AppInfoBase{}
1599+ cls.Ptr = cret
1600+ if cerr == nil {
1601+ return cls, nil
1602+ }
1603+ return cls, cerr
1604+
1605+}
1606+
14031607 var xAppInfoGetFallbackForType func(string) *glib.List
14041608
1405-// Gets a list of fallback #GAppInfos for a given content type, i.e.
1406-// those applications which claim to support the given content type
1407-// by MIME type subclassing and not directly.
1609+// Gets a list of fallback [iface@Gio.AppInfo]s for a given content type, i.e.
1610+// those applications which claim to support the given content type by MIME
1611+// type subclassing and not directly.
14081612 func AppInfoGetFallbackForType(ContentTypeVar string) *glib.List {
14091613
14101614 cret := xAppInfoGetFallbackForType(ContentTypeVar)
@@ -1413,12 +1617,13 @@ func AppInfoGetFallbackForType(ContentTypeVar string) *glib.List {
14131617
14141618 var xAppInfoGetRecommendedForType func(string) *glib.List
14151619
1416-// Gets a list of recommended #GAppInfos for a given content type, i.e.
1417-// those applications which claim to support the given content type exactly,
1418-// and not by MIME type subclassing.
1620+// Gets a list of recommended [iface@Gio.AppInfo]s for a given content type,
1621+// i.e. those applications which claim to support the given content type
1622+// exactly, and not by MIME type subclassing.
1623+//
14191624 // Note that the first application of the list is the last used one, i.e.
1420-// the last one for which g_app_info_set_as_last_used_for_type() has been
1421-// called.
1625+// the last one for which [method@Gio.AppInfo.set_as_last_used_for_type] has
1626+// been called.
14221627 func AppInfoGetRecommendedForType(ContentTypeVar string) *glib.List {
14231628
14241629 cret := xAppInfoGetRecommendedForType(ContentTypeVar)
@@ -1427,14 +1632,13 @@ func AppInfoGetRecommendedForType(ContentTypeVar string) *glib.List {
14271632
14281633 var xAppInfoLaunchDefaultForUri func(string, uintptr, **glib.Error) bool
14291634
1430-// Utility function that launches the default application
1431-// registered to handle the specified uri. Synchronous I/O
1432-// is done on the uri to detect the type of the file if
1433-// required.
1635+// Utility function that launches the default application registered to handle
1636+// the specified uri. Synchronous I/O is done on the uri to detect the type of
1637+// the file if required.
14341638 //
1435-// The D-Bus–activated applications don't have to be started if your application
1639+// The D-Bus–activated applications don’t have to be started if your application
14361640 // terminates too soon after this function. To prevent this, use
1437-// g_app_info_launch_default_for_uri_async() instead.
1641+// [func@Gio.AppInfo.launch_default_for_uri_async] instead.
14381642 func AppInfoLaunchDefaultForUri(UriVar string, ContextVar *AppLaunchContext) (bool, error) {
14391643 var cerr *glib.Error
14401644
@@ -1448,12 +1652,11 @@ func AppInfoLaunchDefaultForUri(UriVar string, ContextVar *AppLaunchContext) (bo
14481652
14491653 var xAppInfoLaunchDefaultForUriAsync func(string, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
14501654
1451-// Async version of g_app_info_launch_default_for_uri().
1655+// Async version of [func@Gio.AppInfo.launch_default_for_uri].
14521656 //
1453-// This version is useful if you are interested in receiving
1454-// error information in the case where the application is
1455-// sandboxed and the portal may present an application chooser
1456-// dialog to the user.
1657+// This version is useful if you are interested in receiving error information
1658+// in the case where the application is sandboxed and the portal may present an
1659+// application chooser dialog to the user.
14571660 //
14581661 // This is also useful if you want to be sure that the D-Bus–activated
14591662 // applications are really started before termination and if you are interested
@@ -1481,16 +1684,131 @@ func AppInfoLaunchDefaultForUriFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult) (bool, error) {
14811684 var xAppInfoResetTypeAssociations func(string)
14821685
14831686 // Removes all changes to the type associations done by
1484-// g_app_info_set_as_default_for_type(),
1485-// g_app_info_set_as_default_for_extension(),
1486-// g_app_info_add_supports_type() or
1487-// g_app_info_remove_supports_type().
1687+// [method@Gio.AppInfo.set_as_default_for_type],
1688+// [method@Gio.AppInfo.set_as_default_for_extension],
1689+// [method@Gio.AppInfo.add_supports_type] or
1690+// [method@Gio.AppInfo.remove_supports_type].
14881691 func AppInfoResetTypeAssociations(ContentTypeVar string) {
14891692
14901693 xAppInfoResetTypeAssociations(ContentTypeVar)
14911694
14921695 }
14931696
1697+// `GAppInfoMonitor` monitors application information for changes.
1698+//
1699+// `GAppInfoMonitor` is a very simple object used for monitoring the app
1700+// info database for changes (newly installed or removed applications).
1701+//
1702+// Call [func@Gio.AppInfoMonitor.get] to get a `GAppInfoMonitor` and connect
1703+// to the [signal@Gio.AppInfoMonitor::changed] signal. The signal will be emitted once when
1704+// the app info database changes, and will not be emitted again until after the
1705+// next call to [func@Gio.AppInfo.get_all] or another `g_app_info_*()` function.
1706+// This is because monitoring the app info database for changes is expensive.
1707+//
1708+// The following functions will re-arm the [signal@Gio.AppInfoMonitor::changed]
1709+// signal so it can be emitted again:
1710+//
1711+// - [func@Gio.AppInfo.get_all]
1712+// - [func@Gio.AppInfo.get_all_for_type]
1713+// - [func@Gio.AppInfo.get_default_for_type]
1714+// - [func@Gio.AppInfo.get_fallback_for_type]
1715+// - [func@Gio.AppInfo.get_recommended_for_type]
1716+// - [`g_desktop_app_info_get_implementations()`](../gio-unix/type_func.DesktopAppInfo.get_implementation.html)
1717+// - [`g_desktop_app_info_new()`](../gio-unix/ctor.DesktopAppInfo.new.html)
1718+// - [`g_desktop_app_info_new_from_filename()`](../gio-unix/ctor.DesktopAppInfo.new_from_filename.html)
1719+// - [`g_desktop_app_info_new_from_keyfile()`](../gio-unix/ctor.DesktopAppInfo.new_from_keyfile.html)
1720+// - [`g_desktop_app_info_search()`](../gio-unix/type_func.DesktopAppInfo.search.html)
1721+//
1722+// The latter functions are available if using
1723+// [`GDesktopAppInfo`](../gio-unix/class.DesktopAppInfo.html) from
1724+// `gio-unix-2.0.pc` (GIR namespace `GioUnix-2.0`).
1725+//
1726+// In the usual case, applications should try to make note of the change
1727+// (doing things like invalidating caches) but not act on it. In
1728+// particular, applications should avoid making calls to `GAppInfo` APIs
1729+// in response to the change signal, deferring these until the time that
1730+// the updated data is actually required. The exception to this case is when
1731+// application information is actually being displayed on the screen
1732+// (for example, during a search or when the list of all applications is shown).
1733+// The reason for this is that changes to the list of installed applications
1734+// often come in groups (like during system updates) and rescanning the list
1735+// on every change is pointless and expensive.
1736+type AppInfoMonitor struct {
1737+ gobject.Object
1738+}
1739+
1740+var xAppInfoMonitorGLibType func() types.GType
1741+
1742+func AppInfoMonitorGLibType() types.GType {
1743+ return xAppInfoMonitorGLibType()
1744+}
1745+
1746+func AppInfoMonitorNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *AppInfoMonitor {
1747+ cls := &AppInfoMonitor{}
1748+ cls.Ptr = ptr
1749+ return cls
1750+}
1751+
1752+func (c *AppInfoMonitor) GoPointer() uintptr {
1753+ if c == nil {
1754+ return 0
1755+ }
1756+ return c.Ptr
1757+}
1758+
1759+func (c *AppInfoMonitor) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
1760+ c.Ptr = ptr
1761+}
1762+
1763+// Signal emitted when the app info database changes, when applications are
1764+// installed or removed.
1765+func (x *AppInfoMonitor) ConnectChanged(cb *func(AppInfoMonitor)) uint32 {
1766+ cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
1767+ if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
1768+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "changed", cbRefPtr)
1769+ }
1770+
1771+ fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr) {
1772+ fa := AppInfoMonitor{}
1773+ fa.Ptr = clsPtr
1774+ cbFn := *cb
1775+
1776+ cbFn(fa)
1777+
1778+ }
1779+ cbRefPtr := purego.NewCallback(fcb)
1780+ glib.SaveCallback(cbPtr, cbRefPtr)
1781+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "changed", cbRefPtr)
1782+}
1783+
1784+var xAppInfoMonitorGet func() uintptr
1785+
1786+// Gets the #GAppInfoMonitor for the current thread-default main
1787+// context.
1788+//
1789+// The #GAppInfoMonitor will emit a “changed” signal in the
1790+// thread-default main context whenever the list of installed
1791+// applications (as reported by g_app_info_get_all()) may have changed.
1792+//
1793+// The #GAppInfoMonitor::changed signal will only be emitted once until
1794+// g_app_info_get_all() (or another `g_app_info_*()` function) is called. Doing
1795+// so will re-arm the signal ready to notify about the next change.
1796+//
1797+// You must only call g_object_unref() on the return value from under
1798+// the same main context as you created it.
1799+func AppInfoMonitorGet() *AppInfoMonitor {
1800+ var cls *AppInfoMonitor
1801+
1802+ cret := xAppInfoMonitorGet()
1803+
1804+ if cret == 0 {
1805+ return nil
1806+ }
1807+ cls = &AppInfoMonitor{}
1808+ cls.Ptr = cret
1809+ return cls
1810+}
1811+
14941812 // Integrating the launch with the launching application. This is used to
14951813 // handle for instance startup notification and launching the new application
14961814 // on the same screen as the launching window.
@@ -1513,7 +1831,8 @@ func AppLaunchContextNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *AppLaunchContext {
15131831 var xNewAppLaunchContext func() uintptr
15141832
15151833 // Creates a new application launch context. This is not normally used,
1516-// instead you instantiate a subclass of this, such as #GdkAppLaunchContext.
1834+// instead you instantiate a subclass of this, such as
1835+// [`GdkAppLaunchContext`](https://docs.gtk.org/gdk4/class.AppLaunchContext.html).
15171836 func NewAppLaunchContext() *AppLaunchContext {
15181837 var cls *AppLaunchContext
15191838
@@ -1542,7 +1861,7 @@ var xAppLaunchContextGetEnvironment func(uintptr) []string
15421861
15431862 // Gets the complete environment variable list to be passed to
15441863 // the child process when @context is used to launch an application.
1545-// This is a %NULL-terminated array of strings, where each string has
1864+// This is a `NULL`-terminated array of strings, where each string has
15461865 // the form `KEY=VALUE`.
15471866 func (x *AppLaunchContext) GetEnvironment() []string {
15481867
@@ -1553,10 +1872,20 @@ func (x *AppLaunchContext) GetEnvironment() []string {
15531872 var xAppLaunchContextGetStartupNotifyId func(uintptr, uintptr, *glib.List) string
15541873
15551874 // Initiates startup notification for the application and returns the
1556-// `DESKTOP_STARTUP_ID` for the launched operation, if supported.
1875+// `XDG_ACTIVATION_TOKEN` or `DESKTOP_STARTUP_ID` for the launched operation,
1876+// if supported.
15571877 //
1558-// Startup notification IDs are defined in the
1559-// [FreeDesktop.Org Startup Notifications standard](http://standards.freedesktop.org/startup-notification-spec/startup-notification-latest.txt).
1878+// The returned token may be referred to equivalently as an ‘activation token’
1879+// (using Wayland terminology) or a ‘startup sequence ID’ (using X11 terminology).
1880+// The two [are interoperable](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/wayland/wayland-protocols/-/blob/main/staging/xdg-activation/x11-interoperation.rst).
1881+//
1882+// Activation tokens are defined in the [XDG Activation Protocol](https://wayland.app/protocols/xdg-activation-v1),
1883+// and startup notification IDs are defined in the
1884+// [freedesktop.org Startup Notification Protocol](http://standards.freedesktop.org/startup-notification-spec/startup-notification-latest.txt).
1885+//
1886+// Support for the XDG Activation Protocol was added in GLib 2.76.
1887+// Since GLib 2.82 @info and @files can be `NULL`. If that’s not supported by the backend,
1888+// the returned token will be `NULL`.
15601889 func (x *AppLaunchContext) GetStartupNotifyId(InfoVar AppInfo, FilesVar *glib.List) string {
15611890
15621891 cret := xAppLaunchContextGetStartupNotifyId(x.GoPointer(), InfoVar.GoPointer(), FilesVar)
@@ -1566,7 +1895,8 @@ func (x *AppLaunchContext) GetStartupNotifyId(InfoVar AppInfo, FilesVar *glib.Li
15661895 var xAppLaunchContextLaunchFailed func(uintptr, string)
15671896
15681897 // Called when an application has failed to launch, so that it can cancel
1569-// the application startup notification started in g_app_launch_context_get_startup_notify_id().
1898+// the application startup notification started in
1899+// [method@Gio.AppLaunchContext.get_startup_notify_id].
15701900 func (x *AppLaunchContext) LaunchFailed(StartupNotifyIdVar string) {
15711901
15721902 xAppLaunchContextLaunchFailed(x.GoPointer(), StartupNotifyIdVar)
@@ -1575,8 +1905,8 @@ func (x *AppLaunchContext) LaunchFailed(StartupNotifyIdVar string) {
15751905
15761906 var xAppLaunchContextSetenv func(uintptr, string, string)
15771907
1578-// Arranges for @variable to be set to @value in the child's
1579-// environment when @context is used to launch an application.
1908+// Arranges for @variable to be set to @value in the child’s environment when
1909+// @context is used to launch an application.
15801910 func (x *AppLaunchContext) Setenv(VariableVar string, ValueVar string) {
15811911
15821912 xAppLaunchContextSetenv(x.GoPointer(), VariableVar, ValueVar)
@@ -1585,8 +1915,8 @@ func (x *AppLaunchContext) Setenv(VariableVar string, ValueVar string) {
15851915
15861916 var xAppLaunchContextUnsetenv func(uintptr, string)
15871917
1588-// Arranges for @variable to be unset in the child's environment
1589-// when @context is used to launch an application.
1918+// Arranges for @variable to be unset in the child’s environment when @context
1919+// is used to launch an application.
15901920 func (x *AppLaunchContext) Unsetenv(VariableVar string) {
15911921
15921922 xAppLaunchContextUnsetenv(x.GoPointer(), VariableVar)
@@ -1604,9 +1934,13 @@ func (c *AppLaunchContext) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
16041934 c.Ptr = ptr
16051935 }
16061936
1607-// The #GAppLaunchContext::launch-failed signal is emitted when a #GAppInfo launch
1608-// fails. The startup notification id is provided, so that the launcher
1609-// can cancel the startup notification.
1937+// The [signal@Gio.AppLaunchContext::launch-failed] signal is emitted when a
1938+// [iface@Gio.AppInfo] launch fails. The startup notification id is provided,
1939+// so that the launcher can cancel the startup notification.
1940+//
1941+// Because a launch operation may involve spawning multiple instances of the
1942+// target application, you should expect this signal to be emitted multiple
1943+// times, one for each spawned instance.
16101944 func (x *AppLaunchContext) ConnectLaunchFailed(cb *func(AppLaunchContext, string)) uint32 {
16111945 cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
16121946 if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
@@ -1626,11 +1960,11 @@ func (x *AppLaunchContext) ConnectLaunchFailed(cb *func(AppLaunchContext, string
16261960 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "launch-failed", cbRefPtr)
16271961 }
16281962
1629-// The #GAppLaunchContext::launch-started signal is emitted when a #GAppInfo is
1630-// about to be launched. If non-null the @platform_data is an
1631-// GVariant dictionary mapping strings to variants (ie `a{sv}`), which
1632-// contains additional, platform-specific data about this launch. On
1633-// UNIX, at least the `startup-notification-id` keys will be
1963+// The [signal@Gio.AppLaunchContext::launch-started] signal is emitted when a
1964+// [iface@Gio.AppInfo] is about to be launched. If non-null the
1965+// @platform_data is an GVariant dictionary mapping strings to variants
1966+// (ie `a{sv}`), which contains additional, platform-specific data about this
1967+// launch. On UNIX, at least the `startup-notification-id` keys will be
16341968 // present.
16351969 //
16361970 // The value of the `startup-notification-id` key (type `s`) is a startup
@@ -1638,8 +1972,13 @@ func (x *AppLaunchContext) ConnectLaunchFailed(cb *func(AppLaunchContext, string
16381972 // specification](https://specifications.freedesktop.org/startup-notification-spec/startup-notification-0.1.txt).
16391973 // It allows tracking the progress of the launchee through startup.
16401974 //
1641-// It is guaranteed that this signal is followed by either a #GAppLaunchContext::launched or
1642-// #GAppLaunchContext::launch-failed signal.
1975+// It is guaranteed that this signal is followed by either a
1976+// [signal@Gio.AppLaunchContext::launched] or
1977+// [signal@Gio.AppLaunchContext::launch-failed] signal.
1978+//
1979+// Because a launch operation may involve spawning multiple instances of the
1980+// target application, you should expect this signal to be emitted multiple
1981+// times, one for each spawned instance.
16431982 func (x *AppLaunchContext) ConnectLaunchStarted(cb *func(AppLaunchContext, uintptr, uintptr)) uint32 {
16441983 cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
16451984 if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
@@ -1659,15 +1998,27 @@ func (x *AppLaunchContext) ConnectLaunchStarted(cb *func(AppLaunchContext, uintp
16591998 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "launch-started", cbRefPtr)
16601999 }
16612000
1662-// The #GAppLaunchContext::launched signal is emitted when a #GAppInfo is successfully
1663-// launched. The @platform_data is an GVariant dictionary mapping
2001+// The [signal@Gio.AppLaunchContext::launched] signal is emitted when a
2002+// [iface@Gio.AppInfo] is successfully launched.
2003+//
2004+// Because a launch operation may involve spawning multiple instances of the
2005+// target application, you should expect this signal to be emitted multiple
2006+// times, one time for each spawned instance.
2007+//
2008+// The @platform_data is an GVariant dictionary mapping
16642009 // strings to variants (ie `a{sv}`), which contains additional,
16652010 // platform-specific data about this launch. On UNIX, at least the
16662011 // `pid` and `startup-notification-id` keys will be present.
16672012 //
1668-// Since 2.72 the `pid` may be 0 if the process id wasn't known (for
2013+// Since 2.72 the `pid` may be 0 if the process id wasn’t known (for
16692014 // example if the process was launched via D-Bus). The `pid` may not be
16702015 // set at all in subsequent releases.
2016+//
2017+// On Windows, `pid` is guaranteed to be valid only for the duration of the
2018+// [signal@Gio.AppLaunchContext::launched] signal emission; after the signal
2019+// is emitted, GLib will call [func@GLib.spawn_close_pid]. If you need to
2020+// keep the [alias@GLib.Pid] after the signal has been emitted, then you can
2021+// duplicate `pid` using `DuplicateHandle()`.
16712022 func (x *AppLaunchContext) ConnectLaunched(cb *func(AppLaunchContext, uintptr, uintptr)) uint32 {
16722023 cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
16732024 if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
@@ -1699,7 +2050,11 @@ func init() {
16992050 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAppInfoGetAll, lib, "g_app_info_get_all")
17002051 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAppInfoGetAllForType, lib, "g_app_info_get_all_for_type")
17012052 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAppInfoGetDefaultForType, lib, "g_app_info_get_default_for_type")
2053+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAppInfoGetDefaultForTypeAsync, lib, "g_app_info_get_default_for_type_async")
2054+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAppInfoGetDefaultForTypeFinish, lib, "g_app_info_get_default_for_type_finish")
17022055 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAppInfoGetDefaultForUriScheme, lib, "g_app_info_get_default_for_uri_scheme")
2056+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAppInfoGetDefaultForUriSchemeAsync, lib, "g_app_info_get_default_for_uri_scheme_async")
2057+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAppInfoGetDefaultForUriSchemeFinish, lib, "g_app_info_get_default_for_uri_scheme_finish")
17032058 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAppInfoGetFallbackForType, lib, "g_app_info_get_fallback_for_type")
17042059 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAppInfoGetRecommendedForType, lib, "g_app_info_get_recommended_for_type")
17052060 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAppInfoLaunchDefaultForUri, lib, "g_app_info_launch_default_for_uri")
@@ -1707,6 +2062,10 @@ func init() {
17072062 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAppInfoLaunchDefaultForUriFinish, lib, "g_app_info_launch_default_for_uri_finish")
17082063 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAppInfoResetTypeAssociations, lib, "g_app_info_reset_type_associations")
17092064
2065+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAppInfoMonitorGLibType, lib, "g_app_info_monitor_get_type")
2066+
2067+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAppInfoMonitorGet, lib, "g_app_info_monitor_get")
2068+
17102069 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAppLaunchContextGLibType, lib, "g_app_launch_context_get_type")
17112070
17122071 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewAppLaunchContext, lib, "g_app_launch_context_new")
M v4/gio/gapplication.go +288 -117
@@ -56,6 +56,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
5656 }
5757
5858 // OverrideStartup sets the callback function.
59+// invoked on the primary instance immediately after registration
5960 func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideStartup(cb func(*Application)) {
6061 if cb == nil {
6162 x.xStartup = 0
@@ -67,6 +68,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideStartup(cb func(*Application)) {
6768 }
6869
6970 // GetStartup gets the callback function.
71+// invoked on the primary instance immediately after registration
7072 func (x *ApplicationClass) GetStartup() func(*Application) {
7173 if x.xStartup == 0 {
7274 return nil
@@ -79,6 +81,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetStartup() func(*Application) {
7981 }
8082
8183 // OverrideActivate sets the callback function.
84+// invoked on the primary instance when an activation occurs
8285 func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideActivate(cb func(*Application)) {
8386 if cb == nil {
8487 x.xActivate = 0
@@ -90,6 +93,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideActivate(cb func(*Application)) {
9093 }
9194
9295 // GetActivate gets the callback function.
96+// invoked on the primary instance when an activation occurs
9397 func (x *ApplicationClass) GetActivate() func(*Application) {
9498 if x.xActivate == 0 {
9599 return nil
@@ -102,6 +106,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetActivate() func(*Application) {
102106 }
103107
104108 // OverrideOpen sets the callback function.
109+// invoked on the primary instance when there are files to open
105110 func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideOpen(cb func(*Application, uintptr, int, string)) {
106111 if cb == nil {
107112 x.xOpen = 0
@@ -113,6 +118,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideOpen(cb func(*Application, uintptr, int, stri
113118 }
114119
115120 // GetOpen gets the callback function.
121+// invoked on the primary instance when there are files to open
116122 func (x *ApplicationClass) GetOpen() func(*Application, uintptr, int, string) {
117123 if x.xOpen == 0 {
118124 return nil
@@ -125,6 +131,9 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetOpen() func(*Application, uintptr, int, string) {
125131 }
126132
127133 // OverrideCommandLine sets the callback function.
134+// invoked on the primary instance when a command-line is
135+//
136+// not handled locally
128137 func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideCommandLine(cb func(*Application, *ApplicationCommandLine) int) {
129138 if cb == nil {
130139 x.xCommandLine = 0
@@ -136,6 +145,9 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideCommandLine(cb func(*Application, *Applicatio
136145 }
137146
138147 // GetCommandLine gets the callback function.
148+// invoked on the primary instance when a command-line is
149+//
150+// not handled locally
139151 func (x *ApplicationClass) GetCommandLine() func(*Application, *ApplicationCommandLine) int {
140152 if x.xCommandLine == 0 {
141153 return nil
@@ -148,6 +160,12 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetCommandLine() func(*Application, *ApplicationComma
148160 }
149161
150162 // OverrideLocalCommandLine sets the callback function.
163+// invoked (locally). The virtual function has the chance
164+//
165+// to inspect (and possibly replace) command line arguments. See
166+// g_application_run() for more information. Also see the
167+// #GApplication::handle-local-options signal, which is a simpler
168+// alternative to handling some commandline options locally
151169 func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideLocalCommandLine(cb func(*Application, []string, int) bool) {
152170 if cb == nil {
153171 x.xLocalCommandLine = 0
@@ -159,6 +177,12 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideLocalCommandLine(cb func(*Application, []stri
159177 }
160178
161179 // GetLocalCommandLine gets the callback function.
180+// invoked (locally). The virtual function has the chance
181+//
182+// to inspect (and possibly replace) command line arguments. See
183+// g_application_run() for more information. Also see the
184+// #GApplication::handle-local-options signal, which is a simpler
185+// alternative to handling some commandline options locally
162186 func (x *ApplicationClass) GetLocalCommandLine() func(*Application, []string, int) bool {
163187 if x.xLocalCommandLine == 0 {
164188 return nil
@@ -171,6 +195,10 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetLocalCommandLine() func(*Application, []string, in
171195 }
172196
173197 // OverrideBeforeEmit sets the callback function.
198+// invoked on the primary instance before 'activate', 'open',
199+//
200+// 'command-line' or any action invocation, gets the 'platform data' from
201+// the calling instance
174202 func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideBeforeEmit(cb func(*Application, *glib.Variant)) {
175203 if cb == nil {
176204 x.xBeforeEmit = 0
@@ -182,6 +210,10 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideBeforeEmit(cb func(*Application, *glib.Varian
182210 }
183211
184212 // GetBeforeEmit gets the callback function.
213+// invoked on the primary instance before 'activate', 'open',
214+//
215+// 'command-line' or any action invocation, gets the 'platform data' from
216+// the calling instance
185217 func (x *ApplicationClass) GetBeforeEmit() func(*Application, *glib.Variant) {
186218 if x.xBeforeEmit == 0 {
187219 return nil
@@ -194,6 +226,10 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetBeforeEmit() func(*Application, *glib.Variant) {
194226 }
195227
196228 // OverrideAfterEmit sets the callback function.
229+// invoked on the primary instance after 'activate', 'open',
230+//
231+// 'command-line' or any action invocation, gets the 'platform data' from
232+// the calling instance
197233 func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideAfterEmit(cb func(*Application, *glib.Variant)) {
198234 if cb == nil {
199235 x.xAfterEmit = 0
@@ -205,6 +241,10 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideAfterEmit(cb func(*Application, *glib.Variant
205241 }
206242
207243 // GetAfterEmit gets the callback function.
244+// invoked on the primary instance after 'activate', 'open',
245+//
246+// 'command-line' or any action invocation, gets the 'platform data' from
247+// the calling instance
208248 func (x *ApplicationClass) GetAfterEmit() func(*Application, *glib.Variant) {
209249 if x.xAfterEmit == 0 {
210250 return nil
@@ -217,6 +257,9 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetAfterEmit() func(*Application, *glib.Variant) {
217257 }
218258
219259 // OverrideAddPlatformData sets the callback function.
260+// invoked (locally) to add 'platform data' to be sent to
261+//
262+// the primary instance when activating, opening or invoking actions
220263 func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideAddPlatformData(cb func(*Application, *glib.VariantBuilder)) {
221264 if cb == nil {
222265 x.xAddPlatformData = 0
@@ -228,6 +271,9 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideAddPlatformData(cb func(*Application, *glib.V
228271 }
229272
230273 // GetAddPlatformData gets the callback function.
274+// invoked (locally) to add 'platform data' to be sent to
275+//
276+// the primary instance when activating, opening or invoking actions
231277 func (x *ApplicationClass) GetAddPlatformData() func(*Application, *glib.VariantBuilder) {
232278 if x.xAddPlatformData == 0 {
233279 return nil
@@ -240,6 +286,10 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetAddPlatformData() func(*Application, *glib.Variant
240286 }
241287
242288 // OverrideQuitMainloop sets the callback function.
289+// Used to be invoked on the primary instance when the use
290+//
291+// count of the application drops to zero (and after any inactivity
292+// timeout, if requested). Not used anymore since 2.32
243293 func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideQuitMainloop(cb func(*Application)) {
244294 if cb == nil {
245295 x.xQuitMainloop = 0
@@ -251,6 +301,10 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideQuitMainloop(cb func(*Application)) {
251301 }
252302
253303 // GetQuitMainloop gets the callback function.
304+// Used to be invoked on the primary instance when the use
305+//
306+// count of the application drops to zero (and after any inactivity
307+// timeout, if requested). Not used anymore since 2.32
254308 func (x *ApplicationClass) GetQuitMainloop() func(*Application) {
255309 if x.xQuitMainloop == 0 {
256310 return nil
@@ -263,6 +317,11 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetQuitMainloop() func(*Application) {
263317 }
264318
265319 // OverrideRunMainloop sets the callback function.
320+// Used to be invoked on the primary instance from
321+//
322+// g_application_run() if the use-count is non-zero. Since 2.32,
323+// GApplication is iterating the main context directly and is not
324+// using @run_mainloop anymore
266325 func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideRunMainloop(cb func(*Application)) {
267326 if cb == nil {
268327 x.xRunMainloop = 0
@@ -274,6 +333,11 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideRunMainloop(cb func(*Application)) {
274333 }
275334
276335 // GetRunMainloop gets the callback function.
336+// Used to be invoked on the primary instance from
337+//
338+// g_application_run() if the use-count is non-zero. Since 2.32,
339+// GApplication is iterating the main context directly and is not
340+// using @run_mainloop anymore
277341 func (x *ApplicationClass) GetRunMainloop() func(*Application) {
278342 if x.xRunMainloop == 0 {
279343 return nil
@@ -286,6 +350,9 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetRunMainloop() func(*Application) {
286350 }
287351
288352 // OverrideShutdown sets the callback function.
353+// invoked only on the registered primary instance immediately
354+//
355+// after the main loop terminates
289356 func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideShutdown(cb func(*Application)) {
290357 if cb == nil {
291358 x.xShutdown = 0
@@ -297,6 +364,9 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideShutdown(cb func(*Application)) {
297364 }
298365
299366 // GetShutdown gets the callback function.
367+// invoked only on the registered primary instance immediately
368+//
369+// after the main loop terminates
300370 func (x *ApplicationClass) GetShutdown() func(*Application) {
301371 if x.xShutdown == 0 {
302372 return nil
@@ -309,6 +379,14 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetShutdown() func(*Application) {
309379 }
310380
311381 // OverrideDbusRegister sets the callback function.
382+// invoked locally during registration, if the application is
383+//
384+// using its D-Bus backend. You can use this to export extra objects on the
385+// bus, that need to exist before the application tries to own the bus name.
386+// The function is passed the #GDBusConnection to to session bus, and the
387+// object path that #GApplication will use to export its D-Bus API.
388+// If this function returns %TRUE, registration will proceed; otherwise
389+// registration will abort. Since: 2.34
312390 func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideDbusRegister(cb func(*Application, *DBusConnection, string) bool) {
313391 if cb == nil {
314392 x.xDbusRegister = 0
@@ -320,6 +398,14 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideDbusRegister(cb func(*Application, *DBusConne
320398 }
321399
322400 // GetDbusRegister gets the callback function.
401+// invoked locally during registration, if the application is
402+//
403+// using its D-Bus backend. You can use this to export extra objects on the
404+// bus, that need to exist before the application tries to own the bus name.
405+// The function is passed the #GDBusConnection to to session bus, and the
406+// object path that #GApplication will use to export its D-Bus API.
407+// If this function returns %TRUE, registration will proceed; otherwise
408+// registration will abort. Since: 2.34
323409 func (x *ApplicationClass) GetDbusRegister() func(*Application, *DBusConnection, string) bool {
324410 if x.xDbusRegister == 0 {
325411 return nil
@@ -332,6 +418,10 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetDbusRegister() func(*Application, *DBusConnection,
332418 }
333419
334420 // OverrideDbusUnregister sets the callback function.
421+// invoked locally during unregistration, if the application
422+//
423+// is using its D-Bus backend. Use this to undo anything done by
424+// the @dbus_register vfunc. Since: 2.34
335425 func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideDbusUnregister(cb func(*Application, *DBusConnection, string)) {
336426 if cb == nil {
337427 x.xDbusUnregister = 0
@@ -343,6 +433,10 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideDbusUnregister(cb func(*Application, *DBusCon
343433 }
344434
345435 // GetDbusUnregister gets the callback function.
436+// invoked locally during unregistration, if the application
437+//
438+// is using its D-Bus backend. Use this to undo anything done by
439+// the @dbus_register vfunc. Since: 2.34
346440 func (x *ApplicationClass) GetDbusUnregister() func(*Application, *DBusConnection, string) {
347441 if x.xDbusUnregister == 0 {
348442 return nil
@@ -355,6 +449,9 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetDbusUnregister() func(*Application, *DBusConnectio
355449 }
356450
357451 // OverrideHandleLocalOptions sets the callback function.
452+// invoked locally after the parsing of the commandline
453+//
454+// options has occurred. Since: 2.40
358455 func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideHandleLocalOptions(cb func(*Application, *glib.VariantDict) int) {
359456 if cb == nil {
360457 x.xHandleLocalOptions = 0
@@ -366,6 +463,9 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideHandleLocalOptions(cb func(*Application, *gli
366463 }
367464
368465 // GetHandleLocalOptions gets the callback function.
466+// invoked locally after the parsing of the commandline
467+//
468+// options has occurred. Since: 2.40
369469 func (x *ApplicationClass) GetHandleLocalOptions() func(*Application, *glib.VariantDict) int {
370470 if x.xHandleLocalOptions == 0 {
371471 return nil
@@ -378,6 +478,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetHandleLocalOptions() func(*Application, *glib.Vari
378478 }
379479
380480 // OverrideNameLost sets the callback function.
481+// invoked when another instance is taking over the name. Since: 2.60
381482 func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideNameLost(cb func(*Application) bool) {
382483 if cb == nil {
383484 x.xNameLost = 0
@@ -389,6 +490,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideNameLost(cb func(*Application) bool) {
389490 }
390491
391492 // GetNameLost gets the callback function.
493+// invoked when another instance is taking over the name. Since: 2.60
392494 func (x *ApplicationClass) GetNameLost() func(*Application) bool {
393495 if x.xNameLost == 0 {
394496 return nil
@@ -408,20 +510,23 @@ func (x *ApplicationPrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
408510 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
409511 }
410512
411-// A #GApplication is the foundation of an application. It wraps some
513+// `GApplication` is the core class for application support.
514+//
515+// A `GApplication` is the foundation of an application. It wraps some
412516 // low-level platform-specific services and is intended to act as the
413517 // foundation for higher-level application classes such as
414-// #GtkApplication or #MxApplication. In general, you should not use
518+// `GtkApplication` or `MxApplication`. In general, you should not use
415519 // this class outside of a higher level framework.
416520 //
417-// GApplication provides convenient life cycle management by maintaining
521+// `GApplication` provides convenient life-cycle management by maintaining
418522 // a "use count" for the primary application instance. The use count can
419-// be changed using g_application_hold() and g_application_release(). If
420-// it drops to zero, the application exits. Higher-level classes such as
421-// #GtkApplication employ the use count to ensure that the application
422-// stays alive as long as it has any opened windows.
523+// be changed using [method@Gio.Application.hold] and
524+// [method@Gio.Application.release]. If it drops to zero, the application
525+// exits. Higher-level classes such as `GtkApplication` employ the use count
526+// to ensure that the application stays alive as long as it has any opened
527+// windows.
423528 //
424-// Another feature that GApplication (optionally) provides is process
529+// Another feature that `GApplication` (optionally) provides is process
425530 // uniqueness. Applications can make use of this functionality by
426531 // providing a unique application ID. If given, only one application
427532 // with this ID can be running at a time per session. The session
@@ -433,49 +538,54 @@ func (x *ApplicationPrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
433538 // always the current instance. On Linux, the D-Bus session bus
434539 // is used for communication.
435540 //
436-// The use of #GApplication differs from some other commonly-used
541+// The use of `GApplication` differs from some other commonly-used
437542 // uniqueness libraries (such as libunique) in important ways. The
438543 // application is not expected to manually register itself and check
439544 // if it is the primary instance. Instead, the main() function of a
440-// #GApplication should do very little more than instantiating the
545+// `GApplication` should do very little more than instantiating the
441546 // application instance, possibly connecting signal handlers, then
442-// calling g_application_run(). All checks for uniqueness are done
547+// calling [method@Gio.Application.run]. All checks for uniqueness are done
443548 // internally. If the application is the primary instance then the
444549 // startup signal is emitted and the mainloop runs. If the application
445550 // is not the primary instance then a signal is sent to the primary
446-// instance and g_application_run() promptly returns. See the code
551+// instance and [method@Gio.Application.run] promptly returns. See the code
447552 // examples below.
448553 //
449-// If used, the expected form of an application identifier is the same as
450-// that of of a
554+// If used, the expected form of an application identifier is the
555+// same as that of a
451556 // [D-Bus well-known bus name](https://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#message-protocol-names-bus).
452557 // Examples include: `com.example.MyApp`, `org.example.internal_apps.Calculator`,
453558 // `org._7_zip.Archiver`.
454-// For details on valid application identifiers, see g_application_id_is_valid().
559+// For details on valid application identifiers, see [func@Gio.Application.id_is_valid].
455560 //
456561 // On Linux, the application identifier is claimed as a well-known bus name
457-// on the user's session bus. This means that the uniqueness of your
458-// application is scoped to the current session. It also means that your
562+// on the user's session bus. This means that the uniqueness of your
563+// application is scoped to the current session. It also means that your
459564 // application may provide additional services (through registration of other
460-// object paths) at that bus name. The registration of these object paths
461-// should be done with the shared GDBus session bus. Note that due to the
565+// object paths) at that bus name. The registration of these object paths
566+// should be done with the shared GDBus session bus. Note that due to the
462567 // internal architecture of GDBus, method calls can be dispatched at any time
463-// (even if a main loop is not running). For this reason, you must ensure that
568+// (even if a main loop is not running). For this reason, you must ensure that
464569 // any object paths that you wish to register are registered before #GApplication
465570 // attempts to acquire the bus name of your application (which happens in
466-// g_application_register()). Unfortunately, this means that you cannot use
467-// g_application_get_is_remote() to decide if you want to register object paths.
571+// [method@Gio.Application.register]). Unfortunately, this means that you cannot
572+// use [property@Gio.Application:is-remote] to decide if you want to register
573+// object paths.
468574 //
469-// GApplication also implements the #GActionGroup and #GActionMap
575+// `GApplication` also implements the [iface@Gio.ActionGroup] and [iface@Gio.ActionMap]
470576 // interfaces and lets you easily export actions by adding them with
471-// g_action_map_add_action(). When invoking an action by calling
472-// g_action_group_activate_action() on the application, it is always
577+// [method@Gio.ActionMap.add_action]. When invoking an action by calling
578+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.activate_action] on the application, it is always
473579 // invoked in the primary instance. The actions are also exported on
474-// the session bus, and GIO provides the #GDBusActionGroup wrapper to
475-// conveniently access them remotely. GIO provides a #GDBusMenuModel wrapper
476-// for remote access to exported #GMenuModels.
580+// the session bus, and GIO provides the [class@Gio.DBusActionGroup] wrapper to
581+// conveniently access them remotely. GIO provides a [class@Gio.DBusMenuModel] wrapper
582+// for remote access to exported [class@Gio.MenuModel]s.
583+//
584+// Note: Due to the fact that actions are exported on the session bus,
585+// using `maybe` parameters is not supported, since D-Bus does not support
586+// `maybe` types.
477587 //
478-// There is a number of different entry points into a GApplication:
588+// There is a number of different entry points into a `GApplication`:
479589 //
480590 // - via 'Activate' (i.e. just starting the application)
481591 //
@@ -485,42 +595,43 @@ func (x *ApplicationPrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
485595 //
486596 // - via activating an action
487597 //
488-// The #GApplication::startup signal lets you handle the application
598+// The [signal@Gio.Application::startup] signal lets you handle the application
489599 // initialization for all of these in a single place.
490600 //
491601 // Regardless of which of these entry points is used to start the
492-// application, GApplication passes some ‘platform data’ from the
602+// application, `GApplication` passes some ‘platform data’ from the
493603 // launching instance to the primary instance, in the form of a
494-// #GVariant dictionary mapping strings to variants. To use platform
495-// data, override the @before_emit or @after_emit virtual functions
496-// in your #GApplication subclass. When dealing with
497-// #GApplicationCommandLine objects, the platform data is
498-// directly available via g_application_command_line_get_cwd(),
499-// g_application_command_line_get_environ() and
500-// g_application_command_line_get_platform_data().
604+// [struct@GLib.Variant] dictionary mapping strings to variants. To use platform
605+// data, override the [vfunc@Gio.Application.before_emit] or
606+// [vfunc@Gio.Application.after_emit] virtual functions
607+// in your `GApplication` subclass. When dealing with
608+// [class@Gio.ApplicationCommandLine] objects, the platform data is
609+// directly available via [method@Gio.ApplicationCommandLine.get_cwd],
610+// [method@Gio.ApplicationCommandLine.get_environ] and
611+// [method@Gio.ApplicationCommandLine.get_platform_data].
501612 //
502613 // As the name indicates, the platform data may vary depending on the
503614 // operating system, but it always includes the current directory (key
504-// "cwd"), and optionally the environment (ie the set of environment
505-// variables and their values) of the calling process (key "environ").
615+// `cwd`), and optionally the environment (ie the set of environment
616+// variables and their values) of the calling process (key `environ`).
506617 // The environment is only added to the platform data if the
507-// %G_APPLICATION_SEND_ENVIRONMENT flag is set. #GApplication subclasses
508-// can add their own platform data by overriding the @add_platform_data
509-// virtual function. For instance, #GtkApplication adds startup notification
510-// data in this way.
618+// `G_APPLICATION_SEND_ENVIRONMENT` flag is set. `GApplication` subclasses
619+// can add their own platform data by overriding the
620+// [vfunc@Gio.Application.add_platform_data] virtual function. For instance,
621+// `GtkApplication` adds startup notification data in this way.
511622 //
512623 // To parse commandline arguments you may handle the
513-// #GApplication::command-line signal or override the local_command_line()
514-// vfunc, to parse them in either the primary instance or the local instance,
515-// respectively.
624+// [signal@Gio.Application::command-line] signal or override the
625+// [vfunc@Gio.Application.local_command_line] virtual function, to parse them in
626+// either the primary instance or the local instance, respectively.
516627 //
517-// For an example of opening files with a GApplication, see
628+// For an example of opening files with a `GApplication`, see
518629 // [gapplication-example-open.c](https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/glib/-/blob/HEAD/gio/tests/gapplication-example-open.c).
519630 //
520-// For an example of using actions with GApplication, see
631+// For an example of using actions with `GApplication`, see
521632 // [gapplication-example-actions.c](https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/glib/-/blob/HEAD/gio/tests/gapplication-example-actions.c).
522633 //
523-// For an example of using extra D-Bus hooks with GApplication, see
634+// For an example of using extra D-Bus hooks with `GApplication`, see
524635 // [gapplication-example-dbushooks.c](https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/glib/-/blob/HEAD/gio/tests/gapplication-example-dbushooks.c).
525636 type Application struct {
526637 gobject.Object
@@ -613,6 +724,8 @@ var xApplicationAddMainOptionEntries func(uintptr, []glib.OptionEntry)
613724 // inspected and modified. If %G_APPLICATION_HANDLES_COMMAND_LINE is
614725 // set, then the resulting dictionary is sent to the primary instance,
615726 // where g_application_command_line_get_options_dict() will return it.
727+// As it has been passed outside the process at this point, the types of all
728+// values in the options dict must be checked before being used.
616729 // This "packing" is done according to the type of the argument --
617730 // booleans for normal flags, strings for strings, bytestrings for
618731 // filenames, etc. The packing only occurs if the flag is given (ie: we
@@ -629,8 +742,8 @@ var xApplicationAddMainOptionEntries func(uintptr, []glib.OptionEntry)
629742 // was to send all of the commandline arguments (options and all) to the
630743 // primary instance for handling. #GApplication ignored them completely
631744 // on the local side. Calling this function "opts in" to the new
632-// behaviour, and in particular, means that unrecognised options will be
633-// treated as errors. Unrecognised options have never been ignored when
745+// behaviour, and in particular, means that unrecognized options will be
746+// treated as errors. Unrecognized options have never been ignored when
634747 // %G_APPLICATION_HANDLES_COMMAND_LINE is unset.
635748 //
636749 // If #GApplication::handle-local-options needs to see the list of
@@ -682,7 +795,7 @@ var xApplicationAddOptionGroup func(uintptr, *glib.OptionGroup)
682795 //
683796 // Calling this function will cause the options in the supplied option
684797 // group to be parsed, but it does not cause you to be "opted in" to the
685-// new functionality whereby unrecognised options are rejected even if
798+// new functionality whereby unrecognized options are rejected even if
686799 // %G_APPLICATION_HANDLES_COMMAND_LINE was given.
687800 func (x *Application) AddOptionGroup(GroupVar *glib.OptionGroup) {
688801
@@ -838,12 +951,21 @@ func (x *Application) GetResourceBasePath() string {
838951 return cret
839952 }
840953
954+var xApplicationGetVersion func(uintptr) string
955+
956+// Gets the version of @application.
957+func (x *Application) GetVersion() string {
958+
959+ cret := xApplicationGetVersion(x.GoPointer())
960+ return cret
961+}
962+
841963 var xApplicationHold func(uintptr)
842964
843965 // Increases the use count of @application.
844966 //
845967 // Use this function to indicate that the application has a reason to
846-// continue to run. For example, g_application_hold() is called by GTK+
968+// continue to run. For example, g_application_hold() is called by GTK
847969 // when a toplevel window is on the screen.
848970 //
849971 // To cancel the hold, call g_application_release().
@@ -1079,11 +1201,14 @@ var xApplicationSendNotification func(uintptr, string, uintptr)
10791201 // notification. This works even for notifications sent from a previous
10801202 // execution of the application, as long as @id is the same string.
10811203 //
1082-// @id may be %NULL, but it is impossible to replace or withdraw
1204+// @id may be `NULL`, but it is impossible to replace or withdraw
10831205 // notifications without an id.
10841206 //
10851207 // If @notification is no longer relevant, it can be withdrawn with
1086-// g_application_withdraw_notification().
1208+// [method@Gio.Application.withdraw_notification].
1209+//
1210+// It is an error to call this function if @application has no
1211+// application ID.
10871212 func (x *Application) SendNotification(IdVar string, NotificationVar *Notification) {
10881213
10891214 xApplicationSendNotification(x.GoPointer(), IdVar, NotificationVar.GoPointer())
@@ -1199,10 +1324,10 @@ var xApplicationSetResourceBasePath func(uintptr, string)
11991324
12001325 // Sets (or unsets) the base resource path of @application.
12011326 //
1202-// The path is used to automatically load various [application
1203-// resources][gresource] such as menu layouts and action descriptions.
1204-// The various types of resources will be found at fixed names relative
1205-// to the given base path.
1327+// The path is used to automatically load various
1328+// [application resources][struct@Gio.Resource] such as menu layouts and
1329+// action descriptions. The various types of resources will be found at
1330+// fixed names relative to the given base path.
12061331 //
12071332 // By default, the resource base path is determined from the application
12081333 // ID by prefixing '/' and replacing each '.' with '/'. This is done at
@@ -1236,6 +1361,19 @@ func (x *Application) SetResourceBasePath(ResourcePathVar string) {
12361361
12371362 }
12381363
1364+var xApplicationSetVersion func(uintptr, string)
1365+
1366+// Sets the version number of @application. This will be used to implement
1367+// a `--version` command line argument
1368+//
1369+// The application version can only be modified if @application has not yet
1370+// been registered.
1371+func (x *Application) SetVersion(VersionVar string) {
1372+
1373+ xApplicationSetVersion(x.GoPointer(), VersionVar)
1374+
1375+}
1376+
12391377 var xApplicationUnbindBusyProperty func(uintptr, uintptr, string)
12401378
12411379 // Destroys a binding between @property and the busy state of
@@ -1484,36 +1622,36 @@ func (x *Application) ConnectStartup(cb *func(Application)) uint32 {
14841622 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "startup", cbRefPtr)
14851623 }
14861624
1487-// Emits the #GActionGroup::action-added signal on @action_group.
1625+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-added] signal on @action_group.
14881626 //
1489-// This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations.
1627+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
14901628 func (x *Application) ActionAdded(ActionNameVar string) {
14911629
14921630 XGActionGroupActionAdded(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
14931631
14941632 }
14951633
1496-// Emits the #GActionGroup::action-enabled-changed signal on @action_group.
1634+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-enabled-changed] signal on @action_group.
14971635 //
1498-// This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations.
1636+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
14991637 func (x *Application) ActionEnabledChanged(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar bool) {
15001638
15011639 XGActionGroupActionEnabledChanged(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, EnabledVar)
15021640
15031641 }
15041642
1505-// Emits the #GActionGroup::action-removed signal on @action_group.
1643+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-removed] signal on @action_group.
15061644 //
1507-// This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations.
1645+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
15081646 func (x *Application) ActionRemoved(ActionNameVar string) {
15091647
15101648 XGActionGroupActionRemoved(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
15111649
15121650 }
15131651
1514-// Emits the #GActionGroup::action-state-changed signal on @action_group.
1652+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-state-changed] signal on @action_group.
15151653 //
1516-// This function should only be called by #GActionGroup implementations.
1654+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
15171655 func (x *Application) ActionStateChanged(ActionNameVar string, StateVar *glib.Variant) {
15181656
15191657 XGActionGroupActionStateChanged(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, StateVar)
@@ -1524,35 +1662,35 @@ func (x *Application) ActionStateChanged(ActionNameVar string, StateVar *glib.Va
15241662 //
15251663 // If the action is expecting a parameter, then the correct type of
15261664 // parameter must be given as @parameter. If the action is expecting no
1527-// parameters then @parameter must be %NULL. See
1528-// g_action_group_get_action_parameter_type().
1665+// parameters then @parameter must be `NULL`. See
1666+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_parameter_type].
15291667 //
1530-// If the #GActionGroup implementation supports asynchronous remote
1668+// If the [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementation supports asynchronous remote
15311669 // activation over D-Bus, this call may return before the relevant
15321670 // D-Bus traffic has been sent, or any replies have been received. In
15331671 // order to block on such asynchronous activation calls,
1534-// g_dbus_connection_flush() should be called prior to the code, which
1672+// [method@Gio.DBusConnection.flush] should be called prior to the code, which
15351673 // depends on the result of the action activation. Without flushing
15361674 // the D-Bus connection, there is no guarantee that the action would
15371675 // have been activated.
15381676 //
15391677 // The following code which runs in a remote app instance, shows an
1540-// example of a "quit" action being activated on the primary app
1541-// instance over D-Bus. Here g_dbus_connection_flush() is called
1542-// before `exit()`. Without g_dbus_connection_flush(), the "quit" action
1678+// example of a ‘quit’ action being activated on the primary app
1679+// instance over D-Bus. Here [method@Gio.DBusConnection.flush] is called
1680+// before `exit()`. Without `g_dbus_connection_flush()`, the ‘quit’ action
15431681 // may fail to be activated on the primary instance.
15441682 //
1545-// |[<!-- language="C" -->
1546-// // call "quit" action on primary instance
1683+// ```c
1684+// // call ‘quit’ action on primary instance
15471685 // g_action_group_activate_action (G_ACTION_GROUP (app), "quit", NULL);
15481686 //
15491687 // // make sure the action is activated now
1550-// g_dbus_connection_flush (...);
1688+// g_dbus_connection_flush (…);
15511689 //
1552-// g_debug ("application has been terminated. exiting.");
1690+// g_debug ("Application has been terminated. Exiting.");
15531691 //
15541692 // exit (0);
1555-// ]|
1693+// ```
15561694 func (x *Application) ActivateAction(ActionNameVar string, ParameterVar *glib.Variant) {
15571695
15581696 XGActionGroupActivateAction(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, ParameterVar)
@@ -1563,11 +1701,11 @@ func (x *Application) ActivateAction(ActionNameVar string, ParameterVar *glib.Va
15631701 // changed to @value.
15641702 //
15651703 // The action must be stateful and @value must be of the correct type.
1566-// See g_action_group_get_action_state_type().
1704+// See [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_type].
15671705 //
15681706 // This call merely requests a change. The action may refuse to change
15691707 // its state or may change its state to something other than @value.
1570-// See g_action_group_get_action_state_hint().
1708+// See [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_hint].
15711709 //
15721710 // If the @value GVariant is floating, it is consumed.
15731711 func (x *Application) ChangeActionState(ActionNameVar string, ValueVar *glib.Variant) {
@@ -1589,12 +1727,12 @@ func (x *Application) GetActionEnabled(ActionNameVar string) bool {
15891727 // Queries the type of the parameter that must be given when activating
15901728 // the named action within @action_group.
15911729 //
1592-// When activating the action using g_action_group_activate_action(),
1593-// the #GVariant given to that function must be of the type returned
1730+// When activating the action using [method@Gio.ActionGroup.activate_action],
1731+// the [type@GLib.Variant] given to that function must be of the type returned
15941732 // by this function.
15951733 //
1596-// In the case that this function returns %NULL, you must not give any
1597-// #GVariant, but %NULL instead.
1734+// In the case that this function returns `NULL`, you must not give any
1735+// [type@GLib.Variant], but `NULL` instead.
15981736 //
15991737 // The parameter type of a particular action will never change but it is
16001738 // possible for an action to be removed and for a new action to be added
@@ -1607,12 +1745,12 @@ func (x *Application) GetActionParameterType(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant
16071745
16081746 // Queries the current state of the named action within @action_group.
16091747 //
1610-// If the action is not stateful then %NULL will be returned. If the
1748+// If the action is not stateful then `NULL` will be returned. If the
16111749 // action is stateful then the type of the return value is the type
1612-// given by g_action_group_get_action_state_type().
1750+// given by [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_type].
16131751 //
1614-// The return value (if non-%NULL) should be freed with
1615-// g_variant_unref() when it is no longer required.
1752+// The return value (if non-`NULL`) should be freed with
1753+// [method@GLib.Variant.unref] when it is no longer required.
16161754 func (x *Application) GetActionState(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
16171755
16181756 cret := XGActionGroupGetActionState(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
@@ -1622,12 +1760,12 @@ func (x *Application) GetActionState(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
16221760 // Requests a hint about the valid range of values for the state of the
16231761 // named action within @action_group.
16241762 //
1625-// If %NULL is returned it either means that the action is not stateful
1763+// If `NULL` is returned it either means that the action is not stateful
16261764 // or that there is no hint about the valid range of values for the
16271765 // state of the action.
16281766 //
1629-// If a #GVariant array is returned then each item in the array is a
1630-// possible value for the state. If a #GVariant pair (ie: two-tuple) is
1767+// If a [type@GLib.Variant] array is returned then each item in the array is a
1768+// possible value for the state. If a [type@GLib.Variant] pair (ie: two-tuple) is
16311769 // returned then the tuple specifies the inclusive lower and upper bound
16321770 // of valid values for the state.
16331771 //
@@ -1635,8 +1773,8 @@ func (x *Application) GetActionState(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
16351773 // have a state value outside of the hinted range and setting a value
16361774 // within the range may fail.
16371775 //
1638-// The return value (if non-%NULL) should be freed with
1639-// g_variant_unref() when it is no longer required.
1776+// The return value (if non-`NULL`) should be freed with
1777+// [method@GLib.Variant.unref] when it is no longer required.
16401778 func (x *Application) GetActionStateHint(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
16411779
16421780 cret := XGActionGroupGetActionStateHint(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
@@ -1647,14 +1785,14 @@ func (x *Application) GetActionStateHint(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
16471785 // @action_group.
16481786 //
16491787 // If the action is stateful then this function returns the
1650-// #GVariantType of the state. All calls to
1651-// g_action_group_change_action_state() must give a #GVariant of this
1652-// type and g_action_group_get_action_state() will return a #GVariant
1788+// [type@GLib.VariantType] of the state. All calls to
1789+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.change_action_state] must give a [type@GLib.Variant] of this
1790+// type and [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state] will return a [type@GLib.Variant]
16531791 // of the same type.
16541792 //
1655-// If the action is not stateful then this function will return %NULL.
1656-// In that case, g_action_group_get_action_state() will return %NULL
1657-// and you must not call g_action_group_change_action_state().
1793+// If the action is not stateful then this function will return `NULL`.
1794+// In that case, [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state] will return `NULL`
1795+// and you must not call [method@Gio.ActionGroup.change_action_state].
16581796 //
16591797 // The state type of a particular action will never change but it is
16601798 // possible for an action to be removed and for a new action to be added
@@ -1674,7 +1812,7 @@ func (x *Application) HasAction(ActionNameVar string) bool {
16741812
16751813 // Lists the actions contained within @action_group.
16761814 //
1677-// The caller is responsible for freeing the list with g_strfreev() when
1815+// The caller is responsible for freeing the list with [func@GLib.strfreev] when
16781816 // it is no longer required.
16791817 func (x *Application) ListActions() []string {
16801818
@@ -1685,18 +1823,18 @@ func (x *Application) ListActions() []string {
16851823 // Queries all aspects of the named action within an @action_group.
16861824 //
16871825 // This function acquires the information available from
1688-// g_action_group_has_action(), g_action_group_get_action_enabled(),
1689-// g_action_group_get_action_parameter_type(),
1690-// g_action_group_get_action_state_type(),
1691-// g_action_group_get_action_state_hint() and
1692-// g_action_group_get_action_state() with a single function call.
1826+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.has_action], [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_enabled],
1827+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_parameter_type],
1828+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_type],
1829+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_hint] and
1830+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state] with a single function call.
16931831 //
16941832 // This provides two main benefits.
16951833 //
16961834 // The first is the improvement in efficiency that comes with not having
16971835 // to perform repeated lookups of the action in order to discover
16981836 // different things about it. The second is that implementing
1699-// #GActionGroup can now be done by only overriding this one virtual
1837+// [type@Gio.ActionGroup] can now be done by only overriding this one virtual
17001838 // function.
17011839 //
17021840 // The interface provides a default implementation of this function that
@@ -1705,9 +1843,9 @@ func (x *Application) ListActions() []string {
17051843 // those functions that call this function. All implementations,
17061844 // therefore, must override either this function or all of the others.
17071845 //
1708-// If the action exists, %TRUE is returned and any of the requested
1709-// fields (as indicated by having a non-%NULL reference passed in) are
1710-// filled. If the action doesn't exist, %FALSE is returned and the
1846+// If the action exists, `TRUE` is returned and any of the requested
1847+// fields (as indicated by having a non-`NULL` reference passed in) are
1848+// filled. If the action doesn’t exist, `FALSE` is returned and the
17111849 // fields may or may not have been modified.
17121850 func (x *Application) QueryAction(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar bool, ParameterTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateHintVar **glib.Variant, StateVar **glib.Variant) bool {
17131851
@@ -1727,12 +1865,12 @@ func (x *Application) AddAction(ActionVar Action) {
17271865
17281866 }
17291867
1730-// A convenience function for creating multiple #GSimpleAction instances
1731-// and adding them to a #GActionMap.
1868+// A convenience function for creating multiple [class@Gio.SimpleAction]
1869+// instances and adding them to a [iface@Gio.ActionMap].
17321870 //
1733-// Each action is constructed as per one #GActionEntry.
1871+// Each action is constructed as per one [struct@Gio.ActionEntry].
17341872 //
1735-// |[<!-- language="C" -->
1873+// ```c
17361874 // static void
17371875 // activate_quit (GSimpleAction *simple,
17381876 //
@@ -1769,7 +1907,7 @@ func (x *Application) AddAction(ActionVar Action) {
17691907 // return G_ACTION_GROUP (group);
17701908 // }
17711909 //
1772-// ]|
1910+// ```
17731911 func (x *Application) AddActionEntries(EntriesVar []ActionEntry, NEntriesVar int, UserDataVar uintptr) {
17741912
17751913 XGActionMapAddActionEntries(x.GoPointer(), EntriesVar, NEntriesVar, UserDataVar)
@@ -1778,7 +1916,7 @@ func (x *Application) AddActionEntries(EntriesVar []ActionEntry, NEntriesVar int
17781916
17791917 // Looks up the action with the name @action_name in @action_map.
17801918 //
1781-// If no such action exists, returns %NULL.
1919+// If no such action exists, returns `NULL`.
17821920 func (x *Application) LookupAction(ActionNameVar string) *ActionBase {
17831921 var cls *ActionBase
17841922
@@ -1802,6 +1940,37 @@ func (x *Application) RemoveAction(ActionNameVar string) {
18021940
18031941 }
18041942
1943+// Remove actions from a [iface@Gio.ActionMap]. This is meant as the reverse of
1944+// [method@Gio.ActionMap.add_action_entries].
1945+//
1946+// ```c
1947+//
1948+// static const GActionEntry entries[] = {
1949+// { "quit", activate_quit },
1950+// { "print-string", activate_print_string, "s" }
1951+// };
1952+//
1953+// void
1954+// add_actions (GActionMap *map)
1955+//
1956+// {
1957+// g_action_map_add_action_entries (map, entries, G_N_ELEMENTS (entries), NULL);
1958+// }
1959+//
1960+// void
1961+// remove_actions (GActionMap *map)
1962+//
1963+// {
1964+// g_action_map_remove_action_entries (map, entries, G_N_ELEMENTS (entries));
1965+// }
1966+//
1967+// ```
1968+func (x *Application) RemoveActionEntries(EntriesVar []ActionEntry, NEntriesVar int) {
1969+
1970+ XGActionMapRemoveActionEntries(x.GoPointer(), EntriesVar, NEntriesVar)
1971+
1972+}
1973+
18051974 var xApplicationGetDefault func() uintptr
18061975
18071976 // Returns the default #GApplication instance for this process.
@@ -1904,6 +2073,7 @@ func init() {
19042073 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationGetIsRegistered, lib, "g_application_get_is_registered")
19052074 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationGetIsRemote, lib, "g_application_get_is_remote")
19062075 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationGetResourceBasePath, lib, "g_application_get_resource_base_path")
2076+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationGetVersion, lib, "g_application_get_version")
19072077 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationHold, lib, "g_application_hold")
19082078 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationMarkBusy, lib, "g_application_mark_busy")
19092079 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationOpen, lib, "g_application_open")
@@ -1921,6 +2091,7 @@ func init() {
19212091 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationSetOptionContextParameterString, lib, "g_application_set_option_context_parameter_string")
19222092 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationSetOptionContextSummary, lib, "g_application_set_option_context_summary")
19232093 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationSetResourceBasePath, lib, "g_application_set_resource_base_path")
2094+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationSetVersion, lib, "g_application_set_version")
19242095 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationUnbindBusyProperty, lib, "g_application_unbind_busy_property")
19252096 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationUnmarkBusy, lib, "g_application_unmark_busy")
19262097 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationWithdrawNotification, lib, "g_application_withdraw_notification")
M v4/gio/gapplicationcommandline.go +122 -28
@@ -25,7 +25,9 @@ type ApplicationCommandLineClass struct {
2525
2626 xGetStdin uintptr
2727
28- Padding [11]uintptr
28+ xDone uintptr
29+
30+ Padding [10]uintptr
2931 }
3032
3133 func (x *ApplicationCommandLineClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
@@ -111,6 +113,29 @@ func (x *ApplicationCommandLineClass) GetGetStdin() func(*ApplicationCommandLine
111113 }
112114 }
113115
116+// OverrideDone sets the callback function.
117+func (x *ApplicationCommandLineClass) OverrideDone(cb func(*ApplicationCommandLine)) {
118+ if cb == nil {
119+ x.xDone = 0
120+ } else {
121+ x.xDone = purego.NewCallback(func(CmdlineVarp uintptr) {
122+ cb(ApplicationCommandLineNewFromInternalPtr(CmdlineVarp))
123+ })
124+ }
125+}
126+
127+// GetDone gets the callback function.
128+func (x *ApplicationCommandLineClass) GetDone() func(*ApplicationCommandLine) {
129+ if x.xDone == 0 {
130+ return nil
131+ }
132+ var rawCallback func(CmdlineVarp uintptr)
133+ purego.RegisterFunc(&rawCallback, x.xDone)
134+ return func(CmdlineVar *ApplicationCommandLine) {
135+ rawCallback(CmdlineVar.GoPointer())
136+ }
137+}
138+
114139 type ApplicationCommandLinePrivate struct {
115140 _ structs.HostLayout
116141 }
@@ -119,30 +144,33 @@ func (x *ApplicationCommandLinePrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
119144 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
120145 }
121146
122-// #GApplicationCommandLine represents a command-line invocation of
123-// an application. It is created by #GApplication and emitted
124-// in the #GApplication::command-line signal and virtual function.
147+// `GApplicationCommandLine` represents a command-line invocation of
148+// an application.
149+//
150+// It is created by [class@Gio.Application] and emitted
151+// in the [signal@Gio.Application::command-line] signal and virtual function.
125152 //
126153 // The class contains the list of arguments that the program was invoked
127-// with. It is also possible to query if the commandline invocation was
154+// with. It is also possible to query if the commandline invocation was
128155 // local (ie: the current process is running in direct response to the
129156 // invocation) or remote (ie: some other process forwarded the
130157 // commandline to this process).
131158 //
132-// The GApplicationCommandLine object can provide the @argc and @argv
133-// parameters for use with the #GOptionContext command-line parsing API,
134-// with the g_application_command_line_get_arguments() function. See
135-// [gapplication-example-cmdline3.c][gapplication-example-cmdline3]
159+// The `GApplicationCommandLine` object can provide the @argc and @argv
160+// parameters for use with the [struct@GLib.OptionContext] command-line parsing API,
161+// with the [method@Gio.ApplicationCommandLine.get_arguments] function. See
162+// [gapplication-example-cmdline3.c](https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/glib/-/blob/HEAD/gio/tests/gapplication-example-cmdline3.c)
136163 // for an example.
137164 //
138165 // The exit status of the originally-invoked process may be set and
139-// messages can be printed to stdout or stderr of that process. The
140-// lifecycle of the originally-invoked process is tied to the lifecycle
141-// of this object (ie: the process exits when the last reference is
142-// dropped).
166+// messages can be printed to stdout or stderr of that process.
167+//
168+// For remote invocation, the originally-invoked process exits when
169+// [method@Gio.ApplicationCommandLine.done] method is called. This method is
170+// also automatically called when the object is disposed.
143171 //
144-// The main use for #GApplicationCommandLine (and the
145-// #GApplication::command-line signal) is 'Emacs server' like use cases:
172+// The main use for `GApplicationCommandLine` (and the
173+// [signal@Gio.Application::command-line] signal) is 'Emacs server' like use cases:
146174 // You can set the `EDITOR` environment variable to have e.g. git use
147175 // your favourite editor to edit commit messages, and if you already
148176 // have an instance of the editor running, the editing will happen
@@ -151,11 +179,12 @@ func (x *ApplicationCommandLinePrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
151179 // does not return until the editing is done.
152180 //
153181 // Normally, the commandline is completely handled in the
154-// #GApplication::command-line handler. The launching instance exits
182+// [signal@Gio.Application::command-line] handler. The launching instance exits
155183 // once the signal handler in the primary instance has returned, and
156184 // the return value of the signal handler becomes the exit status
157185 // of the launching instance.
158-// |[<!-- language="C" -->
186+//
187+// ```c
159188 // static int
160189 // command_line (GApplication *application,
161190 //
@@ -180,13 +209,15 @@ func (x *ApplicationCommandLinePrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
180209 // return 0;
181210 // }
182211 //
183-// ]|
212+// ```
213+//
184214 // The complete example can be found here:
185215 // [gapplication-example-cmdline.c](https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/glib/-/blob/HEAD/gio/tests/gapplication-example-cmdline.c)
186216 //
187217 // In more complicated cases, the handling of the commandline can be
188218 // split between the launcher and the primary instance.
189-// |[<!-- language="C" -->
219+//
220+// ```c
190221 // static gboolean
191222 //
192223 // test_local_cmdline (GApplication *application,
@@ -236,18 +267,19 @@ func (x *ApplicationCommandLinePrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
236267 // ...
237268 // }
238269 //
239-// ]|
270+// ```
271+//
240272 // In this example of split commandline handling, options that start
241273 // with `--local-` are handled locally, all other options are passed
242-// to the #GApplication::command-line handler which runs in the primary
274+// to the [signal@Gio.Application::command-line] handler which runs in the primary
243275 // instance.
244276 //
245277 // The complete example can be found here:
246278 // [gapplication-example-cmdline2.c](https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/glib/-/blob/HEAD/gio/tests/gapplication-example-cmdline2.c)
247279 //
248-// If handling the commandline requires a lot of work, it may
249-// be better to defer it.
250-// |[<!-- language="C" -->
280+// If handling the commandline requires a lot of work, it may be better to defer it.
281+//
282+// ```c
251283 // static gboolean
252284 // my_cmdline_handler (gpointer data)
253285 //
@@ -281,10 +313,11 @@ func (x *ApplicationCommandLinePrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
281313 // return 0;
282314 // }
283315 //
284-// ]|
316+// ```
317+//
285318 // In this example the commandline is not completely handled before
286-// the #GApplication::command-line handler returns. Instead, we keep
287-// a reference to the #GApplicationCommandLine object and handle it
319+// the [signal@Gio.Application::command-line] handler returns. Instead, we keep
320+// a reference to the `GApplicationCommandLine` object and handle it
288321 // later (in this example, in an idle). Note that it is necessary to
289322 // hold the application until you are done with the commandline.
290323 //
@@ -327,6 +360,29 @@ func (x *ApplicationCommandLine) CreateFileForArg(ArgVar string) *FileBase {
327360 return cls
328361 }
329362
363+var xApplicationCommandLineDone func(uintptr)
364+
365+// Signals that command line processing is completed.
366+//
367+// For remote invocation, it causes the invoking process to terminate.
368+//
369+// For local invocation, it does nothing.
370+//
371+// This method should be called in the [signal@Gio.Application::command-line]
372+// handler, after the exit status is set and all messages are printed.
373+//
374+// After this call, g_application_command_line_set_exit_status() has no effect.
375+// Subsequent calls to this method are no-ops.
376+//
377+// This method is automatically called when the #GApplicationCommandLine
378+// object is disposed — so you can omit the call in non-garbage collected
379+// languages.
380+func (x *ApplicationCommandLine) Done() {
381+
382+ xApplicationCommandLineDone(x.GoPointer())
383+
384+}
385+
330386 var xApplicationCommandLineGetArguments func(uintptr, int) []string
331387
332388 // Gets the list of arguments that was passed on the command line.
@@ -406,7 +462,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationCommandLine) GetIsRemote() bool {
406462
407463 var xApplicationCommandLineGetOptionsDict func(uintptr) *glib.VariantDict
408464
409-// Gets the options there were passed to g_application_command_line().
465+// Gets the options that were passed to g_application_command_line().
410466 //
411467 // If you did not override local_command_line() then these are the same
412468 // options that were parsed according to the #GOptionEntrys added to the
@@ -415,6 +471,9 @@ var xApplicationCommandLineGetOptionsDict func(uintptr) *glib.VariantDict
415471 //
416472 // If no options were sent then an empty dictionary is returned so that
417473 // you don't need to check for %NULL.
474+//
475+// The data has been passed via an untrusted external process, so the types of
476+// all values must be checked before being used.
418477 func (x *ApplicationCommandLine) GetOptionsDict() *glib.VariantDict {
419478
420479 cret := xApplicationCommandLineGetOptionsDict(x.GoPointer())
@@ -430,6 +489,9 @@ var xApplicationCommandLineGetPlatformData func(uintptr) *glib.Variant
430489 // information like the current working directory and the startup
431490 // notification ID.
432491 //
492+// It comes from an untrusted external process and hence the types of all
493+// values must be validated before being used.
494+//
433495 // For local invocation, it will be %NULL.
434496 func (x *ApplicationCommandLine) GetPlatformData() *glib.Variant {
435497
@@ -495,6 +557,19 @@ func (x *ApplicationCommandLine) Print(FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{})
495557
496558 }
497559
560+var xApplicationCommandLinePrintLiteral func(uintptr, string)
561+
562+// Prints a message using the stdout print handler in the invoking process.
563+//
564+// Unlike g_application_command_line_print(), @message is not a `printf()`-style
565+// format string. Use this function if @message contains text you don't have
566+// control over, that could include `printf()` escape sequences.
567+func (x *ApplicationCommandLine) PrintLiteral(MessageVar string) {
568+
569+ xApplicationCommandLinePrintLiteral(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar)
570+
571+}
572+
498573 var xApplicationCommandLinePrinterr func(uintptr, string, ...interface{})
499574
500575 // Formats a message and prints it using the stderr print handler in the
@@ -509,6 +584,19 @@ func (x *ApplicationCommandLine) Printerr(FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface
509584
510585 }
511586
587+var xApplicationCommandLinePrinterrLiteral func(uintptr, string)
588+
589+// Prints a message using the stderr print handler in the invoking process.
590+//
591+// Unlike g_application_command_line_printerr(), @message is not
592+// a `printf()`-style format string. Use this function if @message contains text
593+// you don't have control over, that could include `printf()` escape sequences.
594+func (x *ApplicationCommandLine) PrinterrLiteral(MessageVar string) {
595+
596+ xApplicationCommandLinePrinterrLiteral(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar)
597+
598+}
599+
512600 var xApplicationCommandLineSetExitStatus func(uintptr, int)
513601
514602 // Sets the exit status that will be used when the invoking process
@@ -532,6 +620,9 @@ var xApplicationCommandLineSetExitStatus func(uintptr, int)
532620 // have been 'successful' in a certain sense, and the exit status is
533621 // always zero. If the application use count is zero, though, the exit
534622 // status of the local #GApplicationCommandLine is used.
623+//
624+// This method is a no-op if g_application_command_line_done() has
625+// been called.
535626 func (x *ApplicationCommandLine) SetExitStatus(ExitStatusVar int) {
536627
537628 xApplicationCommandLineSetExitStatus(x.GoPointer(), ExitStatusVar)
@@ -560,6 +651,7 @@ func init() {
560651 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationCommandLineGLibType, lib, "g_application_command_line_get_type")
561652
562653 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationCommandLineCreateFileForArg, lib, "g_application_command_line_create_file_for_arg")
654+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationCommandLineDone, lib, "g_application_command_line_done")
563655 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationCommandLineGetArguments, lib, "g_application_command_line_get_arguments")
564656 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationCommandLineGetCwd, lib, "g_application_command_line_get_cwd")
565657 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationCommandLineGetEnviron, lib, "g_application_command_line_get_environ")
@@ -570,7 +662,9 @@ func init() {
570662 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationCommandLineGetStdin, lib, "g_application_command_line_get_stdin")
571663 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationCommandLineGetenv, lib, "g_application_command_line_getenv")
572664 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationCommandLinePrint, lib, "g_application_command_line_print")
665+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationCommandLinePrintLiteral, lib, "g_application_command_line_print_literal")
573666 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationCommandLinePrinterr, lib, "g_application_command_line_printerr")
667+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationCommandLinePrinterrLiteral, lib, "g_application_command_line_printerr_literal")
574668 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationCommandLineSetExitStatus, lib, "g_application_command_line_set_exit_status")
575669
576670 }
M v4/gio/gasyncinitable.go +14 -8
@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ func (x *AsyncInitableIface) GoPointer() uintptr {
2929 }
3030
3131 // OverrideInitAsync sets the callback function.
32+// Starts initialization of the object.
3233 func (x *AsyncInitableIface) OverrideInitAsync(cb func(AsyncInitable, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
3334 if cb == nil {
3435 x.xInitAsync = 0
@@ -40,6 +41,7 @@ func (x *AsyncInitableIface) OverrideInitAsync(cb func(AsyncInitable, int, *Canc
4041 }
4142
4243 // GetInitAsync gets the callback function.
44+// Starts initialization of the object.
4345 func (x *AsyncInitableIface) GetInitAsync() func(AsyncInitable, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
4446 if x.xInitAsync == 0 {
4547 return nil
@@ -52,6 +54,7 @@ func (x *AsyncInitableIface) GetInitAsync() func(AsyncInitable, int, *Cancellabl
5254 }
5355
5456 // OverrideInitFinish sets the callback function.
57+// Finishes initialization of the object.
5558 func (x *AsyncInitableIface) OverrideInitFinish(cb func(AsyncInitable, AsyncResult) bool) {
5659 if cb == nil {
5760 x.xInitFinish = 0
@@ -63,6 +66,7 @@ func (x *AsyncInitableIface) OverrideInitFinish(cb func(AsyncInitable, AsyncResu
6366 }
6467
6568 // GetInitFinish gets the callback function.
69+// Finishes initialization of the object.
6670 func (x *AsyncInitableIface) GetInitFinish() func(AsyncInitable, AsyncResult) bool {
6771 if x.xInitFinish == 0 {
6872 return nil
@@ -74,22 +78,24 @@ func (x *AsyncInitableIface) GetInitFinish() func(AsyncInitable, AsyncResult) bo
7478 }
7579 }
7680
77-// This is the asynchronous version of #GInitable; it behaves the same
81+// `GAsyncInitable` is an interface for asynchronously initializable objects.
82+//
83+// This is the asynchronous version of [iface@Gio.Initable]; it behaves the same
7884 // in all ways except that initialization is asynchronous. For more details
79-// see the descriptions on #GInitable.
85+// see the descriptions on `GInitable`.
8086 //
81-// A class may implement both the #GInitable and #GAsyncInitable interfaces.
87+// A class may implement both the `GInitable` and `GAsyncInitable` interfaces.
8288 //
8389 // Users of objects implementing this are not intended to use the interface
8490 // method directly; instead it will be used automatically in various ways.
85-// For C applications you generally just call g_async_initable_new_async()
91+// For C applications you generally just call [func@Gio.AsyncInitable.new_async]
8692 // directly, or indirectly via a foo_thing_new_async() wrapper. This will call
87-// g_async_initable_init_async() under the cover, calling back with %NULL and
88-// a set %GError on failure.
93+// [method@Gio.AsyncInitable.init_async] under the covers, calling back with `NULL`
94+// and a set `GError` on failure.
8995 //
9096 // A typical implementation might look something like this:
9197 //
92-// |[<!-- language="C" -->
98+// ```c
9399 //
94100 // enum {
95101 // NOT_INITIALIZED,
@@ -181,7 +187,7 @@ func (x *AsyncInitableIface) GetInitFinish() func(AsyncInitable, AsyncResult) bo
181187 // iface->init_finish = foo_init_finish;
182188 // }
183189 //
184-// ]|
190+// ```
185191 type AsyncInitable interface {
186192 GoPointer() uintptr
187193 SetGoPointer(uintptr)
M v4/gio/gasyncresult.go +39 -32
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ import (
1212 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1313 )
1414
15-// Interface definition for #GAsyncResult.
15+// Interface definition for [iface@Gio.AsyncResult].
1616 type AsyncResultIface struct {
1717 _ structs.HostLayout
1818
@@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ func (x *AsyncResultIface) GoPointer() uintptr {
3030 }
3131
3232 // OverrideGetUserData sets the callback function.
33+// Gets the user data passed to the callback.
3334 func (x *AsyncResultIface) OverrideGetUserData(cb func(AsyncResult) uintptr) {
3435 if cb == nil {
3536 x.xGetUserData = 0
@@ -41,6 +42,7 @@ func (x *AsyncResultIface) OverrideGetUserData(cb func(AsyncResult) uintptr) {
4142 }
4243
4344 // GetGetUserData gets the callback function.
45+// Gets the user data passed to the callback.
4446 func (x *AsyncResultIface) GetGetUserData() func(AsyncResult) uintptr {
4547 if x.xGetUserData == 0 {
4648 return nil
@@ -53,6 +55,7 @@ func (x *AsyncResultIface) GetGetUserData() func(AsyncResult) uintptr {
5355 }
5456
5557 // OverrideGetSourceObject sets the callback function.
58+// Gets the source object that issued the asynchronous operation.
5659 func (x *AsyncResultIface) OverrideGetSourceObject(cb func(AsyncResult) *gobject.Object) {
5760 if cb == nil {
5861 x.xGetSourceObject = 0
@@ -68,6 +71,7 @@ func (x *AsyncResultIface) OverrideGetSourceObject(cb func(AsyncResult) *gobject
6871 }
6972
7073 // GetGetSourceObject gets the callback function.
74+// Gets the source object that issued the asynchronous operation.
7175 func (x *AsyncResultIface) GetGetSourceObject() func(AsyncResult) *gobject.Object {
7276 if x.xGetSourceObject == 0 {
7377 return nil
@@ -86,6 +90,7 @@ func (x *AsyncResultIface) GetGetSourceObject() func(AsyncResult) *gobject.Objec
8690 }
8791
8892 // OverrideIsTagged sets the callback function.
93+// Checks if a result is tagged with a particular source.
8994 func (x *AsyncResultIface) OverrideIsTagged(cb func(AsyncResult, uintptr) bool) {
9095 if cb == nil {
9196 x.xIsTagged = 0
@@ -97,6 +102,7 @@ func (x *AsyncResultIface) OverrideIsTagged(cb func(AsyncResult, uintptr) bool)
97102 }
98103
99104 // GetIsTagged gets the callback function.
105+// Checks if a result is tagged with a particular source.
100106 func (x *AsyncResultIface) GetIsTagged() func(AsyncResult, uintptr) bool {
101107 if x.xIsTagged == 0 {
102108 return nil
@@ -108,37 +114,38 @@ func (x *AsyncResultIface) GetIsTagged() func(AsyncResult, uintptr) bool {
108114 }
109115 }
110116
111-// Provides a base class for implementing asynchronous function results.
117+// `GAsyncResult` provides a base class for implementing asynchronous function results.
112118 //
113119 // Asynchronous operations are broken up into two separate operations
114-// which are chained together by a #GAsyncReadyCallback. To begin
115-// an asynchronous operation, provide a #GAsyncReadyCallback to the
120+// which are chained together by a `GAsyncReadyCallback`. To begin
121+// an asynchronous operation, provide a `GAsyncReadyCallback` to the
116122 // asynchronous function. This callback will be triggered when the
117123 // operation has completed, and must be run in a later iteration of
118-// the [thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default]
119-// from where the operation was initiated. It will be passed a
120-// #GAsyncResult instance filled with the details of the operation's
121-// success or failure, the object the asynchronous function was
122-// started for and any error codes returned. The asynchronous callback
123-// function is then expected to call the corresponding "_finish()"
124+// the thread-default main context (see
125+// [method@GLib.MainContext.push_thread_default]) from where the operation was
126+// initiated. It will be passed a `GAsyncResult` instance filled with the
127+// details of the operation's success or failure, the object the asynchronous
128+// function was started for and any error codes returned. The asynchronous
129+// callback function is then expected to call the corresponding `_finish()`
124130 // function, passing the object the function was called for, the
125-// #GAsyncResult instance, and (optionally) an @error to grab any
131+// `GAsyncResult` instance, and (optionally) an @error to grab any
126132 // error conditions that may have occurred.
127133 //
128-// The "_finish()" function for an operation takes the generic result
129-// (of type #GAsyncResult) and returns the specific result that the
130-// operation in question yields (e.g. a #GFileEnumerator for a
134+// The `_finish()` function for an operation takes the generic result
135+// (of type `GAsyncResult`) and returns the specific result that the
136+// operation in question yields (e.g. a [class@Gio.FileEnumerator] for a
131137 // "enumerate children" operation). If the result or error status of the
132-// operation is not needed, there is no need to call the "_finish()"
138+// operation is not needed, there is no need to call the `_finish()`
133139 // function; GIO will take care of cleaning up the result and error
134-// information after the #GAsyncReadyCallback returns. You can pass
135-// %NULL for the #GAsyncReadyCallback if you don't need to take any
140+// information after the `GAsyncReadyCallback` returns. You can pass
141+// `NULL` for the `GAsyncReadyCallback` if you don't need to take any
136142 // action at all after the operation completes. Applications may also
137-// take a reference to the #GAsyncResult and call "_finish()" later;
138-// however, the "_finish()" function may be called at most once.
143+// take a reference to the `GAsyncResult` and call `_finish()` later;
144+// however, the `_finish()` function may be called at most once.
139145 //
140146 // Example of a typical asynchronous operation flow:
141-// |[<!-- language="C" -->
147+//
148+// ```c
142149 // void _theoretical_frobnitz_async (Theoretical *t,
143150 //
144151 // GCancellable *c,
@@ -183,20 +190,20 @@ func (x *AsyncResultIface) GetIsTagged() func(AsyncResult, uintptr) bool {
183190 // ...
184191 // }
185192 //
186-// ]|
193+// ```
187194 //
188195 // The callback for an asynchronous operation is called only once, and is
189196 // always called, even in the case of a cancelled operation. On cancellation
190-// the result is a %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED error.
197+// the result is a `G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED` error.
191198 //
192-// ## I/O Priority # {#io-priority}
199+// ## I/O Priority
193200 //
194201 // Many I/O-related asynchronous operations have a priority parameter,
195202 // which is used in certain cases to determine the order in which
196203 // operations are executed. They are not used to determine system-wide
197204 // I/O scheduling. Priorities are integers, with lower numbers indicating
198205 // higher priority. It is recommended to choose priorities between
199-// %G_PRIORITY_LOW and %G_PRIORITY_HIGH, with %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT
206+// `G_PRIORITY_LOW` and `G_PRIORITY_HIGH`, with `G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT`
200207 // as a default.
201208 type AsyncResult interface {
202209 GoPointer() uintptr
@@ -228,7 +235,7 @@ func (x *AsyncResultBase) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
228235 x.Ptr = ptr
229236 }
230237
231-// Gets the source object from a #GAsyncResult.
238+// Gets the source object from a [iface@Gio.AsyncResult].
232239 func (x *AsyncResultBase) GetSourceObject() *gobject.Object {
233240 var cls *gobject.Object
234241
@@ -242,7 +249,7 @@ func (x *AsyncResultBase) GetSourceObject() *gobject.Object {
242249 return cls
243250 }
244251
245-// Gets the user data from a #GAsyncResult.
252+// Gets the user data from a [iface@Gio.AsyncResult].
246253 func (x *AsyncResultBase) GetUserData() uintptr {
247254
248255 cret := XGAsyncResultGetUserData(x.GoPointer())
@@ -257,14 +264,14 @@ func (x *AsyncResultBase) IsTagged(SourceTagVar uintptr) bool {
257264 return cret
258265 }
259266
260-// If @res is a #GSimpleAsyncResult, this is equivalent to
261-// g_simple_async_result_propagate_error(). Otherwise it returns
262-// %FALSE.
267+// If @res is a [class@Gio.SimpleAsyncResult], this is equivalent to
268+// [method@Gio.SimpleAsyncResult.propagate_error]. Otherwise it returns
269+// `FALSE`.
263270 //
264-// This can be used for legacy error handling in async *_finish()
265-// wrapper functions that traditionally handled #GSimpleAsyncResult
271+// This can be used for legacy error handling in async `*_finish()`
272+// wrapper functions that traditionally handled [class@Gio.SimpleAsyncResult]
266273 // error returns themselves rather than calling into the virtual method.
267-// This should not be used in new code; #GAsyncResult errors that are
274+// This should not be used in new code; [iface@Gio.AsyncResult] errors that are
268275 // set by virtual methods should also be extracted by virtual methods,
269276 // to enable subclasses to chain up correctly.
270277 func (x *AsyncResultBase) LegacyPropagateError() (bool, error) {
M v4/gio/gbufferedinputstream.go +23 -23
@@ -229,20 +229,19 @@ func (x *BufferedInputStreamPrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
229229 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
230230 }
231231
232-// Buffered input stream implements #GFilterInputStream and provides
232+// Buffered input stream implements [class@Gio.FilterInputStream] and provides
233233 // for buffered reads.
234234 //
235-// By default, #GBufferedInputStream's buffer size is set at 4 kilobytes.
235+// By default, `GBufferedInputStream`'s buffer size is set at 4 kilobytes.
236236 //
237-// To create a buffered input stream, use g_buffered_input_stream_new(),
238-// or g_buffered_input_stream_new_sized() to specify the buffer's size at
237+// To create a buffered input stream, use [ctor@Gio.BufferedInputStream.new],
238+// or [ctor@Gio.BufferedInputStream.new_sized] to specify the buffer's size at
239239 // construction.
240240 //
241241 // To get the size of a buffer within a buffered input stream, use
242-// g_buffered_input_stream_get_buffer_size(). To change the size of a
243-// buffered input stream's buffer, use
244-// g_buffered_input_stream_set_buffer_size(). Note that the buffer's size
245-// cannot be reduced below the size of the data within the buffer.
242+// [method@Gio.BufferedInputStream.get_buffer_size]. To change the size of a
243+// buffered input stream's buffer, use [method@Gio.BufferedInputStream.set_buffer_size].
244+// Note that the buffer's size cannot be reduced below the size of the data within the buffer.
246245 type BufferedInputStream struct {
247246 FilterInputStream
248247 }
@@ -261,7 +260,7 @@ func BufferedInputStreamNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *BufferedInputStream {
261260
262261 var xNewBufferedInputStream func(uintptr) uintptr
263262
264-// Creates a new #GInputStream from the given @base_stream, with
263+// Creates a new [class@Gio.InputStream] from the given @base_stream, with
265264 // a buffer set to the default size (4 kilobytes).
266265 func NewBufferedInputStream(BaseStreamVar *InputStream) *BufferedInputStream {
267266 var cls *BufferedInputStream
@@ -278,7 +277,7 @@ func NewBufferedInputStream(BaseStreamVar *InputStream) *BufferedInputStream {
278277
279278 var xNewBufferedInputStreamSized func(uintptr, uint) uintptr
280279
281-// Creates a new #GBufferedInputStream from the given @base_stream,
280+// Creates a new [class@Gio.BufferedInputStream] from the given @base_stream,
282281 // with a buffer set to @size.
283282 func NewBufferedInputStreamSized(BaseStreamVar *InputStream, SizeVar uint) *BufferedInputStream {
284283 var cls *BufferedInputStream
@@ -299,7 +298,8 @@ var xBufferedInputStreamFill func(uintptr, int, uintptr, **glib.Error) int
299298 // Will block during this read.
300299 //
301300 // If @count is zero, returns zero and does nothing. A value of @count
302-// larger than %G_MAXSSIZE will cause a %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
301+// larger than `G_MAXSSIZE` will cause a
302+// [error@Gio.IOErrorEnum.INVALID_ARGUMENT] error.
303303 //
304304 // On success, the number of bytes read into the buffer is returned.
305305 // It is not an error if this is not the same as the requested size, as it
@@ -309,16 +309,16 @@ var xBufferedInputStreamFill func(uintptr, int, uintptr, **glib.Error) int
309309 // If @count is -1 then the attempted read size is equal to the number of
310310 // bytes that are required to fill the buffer.
311311 //
312-// If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
312+// If @cancellable is not `NULL`, then the operation can be cancelled by
313313 // triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
314-// was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If an
315-// operation was partially finished when the operation was cancelled the
314+// was cancelled, the error [error@Gio.IOErrorEnum.CANCELLED] will be returned.
315+// If an operation was partially finished when the operation was cancelled the
316316 // partial result will be returned, without an error.
317317 //
318-// On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly.
318+// On error `-1` is returned and @error is set accordingly.
319319 //
320320 // For the asynchronous, non-blocking, version of this function, see
321-// g_buffered_input_stream_fill_async().
321+// [method@Gio.BufferedInputStream.fill_async].
322322 func (x *BufferedInputStream) Fill(CountVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (int, error) {
323323 var cerr *glib.Error
324324
@@ -334,9 +334,9 @@ var xBufferedInputStreamFillAsync func(uintptr, int, int, uintptr, uintptr, uint
334334
335335 // Reads data into @stream's buffer asynchronously, up to @count size.
336336 // @io_priority can be used to prioritize reads. For the synchronous
337-// version of this function, see g_buffered_input_stream_fill().
337+// version of this function, see [method@Gio.BufferedInputStream.fill].
338338 //
339-// If @count is -1 then the attempted read size is equal to the number
339+// If @count is `-1` then the attempted read size is equal to the number
340340 // of bytes that are required to fill the buffer.
341341 func (x *BufferedInputStream) FillAsync(CountVar int, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar *AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) {
342342
@@ -403,15 +403,15 @@ var xBufferedInputStreamReadByte func(uintptr, uintptr, **glib.Error) int
403403 // during this read.
404404 //
405405 // On success, the byte read from the stream is returned. On end of stream
406-// -1 is returned but it's not an exceptional error and @error is not set.
406+// `-1` is returned but it's not an exceptional error and @error is not set.
407407 //
408-// If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
408+// If @cancellable is not `NULL`, then the operation can be cancelled by
409409 // triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
410-// was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If an
411-// operation was partially finished when the operation was cancelled the
410+// was cancelled, the error [error@Gio.IOErrorEnum.CANCELLED] will be returned.
411+// If an operation was partially finished when the operation was cancelled the
412412 // partial result will be returned, without an error.
413413 //
414-// On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly.
414+// On error `-1` is returned and @error is set accordingly.
415415 func (x *BufferedInputStream) ReadByte(CancellableVar *Cancellable) (int, error) {
416416 var cerr *glib.Error
417417
M v4/gio/gbufferedoutputstream.go +7 -8
@@ -79,20 +79,19 @@ func (x *BufferedOutputStreamPrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
7979 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
8080 }
8181
82-// Buffered output stream implements #GFilterOutputStream and provides
82+// Buffered output stream implements [class@Gio.FilterOutputStream] and provides
8383 // for buffered writes.
8484 //
85-// By default, #GBufferedOutputStream's buffer size is set at 4 kilobytes.
85+// By default, `GBufferedOutputStream`'s buffer size is set at 4 kilobytes.
8686 //
87-// To create a buffered output stream, use g_buffered_output_stream_new(),
88-// or g_buffered_output_stream_new_sized() to specify the buffer's size
87+// To create a buffered output stream, use [ctor@Gio.BufferedOutputStream.new],
88+// or [ctor@Gio.BufferedOutputStream.new_sized] to specify the buffer's size
8989 // at construction.
9090 //
9191 // To get the size of a buffer within a buffered input stream, use
92-// g_buffered_output_stream_get_buffer_size(). To change the size of a
93-// buffered output stream's buffer, use
94-// g_buffered_output_stream_set_buffer_size(). Note that the buffer's
95-// size cannot be reduced below the size of the data within the buffer.
92+// [method@Gio.BufferedOutputStream.get_buffer_size]. To change the size of a
93+// buffered output stream's buffer, use [method@Gio.BufferedOutputStream.set_buffer_size].
94+// Note that the buffer's size cannot be reduced below the size of the data within the buffer.
9695 type BufferedOutputStream struct {
9796 FilterOutputStream
9897 }
A v4/gio/gbytesicon.go +178 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
1+// Package gio was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package gio
3+
4+import (
5+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
6+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
7+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
10+)
11+
12+// `GBytesIcon` specifies an image held in memory in a common format (usually
13+// PNG) to be used as icon.
14+type BytesIcon struct {
15+ gobject.Object
16+}
17+
18+var xBytesIconGLibType func() types.GType
19+
20+func BytesIconGLibType() types.GType {
21+ return xBytesIconGLibType()
22+}
23+
24+func BytesIconNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *BytesIcon {
25+ cls := &BytesIcon{}
26+ cls.Ptr = ptr
27+ return cls
28+}
29+
30+var xNewBytesIcon func(*glib.Bytes) uintptr
31+
32+// Creates a new icon for a bytes.
33+//
34+// This cannot fail, but loading and interpreting the bytes may fail later on
35+// (for example, if g_loadable_icon_load() is called) if the image is invalid.
36+func NewBytesIcon(BytesVar *glib.Bytes) *BytesIcon {
37+ var cls *BytesIcon
38+
39+ cret := xNewBytesIcon(BytesVar)
40+
41+ if cret == 0 {
42+ return nil
43+ }
44+ cls = &BytesIcon{}
45+ cls.Ptr = cret
46+ return cls
47+}
48+
49+var xBytesIconGetBytes func(uintptr) *glib.Bytes
50+
51+// Gets the #GBytes associated with the given @icon.
52+func (x *BytesIcon) GetBytes() *glib.Bytes {
53+
54+ cret := xBytesIconGetBytes(x.GoPointer())
55+ return cret
56+}
57+
58+func (c *BytesIcon) GoPointer() uintptr {
59+ if c == nil {
60+ return 0
61+ }
62+ return c.Ptr
63+}
64+
65+func (c *BytesIcon) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
66+ c.Ptr = ptr
67+}
68+
69+// Checks if two icons are equal.
70+func (x *BytesIcon) Equal(Icon2Var Icon) bool {
71+
72+ cret := XGIconEqual(x.GoPointer(), Icon2Var.GoPointer())
73+ return cret
74+}
75+
76+// Gets a hash for an icon.
77+func (x *BytesIcon) Hash() uint {
78+
79+ cret := XGIconHash(x.GoPointer())
80+ return cret
81+}
82+
83+// Serializes a #GIcon into a #GVariant. An equivalent #GIcon can be retrieved
84+// back by calling g_icon_deserialize() on the returned value.
85+// As serialization will avoid using raw icon data when possible, it only
86+// makes sense to transfer the #GVariant between processes on the same machine,
87+// (as opposed to over the network), and within the same file system namespace.
88+func (x *BytesIcon) Serialize() *glib.Variant {
89+
90+ cret := XGIconSerialize(x.GoPointer())
91+ return cret
92+}
93+
94+// Generates a textual representation of @icon that can be used for
95+// serialization such as when passing @icon to a different process or
96+// saving it to persistent storage. Use g_icon_new_for_string() to
97+// get @icon back from the returned string.
98+//
99+// The encoding of the returned string is proprietary to #GIcon except
100+// in the following two cases
101+//
102+// - If @icon is a #GFileIcon, the returned string is a native path
103+// (such as `/path/to/my icon.png`) without escaping
104+// if the #GFile for @icon is a native file. If the file is not
105+// native, the returned string is the result of g_file_get_uri()
106+// (such as `sftp://path/to/my%20icon.png`).
107+//
108+// - If @icon is a #GThemedIcon with exactly one name and no fallbacks,
109+// the encoding is simply the name (such as `network-server`).
110+func (x *BytesIcon) ToString() string {
111+
112+ cret := XGIconToString(x.GoPointer())
113+ return cret
114+}
115+
116+// Loads a loadable icon. For the asynchronous version of this function,
117+// see g_loadable_icon_load_async().
118+func (x *BytesIcon) Load(SizeVar int, TypeVar string, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (*InputStream, error) {
119+ var cls *InputStream
120+ var cerr *glib.Error
121+
122+ cret := XGLoadableIconLoad(x.GoPointer(), SizeVar, TypeVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
123+
124+ if cret == 0 {
125+ return nil, cerr
126+ }
127+ cls = &InputStream{}
128+ cls.Ptr = cret
129+ if cerr == nil {
130+ return cls, nil
131+ }
132+ return cls, cerr
133+
134+}
135+
136+// Loads an icon asynchronously. To finish this function, see
137+// g_loadable_icon_load_finish(). For the synchronous, blocking
138+// version of this function, see g_loadable_icon_load().
139+func (x *BytesIcon) LoadAsync(SizeVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar *AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) {
140+
141+ XGLoadableIconLoadAsync(x.GoPointer(), SizeVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), glib.NewCallbackNullable(CallbackVar), UserDataVar)
142+
143+}
144+
145+// Finishes an asynchronous icon load started in g_loadable_icon_load_async().
146+func (x *BytesIcon) LoadFinish(ResVar AsyncResult, TypeVar string) (*InputStream, error) {
147+ var cls *InputStream
148+ var cerr *glib.Error
149+
150+ cret := XGLoadableIconLoadFinish(x.GoPointer(), ResVar.GoPointer(), TypeVar, &cerr)
151+
152+ if cret == 0 {
153+ return nil, cerr
154+ }
155+ cls = &InputStream{}
156+ cls.Ptr = cret
157+ if cerr == nil {
158+ return cls, nil
159+ }
160+ return cls, cerr
161+
162+}
163+
164+func init() {
165+ core.SetPackageName("GIO", "gio-2.0")
166+ core.SetSharedLibrary("GIO", "libgio-2.0.so.0")
167+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("GIO"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
168+ if err != nil {
169+ panic(err)
170+ }
171+
172+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBytesIconGLibType, lib, "g_bytes_icon_get_type")
173+
174+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewBytesIcon, lib, "g_bytes_icon_new")
175+
176+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBytesIconGetBytes, lib, "g_bytes_icon_get_bytes")
177+
178+}
M v4/gio/gcancellable.go +43 -6
@@ -180,7 +180,9 @@ func (x *CancellablePrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
180180 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
181181 }
182182
183-// GCancellable is a thread-safe operation cancellation stack used
183+// `GCancellable` allows operations to be cancelled.
184+//
185+// `GCancellable` is a thread-safe operation cancellation stack used
184186 // throughout GIO to allow for cancellation of synchronous and
185187 // asynchronous operations.
186188 type Cancellable struct {
@@ -240,6 +242,9 @@ var xCancellableCancel func(uintptr)
240242 // cancel the operation from the same thread in which it is running,
241243 // then the operation's #GAsyncReadyCallback will not be invoked until
242244 // the application returns to the main loop.
245+//
246+// It is safe (although useless, since it will be a no-op) to call
247+// this function from a [signal@Gio.Cancellable::cancelled] signal handler.
243248 func (x *Cancellable) Cancel() {
244249
245250 xCancellableCancel(x.GoPointer())
@@ -252,9 +257,14 @@ var xCancellableConnect func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) uint32
252257 // signal. Also handles the race condition that may happen
253258 // if the cancellable is cancelled right before connecting.
254259 //
255-// @callback is called at most once, either directly at the
256-// time of the connect if @cancellable is already cancelled,
257-// or when @cancellable is cancelled in some thread.
260+// @callback is called exactly once each time @cancellable is cancelled,
261+// either directly at the time of the connect if @cancellable is already
262+// cancelled, or when @cancellable is cancelled in some thread.
263+// In case the cancellable is reset via [method@Gio.Cancellable.reset]
264+// then the callback can be called again if the @cancellable is cancelled and
265+// if it had not been previously cancelled at the time
266+// [method@Gio.Cancellable.connect] was called (e.g. if the connection actually
267+// took place, returning a non-zero value).
258268 //
259269 // @data_destroy_func will be called when the handler is
260270 // disconnected, or immediately if the cancellable is already
@@ -263,9 +273,21 @@ var xCancellableConnect func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) uint32
263273 // See #GCancellable::cancelled for details on how to use this.
264274 //
265275 // Since GLib 2.40, the lock protecting @cancellable is not held when
266-// @callback is invoked. This lifts a restriction in place for
276+// @callback is invoked. This lifts a restriction in place for
267277 // earlier GLib versions which now makes it easier to write cleanup
268-// code that unconditionally invokes e.g. g_cancellable_cancel().
278+// code that unconditionally invokes e.g. [method@Gio.Cancellable.cancel].
279+// Note that since 2.82 GLib still holds a lock during the callback but it’s
280+// designed in a way that most of the [class@Gio.Cancellable] methods can be
281+// called, including [method@Gio.Cancellable.cancel] or
282+// [method@GObject.Object.unref].
283+//
284+// There are still some methods that will deadlock (by design) when
285+// called from the [signal@Gio.Cancellable::cancelled] callbacks:
286+// - [method@Gio.Cancellable.connect]
287+// - [method@Gio.Cancellable.disconnect]
288+// - [method@Gio.Cancellable.reset]
289+// - [method@Gio.Cancellable.make_pollfd]
290+// - [method@Gio.Cancellable.release_fd]
269291 func (x *Cancellable) Connect(CallbackVar *gobject.Callback, DataVar uintptr, DataDestroyFuncVar *glib.DestroyNotify) uint32 {
270292
271293 cret := xCancellableConnect(x.GoPointer(), glib.NewCallback(CallbackVar), DataVar, glib.NewCallbackNullable(DataDestroyFuncVar))
@@ -344,6 +366,11 @@ var xCancellableMakePollfd func(uintptr, *glib.PollFD) bool
344366 // You are not supposed to read from the fd yourself, just check for
345367 // readable status. Reading to unset the readable status is done
346368 // with g_cancellable_reset().
369+//
370+// Note that in the event that a [signal@Gio.Cancellable::cancelled] signal handler is
371+// currently running, this call will block until the handler has finished.
372+// Calling this function from a signal handler will therefore result in a
373+// deadlock.
347374 func (x *Cancellable) MakePollfd(PollfdVar *glib.PollFD) bool {
348375
349376 cret := xCancellableMakePollfd(x.GoPointer(), PollfdVar)
@@ -387,6 +414,11 @@ var xCancellableReleaseFd func(uintptr)
387414 // block scarce file descriptors until it is finalized if this function
388415 // is not called. This can cause the application to run out of file
389416 // descriptors when many #GCancellables are used at the same time.
417+//
418+// Note that in the event that a [signal@Gio.Cancellable::cancelled] signal handler is
419+// currently running, this call will block until the handler has finished.
420+// Calling this function from a signal handler will therefore result in a
421+// deadlock.
390422 func (x *Cancellable) ReleaseFd() {
391423
392424 xCancellableReleaseFd(x.GoPointer())
@@ -406,6 +438,11 @@ var xCancellableReset func(uintptr)
406438 // is to drop the reference to a cancellable after cancelling it,
407439 // and let it die with the outstanding async operations. You should
408440 // create a fresh cancellable for further async operations.
441+//
442+// In the event that a [signal@Gio.Cancellable::cancelled] signal handler is currently
443+// running, this call will block until the handler has finished.
444+// Calling this function from a signal handler will therefore result in a
445+// deadlock.
409446 func (x *Cancellable) Reset() {
410447
411448 xCancellableReset(x.GoPointer())
M v4/gio/gcharsetconverter.go +15 -3
@@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ func (x *CharsetConverterClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2222 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2323 }
2424
25-// #GCharsetConverter is an implementation of #GConverter based on
26-// GIConv.
25+// `GCharsetConverter` is an implementation of [iface@Gio.Converter] based on
26+// [struct@GLib.IConv].
2727 type CharsetConverter struct {
2828 gobject.Object
2929 }
@@ -192,6 +192,18 @@ func (x *CharsetConverter) Convert(InbufVar []byte, InbufSizeVar uint, OutbufVar
192192
193193 }
194194
195+// Applies @converter to the data in @bytes.
196+func (x *CharsetConverter) ConvertBytes(BytesVar *glib.Bytes) (*glib.Bytes, error) {
197+ var cerr *glib.Error
198+
199+ cret := XGConverterConvertBytes(x.GoPointer(), BytesVar, &cerr)
200+ if cerr == nil {
201+ return cret, nil
202+ }
203+ return cret, cerr
204+
205+}
206+
195207 // Resets all internal state in the converter, making it behave
196208 // as if it was just created. If the converter has any internal
197209 // state that would produce output then that output is lost.
@@ -219,7 +231,7 @@ func (x *CharsetConverter) Reset() {
219231 // If the object is not initialized, or initialization returns with an
220232 // error, then all operations on the object except g_object_ref() and
221233 // g_object_unref() are considered to be invalid, and have undefined
222-// behaviour. See the [introduction][ginitable] for more details.
234+// behaviour. See the [description][iface@Gio.Initable#description] for more details.
223235 //
224236 // Callers should not assume that a class which implements #GInitable can be
225237 // initialized multiple times, unless the class explicitly documents itself as
M v4/gio/gconverter.go +22 -1
@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ func (x *ConverterIface) GoPointer() uintptr {
2929 }
3030
3131 // OverrideConvert sets the callback function.
32+// Converts data.
3233 func (x *ConverterIface) OverrideConvert(cb func(Converter, []byte, uint, []byte, uint, ConverterFlags, uint, uint) ConverterResult) {
3334 if cb == nil {
3435 x.xConvert = 0
@@ -40,6 +41,7 @@ func (x *ConverterIface) OverrideConvert(cb func(Converter, []byte, uint, []byte
4041 }
4142
4243 // GetConvert gets the callback function.
44+// Converts data.
4345 func (x *ConverterIface) GetConvert() func(Converter, []byte, uint, []byte, uint, ConverterFlags, uint, uint) ConverterResult {
4446 if x.xConvert == 0 {
4547 return nil
@@ -52,6 +54,7 @@ func (x *ConverterIface) GetConvert() func(Converter, []byte, uint, []byte, uint
5254 }
5355
5456 // OverrideReset sets the callback function.
57+// Reverts the internal state of the converter to its initial state.
5558 func (x *ConverterIface) OverrideReset(cb func(Converter)) {
5659 if cb == nil {
5760 x.xReset = 0
@@ -63,6 +66,7 @@ func (x *ConverterIface) OverrideReset(cb func(Converter)) {
6366 }
6467
6568 // GetReset gets the callback function.
69+// Reverts the internal state of the converter to its initial state.
6670 func (x *ConverterIface) GetReset() func(Converter) {
6771 if x.xReset == 0 {
6872 return nil
@@ -74,7 +78,9 @@ func (x *ConverterIface) GetReset() func(Converter) {
7478 }
7579 }
7680
77-// #GConverter is implemented by objects that convert
81+// `GConverter` is an interface for streaming conversions.
82+//
83+// `GConverter` is implemented by objects that convert
7884 // binary data in various ways. The conversion can be
7985 // stateful and may fail at any place.
8086 //
@@ -85,6 +91,7 @@ type Converter interface {
8591 GoPointer() uintptr
8692 SetGoPointer(uintptr)
8793 Convert(InbufVar []byte, InbufSizeVar uint, OutbufVar []byte, OutbufSizeVar uint, FlagsVar ConverterFlags, BytesReadVar uint, BytesWrittenVar uint) (ConverterResult, error)
94+ ConvertBytes(BytesVar *glib.Bytes) (*glib.Bytes, error)
8895 Reset()
8996 }
9097
@@ -202,6 +209,18 @@ func (x *ConverterBase) Convert(InbufVar []byte, InbufSizeVar uint, OutbufVar []
202209
203210 }
204211
212+// Applies @converter to the data in @bytes.
213+func (x *ConverterBase) ConvertBytes(BytesVar *glib.Bytes) (*glib.Bytes, error) {
214+ var cerr *glib.Error
215+
216+ cret := XGConverterConvertBytes(x.GoPointer(), BytesVar, &cerr)
217+ if cerr == nil {
218+ return cret, nil
219+ }
220+ return cret, cerr
221+
222+}
223+
205224 // Resets all internal state in the converter, making it behave
206225 // as if it was just created. If the converter has any internal
207226 // state that would produce output then that output is lost.
@@ -212,6 +231,7 @@ func (x *ConverterBase) Reset() {
212231 }
213232
214233 var XGConverterConvert func(uintptr, []byte, uint, []byte, uint, ConverterFlags, uint, uint, **glib.Error) ConverterResult
234+var XGConverterConvertBytes func(uintptr, *glib.Bytes, **glib.Error) *glib.Bytes
215235 var XGConverterReset func(uintptr)
216236
217237 func init() {
@@ -225,6 +245,7 @@ func init() {
225245 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xConverterGLibType, lib, "g_converter_get_type")
226246
227247 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&XGConverterConvert, lib, "g_converter_convert")
248+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&XGConverterConvertBytes, lib, "g_converter_convert_bytes")
228249 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&XGConverterReset, lib, "g_converter_reset")
229250
230251 }
M v4/gio/gconverterinputstream.go +12 -3
@@ -155,11 +155,11 @@ func (x *ConverterInputStreamPrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
155155 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
156156 }
157157
158-// Converter input stream implements #GInputStream and allows
158+// Converter input stream implements [class@Gio.InputStream] and allows
159159 // conversion of data of various types during reading.
160160 //
161-// As of GLib 2.34, #GConverterInputStream implements
162-// #GPollableInputStream.
161+// As of GLib 2.34, `GConverterInputStream` implements
162+// [iface@Gio.PollableInputStream].
163163 type ConverterInputStream struct {
164164 FilterInputStream
165165 }
@@ -241,6 +241,9 @@ func (x *ConverterInputStream) CanPoll() bool {
241241 // the stream may not actually be readable even after the source
242242 // triggers, so you should use g_pollable_input_stream_read_nonblocking()
243243 // rather than g_input_stream_read() from the callback.
244+//
245+// The behaviour of this method is undefined if
246+// g_pollable_input_stream_can_poll() returns %FALSE for @stream.
244247 func (x *ConverterInputStream) CreateSource(CancellableVar *Cancellable) *glib.Source {
245248
246249 cret := XGPollableInputStreamCreateSource(x.GoPointer(), CancellableVar.GoPointer())
@@ -255,6 +258,9 @@ func (x *ConverterInputStream) CreateSource(CancellableVar *Cancellable) *glib.S
255258 // non-blocking behavior, you should always use
256259 // g_pollable_input_stream_read_nonblocking(), which will return a
257260 // %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK error rather than blocking.
261+//
262+// The behaviour of this method is undefined if
263+// g_pollable_input_stream_can_poll() returns %FALSE for @stream.
258264 func (x *ConverterInputStream) IsReadable() bool {
259265
260266 cret := XGPollableInputStreamIsReadable(x.GoPointer())
@@ -272,6 +278,9 @@ func (x *ConverterInputStream) IsReadable() bool {
272278 // if @cancellable has already been cancelled when you call, which
273279 // may happen if you call this method after a source triggers due
274280 // to having been cancelled.
281+//
282+// The behaviour of this method is undefined if
283+// g_pollable_input_stream_can_poll() returns %FALSE for @stream.
275284 func (x *ConverterInputStream) ReadNonblocking(BufferVar []byte, CountVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (int, error) {
276285 var cerr *glib.Error
277286
M v4/gio/gconverteroutputstream.go +15 -3
@@ -155,11 +155,11 @@ func (x *ConverterOutputStreamPrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
155155 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
156156 }
157157
158-// Converter output stream implements #GOutputStream and allows
158+// Converter output stream implements [class@Gio.OutputStream] and allows
159159 // conversion of data of various types during reading.
160160 //
161-// As of GLib 2.34, #GConverterOutputStream implements
162-// #GPollableOutputStream.
161+// As of GLib 2.34, `GConverterOutputStream` implements
162+// [iface@Gio.PollableOutputStream].
163163 type ConverterOutputStream struct {
164164 FilterOutputStream
165165 }
@@ -241,6 +241,9 @@ func (x *ConverterOutputStream) CanPoll() bool {
241241 // the stream may not actually be writable even after the source
242242 // triggers, so you should use g_pollable_output_stream_write_nonblocking()
243243 // rather than g_output_stream_write() from the callback.
244+//
245+// The behaviour of this method is undefined if
246+// g_pollable_output_stream_can_poll() returns %FALSE for @stream.
244247 func (x *ConverterOutputStream) CreateSource(CancellableVar *Cancellable) *glib.Source {
245248
246249 cret := XGPollableOutputStreamCreateSource(x.GoPointer(), CancellableVar.GoPointer())
@@ -255,6 +258,9 @@ func (x *ConverterOutputStream) CreateSource(CancellableVar *Cancellable) *glib.
255258 // non-blocking behavior, you should always use
256259 // g_pollable_output_stream_write_nonblocking(), which will return a
257260 // %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK error rather than blocking.
261+//
262+// The behaviour of this method is undefined if
263+// g_pollable_output_stream_can_poll() returns %FALSE for @stream.
258264 func (x *ConverterOutputStream) IsWritable() bool {
259265
260266 cret := XGPollableOutputStreamIsWritable(x.GoPointer())
@@ -276,6 +282,9 @@ func (x *ConverterOutputStream) IsWritable() bool {
276282 // Also note that if %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK is returned some underlying
277283 // transports like D/TLS require that you re-send the same @buffer and
278284 // @count in the next write call.
285+//
286+// The behaviour of this method is undefined if
287+// g_pollable_output_stream_can_poll() returns %FALSE for @stream.
279288 func (x *ConverterOutputStream) WriteNonblocking(BufferVar []byte, CountVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (int, error) {
280289 var cerr *glib.Error
281290
@@ -303,6 +312,9 @@ func (x *ConverterOutputStream) WriteNonblocking(BufferVar []byte, CountVar uint
303312 // Also note that if %G_POLLABLE_RETURN_WOULD_BLOCK is returned some underlying
304313 // transports like D/TLS require that you re-send the same @vectors and
305314 // @n_vectors in the next write call.
315+//
316+// The behaviour of this method is undefined if
317+// g_pollable_output_stream_can_poll() returns %FALSE for @stream.
306318 func (x *ConverterOutputStream) WritevNonblocking(VectorsVar []OutputVector, NVectorsVar uint, BytesWrittenVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (PollableReturn, error) {
307319 var cerr *glib.Error
308320
M v4/gio/gcredentials.go +26 -28
@@ -21,43 +21,41 @@ func (x *CredentialsClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2121 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2222 }
2323
24-// The #GCredentials type is a reference-counted wrapper for native
25-// credentials. This information is typically used for identifying,
24+// The `GCredentials` type is a reference-counted wrapper for native
25+// credentials.
26+//
27+// The information in `GCredentials` is typically used for identifying,
2628 // authenticating and authorizing other processes.
2729 //
28-// Some operating systems supports looking up the credentials of the
29-// remote peer of a communication endpoint - see e.g.
30-// g_socket_get_credentials().
30+// Some operating systems supports looking up the credentials of the remote
31+// peer of a communication endpoint - see e.g. [method@Gio.Socket.get_credentials].
3132 //
3233 // Some operating systems supports securely sending and receiving
33-// credentials over a Unix Domain Socket, see
34-// #GUnixCredentialsMessage, g_unix_connection_send_credentials() and
35-// g_unix_connection_receive_credentials() for details.
34+// credentials over a Unix Domain Socket, see [class@Gio.UnixCredentialsMessage],
35+// [method@Gio.UnixConnection.send_credentials] and
36+// [method@Gio.UnixConnection.receive_credentials] for details.
3637 //
3738 // On Linux, the native credential type is a `struct ucred` - see the
38-// unix(7) man page for details. This corresponds to
39-// %G_CREDENTIALS_TYPE_LINUX_UCRED.
39+// [`unix(7)` man page](man:unix(7)) for details. This corresponds to
40+// `G_CREDENTIALS_TYPE_LINUX_UCRED`.
4041 //
41-// On Apple operating systems (including iOS, tvOS, and macOS),
42-// the native credential type is a `struct xucred`.
43-// This corresponds to %G_CREDENTIALS_TYPE_APPLE_XUCRED.
42+// On Apple operating systems (including iOS, tvOS, and macOS), the native credential
43+// type is a `struct xucred`. This corresponds to `G_CREDENTIALS_TYPE_APPLE_XUCRED`.
4444 //
45-// On FreeBSD, Debian GNU/kFreeBSD, and GNU/Hurd, the native
46-// credential type is a `struct cmsgcred`. This corresponds
47-// to %G_CREDENTIALS_TYPE_FREEBSD_CMSGCRED.
45+// On FreeBSD, Debian GNU/kFreeBSD, and GNU/Hurd, the native credential type is a
46+// `struct cmsgcred`. This corresponds to `G_CREDENTIALS_TYPE_FREEBSD_CMSGCRED`.
4847 //
4948 // On NetBSD, the native credential type is a `struct unpcbid`.
50-// This corresponds to %G_CREDENTIALS_TYPE_NETBSD_UNPCBID.
49+// This corresponds to `G_CREDENTIALS_TYPE_NETBSD_UNPCBID`.
5150 //
5251 // On OpenBSD, the native credential type is a `struct sockpeercred`.
53-// This corresponds to %G_CREDENTIALS_TYPE_OPENBSD_SOCKPEERCRED.
52+// This corresponds to `G_CREDENTIALS_TYPE_OPENBSD_SOCKPEERCRED`.
5453 //
55-// On Solaris (including OpenSolaris and its derivatives), the native
56-// credential type is a `ucred_t`. This corresponds to
57-// %G_CREDENTIALS_TYPE_SOLARIS_UCRED.
54+// On Solaris (including OpenSolaris and its derivatives), the native credential type
55+// is a `ucred_t`. This corresponds to `G_CREDENTIALS_TYPE_SOLARIS_UCRED`.
5856 //
5957 // Since GLib 2.72, on Windows, the native credentials may contain the PID of a
60-// process. This corresponds to %G_CREDENTIALS_TYPE_WIN32_PID.
58+// process. This corresponds to `G_CREDENTIALS_TYPE_WIN32_PID`.
6159 type Credentials struct {
6260 gobject.Object
6361 }
@@ -105,7 +103,7 @@ func (x *Credentials) GetNative(NativeTypeVar CredentialsType) uintptr {
105103 return cret
106104 }
107105
108-var xCredentialsGetUnixPid func(uintptr) int
106+var xCredentialsGetUnixPid func(uintptr) pid_t
109107
110108 // Tries to get the UNIX process identifier from @credentials. This
111109 // method is only available on UNIX platforms.
@@ -113,7 +111,7 @@ var xCredentialsGetUnixPid func(uintptr) int
113111 // This operation can fail if #GCredentials is not supported on the
114112 // OS or if the native credentials type does not contain information
115113 // about the UNIX process ID.
116-func (x *Credentials) GetUnixPid() (int, error) {
114+func (x *Credentials) GetUnixPid() (pid_t, error) {
117115 var cerr *glib.Error
118116
119117 cret := xCredentialsGetUnixPid(x.GoPointer())
@@ -124,7 +122,7 @@ func (x *Credentials) GetUnixPid() (int, error) {
124122
125123 }
126124
127-var xCredentialsGetUnixUser func(uintptr) uint
125+var xCredentialsGetUnixUser func(uintptr) uid_t
128126
129127 // Tries to get the UNIX user identifier from @credentials. This
130128 // method is only available on UNIX platforms.
@@ -132,7 +130,7 @@ var xCredentialsGetUnixUser func(uintptr) uint
132130 // This operation can fail if #GCredentials is not supported on the
133131 // OS or if the native credentials type does not contain information
134132 // about the UNIX user.
135-func (x *Credentials) GetUnixUser() (uint, error) {
133+func (x *Credentials) GetUnixUser() (uid_t, error) {
136134 var cerr *glib.Error
137135
138136 cret := xCredentialsGetUnixUser(x.GoPointer())
@@ -174,7 +172,7 @@ func (x *Credentials) SetNative(NativeTypeVar CredentialsType, NativeVar uintptr
174172
175173 }
176174
177-var xCredentialsSetUnixUser func(uintptr, uint, **glib.Error) bool
175+var xCredentialsSetUnixUser func(uintptr, uid_t, **glib.Error) bool
178176
179177 // Tries to set the UNIX user identifier on @credentials. This method
180178 // is only available on UNIX platforms.
@@ -183,7 +181,7 @@ var xCredentialsSetUnixUser func(uintptr, uint, **glib.Error) bool
183181 // OS or if the native credentials type does not contain information
184182 // about the UNIX user. It can also fail if the OS does not allow the
185183 // use of "spoofed" credentials.
186-func (x *Credentials) SetUnixUser(UidVar uint) (bool, error) {
184+func (x *Credentials) SetUnixUser(UidVar uid_t) (bool, error) {
187185 var cerr *glib.Error
188186
189187 cret := xCredentialsSetUnixUser(x.GoPointer(), UidVar, &cerr)
M v4/gio/gdatagrambased.go +36 -20
@@ -37,6 +37,7 @@ func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
3737 }
3838
3939 // OverrideReceiveMessages sets the callback function.
40+// Virtual method for g_datagram_based_receive_messages().
4041 func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) OverrideReceiveMessages(cb func(DatagramBased, []InputMessage, uint, int, int64, *Cancellable) int) {
4142 if cb == nil {
4243 x.xReceiveMessages = 0
@@ -48,6 +49,7 @@ func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) OverrideReceiveMessages(cb func(DatagramBased,
4849 }
4950
5051 // GetReceiveMessages gets the callback function.
52+// Virtual method for g_datagram_based_receive_messages().
5153 func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) GetReceiveMessages() func(DatagramBased, []InputMessage, uint, int, int64, *Cancellable) int {
5254 if x.xReceiveMessages == 0 {
5355 return nil
@@ -60,6 +62,7 @@ func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) GetReceiveMessages() func(DatagramBased, []Inpu
6062 }
6163
6264 // OverrideSendMessages sets the callback function.
65+// Virtual method for g_datagram_based_send_messages().
6366 func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) OverrideSendMessages(cb func(DatagramBased, []OutputMessage, uint, int, int64, *Cancellable) int) {
6467 if cb == nil {
6568 x.xSendMessages = 0
@@ -71,6 +74,7 @@ func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) OverrideSendMessages(cb func(DatagramBased, []O
7174 }
7275
7376 // GetSendMessages gets the callback function.
77+// Virtual method for g_datagram_based_send_messages().
7478 func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) GetSendMessages() func(DatagramBased, []OutputMessage, uint, int, int64, *Cancellable) int {
7579 if x.xSendMessages == 0 {
7680 return nil
@@ -83,6 +87,7 @@ func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) GetSendMessages() func(DatagramBased, []OutputM
8387 }
8488
8589 // OverrideCreateSource sets the callback function.
90+// Virtual method for g_datagram_based_create_source().
8691 func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) OverrideCreateSource(cb func(DatagramBased, glib.IOCondition, *Cancellable) *glib.Source) {
8792 if cb == nil {
8893 x.xCreateSource = 0
@@ -94,6 +99,7 @@ func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) OverrideCreateSource(cb func(DatagramBased, gli
9499 }
95100
96101 // GetCreateSource gets the callback function.
102+// Virtual method for g_datagram_based_create_source().
97103 func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) GetCreateSource() func(DatagramBased, glib.IOCondition, *Cancellable) *glib.Source {
98104 if x.xCreateSource == 0 {
99105 return nil
@@ -106,6 +112,7 @@ func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) GetCreateSource() func(DatagramBased, glib.IOCo
106112 }
107113
108114 // OverrideConditionCheck sets the callback function.
115+// Virtual method for g_datagram_based_condition_check().
109116 func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) OverrideConditionCheck(cb func(DatagramBased, glib.IOCondition) glib.IOCondition) {
110117 if cb == nil {
111118 x.xConditionCheck = 0
@@ -117,6 +124,7 @@ func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) OverrideConditionCheck(cb func(DatagramBased, g
117124 }
118125
119126 // GetConditionCheck gets the callback function.
127+// Virtual method for g_datagram_based_condition_check().
120128 func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) GetConditionCheck() func(DatagramBased, glib.IOCondition) glib.IOCondition {
121129 if x.xConditionCheck == 0 {
122130 return nil
@@ -129,6 +137,9 @@ func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) GetConditionCheck() func(DatagramBased, glib.IO
129137 }
130138
131139 // OverrideConditionWait sets the callback function.
140+// Virtual method for
141+//
142+// g_datagram_based_condition_wait().
132143 func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) OverrideConditionWait(cb func(DatagramBased, glib.IOCondition, int64, *Cancellable) bool) {
133144 if cb == nil {
134145 x.xConditionWait = 0
@@ -140,6 +151,9 @@ func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) OverrideConditionWait(cb func(DatagramBased, gl
140151 }
141152
142153 // GetConditionWait gets the callback function.
154+// Virtual method for
155+//
156+// g_datagram_based_condition_wait().
143157 func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) GetConditionWait() func(DatagramBased, glib.IOCondition, int64, *Cancellable) bool {
144158 if x.xConditionWait == 0 {
145159 return nil
@@ -151,52 +165,54 @@ func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) GetConditionWait() func(DatagramBased, glib.IOC
151165 }
152166 }
153167
154-// A #GDatagramBased is a networking interface for representing datagram-based
168+// Interface for socket-like objects with datagram semantics.
169+//
170+// A `GDatagramBased` is a networking interface for representing datagram-based
155171 // communications. It is a more or less direct mapping of the core parts of the
156172 // BSD socket API in a portable GObject interface. It is implemented by
157-// #GSocket, which wraps the UNIX socket API on UNIX and winsock2 on Windows.
173+// [class@Gio.Socket], which wraps the UNIX socket API on UNIX and winsock2 on Windows.
158174 //
159-// #GDatagramBased is entirely platform independent, and is intended to be used
160-// alongside higher-level networking APIs such as #GIOStream.
175+// `GDatagramBased` is entirely platform independent, and is intended to be used
176+// alongside higher-level networking APIs such as [class@Gio.IOStream].
161177 //
162178 // It uses vectored scatter/gather I/O by default, allowing for many messages
163179 // to be sent or received in a single call. Where possible, implementations of
164180 // the interface should take advantage of vectored I/O to minimise processing
165-// or system calls. For example, #GSocket uses recvmmsg() and sendmmsg() where
166-// possible. Callers should take advantage of scatter/gather I/O (the use of
181+// or system calls. For example, `GSocket` uses `recvmmsg()` and `sendmmsg()`
182+// where possible. Callers should take advantage of scatter/gather I/O (the use of
167183 // multiple buffers per message) to avoid unnecessary copying of data to
168184 // assemble or disassemble a message.
169185 //
170-// Each #GDatagramBased operation has a timeout parameter which may be negative
186+// Each `GDatagramBased` operation has a timeout parameter which may be negative
171187 // for blocking behaviour, zero for non-blocking behaviour, or positive for
172188 // timeout behaviour. A blocking operation blocks until finished or there is an
173189 // error. A non-blocking operation will return immediately with a
174-// %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK error if it cannot make progress. A timeout operation
190+// `G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK` error if it cannot make progress. A timeout operation
175191 // will block until the operation is complete or the timeout expires; if the
176192 // timeout expires it will return what progress it made, or
177-// %G_IO_ERROR_TIMED_OUT if no progress was made. To know when a call would
178-// successfully run you can call g_datagram_based_condition_check() or
179-// g_datagram_based_condition_wait(). You can also use
180-// g_datagram_based_create_source() and attach it to a #GMainContext to get
181-// callbacks when I/O is possible.
193+// `G_IO_ERROR_TIMED_OUT` if no progress was made. To know when a call would
194+// successfully run you can call [method@Gio.DatagramBased.condition_check] or
195+// [method@Gio.DatagramBased.condition_wait]. You can also use
196+// [method@Gio.DatagramBased.create_source] and attach it to a [struct@GLib.MainContext]
197+// to get callbacks when I/O is possible.
182198 //
183199 // When running a non-blocking operation applications should always be able to
184-// handle getting a %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK error even when some other function
200+// handle getting a `G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK` error even when some other function
185201 // said that I/O was possible. This can easily happen in case of a race
186202 // condition in the application, but it can also happen for other reasons. For
187203 // instance, on Windows a socket is always seen as writable until a write
188-// returns %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK.
204+// returns `G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK`.
189205 //
190-// As with #GSocket, #GDatagramBaseds can be either connection oriented (for
191-// example, SCTP) or connectionless (for example, UDP). #GDatagramBaseds must be
206+// As with `GSocket`, `GDatagramBased`s can be either connection oriented (for
207+// example, SCTP) or connectionless (for example, UDP). `GDatagramBased`s must be
192208 // datagram-based, not stream-based. The interface does not cover connection
193209 // establishment — use methods on the underlying type to establish a connection
194-// before sending and receiving data through the #GDatagramBased API. For
210+// before sending and receiving data through the `GDatagramBased` API. For
195211 // connectionless socket types the target/source address is specified or
196212 // received in each I/O operation.
197213 //
198-// Like most other APIs in GLib, #GDatagramBased is not inherently thread safe.
199-// To use a #GDatagramBased concurrently from multiple threads, you must
214+// Like most other APIs in GLib, `GDatagramBased` is not inherently thread safe.
215+// To use a `GDatagramBased` concurrently from multiple threads, you must
200216 // implement your own locking.
201217 type DatagramBased interface {
202218 GoPointer() uintptr
M v4/gio/gdatainputstream.go +2 -2
@@ -154,8 +154,8 @@ func (x *DataInputStreamPrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
154154 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
155155 }
156156
157-// Data input stream implements #GInputStream and includes functions for
158-// reading structured data directly from a binary input stream.
157+// Data input stream implements [class@Gio.InputStream] and includes functions
158+// for reading structured data directly from a binary input stream.
159159 type DataInputStream struct {
160160 BufferedInputStream
161161 }
M v4/gio/gdataoutputstream.go +2 -2
@@ -154,8 +154,8 @@ func (x *DataOutputStreamPrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
154154 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
155155 }
156156
157-// Data output stream implements #GOutputStream and includes functions for
158-// writing data directly to an output stream.
157+// Data output stream implements [class@Gio.OutputStream] and includes functions
158+// for writing data directly to an output stream.
159159 type DataOutputStream struct {
160160 FilterOutputStream
161161 }
A v4/gio/gdbusactiongroup.go +345 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,345 @@
1+// Package gio was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package gio
3+
4+import (
5+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
6+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
7+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
10+)
11+
12+// `GDBusActionGroup` is an implementation of the [iface@Gio.ActionGroup]
13+// interface.
14+//
15+// `GDBusActionGroup` can be used as a proxy for an action group
16+// that is exported over D-Bus with [method@Gio.DBusConnection.export_action_group].
17+type DBusActionGroup struct {
18+ gobject.Object
19+}
20+
21+var xDBusActionGroupGLibType func() types.GType
22+
23+func DBusActionGroupGLibType() types.GType {
24+ return xDBusActionGroupGLibType()
25+}
26+
27+func DBusActionGroupNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *DBusActionGroup {
28+ cls := &DBusActionGroup{}
29+ cls.Ptr = ptr
30+ return cls
31+}
32+
33+func (c *DBusActionGroup) GoPointer() uintptr {
34+ if c == nil {
35+ return 0
36+ }
37+ return c.Ptr
38+}
39+
40+func (c *DBusActionGroup) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
41+ c.Ptr = ptr
42+}
43+
44+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-added] signal on @action_group.
45+//
46+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
47+func (x *DBusActionGroup) ActionAdded(ActionNameVar string) {
48+
49+ XGActionGroupActionAdded(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
50+
51+}
52+
53+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-enabled-changed] signal on @action_group.
54+//
55+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
56+func (x *DBusActionGroup) ActionEnabledChanged(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar bool) {
57+
58+ XGActionGroupActionEnabledChanged(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, EnabledVar)
59+
60+}
61+
62+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-removed] signal on @action_group.
63+//
64+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
65+func (x *DBusActionGroup) ActionRemoved(ActionNameVar string) {
66+
67+ XGActionGroupActionRemoved(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
68+
69+}
70+
71+// Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-state-changed] signal on @action_group.
72+//
73+// This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
74+func (x *DBusActionGroup) ActionStateChanged(ActionNameVar string, StateVar *glib.Variant) {
75+
76+ XGActionGroupActionStateChanged(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, StateVar)
77+
78+}
79+
80+// Activate the named action within @action_group.
81+//
82+// If the action is expecting a parameter, then the correct type of
83+// parameter must be given as @parameter. If the action is expecting no
84+// parameters then @parameter must be `NULL`. See
85+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_parameter_type].
86+//
87+// If the [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementation supports asynchronous remote
88+// activation over D-Bus, this call may return before the relevant
89+// D-Bus traffic has been sent, or any replies have been received. In
90+// order to block on such asynchronous activation calls,
91+// [method@Gio.DBusConnection.flush] should be called prior to the code, which
92+// depends on the result of the action activation. Without flushing
93+// the D-Bus connection, there is no guarantee that the action would
94+// have been activated.
95+//
96+// The following code which runs in a remote app instance, shows an
97+// example of a ‘quit’ action being activated on the primary app
98+// instance over D-Bus. Here [method@Gio.DBusConnection.flush] is called
99+// before `exit()`. Without `g_dbus_connection_flush()`, the ‘quit’ action
100+// may fail to be activated on the primary instance.
101+//
102+// ```c
103+// // call ‘quit’ action on primary instance
104+// g_action_group_activate_action (G_ACTION_GROUP (app), "quit", NULL);
105+//
106+// // make sure the action is activated now
107+// g_dbus_connection_flush (…);
108+//
109+// g_debug ("Application has been terminated. Exiting.");
110+//
111+// exit (0);
112+// ```
113+func (x *DBusActionGroup) ActivateAction(ActionNameVar string, ParameterVar *glib.Variant) {
114+
115+ XGActionGroupActivateAction(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, ParameterVar)
116+
117+}
118+
119+// Request for the state of the named action within @action_group to be
120+// changed to @value.
121+//
122+// The action must be stateful and @value must be of the correct type.
123+// See [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_type].
124+//
125+// This call merely requests a change. The action may refuse to change
126+// its state or may change its state to something other than @value.
127+// See [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_hint].
128+//
129+// If the @value GVariant is floating, it is consumed.
130+func (x *DBusActionGroup) ChangeActionState(ActionNameVar string, ValueVar *glib.Variant) {
131+
132+ XGActionGroupChangeActionState(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, ValueVar)
133+
134+}
135+
136+// Checks if the named action within @action_group is currently enabled.
137+//
138+// An action must be enabled in order to be activated or in order to
139+// have its state changed from outside callers.
140+func (x *DBusActionGroup) GetActionEnabled(ActionNameVar string) bool {
141+
142+ cret := XGActionGroupGetActionEnabled(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
143+ return cret
144+}
145+
146+// Queries the type of the parameter that must be given when activating
147+// the named action within @action_group.
148+//
149+// When activating the action using [method@Gio.ActionGroup.activate_action],
150+// the [type@GLib.Variant] given to that function must be of the type returned
151+// by this function.
152+//
153+// In the case that this function returns `NULL`, you must not give any
154+// [type@GLib.Variant], but `NULL` instead.
155+//
156+// The parameter type of a particular action will never change but it is
157+// possible for an action to be removed and for a new action to be added
158+// with the same name but a different parameter type.
159+func (x *DBusActionGroup) GetActionParameterType(ActionNameVar string) *glib.VariantType {
160+
161+ cret := XGActionGroupGetActionParameterType(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
162+ return cret
163+}
164+
165+// Queries the current state of the named action within @action_group.
166+//
167+// If the action is not stateful then `NULL` will be returned. If the
168+// action is stateful then the type of the return value is the type
169+// given by [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_type].
170+//
171+// The return value (if non-`NULL`) should be freed with
172+// [method@GLib.Variant.unref] when it is no longer required.
173+func (x *DBusActionGroup) GetActionState(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
174+
175+ cret := XGActionGroupGetActionState(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
176+ return cret
177+}
178+
179+// Requests a hint about the valid range of values for the state of the
180+// named action within @action_group.
181+//
182+// If `NULL` is returned it either means that the action is not stateful
183+// or that there is no hint about the valid range of values for the
184+// state of the action.
185+//
186+// If a [type@GLib.Variant] array is returned then each item in the array is a
187+// possible value for the state. If a [type@GLib.Variant] pair (ie: two-tuple) is
188+// returned then the tuple specifies the inclusive lower and upper bound
189+// of valid values for the state.
190+//
191+// In any case, the information is merely a hint. It may be possible to
192+// have a state value outside of the hinted range and setting a value
193+// within the range may fail.
194+//
195+// The return value (if non-`NULL`) should be freed with
196+// [method@GLib.Variant.unref] when it is no longer required.
197+func (x *DBusActionGroup) GetActionStateHint(ActionNameVar string) *glib.Variant {
198+
199+ cret := XGActionGroupGetActionStateHint(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
200+ return cret
201+}
202+
203+// Queries the type of the state of the named action within
204+// @action_group.
205+//
206+// If the action is stateful then this function returns the
207+// [type@GLib.VariantType] of the state. All calls to
208+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.change_action_state] must give a [type@GLib.Variant] of this
209+// type and [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state] will return a [type@GLib.Variant]
210+// of the same type.
211+//
212+// If the action is not stateful then this function will return `NULL`.
213+// In that case, [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state] will return `NULL`
214+// and you must not call [method@Gio.ActionGroup.change_action_state].
215+//
216+// The state type of a particular action will never change but it is
217+// possible for an action to be removed and for a new action to be added
218+// with the same name but a different state type.
219+func (x *DBusActionGroup) GetActionStateType(ActionNameVar string) *glib.VariantType {
220+
221+ cret := XGActionGroupGetActionStateType(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
222+ return cret
223+}
224+
225+// Checks if the named action exists within @action_group.
226+func (x *DBusActionGroup) HasAction(ActionNameVar string) bool {
227+
228+ cret := XGActionGroupHasAction(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
229+ return cret
230+}
231+
232+// Lists the actions contained within @action_group.
233+//
234+// The caller is responsible for freeing the list with [func@GLib.strfreev] when
235+// it is no longer required.
236+func (x *DBusActionGroup) ListActions() []string {
237+
238+ cret := XGActionGroupListActions(x.GoPointer())
239+ return cret
240+}
241+
242+// Queries all aspects of the named action within an @action_group.
243+//
244+// This function acquires the information available from
245+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.has_action], [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_enabled],
246+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_parameter_type],
247+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_type],
248+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_hint] and
249+// [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state] with a single function call.
250+//
251+// This provides two main benefits.
252+//
253+// The first is the improvement in efficiency that comes with not having
254+// to perform repeated lookups of the action in order to discover
255+// different things about it. The second is that implementing
256+// [type@Gio.ActionGroup] can now be done by only overriding this one virtual
257+// function.
258+//
259+// The interface provides a default implementation of this function that
260+// calls the individual functions, as required, to fetch the
261+// information. The interface also provides default implementations of
262+// those functions that call this function. All implementations,
263+// therefore, must override either this function or all of the others.
264+//
265+// If the action exists, `TRUE` is returned and any of the requested
266+// fields (as indicated by having a non-`NULL` reference passed in) are
267+// filled. If the action doesn’t exist, `FALSE` is returned and the
268+// fields may or may not have been modified.
269+func (x *DBusActionGroup) QueryAction(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar bool, ParameterTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateHintVar **glib.Variant, StateVar **glib.Variant) bool {
270+
271+ cret := XGActionGroupQueryAction(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, EnabledVar, ParameterTypeVar, StateTypeVar, StateHintVar, StateVar)
272+ return cret
273+}
274+
275+// Activates the remote action.
276+//
277+// This is the same as g_action_group_activate_action() except that it
278+// allows for provision of "platform data" to be sent along with the
279+// activation request. This typically contains details such as the user
280+// interaction timestamp or startup notification information.
281+//
282+// @platform_data must be non-%NULL and must have the type
283+// %G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT. If it is floating, it will be consumed.
284+func (x *DBusActionGroup) ActivateActionFull(ActionNameVar string, ParameterVar *glib.Variant, PlatformDataVar *glib.Variant) {
285+
286+ XGRemoteActionGroupActivateActionFull(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, ParameterVar, PlatformDataVar)
287+
288+}
289+
290+// Changes the state of a remote action.
291+//
292+// This is the same as g_action_group_change_action_state() except that
293+// it allows for provision of "platform data" to be sent along with the
294+// state change request. This typically contains details such as the
295+// user interaction timestamp or startup notification information.
296+//
297+// @platform_data must be non-%NULL and must have the type
298+// %G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT. If it is floating, it will be consumed.
299+func (x *DBusActionGroup) ChangeActionStateFull(ActionNameVar string, ValueVar *glib.Variant, PlatformDataVar *glib.Variant) {
300+
301+ XGRemoteActionGroupChangeActionStateFull(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, ValueVar, PlatformDataVar)
302+
303+}
304+
305+var xDBusActionGroupGet func(uintptr, string, string) uintptr
306+
307+// Obtains a #GDBusActionGroup for the action group which is exported at
308+// the given @bus_name and @object_path.
309+//
310+// The thread default main context is taken at the time of this call.
311+// All signals on the menu model (and any linked models) are reported
312+// with respect to this context. All calls on the returned menu model
313+// (and linked models) must also originate from this same context, with
314+// the thread default main context unchanged.
315+//
316+// This call is non-blocking. The returned action group may or may not
317+// already be filled in. The correct thing to do is connect the signals
318+// for the action group to monitor for changes and then to call
319+// g_action_group_list_actions() to get the initial list.
320+func DBusActionGroupGet(ConnectionVar *DBusConnection, BusNameVar string, ObjectPathVar string) *DBusActionGroup {
321+ var cls *DBusActionGroup
322+
323+ cret := xDBusActionGroupGet(ConnectionVar.GoPointer(), BusNameVar, ObjectPathVar)
324+
325+ if cret == 0 {
326+ return nil
327+ }
328+ cls = &DBusActionGroup{}
329+ cls.Ptr = cret
330+ return cls
331+}
332+
333+func init() {
334+ core.SetPackageName("GIO", "gio-2.0")
335+ core.SetSharedLibrary("GIO", "libgio-2.0.so.0")
336+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("GIO"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
337+ if err != nil {
338+ panic(err)
339+ }
340+
341+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusActionGroupGLibType, lib, "g_dbus_action_group_get_type")
342+
343+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusActionGroupGet, lib, "g_dbus_action_group_get")
344+
345+}
A v4/gio/gdbusauthobserver.go +200 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
1+// Package gio was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package gio
3+
4+import (
5+ "unsafe"
6+
7+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
12+)
13+
14+// `GDBusAuthObserver` provides a mechanism for participating
15+// in how a [class@Gio.DBusServer] (or a [class@Gio.DBusConnection])
16+// authenticates remote peers.
17+//
18+// Simply instantiate a `GDBusAuthObserver` and connect to the
19+// signals you are interested in. Note that new signals may be added
20+// in the future.
21+//
22+// ## Controlling Authentication Mechanisms
23+//
24+// By default, a `GDBusServer` or server-side `GDBusConnection` will allow
25+// any authentication mechanism to be used. If you only want to allow D-Bus
26+// connections with the `EXTERNAL` mechanism, which makes use of credentials
27+// passing and is the recommended mechanism for modern Unix platforms such
28+// as Linux and the BSD family, you would use a signal handler like this:
29+//
30+// ```c
31+// static gboolean
32+// on_allow_mechanism (GDBusAuthObserver *observer,
33+//
34+// const gchar *mechanism,
35+// gpointer user_data)
36+//
37+// {
38+// if (g_strcmp0 (mechanism, "EXTERNAL") == 0)
39+// {
40+// return TRUE;
41+// }
42+//
43+// return FALSE;
44+// }
45+//
46+// ```
47+//
48+// ## Controlling Authorization
49+//
50+// By default, a `GDBusServer` or server-side `GDBusConnection` will accept
51+// connections from any successfully authenticated user (but not from
52+// anonymous connections using the `ANONYMOUS` mechanism). If you only
53+// want to allow D-Bus connections from processes owned by the same uid
54+// as the server, since GLib 2.68, you should use the
55+// `G_DBUS_SERVER_FLAGS_AUTHENTICATION_REQUIRE_SAME_USER` flag. It’s equivalent
56+// to the following signal handler:
57+//
58+// ```c
59+// static gboolean
60+// on_authorize_authenticated_peer (GDBusAuthObserver *observer,
61+//
62+// GIOStream *stream,
63+// GCredentials *credentials,
64+// gpointer user_data)
65+//
66+// {
67+// gboolean authorized;
68+//
69+// authorized = FALSE;
70+// if (credentials != NULL)
71+// {
72+// GCredentials *own_credentials;
73+// own_credentials = g_credentials_new ();
74+// if (g_credentials_is_same_user (credentials, own_credentials, NULL))
75+// authorized = TRUE;
76+// g_object_unref (own_credentials);
77+// }
78+//
79+// return authorized;
80+// }
81+//
82+// ```
83+type DBusAuthObserver struct {
84+ gobject.Object
85+}
86+
87+var xDBusAuthObserverGLibType func() types.GType
88+
89+func DBusAuthObserverGLibType() types.GType {
90+ return xDBusAuthObserverGLibType()
91+}
92+
93+func DBusAuthObserverNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *DBusAuthObserver {
94+ cls := &DBusAuthObserver{}
95+ cls.Ptr = ptr
96+ return cls
97+}
98+
99+var xNewDBusAuthObserver func() uintptr
100+
101+// Creates a new #GDBusAuthObserver object.
102+func NewDBusAuthObserver() *DBusAuthObserver {
103+ var cls *DBusAuthObserver
104+
105+ cret := xNewDBusAuthObserver()
106+
107+ if cret == 0 {
108+ return nil
109+ }
110+ cls = &DBusAuthObserver{}
111+ cls.Ptr = cret
112+ return cls
113+}
114+
115+var xDBusAuthObserverAllowMechanism func(uintptr, string) bool
116+
117+// Emits the #GDBusAuthObserver::allow-mechanism signal on @observer.
118+func (x *DBusAuthObserver) AllowMechanism(MechanismVar string) bool {
119+
120+ cret := xDBusAuthObserverAllowMechanism(x.GoPointer(), MechanismVar)
121+ return cret
122+}
123+
124+var xDBusAuthObserverAuthorizeAuthenticatedPeer func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) bool
125+
126+// Emits the #GDBusAuthObserver::authorize-authenticated-peer signal on @observer.
127+func (x *DBusAuthObserver) AuthorizeAuthenticatedPeer(StreamVar *IOStream, CredentialsVar *Credentials) bool {
128+
129+ cret := xDBusAuthObserverAuthorizeAuthenticatedPeer(x.GoPointer(), StreamVar.GoPointer(), CredentialsVar.GoPointer())
130+ return cret
131+}
132+
133+func (c *DBusAuthObserver) GoPointer() uintptr {
134+ if c == nil {
135+ return 0
136+ }
137+ return c.Ptr
138+}
139+
140+func (c *DBusAuthObserver) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
141+ c.Ptr = ptr
142+}
143+
144+// Emitted to check if @mechanism is allowed to be used.
145+func (x *DBusAuthObserver) ConnectAllowMechanism(cb *func(DBusAuthObserver, string) bool) uint32 {
146+ cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
147+ if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
148+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "allow-mechanism", cbRefPtr)
149+ }
150+
151+ fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, MechanismVarp string) bool {
152+ fa := DBusAuthObserver{}
153+ fa.Ptr = clsPtr
154+ cbFn := *cb
155+
156+ return cbFn(fa, MechanismVarp)
157+
158+ }
159+ cbRefPtr := purego.NewCallback(fcb)
160+ glib.SaveCallback(cbPtr, cbRefPtr)
161+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "allow-mechanism", cbRefPtr)
162+}
163+
164+// Emitted to check if a peer that is successfully authenticated
165+// is authorized.
166+func (x *DBusAuthObserver) ConnectAuthorizeAuthenticatedPeer(cb *func(DBusAuthObserver, uintptr, uintptr) bool) uint32 {
167+ cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
168+ if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
169+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "authorize-authenticated-peer", cbRefPtr)
170+ }
171+
172+ fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, StreamVarp uintptr, CredentialsVarp uintptr) bool {
173+ fa := DBusAuthObserver{}
174+ fa.Ptr = clsPtr
175+ cbFn := *cb
176+
177+ return cbFn(fa, StreamVarp, CredentialsVarp)
178+
179+ }
180+ cbRefPtr := purego.NewCallback(fcb)
181+ glib.SaveCallback(cbPtr, cbRefPtr)
182+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "authorize-authenticated-peer", cbRefPtr)
183+}
184+
185+func init() {
186+ core.SetPackageName("GIO", "gio-2.0")
187+ core.SetSharedLibrary("GIO", "libgio-2.0.so.0")
188+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("GIO"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
189+ if err != nil {
190+ panic(err)
191+ }
192+
193+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusAuthObserverGLibType, lib, "g_dbus_auth_observer_get_type")
194+
195+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewDBusAuthObserver, lib, "g_dbus_auth_observer_new")
196+
197+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusAuthObserverAllowMechanism, lib, "g_dbus_auth_observer_allow_mechanism")
198+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusAuthObserverAuthorizeAuthenticatedPeer, lib, "g_dbus_auth_observer_authorize_authenticated_peer")
199+
200+}
M v4/gio/gdbusconnection.go +1487 -9 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gdbusinterface.go +13 -3
@@ -31,6 +31,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) GoPointer() uintptr {
3131 }
3232
3333 // OverrideGetInfo sets the callback function.
34+// Returns a #GDBusInterfaceInfo. See g_dbus_interface_get_info().
3435 func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) OverrideGetInfo(cb func(DBusInterface) *DBusInterfaceInfo) {
3536 if cb == nil {
3637 x.xGetInfo = 0
@@ -42,6 +43,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) OverrideGetInfo(cb func(DBusInterface) *DBusInterfa
4243 }
4344
4445 // GetGetInfo gets the callback function.
46+// Returns a #GDBusInterfaceInfo. See g_dbus_interface_get_info().
4547 func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) GetGetInfo() func(DBusInterface) *DBusInterfaceInfo {
4648 if x.xGetInfo == 0 {
4749 return nil
@@ -54,6 +56,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) GetGetInfo() func(DBusInterface) *DBusInterfaceInfo
5456 }
5557
5658 // OverrideGetObject sets the callback function.
59+// Gets the enclosing #GDBusObject. See g_dbus_interface_get_object().
5760 func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) OverrideGetObject(cb func(DBusInterface) *DBusObjectBase) {
5861 if cb == nil {
5962 x.xGetObject = 0
@@ -69,6 +72,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) OverrideGetObject(cb func(DBusInterface) *DBusObjec
6972 }
7073
7174 // GetGetObject gets the callback function.
75+// Gets the enclosing #GDBusObject. See g_dbus_interface_get_object().
7276 func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) GetGetObject() func(DBusInterface) *DBusObjectBase {
7377 if x.xGetObject == 0 {
7478 return nil
@@ -87,6 +91,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) GetGetObject() func(DBusInterface) *DBusObjectBase
8791 }
8892
8993 // OverrideSetObject sets the callback function.
94+// Sets the enclosing #GDBusObject. See g_dbus_interface_set_object().
9095 func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) OverrideSetObject(cb func(DBusInterface, DBusObject)) {
9196 if cb == nil {
9297 x.xSetObject = 0
@@ -98,6 +103,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) OverrideSetObject(cb func(DBusInterface, DBusObject
98103 }
99104
100105 // GetSetObject gets the callback function.
106+// Sets the enclosing #GDBusObject. See g_dbus_interface_set_object().
101107 func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) GetSetObject() func(DBusInterface, DBusObject) {
102108 if x.xSetObject == 0 {
103109 return nil
@@ -110,6 +116,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) GetSetObject() func(DBusInterface, DBusObject) {
110116 }
111117
112118 // OverrideDupObject sets the callback function.
119+// Gets a reference to the enclosing #GDBusObject. See g_dbus_interface_dup_object(). Added in 2.32.
113120 func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) OverrideDupObject(cb func(DBusInterface) *DBusObjectBase) {
114121 if cb == nil {
115122 x.xDupObject = 0
@@ -125,6 +132,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) OverrideDupObject(cb func(DBusInterface) *DBusObjec
125132 }
126133
127134 // GetDupObject gets the callback function.
135+// Gets a reference to the enclosing #GDBusObject. See g_dbus_interface_dup_object(). Added in 2.32.
128136 func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) GetDupObject() func(DBusInterface) *DBusObjectBase {
129137 if x.xDupObject == 0 {
130138 return nil
@@ -142,9 +150,11 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) GetDupObject() func(DBusInterface) *DBusObjectBase
142150 }
143151 }
144152
145-// The #GDBusInterface type is the base type for D-Bus interfaces both
146-// on the service side (see #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton) and client side
147-// (see #GDBusProxy).
153+// Base type for D-Bus interfaces.
154+//
155+// The `GDBusInterface` type is the base type for D-Bus interfaces both
156+// on the service side (see [class@Gio.DBusInterfaceSkeleton]) and client side
157+// (see [class@Gio.DBusProxy]).
148158 type DBusInterface interface {
149159 GoPointer() uintptr
150160 SetGoPointer(uintptr)
M v4/gio/gdbusinterfaceskeleton.go +10 -0
@@ -38,6 +38,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3838 }
3939
4040 // OverrideGetInfo sets the callback function.
41+// Returns a #GDBusInterfaceInfo. See g_dbus_interface_skeleton_get_info() for details.
4142 func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) OverrideGetInfo(cb func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton) *DBusInterfaceInfo) {
4243 if cb == nil {
4344 x.xGetInfo = 0
@@ -49,6 +50,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) OverrideGetInfo(cb func(*DBusInterfaceSkele
4950 }
5051
5152 // GetGetInfo gets the callback function.
53+// Returns a #GDBusInterfaceInfo. See g_dbus_interface_skeleton_get_info() for details.
5254 func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) GetGetInfo() func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton) *DBusInterfaceInfo {
5355 if x.xGetInfo == 0 {
5456 return nil
@@ -61,6 +63,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) GetGetInfo() func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton) *
6163 }
6264
6365 // OverrideGetVtable sets the callback function.
66+// Returns a #GDBusInterfaceVTable. See g_dbus_interface_skeleton_get_vtable() for details.
6467 func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) OverrideGetVtable(cb func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton) *DBusInterfaceVTable) {
6568 if cb == nil {
6669 x.xGetVtable = 0
@@ -72,6 +75,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) OverrideGetVtable(cb func(*DBusInterfaceSke
7275 }
7376
7477 // GetGetVtable gets the callback function.
78+// Returns a #GDBusInterfaceVTable. See g_dbus_interface_skeleton_get_vtable() for details.
7579 func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) GetGetVtable() func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton) *DBusInterfaceVTable {
7680 if x.xGetVtable == 0 {
7781 return nil
@@ -84,6 +88,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) GetGetVtable() func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton)
8488 }
8589
8690 // OverrideGetProperties sets the callback function.
91+// Returns a #GVariant with all properties. See g_dbus_interface_skeleton_get_properties().
8792 func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) OverrideGetProperties(cb func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton) *glib.Variant) {
8893 if cb == nil {
8994 x.xGetProperties = 0
@@ -95,6 +100,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) OverrideGetProperties(cb func(*DBusInterfac
95100 }
96101
97102 // GetGetProperties gets the callback function.
103+// Returns a #GVariant with all properties. See g_dbus_interface_skeleton_get_properties().
98104 func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) GetGetProperties() func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton) *glib.Variant {
99105 if x.xGetProperties == 0 {
100106 return nil
@@ -107,6 +113,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) GetGetProperties() func(*DBusInterfaceSkele
107113 }
108114
109115 // OverrideFlush sets the callback function.
116+// Emits outstanding changes, if any. See g_dbus_interface_skeleton_flush().
110117 func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) OverrideFlush(cb func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton)) {
111118 if cb == nil {
112119 x.xFlush = 0
@@ -118,6 +125,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) OverrideFlush(cb func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleto
118125 }
119126
120127 // GetFlush gets the callback function.
128+// Emits outstanding changes, if any. See g_dbus_interface_skeleton_flush().
121129 func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) GetFlush() func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton) {
122130 if x.xFlush == 0 {
123131 return nil
@@ -130,6 +138,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) GetFlush() func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton) {
130138 }
131139
132140 // OverrideGAuthorizeMethod sets the callback function.
141+// Signal class handler for the #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton::g-authorize-method signal.
133142 func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) OverrideGAuthorizeMethod(cb func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton, *DBusMethodInvocation) bool) {
134143 if cb == nil {
135144 x.xGAuthorizeMethod = 0
@@ -141,6 +150,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) OverrideGAuthorizeMethod(cb func(*DBusInter
141150 }
142151
143152 // GetGAuthorizeMethod gets the callback function.
153+// Signal class handler for the #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton::g-authorize-method signal.
144154 func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) GetGAuthorizeMethod() func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton, *DBusMethodInvocation) bool {
145155 if x.xGAuthorizeMethod == 0 {
146156 return nil
M v4/gio/gdbusintrospection.go +3 -3
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceInfo) Unref() {
226226
227227 }
228228
229-// Information about a method on an D-Bus interface.
229+// Information about a method on a D-Bus interface.
230230 type DBusMethodInfo struct {
231231 _ structs.HostLayout
232232
@@ -302,10 +302,10 @@ var xNewDBusNodeInfoForXml func(string, **glib.Error) *DBusNodeInfo
302302 // Parses @xml_data and returns a #GDBusNodeInfo representing the data.
303303 //
304304 // The introspection XML must contain exactly one top-level
305-// <node> element.
305+// `<node>` element.
306306 //
307307 // Note that this routine is using a
308-// [GMarkup][glib-Simple-XML-Subset-Parser.description]-based
308+// [GMarkup](../glib/markup.html)-based
309309 // parser that only accepts a subset of valid XML documents.
310310 func NewDBusNodeInfoForXml(XmlDataVar string) (*DBusNodeInfo, error) {
311311 var cerr *glib.Error
A v4/gio/gdbusmenumodel.go +75 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
1+// Package gio was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package gio
3+
4+import (
5+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
6+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
7+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
8+)
9+
10+// `GDBusMenuModel` is an implementation of [class@Gio.MenuModel] that can be
11+// used as a proxy for a menu model that is exported over D-Bus with
12+// [method@Gio.DBusConnection.export_menu_model].
13+type DBusMenuModel struct {
14+ MenuModel
15+}
16+
17+var xDBusMenuModelGLibType func() types.GType
18+
19+func DBusMenuModelGLibType() types.GType {
20+ return xDBusMenuModelGLibType()
21+}
22+
23+func DBusMenuModelNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *DBusMenuModel {
24+ cls := &DBusMenuModel{}
25+ cls.Ptr = ptr
26+ return cls
27+}
28+
29+func (c *DBusMenuModel) GoPointer() uintptr {
30+ if c == nil {
31+ return 0
32+ }
33+ return c.Ptr
34+}
35+
36+func (c *DBusMenuModel) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
37+ c.Ptr = ptr
38+}
39+
40+var xDBusMenuModelGet func(uintptr, string, string) uintptr
41+
42+// Obtains a #GDBusMenuModel for the menu model which is exported
43+// at the given @bus_name and @object_path.
44+//
45+// The thread default main context is taken at the time of this call.
46+// All signals on the menu model (and any linked models) are reported
47+// with respect to this context. All calls on the returned menu model
48+// (and linked models) must also originate from this same context, with
49+// the thread default main context unchanged.
50+func DBusMenuModelGet(ConnectionVar *DBusConnection, BusNameVar string, ObjectPathVar string) *DBusMenuModel {
51+ var cls *DBusMenuModel
52+
53+ cret := xDBusMenuModelGet(ConnectionVar.GoPointer(), BusNameVar, ObjectPathVar)
54+
55+ if cret == 0 {
56+ return nil
57+ }
58+ cls = &DBusMenuModel{}
59+ cls.Ptr = cret
60+ return cls
61+}
62+
63+func init() {
64+ core.SetPackageName("GIO", "gio-2.0")
65+ core.SetSharedLibrary("GIO", "libgio-2.0.so.0")
66+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("GIO"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
67+ if err != nil {
68+ panic(err)
69+ }
70+
71+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMenuModelGLibType, lib, "g_dbus_menu_model_get_type")
72+
73+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMenuModelGet, lib, "g_dbus_menu_model_get")
74+
75+}
A v4/gio/gdbusmessage.go +746 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,746 @@
1+// Package gio was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package gio
3+
4+import (
5+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
6+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
7+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
10+)
11+
12+// A type for representing D-Bus messages that can be sent or received
13+// on a [class@Gio.DBusConnection].
14+type DBusMessage struct {
15+ gobject.Object
16+}
17+
18+var xDBusMessageGLibType func() types.GType
19+
20+func DBusMessageGLibType() types.GType {
21+ return xDBusMessageGLibType()
22+}
23+
24+func DBusMessageNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *DBusMessage {
25+ cls := &DBusMessage{}
26+ cls.Ptr = ptr
27+ return cls
28+}
29+
30+var xNewDBusMessage func() uintptr
31+
32+// Creates a new empty #GDBusMessage.
33+func NewDBusMessage() *DBusMessage {
34+ var cls *DBusMessage
35+
36+ cret := xNewDBusMessage()
37+
38+ if cret == 0 {
39+ return nil
40+ }
41+ cls = &DBusMessage{}
42+ cls.Ptr = cret
43+ return cls
44+}
45+
46+var xNewDBusMessageFromBlob func([]byte, uint, DBusCapabilityFlags, **glib.Error) uintptr
47+
48+// Creates a new #GDBusMessage from the data stored at @blob. The byte
49+// order that the message was in can be retrieved using
50+// g_dbus_message_get_byte_order().
51+//
52+// If the @blob cannot be parsed, contains invalid fields, or contains invalid
53+// headers, %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT will be returned.
54+func NewDBusMessageFromBlob(BlobVar []byte, BlobLenVar uint, CapabilitiesVar DBusCapabilityFlags) (*DBusMessage, error) {
55+ var cls *DBusMessage
56+ var cerr *glib.Error
57+
58+ cret := xNewDBusMessageFromBlob(BlobVar, BlobLenVar, CapabilitiesVar, &cerr)
59+
60+ if cret == 0 {
61+ return nil, cerr
62+ }
63+ cls = &DBusMessage{}
64+ cls.Ptr = cret
65+ if cerr == nil {
66+ return cls, nil
67+ }
68+ return cls, cerr
69+
70+}
71+
72+var xNewDBusMessageMethodCall func(string, string, string, string) uintptr
73+
74+// Creates a new #GDBusMessage for a method call.
75+func NewDBusMessageMethodCall(NameVar string, PathVar string, InterfaceVar string, MethodVar string) *DBusMessage {
76+ var cls *DBusMessage
77+
78+ cret := xNewDBusMessageMethodCall(NameVar, PathVar, InterfaceVar, MethodVar)
79+
80+ if cret == 0 {
81+ return nil
82+ }
83+ cls = &DBusMessage{}
84+ cls.Ptr = cret
85+ return cls
86+}
87+
88+var xNewDBusMessageSignal func(string, string, string) uintptr
89+
90+// Creates a new #GDBusMessage for a signal emission.
91+func NewDBusMessageSignal(PathVar string, InterfaceVar string, SignalVar string) *DBusMessage {
92+ var cls *DBusMessage
93+
94+ cret := xNewDBusMessageSignal(PathVar, InterfaceVar, SignalVar)
95+
96+ if cret == 0 {
97+ return nil
98+ }
99+ cls = &DBusMessage{}
100+ cls.Ptr = cret
101+ return cls
102+}
103+
104+var xDBusMessageCopy func(uintptr) uintptr
105+
106+// Copies @message. The copy is a deep copy and the returned
107+// #GDBusMessage is completely identical except that it is guaranteed
108+// to not be locked.
109+//
110+// This operation can fail if e.g. @message contains file descriptors
111+// and the per-process or system-wide open files limit is reached.
112+func (x *DBusMessage) Copy() (*DBusMessage, error) {
113+ var cls *DBusMessage
114+ var cerr *glib.Error
115+
116+ cret := xDBusMessageCopy(x.GoPointer())
117+
118+ if cret == 0 {
119+ return nil, cerr
120+ }
121+ cls = &DBusMessage{}
122+ cls.Ptr = cret
123+ if cerr == nil {
124+ return cls, nil
125+ }
126+ return cls, cerr
127+
128+}
129+
130+var xDBusMessageGetArg0 func(uintptr) string
131+
132+// Convenience to get the first item in the body of @message.
133+//
134+// See [method@Gio.DBusMessage.get_arg0_path] for returning object-path-typed
135+// arg0 values.
136+func (x *DBusMessage) GetArg0() string {
137+
138+ cret := xDBusMessageGetArg0(x.GoPointer())
139+ return cret
140+}
141+
142+var xDBusMessageGetArg0Path func(uintptr) string
143+
144+// Convenience to get the first item in the body of @message.
145+//
146+// See [method@Gio.DBusMessage.get_arg0] for returning string-typed arg0 values.
147+func (x *DBusMessage) GetArg0Path() string {
148+
149+ cret := xDBusMessageGetArg0Path(x.GoPointer())
150+ return cret
151+}
152+
153+var xDBusMessageGetBody func(uintptr) *glib.Variant
154+
155+// Gets the body of a message.
156+func (x *DBusMessage) GetBody() *glib.Variant {
157+
158+ cret := xDBusMessageGetBody(x.GoPointer())
159+ return cret
160+}
161+
162+var xDBusMessageGetByteOrder func(uintptr) DBusMessageByteOrder
163+
164+// Gets the byte order of @message.
165+func (x *DBusMessage) GetByteOrder() DBusMessageByteOrder {
166+
167+ cret := xDBusMessageGetByteOrder(x.GoPointer())
168+ return cret
169+}
170+
171+var xDBusMessageGetDestination func(uintptr) string
172+
173+// Convenience getter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_DESTINATION header field.
174+func (x *DBusMessage) GetDestination() string {
175+
176+ cret := xDBusMessageGetDestination(x.GoPointer())
177+ return cret
178+}
179+
180+var xDBusMessageGetErrorName func(uintptr) string
181+
182+// Convenience getter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_ERROR_NAME header field.
183+func (x *DBusMessage) GetErrorName() string {
184+
185+ cret := xDBusMessageGetErrorName(x.GoPointer())
186+ return cret
187+}
188+
189+var xDBusMessageGetFlags func(uintptr) DBusMessageFlags
190+
191+// Gets the flags for @message.
192+func (x *DBusMessage) GetFlags() DBusMessageFlags {
193+
194+ cret := xDBusMessageGetFlags(x.GoPointer())
195+ return cret
196+}
197+
198+var xDBusMessageGetHeader func(uintptr, DBusMessageHeaderField) *glib.Variant
199+
200+// Gets a header field on @message.
201+//
202+// The caller is responsible for checking the type of the returned #GVariant
203+// matches what is expected.
204+func (x *DBusMessage) GetHeader(HeaderFieldVar DBusMessageHeaderField) *glib.Variant {
205+
206+ cret := xDBusMessageGetHeader(x.GoPointer(), HeaderFieldVar)
207+ return cret
208+}
209+
210+var xDBusMessageGetHeaderFields func(uintptr) uintptr
211+
212+// Gets an array of all header fields on @message that are set.
213+func (x *DBusMessage) GetHeaderFields() uintptr {
214+
215+ cret := xDBusMessageGetHeaderFields(x.GoPointer())
216+ return cret
217+}
218+
219+var xDBusMessageGetInterface func(uintptr) string
220+
221+// Convenience getter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_INTERFACE header field.
222+func (x *DBusMessage) GetInterface() string {
223+
224+ cret := xDBusMessageGetInterface(x.GoPointer())
225+ return cret
226+}
227+
228+var xDBusMessageGetLocked func(uintptr) bool
229+
230+// Checks whether @message is locked. To monitor changes to this
231+// value, conncet to the #GObject::notify signal to listen for changes
232+// on the #GDBusMessage:locked property.
233+func (x *DBusMessage) GetLocked() bool {
234+
235+ cret := xDBusMessageGetLocked(x.GoPointer())
236+ return cret
237+}
238+
239+var xDBusMessageGetMember func(uintptr) string
240+
241+// Convenience getter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_MEMBER header field.
242+func (x *DBusMessage) GetMember() string {
243+
244+ cret := xDBusMessageGetMember(x.GoPointer())
245+ return cret
246+}
247+
248+var xDBusMessageGetMessageType func(uintptr) DBusMessageType
249+
250+// Gets the type of @message.
251+func (x *DBusMessage) GetMessageType() DBusMessageType {
252+
253+ cret := xDBusMessageGetMessageType(x.GoPointer())
254+ return cret
255+}
256+
257+var xDBusMessageGetNumUnixFds func(uintptr) uint32
258+
259+// Convenience getter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_NUM_UNIX_FDS header field.
260+func (x *DBusMessage) GetNumUnixFds() uint32 {
261+
262+ cret := xDBusMessageGetNumUnixFds(x.GoPointer())
263+ return cret
264+}
265+
266+var xDBusMessageGetPath func(uintptr) string
267+
268+// Convenience getter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_PATH header field.
269+func (x *DBusMessage) GetPath() string {
270+
271+ cret := xDBusMessageGetPath(x.GoPointer())
272+ return cret
273+}
274+
275+var xDBusMessageGetReplySerial func(uintptr) uint32
276+
277+// Convenience getter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_REPLY_SERIAL header field.
278+func (x *DBusMessage) GetReplySerial() uint32 {
279+
280+ cret := xDBusMessageGetReplySerial(x.GoPointer())
281+ return cret
282+}
283+
284+var xDBusMessageGetSender func(uintptr) string
285+
286+// Convenience getter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_SENDER header field.
287+func (x *DBusMessage) GetSender() string {
288+
289+ cret := xDBusMessageGetSender(x.GoPointer())
290+ return cret
291+}
292+
293+var xDBusMessageGetSerial func(uintptr) uint32
294+
295+// Gets the serial for @message.
296+func (x *DBusMessage) GetSerial() uint32 {
297+
298+ cret := xDBusMessageGetSerial(x.GoPointer())
299+ return cret
300+}
301+
302+var xDBusMessageGetSignature func(uintptr) string
303+
304+// Convenience getter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_SIGNATURE header field.
305+//
306+// This will always be non-%NULL, but may be an empty string.
307+func (x *DBusMessage) GetSignature() string {
308+
309+ cret := xDBusMessageGetSignature(x.GoPointer())
310+ return cret
311+}
312+
313+var xDBusMessageGetUnixFdList func(uintptr) uintptr
314+
315+// Gets the UNIX file descriptors associated with @message, if any.
316+//
317+// This method is only available on UNIX.
318+//
319+// The file descriptors normally correspond to %G_VARIANT_TYPE_HANDLE
320+// values in the body of the message. For example,
321+// if g_variant_get_handle() returns 5, that is intended to be a reference
322+// to the file descriptor that can be accessed by
323+// `g_unix_fd_list_get (list, 5, ...)`.
324+func (x *DBusMessage) GetUnixFdList() *UnixFDList {
325+ var cls *UnixFDList
326+
327+ cret := xDBusMessageGetUnixFdList(x.GoPointer())
328+
329+ if cret == 0 {
330+ return nil
331+ }
332+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
333+ cls = &UnixFDList{}
334+ cls.Ptr = cret
335+ return cls
336+}
337+
338+var xDBusMessageLock func(uintptr)
339+
340+// If @message is locked, does nothing. Otherwise locks the message.
341+func (x *DBusMessage) Lock() {
342+
343+ xDBusMessageLock(x.GoPointer())
344+
345+}
346+
347+var xDBusMessageNewMethodError func(uintptr, string, string, ...interface{}) uintptr
348+
349+// Creates a new #GDBusMessage that is an error reply to @method_call_message.
350+func (x *DBusMessage) NewMethodError(ErrorNameVar string, ErrorMessageFormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) *DBusMessage {
351+ var cls *DBusMessage
352+
353+ cret := xDBusMessageNewMethodError(x.GoPointer(), ErrorNameVar, ErrorMessageFormatVar, varArgs...)
354+
355+ if cret == 0 {
356+ return nil
357+ }
358+ cls = &DBusMessage{}
359+ cls.Ptr = cret
360+ return cls
361+}
362+
363+var xDBusMessageNewMethodErrorLiteral func(uintptr, string, string) uintptr
364+
365+// Creates a new #GDBusMessage that is an error reply to @method_call_message.
366+func (x *DBusMessage) NewMethodErrorLiteral(ErrorNameVar string, ErrorMessageVar string) *DBusMessage {
367+ var cls *DBusMessage
368+
369+ cret := xDBusMessageNewMethodErrorLiteral(x.GoPointer(), ErrorNameVar, ErrorMessageVar)
370+
371+ if cret == 0 {
372+ return nil
373+ }
374+ cls = &DBusMessage{}
375+ cls.Ptr = cret
376+ return cls
377+}
378+
379+var xDBusMessageNewMethodErrorValist func(uintptr, string, string, []interface{}) uintptr
380+
381+// Like g_dbus_message_new_method_error() but intended for language bindings.
382+func (x *DBusMessage) NewMethodErrorValist(ErrorNameVar string, ErrorMessageFormatVar string, VarArgsVar []interface{}) *DBusMessage {
383+ var cls *DBusMessage
384+
385+ cret := xDBusMessageNewMethodErrorValist(x.GoPointer(), ErrorNameVar, ErrorMessageFormatVar, VarArgsVar)
386+
387+ if cret == 0 {
388+ return nil
389+ }
390+ cls = &DBusMessage{}
391+ cls.Ptr = cret
392+ return cls
393+}
394+
395+var xDBusMessageNewMethodReply func(uintptr) uintptr
396+
397+// Creates a new #GDBusMessage that is a reply to @method_call_message.
398+func (x *DBusMessage) NewMethodReply() *DBusMessage {
399+ var cls *DBusMessage
400+
401+ cret := xDBusMessageNewMethodReply(x.GoPointer())
402+
403+ if cret == 0 {
404+ return nil
405+ }
406+ cls = &DBusMessage{}
407+ cls.Ptr = cret
408+ return cls
409+}
410+
411+var xDBusMessagePrint func(uintptr, uint) string
412+
413+// Produces a human-readable multi-line description of @message.
414+//
415+// The contents of the description has no ABI guarantees, the contents
416+// and formatting is subject to change at any time. Typical output
417+// looks something like this:
418+// ```
419+// Flags: none
420+// Version: 0
421+// Serial: 4
422+// Headers:
423+//
424+// path -> objectpath '/org/gtk/GDBus/TestObject'
425+// interface -> 'org.gtk.GDBus.TestInterface'
426+// member -> 'GimmeStdout'
427+// destination -> ':1.146'
428+//
429+// Body: ()
430+// UNIX File Descriptors:
431+//
432+// (none)
433+//
434+// ```
435+// or
436+// ```
437+// Flags: no-reply-expected
438+// Version: 0
439+// Serial: 477
440+// Headers:
441+//
442+// reply-serial -> uint32 4
443+// destination -> ':1.159'
444+// sender -> ':1.146'
445+// num-unix-fds -> uint32 1
446+//
447+// Body: ()
448+// UNIX File Descriptors:
449+//
450+// fd 12: dev=0:10,mode=020620,ino=5,uid=500,gid=5,rdev=136:2,size=0,atime=1273085037,mtime=1273085851,ctime=1272982635
451+//
452+// ```
453+func (x *DBusMessage) Print(IndentVar uint) string {
454+
455+ cret := xDBusMessagePrint(x.GoPointer(), IndentVar)
456+ return cret
457+}
458+
459+var xDBusMessageSetBody func(uintptr, *glib.Variant)
460+
461+// Sets the body @message. As a side-effect the
462+// %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_SIGNATURE header field is set to the
463+// type string of @body (or cleared if @body is %NULL).
464+//
465+// If @body is floating, @message assumes ownership of @body.
466+func (x *DBusMessage) SetBody(BodyVar *glib.Variant) {
467+
468+ xDBusMessageSetBody(x.GoPointer(), BodyVar)
469+
470+}
471+
472+var xDBusMessageSetByteOrder func(uintptr, DBusMessageByteOrder)
473+
474+// Sets the byte order of @message.
475+func (x *DBusMessage) SetByteOrder(ByteOrderVar DBusMessageByteOrder) {
476+
477+ xDBusMessageSetByteOrder(x.GoPointer(), ByteOrderVar)
478+
479+}
480+
481+var xDBusMessageSetDestination func(uintptr, string)
482+
483+// Convenience setter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_DESTINATION header field.
484+func (x *DBusMessage) SetDestination(ValueVar string) {
485+
486+ xDBusMessageSetDestination(x.GoPointer(), ValueVar)
487+
488+}
489+
490+var xDBusMessageSetErrorName func(uintptr, string)
491+
492+// Convenience setter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_ERROR_NAME header field.
493+func (x *DBusMessage) SetErrorName(ValueVar string) {
494+
495+ xDBusMessageSetErrorName(x.GoPointer(), ValueVar)
496+
497+}
498+
499+var xDBusMessageSetFlags func(uintptr, DBusMessageFlags)
500+
501+// Sets the flags to set on @message.
502+func (x *DBusMessage) SetFlags(FlagsVar DBusMessageFlags) {
503+
504+ xDBusMessageSetFlags(x.GoPointer(), FlagsVar)
505+
506+}
507+
508+var xDBusMessageSetHeader func(uintptr, DBusMessageHeaderField, *glib.Variant)
509+
510+// Sets a header field on @message.
511+//
512+// If @value is floating, @message assumes ownership of @value.
513+func (x *DBusMessage) SetHeader(HeaderFieldVar DBusMessageHeaderField, ValueVar *glib.Variant) {
514+
515+ xDBusMessageSetHeader(x.GoPointer(), HeaderFieldVar, ValueVar)
516+
517+}
518+
519+var xDBusMessageSetInterface func(uintptr, string)
520+
521+// Convenience setter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_INTERFACE header field.
522+func (x *DBusMessage) SetInterface(ValueVar string) {
523+
524+ xDBusMessageSetInterface(x.GoPointer(), ValueVar)
525+
526+}
527+
528+var xDBusMessageSetMember func(uintptr, string)
529+
530+// Convenience setter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_MEMBER header field.
531+func (x *DBusMessage) SetMember(ValueVar string) {
532+
533+ xDBusMessageSetMember(x.GoPointer(), ValueVar)
534+
535+}
536+
537+var xDBusMessageSetMessageType func(uintptr, DBusMessageType)
538+
539+// Sets @message to be of @type.
540+func (x *DBusMessage) SetMessageType(TypeVar DBusMessageType) {
541+
542+ xDBusMessageSetMessageType(x.GoPointer(), TypeVar)
543+
544+}
545+
546+var xDBusMessageSetNumUnixFds func(uintptr, uint32)
547+
548+// Convenience setter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_NUM_UNIX_FDS header field.
549+func (x *DBusMessage) SetNumUnixFds(ValueVar uint32) {
550+
551+ xDBusMessageSetNumUnixFds(x.GoPointer(), ValueVar)
552+
553+}
554+
555+var xDBusMessageSetPath func(uintptr, string)
556+
557+// Convenience setter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_PATH header field.
558+func (x *DBusMessage) SetPath(ValueVar string) {
559+
560+ xDBusMessageSetPath(x.GoPointer(), ValueVar)
561+
562+}
563+
564+var xDBusMessageSetReplySerial func(uintptr, uint32)
565+
566+// Convenience setter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_REPLY_SERIAL header field.
567+func (x *DBusMessage) SetReplySerial(ValueVar uint32) {
568+
569+ xDBusMessageSetReplySerial(x.GoPointer(), ValueVar)
570+
571+}
572+
573+var xDBusMessageSetSender func(uintptr, string)
574+
575+// Convenience setter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_SENDER header field.
576+func (x *DBusMessage) SetSender(ValueVar string) {
577+
578+ xDBusMessageSetSender(x.GoPointer(), ValueVar)
579+
580+}
581+
582+var xDBusMessageSetSerial func(uintptr, uint32)
583+
584+// Sets the serial for @message.
585+//
586+// The [D-Bus specification](https://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#message-protocol-messages)
587+// does not allow the @serial to be zero.
588+func (x *DBusMessage) SetSerial(SerialVar uint32) {
589+
590+ xDBusMessageSetSerial(x.GoPointer(), SerialVar)
591+
592+}
593+
594+var xDBusMessageSetSignature func(uintptr, string)
595+
596+// Convenience setter for the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_SIGNATURE header field.
597+func (x *DBusMessage) SetSignature(ValueVar string) {
598+
599+ xDBusMessageSetSignature(x.GoPointer(), ValueVar)
600+
601+}
602+
603+var xDBusMessageSetUnixFdList func(uintptr, uintptr)
604+
605+// Sets the UNIX file descriptors associated with @message. As a
606+// side-effect the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_NUM_UNIX_FDS header
607+// field is set to the number of fds in @fd_list (or cleared if
608+// @fd_list is %NULL).
609+//
610+// This method is only available on UNIX.
611+//
612+// When designing D-Bus APIs that are intended to be interoperable,
613+// please note that non-GDBus implementations of D-Bus can usually only
614+// access file descriptors if they are referenced by a value of type
615+// %G_VARIANT_TYPE_HANDLE in the body of the message.
616+func (x *DBusMessage) SetUnixFdList(FdListVar *UnixFDList) {
617+
618+ xDBusMessageSetUnixFdList(x.GoPointer(), FdListVar.GoPointer())
619+
620+}
621+
622+var xDBusMessageToBlob func(uintptr, uint, DBusCapabilityFlags, **glib.Error) uintptr
623+
624+// Serializes @message to a blob. The byte order returned by
625+// g_dbus_message_get_byte_order() will be used.
626+func (x *DBusMessage) ToBlob(OutSizeVar uint, CapabilitiesVar DBusCapabilityFlags) (uintptr, error) {
627+ var cerr *glib.Error
628+
629+ cret := xDBusMessageToBlob(x.GoPointer(), OutSizeVar, CapabilitiesVar, &cerr)
630+ if cerr == nil {
631+ return cret, nil
632+ }
633+ return cret, cerr
634+
635+}
636+
637+var xDBusMessageToGerror func(uintptr) bool
638+
639+// If @message is not of type %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_TYPE_ERROR does
640+// nothing and returns %FALSE.
641+//
642+// Otherwise this method encodes the error in @message as a #GError
643+// using g_dbus_error_set_dbus_error() using the information in the
644+// %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_HEADER_FIELD_ERROR_NAME header field of @message as
645+// well as the first string item in @message's body.
646+func (x *DBusMessage) ToGerror() (bool, error) {
647+ var cerr *glib.Error
648+
649+ cret := xDBusMessageToGerror(x.GoPointer())
650+ if cerr == nil {
651+ return cret, nil
652+ }
653+ return cret, cerr
654+
655+}
656+
657+func (c *DBusMessage) GoPointer() uintptr {
658+ if c == nil {
659+ return 0
660+ }
661+ return c.Ptr
662+}
663+
664+func (c *DBusMessage) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
665+ c.Ptr = ptr
666+}
667+
668+var xDBusMessageBytesNeeded func([]byte, uint, **glib.Error) int
669+
670+// Utility function to calculate how many bytes are needed to
671+// completely deserialize the D-Bus message stored at @blob.
672+func DBusMessageBytesNeeded(BlobVar []byte, BlobLenVar uint) (int, error) {
673+ var cerr *glib.Error
674+
675+ cret := xDBusMessageBytesNeeded(BlobVar, BlobLenVar, &cerr)
676+ if cerr == nil {
677+ return cret, nil
678+ }
679+ return cret, cerr
680+
681+}
682+
683+func init() {
684+ core.SetPackageName("GIO", "gio-2.0")
685+ core.SetSharedLibrary("GIO", "libgio-2.0.so.0")
686+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("GIO"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
687+ if err != nil {
688+ panic(err)
689+ }
690+
691+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGLibType, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_type")
692+
693+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewDBusMessage, lib, "g_dbus_message_new")
694+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewDBusMessageFromBlob, lib, "g_dbus_message_new_from_blob")
695+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewDBusMessageMethodCall, lib, "g_dbus_message_new_method_call")
696+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewDBusMessageSignal, lib, "g_dbus_message_new_signal")
697+
698+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageCopy, lib, "g_dbus_message_copy")
699+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetArg0, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_arg0")
700+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetArg0Path, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_arg0_path")
701+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetBody, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_body")
702+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetByteOrder, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_byte_order")
703+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetDestination, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_destination")
704+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetErrorName, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_error_name")
705+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetFlags, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_flags")
706+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetHeader, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_header")
707+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetHeaderFields, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_header_fields")
708+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetInterface, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_interface")
709+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetLocked, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_locked")
710+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetMember, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_member")
711+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetMessageType, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_message_type")
712+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetNumUnixFds, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_num_unix_fds")
713+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetPath, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_path")
714+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetReplySerial, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_reply_serial")
715+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetSender, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_sender")
716+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetSerial, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_serial")
717+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetSignature, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_signature")
718+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageGetUnixFdList, lib, "g_dbus_message_get_unix_fd_list")
719+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageLock, lib, "g_dbus_message_lock")
720+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageNewMethodError, lib, "g_dbus_message_new_method_error")
721+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageNewMethodErrorLiteral, lib, "g_dbus_message_new_method_error_literal")
722+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageNewMethodErrorValist, lib, "g_dbus_message_new_method_error_valist")
723+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageNewMethodReply, lib, "g_dbus_message_new_method_reply")
724+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessagePrint, lib, "g_dbus_message_print")
725+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageSetBody, lib, "g_dbus_message_set_body")
726+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageSetByteOrder, lib, "g_dbus_message_set_byte_order")
727+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageSetDestination, lib, "g_dbus_message_set_destination")
728+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageSetErrorName, lib, "g_dbus_message_set_error_name")
729+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageSetFlags, lib, "g_dbus_message_set_flags")
730+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageSetHeader, lib, "g_dbus_message_set_header")
731+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageSetInterface, lib, "g_dbus_message_set_interface")
732+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageSetMember, lib, "g_dbus_message_set_member")
733+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageSetMessageType, lib, "g_dbus_message_set_message_type")
734+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageSetNumUnixFds, lib, "g_dbus_message_set_num_unix_fds")
735+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageSetPath, lib, "g_dbus_message_set_path")
736+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageSetReplySerial, lib, "g_dbus_message_set_reply_serial")
737+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageSetSender, lib, "g_dbus_message_set_sender")
738+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageSetSerial, lib, "g_dbus_message_set_serial")
739+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageSetSignature, lib, "g_dbus_message_set_signature")
740+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageSetUnixFdList, lib, "g_dbus_message_set_unix_fd_list")
741+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageToBlob, lib, "g_dbus_message_to_blob")
742+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageToGerror, lib, "g_dbus_message_to_gerror")
743+
744+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDBusMessageBytesNeeded, lib, "g_dbus_message_bytes_needed")
745+
746+}
M v4/gio/gdbusmethodinvocation.go +371 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gdbusnameowning.go +31 -29
@@ -19,37 +19,38 @@ type BusNameLostCallback func(uintptr, string, uintptr)
1919
2020 var xBusOwnName func(BusType, string, BusNameOwnerFlags, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) uint
2121
22-// Starts acquiring @name on the bus specified by @bus_type and calls
23-// @name_acquired_handler and @name_lost_handler when the name is
24-// acquired respectively lost. Callbacks will be invoked in the
25-// [thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default]
22+// Requests ownership of @name on the bus specified by @bus_type.
23+//
24+// It asynchronously calls @name_acquired_handler and @name_lost_handler when
25+// the name is acquired and lost, respectively.
26+//
27+// Callbacks will be invoked in the thread-default
28+// main context (see [method@GLib.MainContext.push_thread_default])
2629 // of the thread you are calling this function from.
2730 //
2831 // You are guaranteed that one of the @name_acquired_handler and @name_lost_handler
29-// callbacks will be invoked after calling this function - there are three
32+// callbacks will be invoked after calling this function — there are three
3033 // possible cases:
3134 //
32-// - @name_lost_handler with a %NULL connection (if a connection to the bus
33-// can't be made).
34-//
35-// - @bus_acquired_handler then @name_lost_handler (if the name can't be
36-// obtained)
37-//
35+// - @name_lost_handler with a `NULL` connection (if a connection to the bus
36+// can’t be made).
37+// - @bus_acquired_handler then @name_lost_handler (if the name can’t be
38+// obtained).
3839 // - @bus_acquired_handler then @name_acquired_handler (if the name was
3940 // obtained).
4041 //
41-// When you are done owning the name, just call g_bus_unown_name()
42-// with the owner id this function returns.
42+// When you are done owning the name, call [func@Gio.bus_unown_name] with the
43+// owner ID this function returns.
4344 //
4445 // If the name is acquired or lost (for example another application
4546 // could acquire the name if you allow replacement or the application
4647 // currently owning the name exits), the handlers are also invoked.
47-// If the #GDBusConnection that is used for attempting to own the name
48+// If the [class@Gio.DBusConnection] that is used for attempting to own the name
4849 // closes, then @name_lost_handler is invoked since it is no longer
4950 // possible for other processes to access the process.
5051 //
51-// You cannot use g_bus_own_name() several times for the same name (unless
52-// interleaved with calls to g_bus_unown_name()) - only the first call
52+// You cannot use [func@Gio.bus_own_name] several times for the same name (unless
53+// interleaved with calls to [func@Gio.bus_unown_name]) — only the first call
5354 // will work.
5455 //
5556 // Another guarantee is that invocations of @name_acquired_handler
@@ -58,14 +59,14 @@ var xBusOwnName func(BusType, string, BusNameOwnerFlags, uintptr, uintptr, uintp
5859 // guaranteed that the next time one of the handlers is invoked, it
5960 // will be @name_lost_handler. The reverse is also true.
6061 //
61-// If you plan on exporting objects (using e.g.
62-// g_dbus_connection_register_object()), note that it is generally too late
62+// If you plan on exporting objects (using, for example,
63+// [method@Gio.DBusConnection.register_object]), note that it is generally too late
6364 // to export the objects in @name_acquired_handler. Instead, you can do this
6465 // in @bus_acquired_handler since you are guaranteed that this will run
6566 // before @name is requested from the bus.
6667 //
67-// This behavior makes it very simple to write applications that wants
68-// to [own names][gdbus-owning-names] and export objects.
68+// This behavior makes it very simple to write applications that want
69+// to [own names](dbus-name-owning.html#d-bus-name-owning) and export objects.
6970 // Simply register objects to be exported in @bus_acquired_handler and
7071 // unregister the objects (if any) in @name_lost_handler.
7172 func BusOwnName(BusTypeVar BusType, NameVar string, FlagsVar BusNameOwnerFlags, BusAcquiredHandlerVar *BusAcquiredCallback, NameAcquiredHandlerVar *BusNameAcquiredCallback, NameLostHandlerVar *BusNameLostCallback, UserDataVar uintptr, UserDataFreeFuncVar *glib.DestroyNotify) uint {
@@ -76,8 +77,8 @@ func BusOwnName(BusTypeVar BusType, NameVar string, FlagsVar BusNameOwnerFlags,
7677
7778 var xBusOwnNameOnConnection func(uintptr, string, BusNameOwnerFlags, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) uint
7879
79-// Like g_bus_own_name() but takes a #GDBusConnection instead of a
80-// #GBusType.
80+// Like [func@Gio.bus_own_name] but takes a [class@Gio.DBusConnection] instead
81+// of a [enum@Gio.BusType].
8182 func BusOwnNameOnConnection(ConnectionVar *DBusConnection, NameVar string, FlagsVar BusNameOwnerFlags, NameAcquiredHandlerVar *BusNameAcquiredCallback, NameLostHandlerVar *BusNameLostCallback, UserDataVar uintptr, UserDataFreeFuncVar *glib.DestroyNotify) uint {
8283
8384 cret := xBusOwnNameOnConnection(ConnectionVar.GoPointer(), NameVar, FlagsVar, glib.NewCallbackNullable(NameAcquiredHandlerVar), glib.NewCallbackNullable(NameLostHandlerVar), UserDataVar, glib.NewCallbackNullable(UserDataFreeFuncVar))
@@ -86,7 +87,7 @@ func BusOwnNameOnConnection(ConnectionVar *DBusConnection, NameVar string, Flags
8687
8788 var xBusOwnNameOnConnectionWithClosures func(uintptr, string, BusNameOwnerFlags, *gobject.Closure, *gobject.Closure) uint
8889
89-// Version of g_bus_own_name_on_connection() using closures instead of
90+// Version of [func@Gio.bus_own_name_on_connection] using closures instead of
9091 // callbacks for easier binding in other languages.
9192 func BusOwnNameOnConnectionWithClosures(ConnectionVar *DBusConnection, NameVar string, FlagsVar BusNameOwnerFlags, NameAcquiredClosureVar *gobject.Closure, NameLostClosureVar *gobject.Closure) uint {
9293
@@ -96,7 +97,7 @@ func BusOwnNameOnConnectionWithClosures(ConnectionVar *DBusConnection, NameVar s
9697
9798 var xBusOwnNameWithClosures func(BusType, string, BusNameOwnerFlags, *gobject.Closure, *gobject.Closure, *gobject.Closure) uint
9899
99-// Version of g_bus_own_name() using closures instead of callbacks for
100+// Version of [func@Gio.bus_own_name using closures instead of callbacks for
100101 // easier binding in other languages.
101102 func BusOwnNameWithClosures(BusTypeVar BusType, NameVar string, FlagsVar BusNameOwnerFlags, BusAcquiredClosureVar *gobject.Closure, NameAcquiredClosureVar *gobject.Closure, NameLostClosureVar *gobject.Closure) uint {
102103
@@ -109,11 +110,12 @@ var xBusUnownName func(uint)
109110 // Stops owning a name.
110111 //
111112 // Note that there may still be D-Bus traffic to process (relating to owning
112-// and unowning the name) in the current thread-default #GMainContext after
113-// this function has returned. You should continue to iterate the #GMainContext
114-// until the #GDestroyNotify function passed to g_bus_own_name() is called, in
115-// order to avoid memory leaks through callbacks queued on the #GMainContext
116-// after it’s stopped being iterated.
113+// and unowning the name) in the current thread-default
114+// [struct@GLib.MainContext] after this function has returned. You should
115+// continue to iterate the [struct@GLib.MainContext] until the
116+// [callback@GLib.DestroyNotify] function passed to [func@Gio.bus_own_name] is
117+// called, in order to avoid memory leaks through callbacks queued on the
118+// [struct@GLib.MainContext] after it’s stopped being iterated.
117119 func BusUnownName(OwnerIdVar uint) {
118120
119121 xBusUnownName(OwnerIdVar)
M v4/gio/gdbusnamewatching.go +3 -3
@@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ var xBusWatchName func(BusType, string, BusNameWatcherFlags, uintptr, uintptr, u
3939 // Starts watching @name on the bus specified by @bus_type and calls
4040 // @name_appeared_handler and @name_vanished_handler when the name is
4141 // known to have an owner respectively known to lose its
42-// owner. Callbacks will be invoked in the
43-// [thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default]
42+// owner. Callbacks will be invoked in the thread-default main context
43+// (see [method@GLib.MainContext.push_thread_default])
4444 // of the thread you are calling this function from.
4545 //
4646 // You are guaranteed that one of the handlers will be invoked after
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ var xBusWatchName func(BusType, string, BusNameWatcherFlags, uintptr, uintptr, u
6161 // will be @name_vanished_handler. The reverse is also true.
6262 //
6363 // This behavior makes it very simple to write applications that want
64-// to take action when a certain [name exists][gdbus-watching-names].
64+// to take action when a certain [name exists](dbus-name-watching.html#d-bus-name-watching).
6565 // Basically, the application should create object proxies in
6666 // @name_appeared_handler and destroy them again (if any) in
6767 // @name_vanished_handler.
M v4/gio/gdbusobject.go +13 -3
@@ -33,6 +33,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectIface) GoPointer() uintptr {
3333 }
3434
3535 // OverrideGetObjectPath sets the callback function.
36+// Returns the object path. See g_dbus_object_get_object_path().
3637 func (x *DBusObjectIface) OverrideGetObjectPath(cb func(DBusObject) string) {
3738 if cb == nil {
3839 x.xGetObjectPath = 0
@@ -44,6 +45,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectIface) OverrideGetObjectPath(cb func(DBusObject) string) {
4445 }
4546
4647 // GetGetObjectPath gets the callback function.
48+// Returns the object path. See g_dbus_object_get_object_path().
4749 func (x *DBusObjectIface) GetGetObjectPath() func(DBusObject) string {
4850 if x.xGetObjectPath == 0 {
4951 return nil
@@ -56,6 +58,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectIface) GetGetObjectPath() func(DBusObject) string {
5658 }
5759
5860 // OverrideGetInterfaces sets the callback function.
61+// Returns all interfaces. See g_dbus_object_get_interfaces().
5962 func (x *DBusObjectIface) OverrideGetInterfaces(cb func(DBusObject) *glib.List) {
6063 if cb == nil {
6164 x.xGetInterfaces = 0
@@ -67,6 +70,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectIface) OverrideGetInterfaces(cb func(DBusObject) *glib.List)
6770 }
6871
6972 // GetGetInterfaces gets the callback function.
73+// Returns all interfaces. See g_dbus_object_get_interfaces().
7074 func (x *DBusObjectIface) GetGetInterfaces() func(DBusObject) *glib.List {
7175 if x.xGetInterfaces == 0 {
7276 return nil
@@ -79,6 +83,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectIface) GetGetInterfaces() func(DBusObject) *glib.List {
7983 }
8084
8185 // OverrideGetInterface sets the callback function.
86+// Returns an interface by name. See g_dbus_object_get_interface().
8287 func (x *DBusObjectIface) OverrideGetInterface(cb func(DBusObject, string) *DBusInterfaceBase) {
8388 if cb == nil {
8489 x.xGetInterface = 0
@@ -94,6 +99,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectIface) OverrideGetInterface(cb func(DBusObject, string) *DBus
9499 }
95100
96101 // GetGetInterface gets the callback function.
102+// Returns an interface by name. See g_dbus_object_get_interface().
97103 func (x *DBusObjectIface) GetGetInterface() func(DBusObject, string) *DBusInterfaceBase {
98104 if x.xGetInterface == 0 {
99105 return nil
@@ -112,6 +118,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectIface) GetGetInterface() func(DBusObject, string) *DBusInterf
112118 }
113119
114120 // OverrideInterfaceAdded sets the callback function.
121+// Signal handler for the #GDBusObject::interface-added signal.
115122 func (x *DBusObjectIface) OverrideInterfaceAdded(cb func(DBusObject, DBusInterface)) {
116123 if cb == nil {
117124 x.xInterfaceAdded = 0
@@ -123,6 +130,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectIface) OverrideInterfaceAdded(cb func(DBusObject, DBusInterfa
123130 }
124131
125132 // GetInterfaceAdded gets the callback function.
133+// Signal handler for the #GDBusObject::interface-added signal.
126134 func (x *DBusObjectIface) GetInterfaceAdded() func(DBusObject, DBusInterface) {
127135 if x.xInterfaceAdded == 0 {
128136 return nil
@@ -135,6 +143,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectIface) GetInterfaceAdded() func(DBusObject, DBusInterface) {
135143 }
136144
137145 // OverrideInterfaceRemoved sets the callback function.
146+// Signal handler for the #GDBusObject::interface-removed signal.
138147 func (x *DBusObjectIface) OverrideInterfaceRemoved(cb func(DBusObject, DBusInterface)) {
139148 if cb == nil {
140149 x.xInterfaceRemoved = 0
@@ -146,6 +155,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectIface) OverrideInterfaceRemoved(cb func(DBusObject, DBusInter
146155 }
147156
148157 // GetInterfaceRemoved gets the callback function.
158+// Signal handler for the #GDBusObject::interface-removed signal.
149159 func (x *DBusObjectIface) GetInterfaceRemoved() func(DBusObject, DBusInterface) {
150160 if x.xInterfaceRemoved == 0 {
151161 return nil
@@ -157,9 +167,9 @@ func (x *DBusObjectIface) GetInterfaceRemoved() func(DBusObject, DBusInterface)
157167 }
158168 }
159169
160-// The #GDBusObject type is the base type for D-Bus objects on both
161-// the service side (see #GDBusObjectSkeleton) and the client side
162-// (see #GDBusObjectProxy). It is essentially just a container of
170+// The `GDBusObject` type is the base type for D-Bus objects on both
171+// the service side (see [class@Gio.DBusObjectSkeleton]) and the client side
172+// (see [class@Gio.DBusObjectProxy]). It is essentially just a container of
163173 // interfaces.
164174 type DBusObject interface {
165175 GoPointer() uintptr
M v4/gio/gdbusobjectmanager.go +20 -4
@@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GoPointer() uintptr {
3939 }
4040
4141 // OverrideGetObjectPath sets the callback function.
42+// Virtual function for g_dbus_object_manager_get_object_path().
4243 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideGetObjectPath(cb func(DBusObjectManager) string) {
4344 if cb == nil {
4445 x.xGetObjectPath = 0
@@ -50,6 +51,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideGetObjectPath(cb func(DBusObjectManager
5051 }
5152
5253 // GetGetObjectPath gets the callback function.
54+// Virtual function for g_dbus_object_manager_get_object_path().
5355 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetGetObjectPath() func(DBusObjectManager) string {
5456 if x.xGetObjectPath == 0 {
5557 return nil
@@ -62,6 +64,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetGetObjectPath() func(DBusObjectManager) stri
6264 }
6365
6466 // OverrideGetObjects sets the callback function.
67+// Virtual function for g_dbus_object_manager_get_objects().
6568 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideGetObjects(cb func(DBusObjectManager) *glib.List) {
6669 if cb == nil {
6770 x.xGetObjects = 0
@@ -73,6 +76,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideGetObjects(cb func(DBusObjectManager) *
7376 }
7477
7578 // GetGetObjects gets the callback function.
79+// Virtual function for g_dbus_object_manager_get_objects().
7680 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetGetObjects() func(DBusObjectManager) *glib.List {
7781 if x.xGetObjects == 0 {
7882 return nil
@@ -85,6 +89,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetGetObjects() func(DBusObjectManager) *glib.L
8589 }
8690
8791 // OverrideGetObject sets the callback function.
92+// Virtual function for g_dbus_object_manager_get_object().
8893 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideGetObject(cb func(DBusObjectManager, string) *DBusObjectBase) {
8994 if cb == nil {
9095 x.xGetObject = 0
@@ -100,6 +105,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideGetObject(cb func(DBusObjectManager, st
100105 }
101106
102107 // GetGetObject gets the callback function.
108+// Virtual function for g_dbus_object_manager_get_object().
103109 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetGetObject() func(DBusObjectManager, string) *DBusObjectBase {
104110 if x.xGetObject == 0 {
105111 return nil
@@ -118,6 +124,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetGetObject() func(DBusObjectManager, string)
118124 }
119125
120126 // OverrideGetInterface sets the callback function.
127+// Virtual function for g_dbus_object_manager_get_interface().
121128 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideGetInterface(cb func(DBusObjectManager, string, string) *DBusInterfaceBase) {
122129 if cb == nil {
123130 x.xGetInterface = 0
@@ -133,6 +140,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideGetInterface(cb func(DBusObjectManager,
133140 }
134141
135142 // GetGetInterface gets the callback function.
143+// Virtual function for g_dbus_object_manager_get_interface().
136144 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetGetInterface() func(DBusObjectManager, string, string) *DBusInterfaceBase {
137145 if x.xGetInterface == 0 {
138146 return nil
@@ -151,6 +159,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetGetInterface() func(DBusObjectManager, strin
151159 }
152160
153161 // OverrideObjectAdded sets the callback function.
162+// Signal handler for the #GDBusObjectManager::object-added signal.
154163 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideObjectAdded(cb func(DBusObjectManager, DBusObject)) {
155164 if cb == nil {
156165 x.xObjectAdded = 0
@@ -162,6 +171,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideObjectAdded(cb func(DBusObjectManager,
162171 }
163172
164173 // GetObjectAdded gets the callback function.
174+// Signal handler for the #GDBusObjectManager::object-added signal.
165175 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetObjectAdded() func(DBusObjectManager, DBusObject) {
166176 if x.xObjectAdded == 0 {
167177 return nil
@@ -174,6 +184,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetObjectAdded() func(DBusObjectManager, DBusOb
174184 }
175185
176186 // OverrideObjectRemoved sets the callback function.
187+// Signal handler for the #GDBusObjectManager::object-removed signal.
177188 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideObjectRemoved(cb func(DBusObjectManager, DBusObject)) {
178189 if cb == nil {
179190 x.xObjectRemoved = 0
@@ -185,6 +196,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideObjectRemoved(cb func(DBusObjectManager
185196 }
186197
187198 // GetObjectRemoved gets the callback function.
199+// Signal handler for the #GDBusObjectManager::object-removed signal.
188200 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetObjectRemoved() func(DBusObjectManager, DBusObject) {
189201 if x.xObjectRemoved == 0 {
190202 return nil
@@ -197,6 +209,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetObjectRemoved() func(DBusObjectManager, DBus
197209 }
198210
199211 // OverrideInterfaceAdded sets the callback function.
212+// Signal handler for the #GDBusObjectManager::interface-added signal.
200213 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideInterfaceAdded(cb func(DBusObjectManager, DBusObject, DBusInterface)) {
201214 if cb == nil {
202215 x.xInterfaceAdded = 0
@@ -208,6 +221,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideInterfaceAdded(cb func(DBusObjectManage
208221 }
209222
210223 // GetInterfaceAdded gets the callback function.
224+// Signal handler for the #GDBusObjectManager::interface-added signal.
211225 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetInterfaceAdded() func(DBusObjectManager, DBusObject, DBusInterface) {
212226 if x.xInterfaceAdded == 0 {
213227 return nil
@@ -220,6 +234,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetInterfaceAdded() func(DBusObjectManager, DBu
220234 }
221235
222236 // OverrideInterfaceRemoved sets the callback function.
237+// Signal handler for the #GDBusObjectManager::interface-removed signal.
223238 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideInterfaceRemoved(cb func(DBusObjectManager, DBusObject, DBusInterface)) {
224239 if cb == nil {
225240 x.xInterfaceRemoved = 0
@@ -231,6 +246,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideInterfaceRemoved(cb func(DBusObjectMana
231246 }
232247
233248 // GetInterfaceRemoved gets the callback function.
249+// Signal handler for the #GDBusObjectManager::interface-removed signal.
234250 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetInterfaceRemoved() func(DBusObjectManager, DBusObject, DBusInterface) {
235251 if x.xInterfaceRemoved == 0 {
236252 return nil
@@ -242,13 +258,13 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetInterfaceRemoved() func(DBusObjectManager, D
242258 }
243259 }
244260
245-// The #GDBusObjectManager type is the base type for service- and
261+// The `GDBusObjectManager` type is the base type for service- and
246262 // client-side implementations of the standardized
247-// [org.freedesktop.DBus.ObjectManager](http://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#standard-interfaces-objectmanager)
263+// [`org.freedesktop.DBus.ObjectManager`](http://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#standard-interfaces-objectmanager)
248264 // interface.
249265 //
250-// See #GDBusObjectManagerClient for the client-side implementation
251-// and #GDBusObjectManagerServer for the service-side implementation.
266+// See [class@Gio.DBusObjectManagerClient] for the client-side implementation
267+// and [class@Gio.DBusObjectManagerServer] for the service-side implementation.
252268 type DBusObjectManager interface {
253269 GoPointer() uintptr
254270 SetGoPointer(uintptr)
M v4/gio/gdbusobjectmanagerclient.go +69 -62
@@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerClientClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3030 }
3131
3232 // OverrideInterfaceProxySignal sets the callback function.
33+// Signal class handler for the #GDBusObjectManagerClient::interface-proxy-signal signal.
3334 func (x *DBusObjectManagerClientClass) OverrideInterfaceProxySignal(cb func(*DBusObjectManagerClient, *DBusObjectProxy, *DBusProxy, string, string, *glib.Variant)) {
3435 if cb == nil {
3536 x.xInterfaceProxySignal = 0
@@ -41,6 +42,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerClientClass) OverrideInterfaceProxySignal(cb func(*DBu
4142 }
4243
4344 // GetInterfaceProxySignal gets the callback function.
45+// Signal class handler for the #GDBusObjectManagerClient::interface-proxy-signal signal.
4446 func (x *DBusObjectManagerClientClass) GetInterfaceProxySignal() func(*DBusObjectManagerClient, *DBusObjectProxy, *DBusProxy, string, string, *glib.Variant) {
4547 if x.xInterfaceProxySignal == 0 {
4648 return nil
@@ -53,6 +55,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerClientClass) GetInterfaceProxySignal() func(*DBusObjec
5355 }
5456
5557 // OverrideInterfaceProxyPropertiesChanged sets the callback function.
58+// Signal class handler for the #GDBusObjectManagerClient::interface-proxy-properties-changed signal.
5659 func (x *DBusObjectManagerClientClass) OverrideInterfaceProxyPropertiesChanged(cb func(*DBusObjectManagerClient, *DBusObjectProxy, *DBusProxy, *glib.Variant, string)) {
5760 if cb == nil {
5861 x.xInterfaceProxyPropertiesChanged = 0
@@ -64,6 +67,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerClientClass) OverrideInterfaceProxyPropertiesChanged(c
6467 }
6568
6669 // GetInterfaceProxyPropertiesChanged gets the callback function.
70+// Signal class handler for the #GDBusObjectManagerClient::interface-proxy-properties-changed signal.
6771 func (x *DBusObjectManagerClientClass) GetInterfaceProxyPropertiesChanged() func(*DBusObjectManagerClient, *DBusObjectProxy, *DBusProxy, *glib.Variant, string) {
6872 if x.xInterfaceProxyPropertiesChanged == 0 {
6973 return nil
@@ -83,79 +87,82 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerClientPrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
8387 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
8488 }
8589
86-// #GDBusObjectManagerClient is used to create, monitor and delete object
87-// proxies for remote objects exported by a #GDBusObjectManagerServer (or any
88-// code implementing the
90+// `GDBusObjectManagerClient` is used to create, monitor and delete object
91+// proxies for remote objects exported by a [class@Gio.DBusObjectManagerServer]
92+// (or any code implementing the
8993 // [org.freedesktop.DBus.ObjectManager](http://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#standard-interfaces-objectmanager)
9094 // interface).
9195 //
9296 // Once an instance of this type has been created, you can connect to
93-// the #GDBusObjectManager::object-added and
94-// #GDBusObjectManager::object-removed signals and inspect the
95-// #GDBusObjectProxy objects returned by
96-// g_dbus_object_manager_get_objects().
97+// the [signal@Gio.DBusObjectManager::object-added] and
98+// [signal@Gio.DBusObjectManager::object-removed signals] and inspect the
99+// [class@Gio.DBusObjectProxy] objects returned by
100+// [method@Gio.DBusObjectManager.get_objects].
97101 //
98-// If the name for a #GDBusObjectManagerClient is not owned by anyone at
102+// If the name for a `GDBusObjectManagerClient` is not owned by anyone at
99103 // object construction time, the default behavior is to request the
100104 // message bus to launch an owner for the name. This behavior can be
101-// disabled using the %G_DBUS_OBJECT_MANAGER_CLIENT_FLAGS_DO_NOT_AUTO_START
102-// flag. It's also worth noting that this only works if the name of
105+// disabled using the `G_DBUS_OBJECT_MANAGER_CLIENT_FLAGS_DO_NOT_AUTO_START`
106+// flag. It’s also worth noting that this only works if the name of
103107 // interest is activatable in the first place. E.g. in some cases it
104108 // is not possible to launch an owner for the requested name. In this
105-// case, #GDBusObjectManagerClient object construction still succeeds but
109+// case, `GDBusObjectManagerClient` object construction still succeeds but
106110 // there will be no object proxies
107-// (e.g. g_dbus_object_manager_get_objects() returns the empty list) and
108-// the #GDBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner property is %NULL.
111+// (e.g. [method@Gio.DBusObjectManager.get_objects] returns the empty list) and
112+// the [property@Gio.DBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner] property is `NULL`.
109113 //
110114 // The owner of the requested name can come and go (for example
111-// consider a system service being restarted) – #GDBusObjectManagerClient
112-// handles this case too; simply connect to the #GObject::notify
113-// signal to watch for changes on the #GDBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner
114-// property. When the name owner vanishes, the behavior is that
115-// #GDBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner is set to %NULL (this includes
116-// emission of the #GObject::notify signal) and then
117-// #GDBusObjectManager::object-removed signals are synthesized
115+// consider a system service being restarted) – `GDBusObjectManagerClient`
116+// handles this case too; simply connect to the [signal@GObject.Object::notify]
117+// signal to watch for changes on the
118+// [property@Gio.DBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner] property. When the name
119+// owner vanishes, the behavior is that
120+// [property@Gio.DBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner] is set to `NULL` (this
121+// includes emission of the [signal@GObject.Object::notify] signal) and then
122+// [signal@Gio.DBusObjectManager::object-removed] signals are synthesized
118123 // for all currently existing object proxies. Since
119-// #GDBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner is %NULL when this happens, you can
120-// use this information to disambiguate a synthesized signal from a
121-// genuine signal caused by object removal on the remote
122-// #GDBusObjectManager. Similarly, when a new name owner appears,
123-// #GDBusObjectManager::object-added signals are synthesized
124-// while #GDBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner is still %NULL. Only when all
125-// object proxies have been added, the #GDBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner
126-// is set to the new name owner (this includes emission of the
127-// #GObject::notify signal). Furthermore, you are guaranteed that
128-// #GDBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner will alternate between a name owner
129-// (e.g. `:1.42`) and %NULL even in the case where
124+// [property@Gio.DBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner] is `NULL` when this
125+// happens, you can use this information to disambiguate a synthesized signal
126+// from a genuine signal caused by object removal on the remote
127+// [iface@Gio.DBusObjectManager]. Similarly, when a new name owner appears,
128+// [signal@Gio.DBusObjectManager::object-added] signals are synthesized
129+// while [property@Gio.DBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner] is still `NULL`. Only
130+// when all object proxies have been added, the
131+// [property@Gio.DBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner] is set to the new name
132+// owner (this includes emission of the [signal@GObject.Object::notify] signal).
133+// Furthermore, you are guaranteed that
134+// [property@Gio.DBusObjectManagerClient:name-owner] will alternate between a
135+// name owner (e.g. `:1.42`) and `NULL` even in the case where
130136 // the name of interest is atomically replaced
131137 //
132-// Ultimately, #GDBusObjectManagerClient is used to obtain #GDBusProxy
133-// instances. All signals (including the
134-// org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties::PropertiesChanged signal)
135-// delivered to #GDBusProxy instances are guaranteed to originate
138+// Ultimately, `GDBusObjectManagerClient` is used to obtain
139+// [class@Gio.DBusProxy] instances. All signals (including the
140+// `org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties::PropertiesChanged` signal)
141+// delivered to [class@Gio.DBusProxy] instances are guaranteed to originate
136142 // from the name owner. This guarantee along with the behavior
137143 // described above, means that certain race conditions including the
138-// "half the proxy is from the old owner and the other half is from
139-// the new owner" problem cannot happen.
144+// “half the proxy is from the old owner and the other half is from
145+// the new owner” problem cannot happen.
140146 //
141147 // To avoid having the application connect to signals on the returned
142-// #GDBusObjectProxy and #GDBusProxy objects, the
143-// #GDBusObject::interface-added,
144-// #GDBusObject::interface-removed,
145-// #GDBusProxy::g-properties-changed and
146-// #GDBusProxy::g-signal signals
147-// are also emitted on the #GDBusObjectManagerClient instance managing these
148+// [class@Gio.DBusObjectProxy] and [class@Gio.DBusProxy] objects, the
149+// [signal@Gio.DBusObject::interface-added],
150+// [signal@Gio.DBusObject::interface-removed],
151+// [signal@Gio.DBusProxy::g-properties-changed] and
152+// [signal@Gio.DBusProxy::g-signal] signals
153+// are also emitted on the `GDBusObjectManagerClient` instance managing these
148154 // objects. The signals emitted are
149-// #GDBusObjectManager::interface-added,
150-// #GDBusObjectManager::interface-removed,
151-// #GDBusObjectManagerClient::interface-proxy-properties-changed and
152-// #GDBusObjectManagerClient::interface-proxy-signal.
155+// [signal@Gio.DBusObjectManager::interface-added],
156+// [signal@Gio.DBusObjectManager::interface-removed],
157+// [signal@Gio.DBusObjectManagerClient::interface-proxy-properties-changed] and
158+// [signal@Gio.DBusObjectManagerClient::interface-proxy-signal].
153159 //
154160 // Note that all callbacks and signals are emitted in the
155-// [thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default]
156-// that the #GDBusObjectManagerClient object was constructed
157-// in. Additionally, the #GDBusObjectProxy and #GDBusProxy objects
158-// originating from the #GDBusObjectManagerClient object will be created in
161+// thread-default main context (see
162+// [method@GLib.MainContext.push_thread_default]) that the
163+// `GDBusObjectManagerClient` object was constructed in. Additionally, the
164+// [class@Gio.DBusObjectProxy] and [class@Gio.DBusProxy] objects
165+// originating from the `GDBusObjectManagerClient` object will be created in
159166 // the same context and, consequently, will deliver signals in the
160167 // same main loop.
161168 type DBusObjectManagerClient struct {
@@ -334,8 +341,8 @@ func (c *DBusObjectManagerClient) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
334341 // This signal exists purely as a convenience to avoid having to
335342 // connect signals to all interface proxies managed by @manager.
336343 //
337-// This signal is emitted in the
338-// [thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default]
344+// This signal is emitted in the thread-default main context
345+// (see [method@GLib.MainContext.push_thread_default])
339346 // that @manager was constructed in.
340347 func (x *DBusObjectManagerClient) ConnectInterfaceProxyPropertiesChanged(cb *func(DBusObjectManagerClient, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, []string)) uint32 {
341348 cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
@@ -361,8 +368,8 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerClient) ConnectInterfaceProxyPropertiesChanged(cb *fun
361368 // This signal exists purely as a convenience to avoid having to
362369 // connect signals to all interface proxies managed by @manager.
363370 //
364-// This signal is emitted in the
365-// [thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default]
371+// This signal is emitted in the thread-default main context
372+// (see [method@GLib.MainContext.push_thread_default])
366373 // that @manager was constructed in.
367374 func (x *DBusObjectManagerClient) ConnectInterfaceProxySignal(cb *func(DBusObjectManagerClient, uintptr, uintptr, string, string, uintptr)) uint32 {
368375 cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
@@ -519,7 +526,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerClient) GetObjects() *glib.List {
519526 // If the object is not initialized, or initialization returns with an
520527 // error, then all operations on the object except g_object_ref() and
521528 // g_object_unref() are considered to be invalid, and have undefined
522-// behaviour. See the [introduction][ginitable] for more details.
529+// behaviour. See the [description][iface@Gio.Initable#description] for more details.
523530 //
524531 // Callers should not assume that a class which implements #GInitable can be
525532 // initialized multiple times, unless the class explicitly documents itself as
@@ -555,10 +562,10 @@ var xDBusObjectManagerClientNew func(uintptr, DBusObjectManagerClientFlags, stri
555562 // Asynchronously creates a new #GDBusObjectManagerClient object.
556563 //
557564 // This is an asynchronous failable constructor. When the result is
558-// ready, @callback will be invoked in the
559-// [thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default]
560-// of the thread you are calling this method from. You can
561-// then call g_dbus_object_manager_client_new_finish() to get the result. See
565+// ready, @callback will be invoked in the thread-default main context
566+// (see [method@GLib.MainContext.push_thread_default])
567+// of the thread you are calling this method from. You can then call
568+// g_dbus_object_manager_client_new_finish() to get the result. See
562569 // g_dbus_object_manager_client_new_sync() for the synchronous version.
563570 func DBusObjectManagerClientNew(ConnectionVar *DBusConnection, FlagsVar DBusObjectManagerClientFlags, NameVar string, ObjectPathVar string, GetProxyTypeFuncVar *DBusProxyTypeFunc, GetProxyTypeUserDataVar uintptr, GetProxyTypeDestroyNotifyVar *glib.DestroyNotify, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar *AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) {
564571
@@ -572,8 +579,8 @@ var xDBusObjectManagerClientNewForBus func(BusType, DBusObjectManagerClientFlags
572579 // #GDBusConnection.
573580 //
574581 // This is an asynchronous failable constructor. When the result is
575-// ready, @callback will be invoked in the
576-// [thread-default main loop][g-main-context-push-thread-default]
582+// ready, @callback will be invoked in the thread-default main context
583+// (see [method@GLib.MainContext.push_thread_default])
577584 // of the thread you are calling this method from. You can
578585 // then call g_dbus_object_manager_client_new_for_bus_finish() to get the result. See
579586 // g_dbus_object_manager_client_new_for_bus_sync() for the synchronous version.
M v4/gio/gdbusobjectmanagerserver.go +6 -7
@@ -33,9 +33,9 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerServerPrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
3333 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3434 }
3535
36-// #GDBusObjectManagerServer is used to export #GDBusObject instances using
37-// the standardized
38-// [org.freedesktop.DBus.ObjectManager](http://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#standard-interfaces-objectmanager)
36+// `GDBusObjectManagerServer` is used to export [iface@Gio.DBusObject] instances
37+// using the standardized
38+// [`org.freedesktop.DBus.ObjectManager`](http://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#standard-interfaces-objectmanager)
3939 // interface. For example, remote D-Bus clients can get all objects
4040 // and properties in a single call. Additionally, any change in the
4141 // object hierarchy is broadcast using signals. This means that D-Bus
@@ -51,10 +51,9 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerServerPrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
5151 // It is supported, but not recommended, to export an object manager at the root
5252 // path, `/`.
5353 //
54-// See #GDBusObjectManagerClient for the client-side code that is
55-// intended to be used with #GDBusObjectManagerServer or any D-Bus
56-// object implementing the org.freedesktop.DBus.ObjectManager
57-// interface.
54+// See [class@Gio.DBusObjectManagerClient] for the client-side code that is
55+// intended to be used with `GDBusObjectManagerServer` or any D-Bus
56+// object implementing the `org.freedesktop.DBus.ObjectManager` interface.
5857 type DBusObjectManagerServer struct {
5958 gobject.Object
6059 }
M v4/gio/gdbusobjectproxy.go +3 -3
@@ -33,9 +33,9 @@ func (x *DBusObjectProxyPrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
3333 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3434 }
3535
36-// A #GDBusObjectProxy is an object used to represent a remote object
37-// with one or more D-Bus interfaces. Normally, you don't instantiate
38-// a #GDBusObjectProxy yourself - typically #GDBusObjectManagerClient
36+// A `GDBusObjectProxy` is an object used to represent a remote object
37+// with one or more D-Bus interfaces. Normally, you don’t instantiate
38+// a `GDBusObjectProxy` yourself — typically [class@Gio.DBusObjectManagerClient]
3939 // is used to obtain it.
4040 type DBusObjectProxy struct {
4141 gobject.Object
M v4/gio/gdbusobjectskeleton.go +4 -2
@@ -28,6 +28,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectSkeletonClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2828 }
2929
3030 // OverrideAuthorizeMethod sets the callback function.
31+// Signal class handler for the #GDBusObjectSkeleton::authorize-method signal.
3132 func (x *DBusObjectSkeletonClass) OverrideAuthorizeMethod(cb func(*DBusObjectSkeleton, *DBusInterfaceSkeleton, *DBusMethodInvocation) bool) {
3233 if cb == nil {
3334 x.xAuthorizeMethod = 0
@@ -39,6 +40,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectSkeletonClass) OverrideAuthorizeMethod(cb func(*DBusObjectSke
3940 }
4041
4142 // GetAuthorizeMethod gets the callback function.
43+// Signal class handler for the #GDBusObjectSkeleton::authorize-method signal.
4244 func (x *DBusObjectSkeletonClass) GetAuthorizeMethod() func(*DBusObjectSkeleton, *DBusInterfaceSkeleton, *DBusMethodInvocation) bool {
4345 if x.xAuthorizeMethod == 0 {
4446 return nil
@@ -58,11 +60,11 @@ func (x *DBusObjectSkeletonPrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
5860 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
5961 }
6062
61-// A #GDBusObjectSkeleton instance is essentially a group of D-Bus
63+// A `GDBusObjectSkeleton` instance is essentially a group of D-Bus
6264 // interfaces. The set of exported interfaces on the object may be
6365 // dynamic and change at runtime.
6466 //
65-// This type is intended to be used with #GDBusObjectManager.
67+// This type is intended to be used with [iface@Gio.DBusObjectManager].
6668 type DBusObjectSkeleton struct {
6769 gobject.Object
6870 }
M v4/gio/gdbusproxy.go +46 -39 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gio/gdbusserver.go +267 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gdebugcontroller.go +9 -8
@@ -21,20 +21,21 @@ func (x *DebugControllerInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
2121 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2222 }
2323
24-// #GDebugController is an interface to expose control of debugging features and
24+// `GDebugController` is an interface to expose control of debugging features and
2525 // debug output.
2626 //
27-// It is implemented on Linux using #GDebugControllerDBus, which exposes a D-Bus
28-// interface to allow authenticated peers to control debug features in this
29-// process.
27+// It is implemented on Linux using [class@Gio.DebugControllerDBus], which
28+// exposes a D-Bus interface to allow authenticated peers to control debug
29+// features in this process.
3030 //
3131 // Whether debug output is enabled is exposed as
32-// #GDebugController:debug-enabled. This controls g_log_set_debug_enabled() by
33-// default. Application code may connect to the #GObject::notify signal for it
32+// [property@Gio.DebugController:debug-enabled]. This controls
33+// [func@GLib.log_set_debug_enabled] by default. Application code may
34+// connect to the [signal@GObject.Object::notify] signal for it
3435 // to control other parts of its debug infrastructure as necessary.
3536 //
3637 // If your application or service is using the default GLib log writer function,
37-// creating one of the built-in implementations of #GDebugController should be
38+// creating one of the built-in implementations of `GDebugController` should be
3839 // all that’s needed to dynamically enable or disable debug output.
3940 type DebugController interface {
4041 GoPointer() uintptr
@@ -83,7 +84,7 @@ var XGDebugControllerSetDebugEnabled func(uintptr, bool)
8384
8485 const (
8586 // Extension point for debug control functionality.
86- // See [Extending GIO][extending-gio].
87+ // See [Extending GIO](overview.html#extending-gio).
8788 DEBUG_CONTROLLER_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME string = "gio-debug-controller"
8889 )
8990
M v4/gio/gdebugcontrollerdbus.go +25 -19
@@ -28,6 +28,7 @@ func (x *DebugControllerDBusClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2828 }
2929
3030 // OverrideAuthorize sets the callback function.
31+// Default handler for the #GDebugControllerDBus::authorize signal.
3132 func (x *DebugControllerDBusClass) OverrideAuthorize(cb func(*DebugControllerDBus, *DBusMethodInvocation) bool) {
3233 if cb == nil {
3334 x.xAuthorize = 0
@@ -39,6 +40,7 @@ func (x *DebugControllerDBusClass) OverrideAuthorize(cb func(*DebugControllerDBu
3940 }
4041
4142 // GetAuthorize gets the callback function.
43+// Default handler for the #GDebugControllerDBus::authorize signal.
4244 func (x *DebugControllerDBusClass) GetAuthorize() func(*DebugControllerDBus, *DBusMethodInvocation) bool {
4345 if x.xAuthorize == 0 {
4446 return nil
@@ -50,29 +52,32 @@ func (x *DebugControllerDBusClass) GetAuthorize() func(*DebugControllerDBus, *DB
5052 }
5153 }
5254
53-// #GDebugControllerDBus is an implementation of #GDebugController which exposes
54-// debug settings as a D-Bus object.
55+// `GDebugControllerDBus` is an implementation of [iface@Gio.DebugController]
56+// which exposes debug settings as a D-Bus object.
5557 //
56-// It is a #GInitable object, and will register an object at
58+// It is a [iface@Gio.Initable] object, and will register an object at
5759 // `/org/gtk/Debugging` on the bus given as
58-// #GDebugControllerDBus:connection once it’s initialized. The object will be
59-// unregistered when the last reference to the #GDebugControllerDBus is dropped.
60+// [property@Gio.DebugControllerDBus:connection] once it’s initialized. The
61+// object will be unregistered when the last reference to the
62+// `GDebugControllerDBus` is dropped.
6063 //
6164 // This D-Bus object can be used by remote processes to enable or disable debug
6265 // output in this process. Remote processes calling
6366 // `org.gtk.Debugging.SetDebugEnabled()` will affect the value of
64-// #GDebugController:debug-enabled and, by default, g_log_get_debug_enabled().
65-// default.
67+// [property@Gio.DebugController:debug-enabled] and, by default,
68+// [func@GLib.log_get_debug_enabled].
6669 //
67-// By default, all processes will be able to call `SetDebugEnabled()`. If this
68-// process is privileged, or might expose sensitive information in its debug
69-// output, you may want to restrict the ability to enable debug output to
70-// privileged users or processes.
70+// By default, no processes are allowed to call `SetDebugEnabled()` unless a
71+// [signal@Gio.DebugControllerDBus::authorize] signal handler is installed. This
72+// is because the process may be privileged, or might expose sensitive
73+// information in its debug output. You may want to restrict the ability to
74+// enable debug output to privileged users or processes.
7175 //
7276 // One option is to install a D-Bus security policy which restricts access to
7377 // `SetDebugEnabled()`, installing something like the following in
7478 // `$datadir/dbus-1/system.d/`:
75-// |[<!-- language="XML" -->
79+//
80+// ```xml
7681 // <?xml version="1.0"?> <!--*-nxml-*-->
7782 // <!DOCTYPE busconfig PUBLIC "-//freedesktop//DTD D-BUS Bus Configuration 1.0//EN"
7883 //
@@ -88,7 +93,7 @@ func (x *DebugControllerDBusClass) GetAuthorize() func(*DebugControllerDBus, *DB
8893 // </policy>
8994 //
9095 // </busconfig>
91-// ]|
96+// ```
9297 //
9398 // This will prevent the `SetDebugEnabled()` method from being called by all
9499 // except root. It will not prevent the `DebugEnabled` property from being read,
@@ -96,9 +101,10 @@ func (x *DebugControllerDBusClass) GetAuthorize() func(*DebugControllerDBus, *DB
96101 //
97102 // Another option is to use polkit to allow or deny requests on a case-by-case
98103 // basis, allowing for the possibility of dynamic authorisation. To do this,
99-// connect to the #GDebugControllerDBus::authorize signal and query polkit in
100-// it:
101-// |[<!-- language="C" -->
104+// connect to the [signal@Gio.DebugControllerDBus::authorize] signal and query
105+// polkit in it:
106+//
107+// ```c
102108 //
103109 // g_autoptr(GError) child_error = NULL;
104110 // g_autoptr(GDBusConnection) connection = g_bus_get_sync (G_BUS_TYPE_SYSTEM, NULL, NULL);
@@ -108,7 +114,7 @@ func (x *DebugControllerDBusClass) GetAuthorize() func(*DebugControllerDBus, *DB
108114 // debug_controller = G_DEBUG_CONTROLLER (g_debug_controller_dbus_new (priv->connection, NULL, &child_error));
109115 // if (debug_controller == NULL)
110116 // {
111-// g_error ("Could not register debug controller on bus: %s"),
117+// g_error ("Could not register debug controller on bus: %s",
112118 // child_error->message);
113119 // }
114120 //
@@ -161,7 +167,7 @@ func (x *DebugControllerDBusClass) GetAuthorize() func(*DebugControllerDBus, *DB
161167 // return polkit_authorization_result_get_is_authorized (auth_result);
162168 // }
163169 //
164-// ]|
170+// ```
165171 type DebugControllerDBus struct {
166172 gobject.Object
167173 }
@@ -308,7 +314,7 @@ func (x *DebugControllerDBus) SetDebugEnabled(DebugEnabledVar bool) {
308314 // If the object is not initialized, or initialization returns with an
309315 // error, then all operations on the object except g_object_ref() and
310316 // g_object_unref() are considered to be invalid, and have undefined
311-// behaviour. See the [introduction][ginitable] for more details.
317+// behaviour. See the [description][iface@Gio.Initable#description] for more details.
312318 //
313319 // Callers should not assume that a class which implements #GInitable can be
314320 // initialized multiple times, unless the class explicitly documents itself as
M v4/gio/gdesktopappinfo.go +117 -92 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gdrive.go +83 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gdtlsclientconnection.go +10 -2
@@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ func (x *DtlsClientConnectionInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
2323 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2424 }
2525
26-// #GDtlsClientConnection is the client-side subclass of
27-// #GDtlsConnection, representing a client-side DTLS connection.
26+// `GDtlsClientConnection` is the client-side subclass of
27+// [iface@Gio.DtlsConnection], representing a client-side DTLS connection.
2828 type DtlsClientConnection interface {
2929 GoPointer() uintptr
3030 SetGoPointer(uintptr)
@@ -85,6 +85,10 @@ func (x *DtlsClientConnectionBase) GetServerIdentity() *SocketConnectableBase {
8585 }
8686
8787 // Gets @conn's validation flags
88+//
89+// This function does not work as originally designed and is impossible
90+// to use correctly. See #GDtlsClientConnection:validation-flags for more
91+// information.
8892 func (x *DtlsClientConnectionBase) GetValidationFlags() TlsCertificateFlags {
8993
9094 cret := XGDtlsClientConnectionGetValidationFlags(x.GoPointer())
@@ -104,6 +108,10 @@ func (x *DtlsClientConnectionBase) SetServerIdentity(IdentityVar SocketConnectab
104108 // Sets @conn's validation flags, to override the default set of
105109 // checks performed when validating a server certificate. By default,
106110 // %G_TLS_CERTIFICATE_VALIDATE_ALL is used.
111+//
112+// This function does not work as originally designed and is impossible
113+// to use correctly. See #GDtlsClientConnection:validation-flags for more
114+// information.
107115 func (x *DtlsClientConnectionBase) SetValidationFlags(FlagsVar TlsCertificateFlags) {
108116
109117 XGDtlsClientConnectionSetValidationFlags(x.GoPointer(), FlagsVar)
M v4/gio/gdtlsconnection.go +37 -15 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gdtlsserverconnection.go +2 -2
@@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ func (x *DtlsServerConnectionInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
2222 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2323 }
2424
25-// #GDtlsServerConnection is the server-side subclass of #GDtlsConnection,
26-// representing a server-side DTLS connection.
25+// `GDtlsServerConnection` is the server-side subclass of
26+// [iface@Gio.DtlsConnection], representing a server-side DTLS connection.
2727 type DtlsServerConnection interface {
2828 GoPointer() uintptr
2929 SetGoPointer(uintptr)
M v4/gio/gemblem.go +9 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gemblemedicon.go +11 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gfile.go +478 -71 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gfiledescriptorbased.go +7 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gfileenumerator.go +71 -19 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gfileicon.go +10 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gfileinfo.go +273 -34 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gfileinputstream.go +5 -5 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gfileiostream.go +11 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gfilemonitor.go +10 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gfileoutputstream.go +7 -7 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gicon.go +53 -33 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/ginetaddress.go +7 -7 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/ginetaddressmask.go +3 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/ginetsocketaddress.go +5 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/ginitable.go +14 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/ginputstream.go +11 -9 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
D v4/gio/gio-2.0.go +0 -6489 large diff (6489 lines changed): collapsed
load diff
M v4/gio/gioenums.go +28 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gioerror.go +39 -5 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/giostream.go +30 -28 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/giotypes.go +229 -126 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/glistmodel.go +44 -17 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gliststore.go +22 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gloadableicon.go +8 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gmemoryinputstream.go +12 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gmemorymonitor.go +18 -10 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gmemoryoutputstream.go +15 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gio/gmenu.go +741 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gio/gmenuexporter.go +10 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gmenumodel.go +45 -37 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gmount.go +83 -17 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gmountoperation.go +9 -8 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gnativesocketaddress.go +3 -0
@@ -29,6 +29,9 @@ func (x *NativeSocketAddressPrivate) GoPointer() uintptr {
2929 }
3030
3131 // A socket address of some unknown native type.
32+//
33+// This corresponds to a general `struct sockaddr` of a type not otherwise
34+// handled by GLib.
3235 type NativeSocketAddress struct {
3336 SocketAddress
3437 }
M v4/gio/gnetworkaddress.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gnetworkmonitor.go +22 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gnetworkservice.go +3 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gio/gnotification.go +289 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/goutputstream.go +12 -6 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gpermission.go +5 -5 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gpollableinputstream.go +27 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gpollableoutputstream.go +36 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gpowerprofilemonitor.go +12 -10 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gio/gpropertyaction.go +243 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gproxy.go +17 -5 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gproxyaddress.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gproxyaddressenumerator.go +8 -7 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gproxyresolver.go +26 -9 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gremoteactiongroup.go +13 -9 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gresolver.go +49 -7 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gresource.go +46 -20 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gseekable.go +18 -8 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gsettings.go +427 -299 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gsettingsbackend.go +52 -37 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gsettingsschema.go +15 -15 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gio/gsimpleaction.go +350 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gsimpleactiongroup.go +91 -59 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gsimpleasyncresult.go +53 -52 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gio/gsimpleiostream.go +76 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gio/gsimplepermission.go +72 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gsimpleproxyresolver.go +5 -5 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gsocket.go +98 -26 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gsocketaddress.go +4 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gsocketaddressenumerator.go +18 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gsocketclient.go +8 -8 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gsocketconnectable.go +16 -6 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gsocketconnection.go +14 -10 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gsocketcontrolmessage.go +19 -9 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gsocketlistener.go +12 -9 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gsocketservice.go +15 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gio/gsubprocess.go +641 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gio/gsubprocesslauncher.go +427 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gtask.go +511 -398 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gtcpconnection.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gtcpwrapperconnection.go +6 -5 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gio/gtestdbus.go +243 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gthemedicon.go +13 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gio/gthreadedresolver.go +48 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gthreadedsocketservice.go +7 -6 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gtlsbackend.go +22 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gtlscertificate.go +3 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gtlsclientconnection.go +4 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gtlsconnection.go +40 -6 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gtlsdatabase.go +82 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gtlsfiledatabase.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gtlsinteraction.go +51 -7 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gtlspassword.go +12 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gtlsserverconnection.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gunixconnection.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gunixcredentialsmessage.go +8 -8 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gunixfdlist.go +11 -7 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gunixfdmessage.go +7 -7 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gunixinputstream.go +12 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gunixmounts.go +420 -67 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gunixoutputstream.go +15 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gunixsocketaddress.go +5 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gvfs.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gvolume.go +96 -27 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gvolumemonitor.go +6 -6 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gzlibcompressor.go +13 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gio/gzlibdecompressor.go +13 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/glib/gallocator.go +195 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/garray.go +361 -71 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gasyncqueue.go +30 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gatomic.go +101 -9 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gbacktrace.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gbase64.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gbitlock.go +42 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gbookmarkfile.go +88 -18 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/glib/gcache.go +121 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gcharset.go +5 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gchecksum.go +16 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/glib/gcompletion.go +154 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gconvert.go +19 -8 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gdataset.go +18 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gdate.go +45 -17 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gdatetime.go +180 -79 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gdir.go +66 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/genviron.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gerror.go +50 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gfileutils.go +85 -22 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/ggettext.go +4 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/ghash.go +166 -7 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/ghmac.go +51 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/ghook.go +11 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/ghostutils.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/giochannel.go +142 -5 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gkeyfile.go +361 -171 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
D v4/glib/glib-2.0.go +0 -58 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/glib-types.go +1 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/glib-unix.go +103 -15 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/glibconfig.go +22 -82 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/glist.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gmacros.go +16 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gmain.go +473 -372 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gmappedfile.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gmarkup.go +47 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gmem.go +108 -5 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gmessages.go +280 -175 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gnode.go +34 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/goption.go +62 -30 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/glib/gpathbuf.go +300 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gpattern.go +52 -28 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gpoll.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gprimes.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gprintf.go +13 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gqsort.go +19 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gquark.go +27 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gqueue.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/grand.go +45 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/grcbox.go +6 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/grefcount.go +42 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/grefstring.go +16 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gregex.go +47 -50 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/glib/grel.go +198 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gscanner.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gsequence.go +51 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gshell.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gslice.go +21 -16 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gslist.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gspawn.go +21 -9 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gstdio.go +254 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gstrfuncs.go +252 -221 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gstring.go +41 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gstringchunk.go +24 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gstrvbuilder.go +67 -5 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gtestutils.go +393 -250 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gthread.go +1388 -5 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gthreadpool.go +28 -5 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gtimer.go +6 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gtimezone.go +32 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gtrashstack.go +14 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gtree.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gtypes.go +18 -10 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gunicode.go +173 -72 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/guri.go +101 -50 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gutils.go +24 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/guuid.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/glib/gvariant-parser.go +28 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gvariant.go +143 -113 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gvarianttype.go +195 -166 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/gversion.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/glib/main.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gmodule/gmodule.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gmodule/gmoduleconf.go +12 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gobject/gbinding.go +276 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gobject/gbindinggroup.go +155 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gobject/gclosure.go +7 -7 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gobject/genums.go +4 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gobject/glib-types.go +32 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gobject/gmarshal.go +48 -43 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
D v4/gobject/gobject-2.0.go +0 -790 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gobject/gobject.go +230 -59 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gobject/gparam.go +134 -18 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gobject/gsignal.go +79 -25 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gobject/gsignalgroup.go +279 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gobject/gtype.go +293 -177 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gobject/gtypemodule.go +21 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gobject/gtypeplugin.go +138 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gobject/gvalue.go +18 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gobject/gvaluearray.go +28 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gobject/gvaluecollector.go +11 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gobject/main.go +24 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gsk/gskbroadwayrenderer.go +3 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gsk/gskcairorenderer.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gsk/gskenums.go +212 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gsk/gskglrenderer.go +54 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gsk/gskglshader.go +3 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gsk/gskpath.go +93 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gsk/gskpathpoint.go +189 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gsk/gskrenderer.go +35 -17 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gsk/gskrendernode.go +40 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gsk/gskrendernodeimpl.go +479 -8 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gsk/gskroundedrect.go +19 -18 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gsk/gskstroke.go +28 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gsk/gsktransform.go +3 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gsk/gsktypes.go +1183 -27 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gsk/gskvulkanrenderer.go +85 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
D v4/gsk/main.go +0 -76 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkaboutdialog.go +166 -19 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkaccelgroup.go +6 -6 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkaccessible.go +477 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gtk/gtkaccessiblerange.go +96 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gtk/gtkaccessibletext.go +498 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkactionable.go +9 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkactionbar.go +162 -22 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkadjustment.go +4 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gtk/gtkalertdialog.go +266 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.go +152 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.go +156 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.go +146 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkapplication.go +169 -114 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.go +245 -81 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkaspectframe.go +153 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkassistant.go +153 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkatcontext.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkbinlayout.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkbitset.go +3 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkbookmarklist.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkboolfilter.go +4 -5 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkborder.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkbox.go +199 -31 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkboxlayout.go +22 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkbuildable.go +120 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkbuilder.go +256 -49 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkbuilderlistitemfactory.go +12 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkbuilderscope.go +41 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkbutton.go +201 -16 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcalendar.go +229 -14 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcellarea.go +176 -8 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcellareabox.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcellareacontext.go +28 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcelleditable.go +14 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcelllayout.go +46 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcellrenderer.go +29 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.go +0 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcellview.go +146 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcenterbox.go +195 -23 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcenterlayout.go +29 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcheckbutton.go +175 -16 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcolorbutton.go +151 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.go +158 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.go +153 -10 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gtk/gtkcolordialog.go +185 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gtk/gtkcolordialogbutton.go +466 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcolumnview.go +263 -26 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gtk/gtkcolumnviewcell.go +182 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.go +37 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gtk/gtkcolumnviewrow.go +241 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gtk/gtkcolumnviewsorter.go +171 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcombobox.go +161 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.go +155 -15 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkconstraint.go +3 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkconstraintguide.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkconstraintlayout.go +13 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcsserror.go +11 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcsslocation.go +1 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcssprovider.go +32 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcsssection.go +23 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcustomfilter.go +10 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcustomlayout.go +3 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcustomsorter.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkdebug.go +8 -6 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkdialog.go +155 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gtk/gtkdialogerror.go +56 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkdirectorylist.go +4 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkdragicon.go +169 -33 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkdragsource.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkdrawingarea.go +154 -17 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkdropcontrollermotion.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkdropdown.go +219 -18 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkdroptarget.go +3 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkdroptargetasync.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkeditable.go +46 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkeditablelabel.go +208 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkemojichooser.go +165 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkentry.go +207 -20 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkentrybuffer.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkentrycompletion.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkenums.go +251 -31 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkeventcontroller.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkeventcontrollerfocus.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkeventcontrollerkey.go +3 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkeventcontrollerlegacy.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkeventcontrollermotion.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkeventcontrollerscroll.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkexpander.go +164 -24 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkexpression.go +34 -9 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkfilechooserdialog.go +152 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.go +166 -10 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gtk/gtkfiledialog.go +637 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkfilefilter.go +18 -14 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gtk/gtkfilelauncher.go +221 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkfilter.go +16 -17 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkfilterlistmodel.go +37 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkfixed.go +146 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkfixedlayout.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkflattenlistmodel.go +35 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkflowbox.go +327 -26 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkfontbutton.go +151 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkfontchooserdialog.go +156 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.go +145 -10 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gtk/gtkfontdialog.go +358 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gtk/gtkfontdialogbutton.go +604 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkframe.go +158 -15 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkgesture.go +48 -5 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkgestureclick.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkgesturedrag.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkgesturelongpress.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkgesturepan.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkgesturerotate.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkgesturesingle.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkgesturestylus.go +27 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkgestureswipe.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkgesturezoom.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkglarea.go +209 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gtk/gtkgraphicsoffload.go +497 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkgrid.go +155 -14 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkgridlayout.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkgridview.go +190 -14 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkheaderbar.go +189 -25 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkicontheme.go +15 -7 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkiconview.go +156 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkimage.go +153 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkimcontext.go +220 -40 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkimcontextsimple.go +7 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkimmodule.go +1 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkimmulticontext.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkinfobar.go +153 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkinscription.go +188 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtklabel.go +352 -143 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtklayoutchild.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtklayoutmanager.go +39 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtklevelbar.go +157 -17 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtklinkbutton.go +168 -15 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtklistbase.go +189 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtklistbox.go +369 -30 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gtk/gtklistheader.go +158 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtklistitem.go +90 -17 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtklistitemfactory.go +4 -5 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkliststore.go +35 -16 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtklistview.go +231 -17 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtklockbutton.go +169 -14 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkmain.go +59 -42 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkmaplistmodel.go +35 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkmediacontrols.go +152 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkmediafile.go +5 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkmediastream.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkmenubutton.go +201 -14 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkmessagedialog.go +152 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkmountoperation.go +6 -6 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkmultifilter.go +10 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkmultiselection.go +34 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkmultisorter.go +2 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtknative.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtknativedialog.go +5 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtknoselection.go +36 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtknotebook.go +224 -35 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtknumericsorter.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkorientable.go +7 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkoverlay.go +152 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkoverlaylayout.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkpadcontroller.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkpagesetup.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.go +158 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkpaned.go +174 -16 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkpasswordentry.go +195 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkpicture.go +155 -15 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkpopover.go +196 -31 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkpopovermenu.go +196 -45 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkpopovermenubar.go +155 -16 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkprintcontext.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gtk/gtkprintdialog.go +425 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkprinter.go +4 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkprintjob.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkprintoperation.go +63 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkprintoperationpreview.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkprintsettings.go +45 -29 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.go +153 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkprogressbar.go +155 -16 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkrange.go +152 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkrecentmanager.go +13 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkrevealer.go +147 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkroot.go +4 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkscale.go +174 -22 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkscalebutton.go +195 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkscrollable.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkscrollbar.go +153 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.go +174 -34 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtksearchbar.go +160 -14
@@ -8,9 +8,14 @@ import (
88 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
99 )
1010
11-// `GtkSearchBar` is a container made to have a search entry.
11+// Reveals a search entry when search is started.
1212 //
13-// ![An example GtkSearchBar](search-bar.png)
13+// <picture>
14+//
15+// <source srcset="search-bar-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
16+// <img alt="An example GtkSearchBar" src="search-bar.png">
17+//
18+// </picture>
1419 //
1520 // It can also contain additional widgets, such as drop-down menus,
1621 // or buttons. The search bar would appear when a search is started
@@ -34,6 +39,12 @@ import (
3439 //
3540 // [A simple example](https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gtk/tree/main/examples/search-bar.c)
3641 //
42+// # Shortcuts and Gestures
43+//
44+// `GtkSearchBar` supports the following keyboard shortcuts:
45+//
46+// - <kbd>Escape</kbd> hides the search bar.
47+//
3748 // # CSS nodes
3849 //
3950 // ```
@@ -53,7 +64,7 @@ import (
5364 //
5465 // # Accessibility
5566 //
56-// `GtkSearchBar` uses the %GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_SEARCH role.
67+// `GtkSearchBar` uses the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRole.search] role.
5768 type SearchBar struct {
5869 Widget
5970 }
@@ -92,7 +103,7 @@ func NewSearchBar() *SearchBar {
92103
93104 var xSearchBarConnectEntry func(uintptr, uintptr)
94105
95-// Connects the `GtkEditable widget passed as the one to be used in
106+// Connects the `GtkEditable` widget passed as the one to be used in
96107 // this search bar.
97108 //
98109 // The entry should be a descendant of the search bar. Calling this
@@ -218,34 +229,165 @@ func (c *SearchBar) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
218229 c.Ptr = ptr
219230 }
220231
221-// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
232+// Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
233+//
234+// This kind of notification is useful for messages that
235+// either have only a visual representation or that are not
236+// exposed visually at all, e.g. a notification about a
237+// successful operation.
238+//
239+// Also, by using this API, you can ensure that the message
240+// does not interrupts the user's current screen reader output.
241+func (x *SearchBar) Announce(MessageVar string, PriorityVar AccessibleAnnouncementPriority) {
242+
243+ XGtkAccessibleAnnounce(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar, PriorityVar)
244+
245+}
246+
247+// Retrieves the accessible parent for an accessible object.
248+//
249+// This function returns `NULL` for top level widgets.
250+func (x *SearchBar) GetAccessibleParent() *AccessibleBase {
251+ var cls *AccessibleBase
252+
253+ cret := XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer())
254+
255+ if cret == 0 {
256+ return nil
257+ }
258+ cls = &AccessibleBase{}
259+ cls.Ptr = cret
260+ return cls
261+}
262+
263+// Retrieves the accessible role of an accessible object.
222264 func (x *SearchBar) GetAccessibleRole() AccessibleRole {
223265
224266 cret := XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
225267 return cret
226268 }
227269
228-// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
270+// Retrieves the implementation for the given accessible object.
271+func (x *SearchBar) GetAtContext() *ATContext {
272+ var cls *ATContext
273+
274+ cret := XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext(x.GoPointer())
275+
276+ if cret == 0 {
277+ return nil
278+ }
279+ cls = &ATContext{}
280+ cls.Ptr = cret
281+ return cls
282+}
283+
284+// Queries the coordinates and dimensions of this accessible
285+//
286+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
287+// implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
288+// child widget.
289+func (x *SearchBar) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
290+
291+ cret := XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
292+ return cret
293+}
294+
295+// Retrieves the first accessible child of an accessible object.
296+func (x *SearchBar) GetFirstAccessibleChild() *AccessibleBase {
297+ var cls *AccessibleBase
298+
299+ cret := XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild(x.GoPointer())
300+
301+ if cret == 0 {
302+ return nil
303+ }
304+ cls = &AccessibleBase{}
305+ cls.Ptr = cret
306+ return cls
307+}
308+
309+// Retrieves the next accessible sibling of an accessible object
310+func (x *SearchBar) GetNextAccessibleSibling() *AccessibleBase {
311+ var cls *AccessibleBase
312+
313+ cret := XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer())
314+
315+ if cret == 0 {
316+ return nil
317+ }
318+ cls = &AccessibleBase{}
319+ cls.Ptr = cret
320+ return cls
321+}
322+
323+// Queries a platform state, such as focus.
324+//
325+// This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
326+// implementations, e.g. to get platform state from an ignored
327+// child widget, as is the case for `GtkText` wrappers.
328+func (x *SearchBar) GetPlatformState(StateVar AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
329+
330+ cret := XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
331+ return cret
332+}
333+
334+// Resets the accessible property to its default value.
229335 func (x *SearchBar) ResetProperty(PropertyVar AccessibleProperty) {
230336
231337 XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
232338
233339 }
234340
235-// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
341+// Resets the accessible relation to its default value.
236342 func (x *SearchBar) ResetRelation(RelationVar AccessibleRelation) {
237343
238344 XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
239345
240346 }
241347
242-// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
348+// Resets the accessible state to its default value.
243349 func (x *SearchBar) ResetState(StateVar AccessibleState) {
244350
245351 XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
246352
247353 }
248354
355+// Sets the parent and sibling of an accessible object.
356+//
357+// This function is meant to be used by accessible implementations that are
358+// not part of the widget hierarchy, and but act as a logical bridge between
359+// widgets. For instance, if a widget creates an object that holds metadata
360+// for each child, and you want that object to implement the `GtkAccessible`
361+// interface, you will use this function to ensure that the parent of each
362+// child widget is the metadata object, and the parent of each metadata
363+// object is the container widget.
364+func (x *SearchBar) SetAccessibleParent(ParentVar Accessible, NextSiblingVar Accessible) {
365+
366+ XGtkAccessibleSetAccessibleParent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), NextSiblingVar.GoPointer())
367+
368+}
369+
370+// Updates the next accessible sibling.
371+//
372+// That might be useful when a new child of a custom accessible
373+// is created, and it needs to be linked to a previous child.
374+func (x *SearchBar) UpdateNextAccessibleSibling(NewSiblingVar Accessible) {
375+
376+ XGtkAccessibleUpdateNextAccessibleSibling(x.GoPointer(), NewSiblingVar.GoPointer())
377+
378+}
379+
380+// Informs ATs that the platform state has changed.
381+//
382+// This function should be used by `GtkAccessible` implementations that
383+// have a platform state but are not widgets. Widgets handle platform
384+// states automatically.
385+func (x *SearchBar) UpdatePlatformState(StateVar AccessiblePlatformState) {
386+
387+ XGtkAccessibleUpdatePlatformState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
388+
389+}
390+
249391 // Updates a list of accessible properties.
250392 //
251393 // See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
@@ -288,7 +430,7 @@ func (x *SearchBar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []Acce
288430 // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
289431 //
290432 // If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
291-// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
433+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by `NULL`, e.g.
292434 //
293435 // ```c
294436 // gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
@@ -318,13 +460,17 @@ func (x *SearchBar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []Access
318460
319461 }
320462
321-// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
322-// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
463+// Updates a list of accessible states.
323464 //
324-// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
325-// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
465+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState] documentation for the
466+// value types of accessible states.
467+//
468+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
469+// an accessible state change must be communicated to assistive
470+// technologies.
326471 //
327472 // Example:
473+//
328474 // ```c
329475 // value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
330476 // gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
@@ -354,7 +500,7 @@ func (x *SearchBar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []AccessibleState
354500 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
355501 //
356502 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
357-// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
503+// of the `<object>` tag used to construct the @buildable.
358504 func (x *SearchBar) GetBuildableId() string {
359505
360506 cret := XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
M v4/gtk/gtksearchentry.go +269 -18 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gtk/gtksectionmodel.go +150 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkselectionfiltermodel.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkselectionmodel.go +58 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkseparator.go +153 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtksettings.go +4 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkshortcut.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkshortcutaction.go +19 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkshortcutcontroller.go +8 -8 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkshortcutlabel.go +145 -10 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkshortcutmanager.go +10 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.go +182 -10 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkshortcutssection.go +199 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.go +145 -10 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkshortcutswindow.go +218 -21 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.go +5 -5 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkshow.go +0 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtksignallistitemfactory.go +22 -17 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtksingleselection.go +37 -5 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtksizegroup.go +77 -36 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtksizerequest.go +4 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkslicelistmodel.go +35 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtksnapshot.go +128 -6 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtksorter.go +10 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtksortlistmodel.go +72 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkspinbutton.go +254 -20 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkspinner.go +152 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkstack.go +299 -23 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkstacksidebar.go +153 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkstackswitcher.go +154 -15 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkstatusbar.go +151 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkstringfilter.go +6 -7 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkstringlist.go +22 -8 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkstringsorter.go +49 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkstylecontext.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkstyleprovider.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkswitch.go +179 -28 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtksymbolicpaintable.go +11 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktestatcontext.go +1 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktestutils.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktext.go +367 -112 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktextbuffer.go +100 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktextchild.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktextiter.go +21 -21 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktextmark.go +9 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktexttag.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktexttagtable.go +3 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktextview.go +345 -33 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktogglebutton.go +159 -19 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktooltip.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktreednd.go +32 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktreeexpander.go +228 -16 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktreelistmodel.go +8 -8 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktreelistrowsorter.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktreemodel.go +64 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktreemodelsort.go +4 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktreeselection.go +3 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktreesortable.go +34 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktreestore.go +150 -90 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktreeview.go +153 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.go +4 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktypes.go +97 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/gtk/gtkurilauncher.go +141 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkversion.go +4 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkvideo.go +176 -12 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkviewport.go +163 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkvolumebutton.go +151 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkwidget.go +803 -387 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkwidgetpaintable.go +1 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkwindow.go +332 -111 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkwindowcontrols.go +185 -19 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkwindowgroup.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkwindowhandle.go +153 -14 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
D v4/gtk/main.go +0 -64 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-attributes.go +56 -6 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-break.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-features.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-font.go +182 -20 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-fontmap.go +158 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
A v4/pango/pango-fontset-simple.go +104 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-fontset.go +26 -92 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-glyph.go +15 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-item.go +15 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-language.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-layout.go +4 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-matrix.go +17 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-renderer.go +36 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-tabs.go +18 -11 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-utils.go +5 -5 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff

Keyboard shortcuts

Single-key shortcuts are on. ctrl k and esc work whatever this says.

ctrl k :
go to a section, branch, tag, file or repository
?
this list
j k
move the row cursor down / up
enter
open the row under the cursor; on Files, a directory opens or closes in place
↑ ↓ ← → home end
in the file tree (focus on a row): previous / next row, close / open a directory or go to its parent / first entry, first / last row. They never open a file
l h
on Files: open a directory or a file / close a directory or go up to its parent, then to the parent page. Elsewhere: into the side panel (on a merge request, its files) / back to the content; there j k move between its controls
g g G
first / last row
/
filter the list; on Files, find a file anywhere in the repository (esc clears, enter opens the best match)
b
switch branch or tag
g s g f g c g b g m g i g r g a
tabs: summary, files, commits, branches & tags, merge requests, issues, releases, actions (when available)
g h
home
w
wide mode: use the whole width of the screen, or not (remembered)
y
copy a permalink pinned to the commit
d u x
diff: split / unified / collapse or expand all
e E
diff: the whole file in view / every file, with the lines the hunks hide
n
merge request: next note in the diff
esc
close a dialog, leave a field

Branches 1

Tags 102

↑↓ moveenter openesc close